53047 Tl 1 inols 617.606 12 9h state dental cor-. 2 society Historical booklet 53047 DATE ISSUED TO UIC Return this volume on or before the Latest Date stamped below. The University of Illinois at Chicago Library of the Health Sciences, Chicago (312) 996-8963 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from CARLI: Consortium of Academic and Research Libraries in Illinois http://www.archive.org/details/historicalbookleOOilli HISTORICAL BOOKLET OF THE Illinois State Dental Society WITH CLASSIFIED INDEX OF ALL PAPERS, DISCUS- SIONS AND CLINICS, AND PERSONAL INDEX OF ADMINISTRATION, PAPERS, DISCUSSIONS AND CLINICS AS PUBLISHED IN THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE SOCIETY 1865-1914 PUBLISHED IN CONNECTION WITH THE GOLDEN JUBILEE CELEBRATION HELD IN CHICAGO, MARCH 23-26, 1914 BY A SPECIAL COMMITTEE APPOINTED FOR THE PURPOSE Committee J. N. Crouse (deceased) C. R. E. Koch E. M. ROBBINS J. W. CORMANY Arthur D. Black, Chairman b - ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY. OFFICERS, 1914. President Vice-President Secretary Treasurer Librarian Photograph Custodian W. II. G. Logan, Chicago. \V. A. Hoover. Gibson City. Henry L. Whipple, Quincy T. P. Donelan, Springfield. I. B. Johnson, Onarga. J. T. Cummins. Metropolis. EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. L. B. Torrence, Chester. A. E. Converse, Springfield. G. W. Haskins, Chicago. A. D. Black, Chicago. J. P. Buckley, Chicago. G. C. McCann, Danville. J. M. Barcus, Carlinville. L. E. Conradt, Decatur. J. F. Leigh, Evanston. THE INDEX. Good Literature, made easily accessible, serves to strengthen the mind and hand of every progressive practitioner. — G. V. Black. DEDICATION. To that group of noble men who organ- ized this Society ; To those men who have, with devotion and self-sacrifice, guided it ever onward ; To those who, by the brilliancy of writings presented, have enriched dental literature ; To those who, by the development of new thought of scientific value, have fur- thered dental progress ; To those who, by their untiring interest and steadfastness, have become life members; To all who have in any way contributed to the advancement of the work of this Society, and have thus aided in the uplift of humanity, this volume is dedicated. CONTENTS. PAGE The Index. G. V. Black 4 Dedication 5 Why? 7 List of Charter Members 8 Complete List of Life Members 9 Growth of the Society by Years 11 In Memoriam 12 Part I. Historical Sketches 15 A Historical Sketch of the First Thirty Years of the Illinois State Dental Society, 1865 to 1893, inclusive. Edmund Noyes 16 A Historical Sketch of the Illinois State Dental Society, 1894 to 1913, inclusive. E. K. Blair. . 40 Diary of Administrative Progress and Uplift Work of the Illinois State Dental Society, 1865-1913. C. R. E. Koch .' 56 Part II. Classified Subject Index to the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society, 1865-1913 77 Part III. Personal Index to the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society ■ 131 PINK SHEET Appendix 1 How to use this Classification and Index 1 The Plan of This Index. Arthur D. Black. .. 2 Classification for Dental Literature 11 Index to Classification 16 Index 16 Why? Literature is the record of progress. In the dental profession, as in other fields of activity, the literature has a twofold value ; the dissemination of knowledge at the time of publication, and the building and constant strengthening of the foundation for the future. As time passes, it becomes history. If we consider the establishment of dentistry as a profession to have been contempora- neous with the establishment of our first college and our first journal in 1839, we have now reached the period when we must rely on the printed records for our knowledge of the past. We can no longer get by word of mouth the history of the early days. The last of the men who laid the first stones in the foundation of our profession have passed away. What heritage have they and those who fol- lowed left for us? What is the foundation upon which we stand to-day"? What is the record of our progress? These are questions which should come to the minds of the men of to-day — and of to-morrow. We should know more than we do of the record of our profession. A better knowledge of the men, work and writings of the past should be reflected in the literature and teaching of to-day. There is so much of value in the published proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society that it has been thought worth while to publish this index, and thus make the work of the first fifty years available for the future. The committee has been greatly pleased to learn that a considerable number of complete, and a very large number of tolerably complete, files of the transactions have been preserved, in both private and public libraries. It was for the purpose of. directing attention to the splendid work of the past, and at the same time to give those who have labored for the success of this Society and the advancement of the profession some small measure of credit, that the publication of this booklet was undertaken. ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY. LIST OF CHARTER MEMBERS. •Abell, T. C Albaugh, Wm. Ames, A. Babcock, S. Baker, B. M. Brown, A. E. Burnett, J. M. Bush, L. Carpenter, E. R. E. Clapp, J. L. Crouse, J. N. Cushing, G. H. Dean, Jas. C. Dean, M. S. Ellis, J. Ward Farnham, B. W. Ferries, A. C. Freeman, A. W. Fuller, J. C. Gibbs, A. E. Griswold, N. R. Hall, Henry Harris, A. J. Haskell, L. P. Honsinger, E. Kennicott, J. A. KlLBOURNE, E. H. Kitchen, C. A. Lewis, H. N. Lewis, G. G. Low, J. E. Marsh, J. S. Motter, G., Jr. Noble, S. B. Ormsbee, W. "W. overholzer, d. l. Pallock, Jno. Park, Edgar Reber, A. S. Rising, C. B. Sherwood, M. W. Smith, G. T. Smith, J. W. Stevens, Wm. A. Thompson, J. F. Truesdell, T. N. Van Sant, A. C. WlLLSON, 0. Young, J. H. COMPLETE LIST OF LIFE MEMBERS. The Constitution of the State Society provides that whenever a member has paid dues for twenty-five consecutive years he shall be a "life member" without further payment. All in the following list became life members under this rule, except three, who were voted life memberships, as indicated : Elected. 1. Judd, Homer (vote. 1884). deceased 1867 2. Black, G. V. (vote, 1887) , Chicago 1868 3. Gushing, George H., deceased 1865 4. Freeman, A. "W., deceased 1865 5. Kitchen, C. A., deceased 1865 6. Crouse, J. N., deceased 1865 7. Honsinger, E., deceased 1865 8. Ormsbee, W. W., deceased 1865 9. Guffin, E. L. (vote, 1889) , deceased 1882 10. Stone, E. C, deceased 1866 11. Koch, C. R. E., Chicago 1867 12. Swain, Edgar D., deceased 1867 13. Henry, Charles, deceased 1868 14. Davis, K. B., deceased 1869 15. Matteson, A. E., Chicago 1869 16. Call, E. B. r deceased 1870 17. Magill, W. T., Rock Island 1871 18. Salter, G. B., deceased 1871 19. Davis, J. A. W., deceased 1872 20. Freeman, D. B., deceased 1872 21. Gilmer, Thos. L., Chicago 1872 22. Harlan, A. W., deceased 1872 23. Mariner, J. Frank, deceased 1872 24. Matteson, C. F., deceased 1872 25. Noyes, Edmund, Chicago 1872 26. Antes, R. H., deceased 1873 27. David, E. B., Aledo 1873 28. Rohland, C. B., deceased 1874 29. Widenham, J. C, Jacksonville 1874 30. Campbell, J., Bloomington 1875 31. Brophy. T. W.. Chicago 1876 IX Elected 32. Pruyii, C. P., Chicago 1876 33. Stevens, W. A., deceased 1876 34. Clark, A. B., Honolulu, H.I 1876 35. Duncan, E., Jacksonville 1877 36. Gardiner, F. H., Chicago 1877 37. Pritchett, T. W., deceased 1877 38. Waltz, A. S., Decatur 1877 39. Woolley, J. H., Chicago 1877 40. Cormany, J. W., Mt. Carroll 1878 41. Hanaford, M. L., Rockford 1878 42. Lawrance, R. N., Lincoln 1879 43. Stewart, F. H., Joliet 1880 44. Sitherwood, G. D., Bloomington 1880 45. Taggart, W. H., Chicago 1880 46. Taylor, C. R., deceased 1880 47. Patton, M. H., Rock Island 1906 48. Duncan, S. F., Joliet 1906 49. Martin. W. C, Peoria 1906 50. Wonderly. T. G., Galena 1906 51. Brown, A. E., Chicago 1906 52. Reid, J. G., Chicago 1906 53. Robbins, E. M., Chicago 1906 54. Wassail, J. W., deceased 1906 55. Johnston, W. A., Peoria 1908 56. Allen, E. H., Freeport 1908 57. Ames, W. V-B., Chicago 1908 58. Goebel, Robt., Lincoln 1908 59. Mcintosh, F. H., Bloomington 1908 60. Campbell, S. A., Mattoon 1911 61. Lumpkin, I. A., Mattoon 1911 62. Roberts, Norman J.. Waukegan 1911 63. Johnson, C. N., Chicago. . . . 1911 64. Davis, L. L., Chicago 1911 65. Dunn, J. A., deceased 1912 66. Royce, E. A., Chicago 1912 67. Marshall, J. S., Berkeley, Cal 1912 68. Blair, E. K., Waverly 1912 69. Sawyer, C. B., Jacksonville 1912 70. Hinkins, J. E., Chicago 1913 71. Wikoff, B. D., Chicago 1913 72. Keefe, J. E., Chicago 1913 73. Cummins, J. T., Metropolis 1913 74. Barcus, J. M., Carlinville 1913 75. Cattell, D. M., Memphis, Tenn 1913 76. Freeman, A. B., Chicago 1913 77. Holland, W. E., Jerseyville 1913 X GROWTH OF THE SOCIETY BY YEARS. Note.— For the total membership list for the years from 1S66 to 1872, inclusive, no definite record is published, and the figures are omitted; from 187H to 1879, inclusive, figures are taken from secretary's annual report, which did not include honorary nor corresponding members; from 1880 to 1891, inclusive, figures are taken from a count of names of active, honorary and corresponding members; from 1892 to date, figures are the total active, honorary and cor- responding members, as shown by resume following printed lists in the pub- lished transactions. For the years from 1880 to 1904, inclusive, the figures are higher than the actual number of members in good standing, since it was customary to carry names of delinquents on the books for several years. Since the reorganization, beginning with 1905, the figures are a little too low, as they represent only those who had actually paid dues when the transactions went to press, and a number have each year paid dues subsequently. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1893. 189-4. 1895. 1896. 1897. 1898. 1899. 1900. 1901, 1902. 1903. 1904. Number of New Members. Total Member- ship. 1865 1866 49 ... 12 49 1867 ... 15 H 1868 ... 13 2 s 1869 ... 13 1870 ... 17 > 1871 17 © <• 1872 1873 36 ... 12 109 1874 . . . 5 105 1875 10 94 1876 7 89 1877 6 88 1878 10 92 1879.. .. 5 85 1880 5 108 1881 13 123 1882 ... 19 136 1883 ... 17 153 1884 ... 10 154 1885 ... 15 156 1886 ... 16 173 1887 ... 11 173 1 888 19 187 1889 12 191 1905 1.006 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 Number of New Members. Total Member ship. 5 198 16 204 26 223 11 221 18 231 19 229 18 240 46 269 27 276 49 324 19 332 46 354 55 395 40 428 36 450 ,006 1,311 231 1,417 145 1.429 129 1.464 323 1,663 174 1,672 115 1.610 155 1.619 89 1.667 3ln ffltmatinm. Antes, Robert H. Dunn, J. Austin Antes, W. J. Eames, W. H. Austin, J. F. Elmer, A. J. Baird, James Free Erausquin, Victor C. Baker, D. B. Fisher, J. W. Barber, H. B. Fitch, H. H. Beck, Rudolph Forbes, Isaiah Blair, Wm. E. Freeman, A. W. Bradley, H. A. Freeman, D. B. Bridwell, W. L. Fuller, A. H. Brightfield, 0. F. George, Isaac Broman, A. A. Gill, Frank C. Busho, "Wm. A. Gorney, W. A. Bushong, E. W. Gray, G. W. Call, E. B. Guffin, Edward L. Campbell, Peter A. Hammond, Chas. R. Chase, H. S. Hand, M. F. Chittenden, C. C. Hanson, 0. T. Condon, John J. Hardtner, J. Cook, George W. Harlan, A. W. Cox, C. W. Harrington, G. H. Crouse, J. N. Harrison, Harvey E. Crowe, Joseph P. Hawxhurst, D. C. Gushing, Geo. H. Hendel, D. W. Davis, E. E. Henry, Charles Davis, E. F. Hilton, John Davis, J. A. W. Honsinger, Emanuel Davis, Kenyon B. Houston, John T. Dean, M. S. Hunter, Henry Louis Dillon, E. H. Ingersoll, L. C. Dostal, J. W. Judd, Homer 3ln Mmcrmm. Keely, George W. Kelly, N. A. Kinder, W. J. Kitchen, Charles A. Kulp, W. 0. Lancaster, H. N. Lawrence, P. I. Leggett, John Lewis, C. W. Lewis, H. N. Lovitt, Charles Oscar Lund, Anna Magitot, E. Mariner, J. Frank Matteson, Chas. F. McDonald, H. E. McKellops, H. J. Menges, Theo. Miller, W. D. Moody, Joseph D. Morrison, A. M. Morrison, W. N. Nicol, JohnD. 'Hara, George R. Ormsbee, W. W. Park, Edgar Pashley, Raymond R. Patrick, J. J. R. Peterson, Oscar L. Pritchett, Thomas W. Rainey, A. H. Reed, Thos. W. Reynolds, J. S. Rivers, C. W. Rohland, Charles B. Rose, Warren Elliot Rybstat, W. L. Salter, G. B. Sawyer, Charles K. Scott, B. F. Shuford, T. E. Silliman, H. H. Skidmore, L. W. Slonaker, J. W. Smith, H. J. Smith, Oscar R. Spalding, C W. Stevens, Walter A. Stone, Edgar C. Sturgiss, S. M. Swain, Edgar D. Swasey, J. A. Taylor, Charles R. Townsend, H. II. Treat, Gilbert B. Verbeck, S. H. Warner, C. E. Warren, George E. Wassall, Joseph W. Watt, George Wilson, I. P. PART I. HISTORICAL SKETCHES. It was the original intention, in the publication of this booklet, that it should consist of a classified subject index of papers and discussions, and a personal index of papers, clinics, etc. Realizing that the index would not give of itself a satisfactory and connected view of the progress of the Society, it was determined to publish three historical sketches. The first of these, by Dr. Edmund Noyes, covers the first thirty years of the life of the Society; the second, by Dr. E. K. Blair, covers the last twenty years; while the third paper, by Dr. C. R. E. Koch, consists of an annual diary, devoted principally to the administrative side of the Society's work. It is believed that these three papers give a splendid review of the wonderful progress made by this organization in its fifty years of existence. Would that those men who labored so earnestly for it in the early days might all be with us during this Jubilee Cele- bration to see the fruits of their efforts. 'OVf I . . . A HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE FIRST THIRTY YEARS OF THE ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY, 1865 TO 1893 INCLUSIVE. BY EDMUND NOYES, D. D. S., CHICAGO. It is not "the short and simple annals of the poor" to which we invite your attention this evening. There were great and kingly men in those days ; great in their knowledge, skill and ex- perience ; greater still in the unselfish devotion with which they served their profession and humanity in the State Dental Society they loved so well. *"In pursuance of a call signed by a committee of three on behalf of the Chicago Dental Society, together with several den- tists of the State of Illinois, about fifty dentists assembled at the Dental Depot of S. S. White, Esq., in the City of Chicago, on the evening of July 24th, 1865, for the purpose of organizing a State Dental Society. "Dr. A. C. Van Sant, of Princeton, was chosen temporary chairman, and E. Honsinger, of Chicago, temporary secretary." The officers elected at this meeting for the ensuing year were A. C. Van Sant, president ; E. Honsinger, vice-president, and Edgar Park, secretary. Drs. E. A. Bogue, C. B. Rising, and T. P. Abell, were appointed a committee to "adapt the constitu- tion of the Massachusetts Dental Association to the wants of the Illinois State Dental Society." A constitution was reported by this committee and, after being amended, was adopted and signed by forty-nine charter members. There is no man now living who has retained his membership continuously since the organization. Those who did so till death were Drs. Geo. H. Cushing, A. W. Freeman, E. Honsinger, M. S. Dean and J. N. Crouse of Chicago; C. A. Kitchen, Rockford; H. N. Lewis, *From the minutes of the first meeting as published by the Society in a supplement to the Transactions for 1876. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 17 Quincy, and W. W. Ormsbee, Geneva. J. N. Crouse, who was the last survivor of them, died in January, 1914. Drs. A. C. Van Sant, A. E. Brown and L. P. Haskell are still alive and there may be a few others unknown to the writer. The first meeting appears to have been limited to an even- ing session, July 24th, and a morning session, July 25th. Besides the adoption of a constitution, the election of officers, and the appointment of delegates to the American Dental Association, the Society listened to an address by Dr. I. J. Wetherbee, of Boston, "soliciting their aid to the Boston Dental Protective Union in their suit endeavoring to have nullified letters patent, granted to one Dr. Cummings, as the inventor of vulcanized rubber as a base upon which to mount artificial teeth." The second annual meeting was held in the Tremont House parlors May 8th, 1866. Dr. Van Sant, the president of the pre- vious year, was absent and the Society was called to order by the vice-president, Dr. E. Honsinger of Chicago. By-Laws were adopted, and Drs. W. W. Allport and J. P. Foltz of Chicago, and E. C. Stone of Galesburg were elected to membership. The latter remained a member till his death. The officers were elected on the first day of the meeting, and this was the custom for sev- eral years. The officers of this second annual meeting were H. N. Lewis of Quincy, president; O. Willson of Aurora, vice-presi- dent, and Gilman T. Smith of Princeton, secretary. I received last September, and have now turned over to the secretary, the original minutes of this meeting written by Dr. Smith. No essays were prepared beforehand and on the first after- noon a committee reported eight subjects for discussion, as fol- lows : "Eruption of the Deciduous Teeth," "Treatment of Decay in Deciduous Teeth," "Under What Circumstances Should De- ciduous Teeth Be Extracted to Avoid an Improper Arrangement of the Permanent Teeth ?" "What Preparation of Gold is Best for Filling Teeth?" "Treatment of Exposed Pulps and Filling Pulp Cavities," "Treatment of Diseased Gums and Alveolar Proc- esses," and "Mechanical Dentistry." The discussion of these topics appears to have occupied most of the time of the three days' meeting, except the evening of the second day, in which a clinic was given in Dr. Sherwood's office showing the extrac- tion of teeth with nitrous oxide anaesthesia. At this meeting Dr. M. S. Dean was invited to deliver an address at the next meet- Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 18 ing, which was held in Chicago in November of the same year, the first plan of the Society being to hold meetings semian- nually. At this November meeting Dr. M. S. Dean read the ad- dress he had been requested to prepare and received a vote of thanks by the Society. Dr. Cushing also read an essay on "Causes and Prevention of Diseases of the Teeth." It is noticeable that at this third meeting, the second at which any professional subjects were discussed, Dr. Dean and Dr. Cushing were the ones who came with essays written be- forehand, and the useful and influential part which they began to take thus early they each maintained with increasing honor and success to the end of their lives. At this meeting the code of ethics of the American Dental Association, with slight modifi- cations, was adopted. The third annual meeting was held in the Methodist Church block, Chicago, May, 1867. The officers were elected on the morning of the first day. Dr. Geo. H. Cushing, president ; Dr M. S. Dean, secretary. The By-Laws were amended to make the meetings annual instead of semi-annual. Dr. E. D. Swain and Dr. C. R. E. Koch were elected to membership. Dr. Swain continued his membership till his death. Dr. Koch till the present time, and is now the oldest man in uninterrupted membership. At this meeting clinics were held on the morning of each day except the first. Essays were read at this meeting by Dr. O. Willson on "Anaesthesia," and Dr. L. P. Haskell on "Continuous Gum." A number of other subjects were discussed, and a committee was appointed to secure essayists who should open the topics for dis- cussion at the next regular meeting. At this early time. in its history the Society adopted the policy, continued till the pres- ent time, of having the discussion of professional subjects intro- duced by formal papers prepared beforehand. At this meeting Drs. Homer Tudd, Isaiah Forbes, W. H. Eames and Edgar Park of St. Louis, were made honorary mem- bers. These were the first of a splendid company of St. Louis men, who, for many years, were active members of our Society for all purposes except voting. They were always most heartily welcome and contributed largely to the interest and value of our proceedings. Dr. Kennicott offered the following resolu- tion, which was adopted: "Resolved, That this Society unqual- For index and key to elas siflentioii number*, see pink appendix. 19 ifiedly condemns the practice by members of the dental pro- fession, of taking students, to be sent forth to practice upon a confiding community, after only from three months to a year's study, for a pecuniary consideration ; and would recommend that students be taken for a term of not less than three years of study, in addition to graduation." For that time this was a rather remarkable resolution. It serves to show, on the one hand, with what meager preparation some men attempted to practice dentistry, and on the other hand what high standards of professional character and education the Illinois State Dental Society set before its members. In 1868 the Society forsook Chicago and began its itinerary among the cities of the state, holding the meeting of that year in Springfield. Among the new members at this meeting were Drs. G. V. Black and Chas. Henry of Jacksonville, and C. Stod- dard Smith of Springfield. Dr. H. J. McKellops of St. Louis was elected an honorary member. Dr. Henry continued in member- ship until his death. Eight essays were read at this meeting, of which Dr. Cushing read two and Dr. Dean one. Drs. Kilbourne, Black and Cushing were appointed to pre- pare an address to the people on the importance of the proper treatment of the sixth year molars. The meeting of 1869 in Quincy was very noteworthy in sev- eral particulars. For the first time arrangements were made for the publication in full of the papers and discussions, which was done for that year in the July number of the Missouri Dental Journal. At this meeting Dr. G. V. Black read a paper on "The Preparation of Gold Foil for Filling Teeth." This appears to have been the first contribution by a member of our Society of something new to the fund of knowledge of the dental profession. He described a great number of experiments he had conducted and announced the scientific explanation for the cohesiveness or non-cohesiveness of gold foil in these words : "The welding of pure gold is prevented by the gases being condensed on its sur- face, thereby preventing intimate contact ; the direct effect of annealing is to drive off such gases, and render the surfaces clean." I believe that all previous explanations of the cohesive- ness and non-cohesiveness of gold foil, or, as was often said in those days, the adhesiveness or softness, had been little if any- For index and key to elassifleation number*, see pink appendix. 20 thing better than guesses. This paper by Dr. Black is the final authority on the subject, and, so far as I know, nothing of im- portance has been added to it since. At this meeting, the officers were elected on the first day of the meeting, as had been done at all previous meetings, but "Dr. Black proposed to amend the by-laws so that hereafter the elec- tion of officers shall take place at the close instead of the be- ginning of the session. This, under the rules, had to lie over for one year." It was adopted at the next annual meeting and resulted in Dr. M. S. Dean being president at two annual meet- ings, though only once elected. The committee appointed the year previous (Drs. Kilbourne, Black and Cushing) to prepare an address to parents on the sixth year molars, to be published as far as practicable, in all the pub- lic journals throughout the state, reported what they had pre- pared for that purpose. It was received and referred to a select committee of three, Drs. Kilbourne, Rivers and Black. This purpose of general publication was not carried out, but it was the first attempt of the Society as an organized body to instruct the general public upon dental matters. Among the new members at this meeting were Drs. S. M. Sturgiss of Quincy, K. B. Davis of Petersburg, and A. E. Mat- teson of Kewanee. The last named is still with us ; the others letained their membership till death. Drs. J. B. Morrison, A. W. Morrison, and H. S. Chase of St. Louis, and J. H. A. Brewer of Palmyra, Mo., were made honorary members. The meeting of 1870, at Bloomington, was notable for two things. First, the publication and distribution of the proceed- ings in a volume issued by the Society; and it is interesting to notice the lavish way in which they were scattered. The publi- cation committee in their report say, "750 copies of the Transac- tions have been distributed as follows : 1st, a sufficient number were sent to the meeting of the American Dental Association, at Nashville, in August last ; 2nd, to all the active and honorary members of this Society ; 3rd, to all members of the profession throughout the state, so far as the names could be ascertained by the lists of the Rubber Company, and lastly to such other members of the profession in the vicinity of this state and else- where as occurred to the committee. A limited number have Fop index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 21 also been sold ; some to advertisers, who distributed them, and others to other parties for distribution." The other notable event of this year was the reading of two papers on dental legislation, by Geo. H. Cushing and G. V. Black, and a very thorough discussion of the subject, resulting in the appointment of Drs. Cushing, C. S. Smith and A. W. French, a committee to prepare a bill and present it to the leg- islature and urge its passage. Thus was begun the long legis- lative campaign which was continued vigorously and without in- termission for eleven years, till the passage of the first dental law of Illinois in 1881. At this meeting, 1870, Dr. Dean referred to the introduction during the preceding year of the "Pneumatic engine," invented by Mr. Green, of Kalamazoo, Mich. This was the first of the dental engines. Rubber dam made its first appearance in our Society pro- ceedings in a contribution to the S. C. Barnum testimonial fund of $120.00 contributed by the members and $25.00 additional from the Society treasury. Dr. Cushing at this meeting described and advocated the use of heavy foils for filling teeth. Nos. from 12, 20 to 120, but chiefly 30, 40 and 60. At the meeting of 1871, at Peoria, Dr. H. H. Townsend of Pontiac and G. B. Salter of Joliet, became members, both of whom continued in membership till death ; also Dr. W. T. Magill of Rock Island, who survives, a life-member, living in Cali- fornia. He is 82 years old. Drs. W. O. Kulp of Muscatine, Wm. N. Morrison of St. Louis and Isaac George of Kenosha, Wis., were elected hon- orary members. At this meeting Bonwill's electro-magnetic mallet was ex- hibited, and two dental engines, one by Dr. Edwards of Peoria, and one by Dr. Black, of Jacksonville. Dr. M. S. Dean read a notable paper on ethics, from which I will quote one paragraph : "The leading men in our profession — that is, the more educated and skillful — are members of one or more dental societies. * * * They are the men who raised the profession from its low origin to its present rank and influ- ence — the men who created the profession. Take from it those who habitually attend these societies and you destroy entirely the professional character of our vocation and reduce it to the For Index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 22 commonest of trades. Amalgam and rubber would gain the as- cendency and the forceps would hold undisputed sway. By this I do not mean to be understood that every individual who at- tends dental societies is a prodigy of learning, skill and morality, but I do mean that whatever of learning, skill and morality there is in the profession are found in dental societies. When you find a dentist of even common education and moderate skill who is not a member of a dental society, you will find tropical fruits growing spontaneously in Alaska and the polar bear dancing on the equator. These societies contain all that is worthy of repute in our profession — all who have assisted in establishing the credit of dentistry against the assaults to which the profession has been and is constantly subjected by unqualified and dishon- est practitioners." This meeting in 1871 appears to have been an unusually good one. There were ten papers and nearly all of them of ex- cellent merit. It is difficult for most of us at the present time to realize fully the important service which the Society gave to its members in those days. It must be remembered that only a small fraction of the number practicing dentistry had ever been in a dental college, but had come into the profession through a longer or shorter pupilage in some private office, often with a very meager study of text-books. It happened, therefore, that the meetings of the Society were a four days school of dentistry and many of the papers read, upon such subjects as filling teeth, capping exposed pulps, destroying pulps and filling roots, al- veolar abscess, diseases of the antrum, and many others, were fairly exhaustive treatises, and showed indications that the writers had probably looked through about all the readily avail- able literature of the dental and medical professions upon the subjects about which they were writing. When, therefore, men used to stand up in the Society and say that whatever of professional knowledge and skill they had acquired they owed the most of it to the Illinois State Dental Society, there was more in it of sober fact than of "hot air." The meeting of 1872 was held in Chicago, and Drs. J. W. Davis of Mason City. A. W. Harlan of Chicago, C. E. Matteson of Macomb, J. F. Marriner of Ottawa, M. F. Hand of Joliet, D. B. Freeman of Chicago, who continued in membership till death, and T. L. Gilmer of Waverly. I. A. Freeman and E. Noyes of For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 23 Chicago were elected to membership, also Dr. J. F. Thompson of Chicago, a charter member, who had allowed his membership to lapse. Drs. C. C. Chittenden of Madison, Wisconsin, and R. S. Rathbun of Lyons, Iowa, were made honorary members. At the meeting in 1873, at Rock Island, the amendment to the by-laws proposed the year previous by Dr. Kennicott, was adopted, as follows: "Section 1, Article 5, 'Duties and privileges of members.' Section 1. An active member shall not accept a student for a less period than three years, and shall require each student to give a written obligation to graduate at some regu- larly organized dental college, before he assumes the responsi- bilities of a dental practitioner." It will be noticed that this re- quirement, now made law binding upon the members, is of sim- ilar purport to the advisory resolution offered by Dr. Kennicott and adopted in 1867, six years previously. Drs. R. H. Antes of Geneseo, who continued in membership until his death, and E. B. David of New Windsor, were elected to membership, and Dr. L. C. Ingersoll of Keokuk, Iowa, was made an honorary member. This was a joint session with the Iowa Society. At the meeting in 1874, in Jacksonville, Drs. C. B. Rohland of Alton, who remained with us till death, and J. C. Widenham of Jacksonville, who is still with us, were elected to member- ship, and Drs. J. Taft and C. R. Butler of Ohio, and C. W. Rivers of Missouri, were made honorary members. Dr. J. Frank Merrimer read a paper on "Popular Education with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry." This was followed by the appointment of M. S. Dean, K. B. Davis and C. Stoddard Smith, a committee for the purpose of devising the best means for the education of the public, to report at the next annual meeting. This committee announced the following year that they were unable to agree upon a report. At the meeting in 1875 in Ottawa. Dr. J. Campbell of Bloom- ington, was elected to membership. He is still with us. Dr. E. J. Perry of Sycamore, elected at the same meeting, was for many years in Chicago, and is now retired from practice. In 1876, at Galesburg, the new members who continued in membership were Drs. C. P. Pruyn, T. W. Brophy, A. B. Clark, of Chicago, who are life members, and W. A. Stevens of Chicago. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 24 who was a member till his death, as was also J. W. Fisher of Bloomington. At this meeting arrangements were made for a stricter ex- amination of candidates for membership, with the intention that thereafter none should be admitted who were not reasonably com- petent and well educated in their profession. A board of three censors was provided for, who were instructed to prepare lists of questions, twenty each, and candidates were to be required to pass at least 75 per cent. Diplomas from good schools were accepted without examinations, and this policy was continued till all the candidates came with diplomas and examinations were no longer necessary. The committee on secretary's report recommended that the records of the Society not previously printed in the published transactions, be printed as an appendix to the next annual vol- ume. This was done from the organization of the society to and including the year 1869. At the meeting of 1877 in Springfield, Drs. E. Duncan of Jacksonville, F. H. Gardiner of Chicago, and A. S. Waltz of Decatur, were elected to membership, all of whom are living, and life members. Dr. T. W. Pritchett of Whitehall, who has recently died much lamented, was also elected at this meeting. The committee on popular education, Dr. M. S. Dean, chair- man, reported a pamphlet for popular distribution, nine thousand copies of which were ordered by the members present. This was entitled "Our Teeth" and was published in the name of the Society. The treasurer was instructed to purchase as many copies of "Dr. Judd's Anatomical Description of the Permanent Teeth," as neces- sary to supply each member of the Society with a copy. This was probably the best anatomy of the permanent teeth until the publi- cation of Dr. Black's "Dental Anatomy" many years later. At the meeting of 1878 in Rockford, Drs. Jas. W. Cormany of Mt. Carroll, and M. L. Hanaford of Rockford, joined the Society, both living life members. Two notable papers at this meeting were the one by Dr. Black on "Neuralgia," and one by Dr. M. S. Dean on "The Epithelia and Some of Their Derivatives, Especially the Dental Germ." Dr. Dean had made an exhaustive study of the au- thorities on tooth development and presented the subject so clearly by the help of drawings made by himself, as to be well For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 25 understood by those who heard him. Afterward Dr. Dean pub- lished a translation of the work of Legros and Magitot on this subject, with some additions of his own. At the meeting in Springfield in 1879 the new members were Drs. R. N. Lawrence of Lincoln, now a life member, and D. B. Baker of Quincy, who retained membership till his death. Dr. M. S. Dean gave an address on "The Development of the Embryo Jaws." This was a continuation, or another portion of the subject presented by him the previous year. At the meeting in 1880 in Bloomington the new members were Dr. Garrett Newkirk of Wenona, for many years in Chi- cago, now living in Pasadena, California, W. H. Taggart of Freeport, and G. D. Sitherwood of Bloomington, life members, and C. R. Taylor of Streator, with us till his death. Several notable papers were read. One by Dr. Newkirk on "Nervous Reflex Action ;" one by Dr. Koch, on "Treatment of Teeth with Dead Pulps and Alveolar Abscess." Following the latter paper, Dr. Black presented twenty-six illustrations of the various forms of alveolar abscess and abscesses of the face and mouth, painted on a black background, in water colors and India ink. Papers were read by Dr. Brophy on "Carbolic Acid and Creosote ;" by Dr. Black on "Some Points in the Natural History of Caries, and the Value of Fillings for its Arrest;" and by Dr. Harlan on "Saliva ; Its Characteristics in Health and Disease ;" and these were not all. It is, of course, impossible to mention many of the papers read at the various meetings. I have men- tioned these of that one meeting that you may have some idea what sort of meat we were fed upon in those days. At the meeting in Rock Island in 1881 Drs. S. F. Duncan of Wilmington, W. C. Martin of Peoria, and Thos. G. Wonderly of Galena were elected to membership. These are life members. Dr. John J. R. Patrick, deceased, was also elected at this meeting. Drs. W. C. Barrett, Buffalo, N. Y. ; Geo. A. Bronson, St. Louis, Mo. ; J. G. Templeton and D. Gale French of Pittsburgh. Penna., and D. C. Hawkhurst, Battle Creek, Mich., were made corresponding members. One of the most important papers at this meeting was by Dr. T. L. Gilmer on "Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla," illus- trated by forty water color drawings by Dr. G. V. Black, show- ing the muscles of mastication, many varieties of fractures, and For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 26 splints for them, and the method of bandaging. These illustra- tions were published in the Transactions, and with the paper made a very thorough exposition of the subject. Another paper worthy of special mention was by Dr. E. S. Talbot on "The Chemistry and Physiological Action of Mercury as Used in Amalgam Fillings." It was an account of numerous experiments carried on to establish the fact that mercurial vapor is given off from amalgam, and to prove its injurious effects upon vegetable and animal life. Such experimental work as described in this paper is always to be encouraged, whether it be successful and conclusive or not. It must be admitted that this paper had very little influence to restrain the use of amalgam by the profession. At this meeting, the legislative committee. reported that the dental bill had been introduced in both houses of the legislature, had been defeated in the House, but had passed in the Senate, and told of the efforts to influence the House members who had voted against it through the dentists practicing in their districts, and that promises enough had been obtained (if they should be kept) to pass the bill if it could be again brought up in the House. They also acknowledged the help received from the Chicago So- ciety by an appropriation of money and by the efforts of their committee, Drs. Harlan, Brophy and Talbot. The bill was passed soon after the meeting and became effective July 1st of that year, 1881. The meeting in 1882 was held at Quincy. Dr. Wm. N. Mor- rison of St. Louis read a paper on "Metallic Crowns," in which he quoted from the Missouri Dental Journal of 1869, p. 184, fourteen years previous, a description of a gold shell crown made by him and set with oxychloride of zinc, upon the root of a lower first molar. Dr. Brophy read a paper on "Caries and Necrosis of the Maxillary Bones," and Dr. Black one on "Phagedena Peri- cementi," a term proposed by himself. In this paper he also gave two of his "1-2-3" formulas. A very interesting paper which attracted much attention was read by Dr. John J. R. Patrick on "High Civilization Not the Cause of Tooth Decay." Dr. Patrick greatly desired to have the skulls in all large anatomical mu- seums examined, and tried to get the Society interested in it. A committee was appointed and some money appropriated. This For imU--. and key to classification numbers, sec pink appendix. 27 committee was continued from year to year until 1887. Thev finally reported that they had been unable to accomplish any- thing- and were discharged. They were afterwards reappointed, and some money was raised, which was finally paid over to a committee of the American Dental Association engaged in the same work. Just before this meeting Dr. W. A. Stevens of Chicago wrote to a member of the local committee asking him to engage a rid- ing horse for him, as he wished for some exercise on horseback while in Quincy. When Dr. Stevens went up to the room re- served for him at the hotel, he found an elegant saddle, bridle, riding whip and spurs mounted on a saw-horse. Seven years afterwards, at the quarter-centennial meeting, in Quincy, at the banquet, after eating. President dishing called the meeting to order and said: "Ladies and gentlemen: The first toast on the program this evening, 'What I know about Saddle Horses in Quincy,' will be responded to by Dr. W. A. Stevens of Chicago." At the meeting of 1883 in Decatur, Dr. Ottofy read a paper in which he gave the results of the examination of 355 school children in Grand Forks, Dakota. He found thirty (equal to 8^2%) with complete and perfect sets of teeth. This was long before the present general movement for the examination of school children, and was inspired by the paper of Dr. Patrick at a previous meeting. Dr. Brophy read a paper on dental education from which I will quote one paragraph, referring to the "Chicago Dental Infirmary," which had then just about completed its first course of lectures: "Firm in the belief that a medical education is as essential to the dentist as it is to other medical specialists, the opinion of some of our honored and respected contemporaries to the contrary notwithstanding, the profession in Chicago, as most of you are aware, have organized a dental infirmary, in which medically educated men are prepared to enter upon the practice of dentistry." At that time the medical schools required two courses of four or five months each, and the infirmary courses were arranged to follow the medical, so that a student might acquire both medical and dental degrees in two years, or three at the most ; but that was too much for the students of that day, and after giving two courses of lectures and graduating two For index and key- to elas.sifieation numbers, see pink appendix. 28 students and giving one honorary degree, the Chicago Dental Infirmary became the Chicago College of Dental Surgery. At this meeting the members presented a gold-headed cane suitably inscribed, to Dr. G. V. Black, and the presentation speech was made by Mr. S. R. Bingham, of blessed memory, the Chicago manager for the S. S. White Co. At the meeting of 1884 in Springfield the president, in his address, suggested that "It would be a useful service if some one would carefully watch the entire periodical literature of the profession through the year and bring to the next meeting a concise statement of everything that had been brought out, with, as far as might be possible, a critical estimate of its merits. It might be worth while to consider whether work of this kind could not be most satisfactorily accomplished by a number of standing committees." Drs. Black, Cushing and Kitchen were appointed a committee on the president's address, who after- wards reported recommending a committee of three on dental science and literature, and a committee of three on dental art and invention. This recommendation was carried out and from that time till the present the reports of these two committees have been a useful part of our proceedings at each meeting. It was soon found, however, that the chairman of each committee did all the work, and the other two members were eliminated. Dr. W. H. Eames of St. Louis, read a paper on "The Origin of Defective Enamel," a sequel to one he read the previous year. Dr. W. X. Sudduth read one on "Dento-Embryonal His- tology." Dr. Sudduth had read papers on histology at several previous meetings successively. This was the twentieth annual meeting and Dr. Koch read a paper entitled : "Illinois State Dental Society — What Has It Accomplished?" This was a concise and very entertaining his- tory of the Society to that time. If the" present writer had sim- ply copied it, he would have saved himself some trouble and you would have been better entertained. At the meeting 1885 in Peoria, Dr. Harlan read "Notes on New Remedies," which was a continuation of former presenta- tions. He enumerated many, but discussed in detail only resorcin and cocaine. This was less than a year after the discovery of the anaesthetic properties of cocaine. He says, "The two and four per cent solutions of the hydrochlorate applied to an ex- For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 29 posed pulp (not inflamed), will produce anaesthesia in from eight to fifteen minutes. The same solutions applied for thirty minutes or longer to an inflamed or congested pulp produced no effect whatever. Aqueous solutions painted on the gums before the adjustment of the rubber dam or the application of a clamp are uniformly successful." Other uses and other forms of the drug were mentioned. At this meeting Drs. Black, Marshall and Koch were made a committee "To devise means of so disposing of the routine business of this Society that there shall be more time left which can be devoted to the scientific work." The meeting of 1886 in Rock Island had several special fea- tures. Drs. Cushing, Koch and Noyes were appointed a com- mittee to revise the constitution and by-laws and publish the revision so that it could be acted upon at the next meeting. This was carefully done and the revision reported was adopted in 1887. Drs. Cushing, Swain and Marriner were appointed a com- mittee on local societies, and reported at the same meeting, rec- ommending the formation of six local societies and the appoint- ment of a committee of seven to arrange for their organization. Dr. Koch, at large, Dr. Kitchen, for Rockford district, Dr. Sith- erwood for Bloomington district, Dr. Tibbetts for Quincy dis- trict, Dr. Rohland for Centralia district, Dr. Dwight for Danville district, and Dr. J. A. W. Davis for Galesburg district. Dr. Koch was most active and influential in carrying out this plan and four societies were formed, the Central Society being al- ready organized. There were afterwards some consolidations and one was discontinued, but generally these district societies continued in active usefulness till the reorganization of the State Society and the formation of component societies in 1904, when all of them except the Northern were absorbed by the component societies. The Northern Illinois Society still maintains its life and usefulness. It cannot be doubted that experience in these district societies made the component societies of the later time more easily successful. The special features of this meeting were Dr. Black's cul- tures of micro-organisms of the mouth, and Dr. Harlan's paper on antisceptics and disinfectants, and the discussion. Dr. Black set up his incubator and started cultures the first day and showed the For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 30 progress of growth and explained the characteristics of the or- ganisms each day of the meeting. At the meeting in 1887 in Jacksonville a paper was read by Dr. Tudd on "Dead Teeth in the Jaws." This and one read at the meeting in 1886 were inspired by some articles in the Medical Record in which the editor and Dr. Sexton, an eye and ear specialist in New York City, had undertaken to school the den- tal profession on this subject, suggesting, among other things, that physicians might find it necessary to instruct dentists to remove all pulpless teeth from the jaws. The dentists were con- siderably stirred up about it and a good deal of just resentment was expressed. Such a thing could hardly happen at the present time, for there has come to be a general understanding that in its own field the dental profession is more competent than the medical. However, some of our careless operators have come dangerously near to giving members of the medical profession excuse for taking a similar attitude in respect to crowns and bridges. For a number of years in succession about this time. Dr. Black continued his lectures on the micro-organisms of the mouth and Dr. Harlan his papers on practical therapeutics and the use of special remedies, particularly the newer ones. At the meeting of 1888 at Cairo, in accordance with the suggestion of President Rohland, Drs. E. Noyes, G. H. Cushing and E. D. Swain were appointed a committee to revise and re- publish the pamphlet "Our Teeth." This was done and a thou- sand copies were printed and brought to the next annual meet- ing for distribution, and the terms were made known upon which another edition could be printed. The meeting of 1879 at Quincy was the twenty-fifth and the quarter centennial was celebrated by an historical review read by Dr. Koch, and by a banquet. Dr. Cushing was president, the only instance in which anyone has been twice elected to that office. He pre-eminently deserved it, for he attended every one of its meetings, from the organization till he removed to Cali- fornia shortly before his death, but he was also the wisest and the most trusted of all the men who guided the affairs of the Society. At this meeting. Dr. Cushing was the chairman of a com- mittee of nine, who were instructed to prepare and publish in For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 31 the Transactions, so that it could be acted upon the next year, a revision of the constitution and by-laws, providing for an execu- tive council that should attend to all the ordinary business of the Society. This was adopted in 1890 and since then twelve very hard worked men have relieved the Society from all routine business and left the sessions free for professional papers and discussions. In his historical review. Dr. Koch said that of the forty-nine charter members only six had maintained their continuous mem- bership : Drs. Gushing, Honsinger, A. W. Freemen, Crouse, Kitchen and Ormsbee. Only one, Dr. dishing, had never been absent from roll-call, in twenty-five years. The following sentence from Dr. Koch's paper is worthy to be printed in great big capital letters, the more so as it essentially characterizes the second twenty-five years also : "It is a pleasant and proud retrospect that, during twenty-five years, we have escaped without even a ruffle of internal dissension to mar our steady course." At this meeting. Dr. Crouse made his plea, often repeated afterwards, for the Dental Protective Association. Dr. Patrick, at the meeting of 1890 in Bloomington, read a second historical paper. "The Second Period in the History of Dentistry." This was supplemented by a list of dental publica- tions, 396 in number, with dates from 1532 to 1841, and occupy- ing fourteen pages of fine print in the Transactions. (A year previous Dr. Patrick had read a paper on "The First Period in the History of Dentistry.") At this meeting the gold inlay was introduced to the So- ciety by Dr. Ames, who described his method of burnishing a platinum or gold matrix and filling it with "solder. In 1891 at Bloomington, Dr. Harlan read a paper on "Ex- perimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents, in Living and in Pulpless Teeth." Dr. Cattell showed a method of studying pulp chambers and canals by grinding longitudinal sections and making silhouette prints with India ink. This represented a method of teaching students introduced by Dr. Black several years previously in the Chicago College of Dental Surgery. The men invited this year from outside the state were Dr. E. H. Angle, who gave an illustrated lecture on regulating appli- For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 32 ances, and Dr. A. H. Thompson, who read a paper on "The Architecture of the First Permanent Molar." Two important papers were read at the meeting of 1892 in Springfield. Dr. Black presented one on "The Interproximate spaces." This was in continuation, perhaps to some extent a repetition of a previous paper before the Odontographic Society and articles in the Comos in 1891 on the management of the enamel margins. The neglect at that time of great numbers of the profession to give any sufficient attention to the preservation of the interproximate spaces made necessary much talk and much writing on that subject. Dr. T. E. Weeks of Minneapolis, read a paper with lantern illustrations, on "The Enamel at the Gingival Line." Dr. Black, in opening the discussion characterized the paper better than I can in so few words. He said, "You have had an illustrated lecture on dental anatomy in its relation to the placing of gold crowns, or collars, upon the stumps of teeth. It is, so far as I know, the first clear elucidation of this subject that has been given before this, or any other society, in which the actual anatomy as it exists has been displayed so that it could be readily seen and understood. Of course, this subject has been explained through dissections of the teeth before, but not thrown upon the screen in this way so that a whole audience can see it at once." At the meeting of 1893 in Rock Island, Dr. E. K. Blair was president. This was a joint meeting with the Iowa Society and the sessions were held in Davenport and Rock Island alternately. Dr. Black read an important paper on "Anchorage of Proximate Fillings in Bicuspids and Molars." Dr. Patrick read a paper on "The Effect of Eruptive Diseases on the Teeth." Dr. Harlan continued his series of papers on materia medica ; this time on "Recent Additions to the Therapeutics of Pyorrhea Alveolaris," and there were two historical papers, one by Dr. J. Taft, entitled "History of the Progress of Dentistry in the West," and one by Dr. A. O. Hunt, "Iowa's Share in the History and Progress of Dentistry." It was at this meeting that the committee on dental science and literature was reduced from three members to one. Such a sketch as I have given you seems to me entirely in- adequate to convey such information or to make such impres- For Index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 33 sion on your minds as I wish to give. At a time when college graduates were very few, and the journal literature was so meagre that nearly everything of value that was published in any dental journal appeared in all of the others also, the meet- ings of the Society were four day schools of dentistry in which some of the very best men in the country were teachers. Many of them were professors in dental schools and accustomed to im- part information in a lucid and interesting way, and they had the close attention of nearly all who attended the meetings. In reading over the proceedings I have personally recognized the origin of many of my own methods of practice and habits of operating, and I am sure the same must be true of many others. The beginning and strengthening into closer and closer in- timacy of personal friendships was one of the most precious fruits of the Society meetings. In the early days, every member knew every other and made close and congenial friendships with a few. The latter may be equally true in the present large Society, but the general acquaintance must now be in limited groups and not with the whole membership. It has always been easy to invoke the official action of the Society in support of the highest ideals and the best interests of the profession. Ten years of steady and intelligent effort were necessary to procure the passage of the first dental law of Illinois and if the efforts of this Society had been withheld it is im- possible to tell how far Illinois might have lagged behind the procession of states that were passing dental laws. Equal watch- fulness and effort were subsequently given to procure amend- ments, until now we have one of the best dental laws to be found anywhere. Some of our best men were on the first board of examiners, Dr. Cushing being secretary, and the Society for a good many years made liberal appropriations to help out the expenses of the board, for they had to serve without pay and the revenues from the law were insufficient to pay hotel bills, while making the semi-annual examinations. The Society repeatedly gave its official support and ap- proval to Dr. Crouse and the Dental Protective Association in the efforts, which proved entirely successful, to defend the profession against the crown and bridge patents. Very early in its history the Society adopted a by-law which required such of its members as accepted students to insist upon a three For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 34 years pupilage and graduation from a reputable dental school. (The two college courses could be taken during the three years.) At that time, every school in the country graduated after two courses, and if there had been four years of pupilage or prac- tice one course sufficed for a diploma. Something more ought to be said of some of the men who formed and guided the Society in its first thirty years. Dr. Geo. H. dishing, better than any other man, deserves the title of "father." He was a charter member and, for thirty- four years, attended every meeting of the Society. His judg- ment, wisdom and experience made him the most influential man in the Society during most of that time, and his tolerance and friendliness prevented him from ever sulking when he was over- ruled. He was a king among operators. There were only a few in the whole country his equal, and his very numerous papers, mostly relating to operative dentistry, and in the early days his clinics, had very great influence upon those who heard him, to raise their ideals of what perfect operating might be, and to instruct their endeavors to reach that ideal. But few men have won greater honor, respect and love. Dr. M. S. Dean was a close second to Dr. Cushing in the character and weight of his influence upon the Society while he lived. Also a charter member, I believe he was present at every meeting till his death in 1882. Dr. Dean was a scholar and a gentleman, immaculate in his person, clothing, manners and speech. He was a peacemaker in the Society. Whenever the proceedings threatened to become stormy or quarrelsome a few wise words from Dn Dean were sure to restore harmony and good-feeling. I believe that for sixteen or seventeen years he was one of the most important influences that prevented the pro- fession in Chicago from breaking up into antagonistic or hostile cliques, as happened in some other cities. By that time, we had formed the habit of living together in peace, and learned how to do it, and we are still in the enjoyment of the fruits of his influence to this day. He gave the Society some very interesting papers, and published one book, "The Dental Follicle," which was a translation from Legros and Magitot, with additions from his own studies. Dr. C. A. Kitchen was less prominent in the Society than Dr. Cushing and Dr. Dean, but he was a charter member, a For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 35 member of the first State Board of Dental Examiners, and a man whose judgment and opinions were trusted, and were always on the right side of every important question. He was a genial, companionable man, everybody's friend. He was one of my own close friends and I knew well the strength and sincerity of his character. Dr. J. N. Crouse was the last of the charter members who had maintained continuous membership. He is but two months dead and well known to all of you. He was always a most active and useful member in the Society, but his monumental work was in the Dental Protective Association and the defense of the en- tire profession from the demands of the International Tooth Crown Company. The money value of this service to the pro- fession is apparently but very imperfectly appreciated. It is very doubtful if there was any other man in the entire profes- sion who had the brains, the courage, the indomitable will and the willingness, to make the great personal sacrifices necessary to accomplish what he did. Dr. A. W. Harlan joined the Society in 1872. He was a big man, a great traveler and he had a prodigious memory for names, dates and the titles and contents of books and journals. Before the Society he gave his attention mainly to therapeutics and to drugs, in a series of papers and talks about the newer remedies and their applications in practice. He and Dr. Black were more instrumental than any others for the filling up of medicine closets at a time when many men limited their use of drugs to few or none besides carbolic acid, creosote and some preparations of iodine. There is no man in less danger of being ignored or forgot- ten than Dr. G. V. Black, and I need say no more about him than what seems necessary to obtain such credit for the Society as may be reflected upon us from his work. His paper on gold foil, read in 1869 and published in the Missouri Dental Journal of July in that year remains an authority on that subject, and no further information or directions are needed for the successful care and use of gold foil previous to its placement in the tooth cavity. His work on "The Formation of Poisons by Micro- organisms," and the duplication of Dr. Miller's work on the eti- ology of caries were reported and illustrated in our Society, and though the work on the physical characteristics of teeth and of For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 36 filling materials and the phenomenal work on amalgam were first published in the Cosmos, they were explained and illustrated in the Society also. Dr. Black has been called the greatest man in the dental profession. I will not pretend to measure great- ness comparatively. I do not know the great men well enough. I feel like saying that Dr. Black is great in this, that probably a greater number of dentists throughout the civilized world are doing a greater number of things better by reason of his work and his instructions than can be said of any other man in the profession. Dr. Homer Judd was long an honorary member from St. Louis, though as closely identified with us as our own men. The last part of his life he was an active member, practicing in Upper Alton. He was a better and more influential man than I shall be able to show by anything I can say about him. He was by natural ability and much experience a teacher, and what he said in the Society was clear, concise and readily understood. We felt that he was an authority upon the subjects he talked about and he was much liked and greatly respected by every- body. He had fine literary ability and his account of the battle of Franklin is the best that has ever been written. Dr. Edgar D. Swain joined the Society in 1867 at the third annual meeting. He was always until his death an active and in- fluential member, whose judgment and opinion had great weight. He read a number of excellent papers and made numerous clinics. In 1876 he was president and for two years succeeding was the secretary. I was associated with him in the same office for twenty years on terms of intimate friendship, and know well the dis- interested and important services he gave to this Society and to various military organizations. He was sought for many re- sponsibilities, both professional and military, and was for a good while colonel of the first regiment of the Illinois National Guard in Chicago. Later he was the first dean of Northwestern Univer- sity Dental School. Dr. H. H. Townsend joined the Society in 1871 and was president in 1885. He died too soon, as we all believed, from over- work. He was slow and painstaking, but was one of the finest operators in the state, especially in gold fillings. He made long hours in his office, and at our meetings used to say his appoint- For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 37 ment book was full till August or longer. Some years before his death he took the courses and graduated in one of the med- ical colleges in Chicago and to some extent after that practiced medicine in the evenings. Because he had no time to read he used to employ, besides his lady assistant, a young lady to read dental journals to him while operating at the chair. Notwith- standing his phenomenal industry and the perfection of his oper- ations, he was so timid about the prices he set upon his services that he left but little for his family. He became a worn out man and died at fifty-four years of age. He read a number of val- uable papers and was always heard with pleasure. All this gives but little idea of the warm place he held in all our hearts because of his gentle and lovable disposition and his ability and conscien- tiousness. Dr. T. W. Pritchett joined the Society in 1877 and was president in 1890. He has but recently left us and you all well know his strong personality, his sterling worth and great use- fulness. In later years he interested himself in the anatomical articulation of artificial teeth, frequently illustrated and described it in our clinics, and while president of the State Board of Dental Examiners insisted upon its practical demonstration by applicants for the state license. Few of our men were more re- spected or more greatly loved. Dr. W. T. Brophy is known to the whole dental profession and needs nothing that I could add to the honors heaped upon him at the testimonial banquet at which most of you were pres- ent. His operation for cleft palate upon very young infants, known as "Brophy's operation" was an earlier recognition of the same idea lately insisted upon by the orthodontists, that the sooner nature can be given opportunity to remedy her defect, and the sooner her progress in a wrong direction can be arrested, and changed to a right direction, the more perfectly will she be able to work out her ideal type for the development of that individual. Very few men have won for themselves so entirely the respect, the confidence, the admiration and love of those who know them as has Dr. T. L. Gilmer, and this can be said for the students whom he has taught in oral surgery, the patients for whom he has operated, either as an oral surgeon, or general practitioner, and the many others who know him as a sincere For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 38 and generous friend, or a kindly and courteous gentleman. In a , paper before the Chicago Dental Society, only a month ago, on "Etiology, Diagnosis and Treatment of Acute and Chronic Alveolar Abscess," he said, "The writings upon this subject have been voluminous ; there are two classics, one by Dr. Homer Judd, published in the Missouri Dental Journal in the year 1869, the other by Dr. G. V. Black, in the "American System of Dentistry.'' Of course, he did not say, what we all believe, that his own paper will rank with the other two, with the additional value of whatever has become known about the subject since the others were written. Dr. C. R. E. Koch joined the Society in May, 1867, less than two years after the organization. Few, or none, have done such diversified and useful service in both professional and military affairs. He was secretary four years, was president in 1878, and has usually been on the legislative committee, either by appoint- ment, or by service with them, and always on the advisory com- mittee on the Governor's appointments to the State Board of Examiners. In his present position as secretary of Northwestern University Dental School his services are of inestimable value. Dr. A. E. Matteson is one of our oldest members, having joined in 1869. He is always to be seen at our meetings and always has something to show, about crown or bridge work, porcelain work, or formerly about some appliances for ortho- dontia. Dr. C. R. Taylor of Streator, was a man of sterling worth, and his influence in the Society was valuable. He had positive opinions and was not afraid to express them, and for a time we thought him something of a scold, and some of his wrong im- pressions had to be set right. When we knew him well we found him one of the kindest and sweetest of men. He was also a very useful and influential man in the social and political life of his town. To Dr. W. H. Taggart belongs the unusual distinction of having effected an epoch making change in dental practice. With the exception of the use of hard rubber as a base for arti- ficial teeth, it is doubtful if any such important addition to our resources has been adopted so rapidly and widely as the making of cast gold inlays and the use of the casting process for crown For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 39 and bridge work. Nothing further need be said, for every one knows him, or uses the method he developed. Dr. H. J. McKellops of St. Louis, was known everywhere as one of the finest operators, and all who have ever seen his magnificent gold fillings have been ready to accord him pre- eminence. I believe he was the first to introduce to this Society the filling of pulp canals with the aid of chloro-percha. There is a good story of his early experience with the rubber dam. Dr. Black tells it, and probably his quotation of Dr. McKellops' words is accurate : "I went down East to see Dr. Barnum and to study his method in connection with the rubber dam. I watched him carefully and talked over the points with him, saw that he suc- ceeded, and thought that I understood it. I came home and tried to use it. After several months of trial I gave it up and concluded that after all my pains I may not have understood Dr. Barnum. I could not get his results. I found that where I needed the dam badly, I couldn't' use it, and where I could use it, I didn't need it, and I damned the damn clam and threw the damn dam away, and I don't think I will ever take it up again." He did, however, and learned to use it like all the rest of us. Dr. W. H. Eames was more interested in prosthesis, of which he almost made a specialty. He read two papers, however, on the causes of defective enamel. He was a genial companion, an able man, and much liked by everybody. He was for a time Editor of the Missouri Dental Journal, and occupied important dental college positions. Dr. W. N. Morrison was a frequent contributor to our pro- ceedings, and Dr. T. B. Morrison made one of the early dental engines, which was manufactured and sold to a limited extent. Dr. Henry S. Chase was one of the triumvirate who pro- claimed the "New Departure" and wrote much in advocacy of it. These St. Louis men (not all of whom I have named), with Dr. I. P. Wilson of Burlington, and Dr. L. C. Ingersol of Keo- kuk, were a great addition to our strength and resources in the early days of the Society, when we most needed them, and they were always an influence for harmony and good will, and for a high standard of scientific and professional attainments. ' For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. A HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY, 1894 TO 1913 INCLUSIVE. BY E. K. BLAIR, D. D. S., WAVERLY, ILL. A careful study of the published transactions from 1894 to 1913 inclusive, reveals the fact that it has required four thousand four hundred and eleven printed pages to record the papers, re- ports and discussions of this society, and that the number of clinics recorded for this period is one thousand and twenty-five. The volume of work accomplished within the society can only be comprehended by those who are willing to devote much time and energy to reviewing the complete record of its pro- ceedings. Where full programs are given it will be for the pur- pose of showing the scope of work encompassed at a single meeting and the influence upon the profession at large. To make special mention, or read the names of all who are properly entitled to credit for meritorious papers or discussions or clinics would create a list of vast proportions and overtax your time and powers of endurance. To record the trend of thought from year to year and to note the progress made will be as much as may be hoped for. For what may seem to you inex- cusable omissions or the recording of data that you may deem unimportant I plead the lack of infallibility. It is well to remember that the total active membership of our society, at its thirtieth annual meeting in 1894 was one hun- dred and eighty-six, and that there were present only ninety- five. This will help you to better appreciate the energy and de- votion to scientific investigation manifested by those who at that time were making dental history. The sessions of this meeting were held in the Senate Cham- ber at Springfield, the president, Dr. Garrett Newkirk, presiding. Governor Altgeld, in delivering the address of welcome, said: "We are glad to see you here, and I want to congratulate you For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 41 and your profession in this state, upon the fact that you have an organization which, at a meeting of this kind, can call out so many of the leading members of your profession. It is only by organization, by meeting, by comparison, by interchange of thought and experience, by minds rubbing against minds, that any profession can be placed upon a high basis." Continuing, he said, "I can remember the time when dentistry was regarded with indifference, but it has advanced since that time and is now recognized as one of the most important professions." Speaking with just pride of the great State of Illinois the governor said : "It is an honor to be connected with any profession that has a standing in so great a state," and he complimented us upon the ''high character of our literature and dental schools," expressing a deep interest in our educational institutions. Dr. A. W. Harlan, responding to Governor Altgeld, acknowl- edged his appreciation of the sentiments expressed and assured him that it had "ever been the endeavor of the members of the Illinois State Dental Society to promote education and love for literature." Replying further to the chief executive, "that Illi- nois was taking the lead in many things," Dr. Harlan stated that the "transactions of this society for many years have been and are now looked upon by the profession throughout the world as among the foremost in the United States." At the threshold of what I hope may be a trustworthy recital of the forward movement made by this organization during the past twenty years, I have quoted from these high authorities, laymen and professional, calling to our minds the character of the work then in progress — the splendid sub-structure upon which we were to ultimately develop an organized working force unexcelled anywhere in the dental profession. The papers at this meeting were entertaining and instruc- tive. "Thirty Years Ago and Now" was the title of the annual address by the president, which proved to be a carefully prepared army record of every ex-soldier in this society. Dr. Newkirk said, "I am proud to devote a portion of this paper to short ac- counts of their military service and ask you to place them upon record as part of the sacred heritage of this society." In addition to its being a justly deserved tribute to our boys who wore the blue it is in condensed form a valuable guide to those who in the distant future may be interested in the early For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 42 history of our members who took part in war of 1860 to 1865. Among those of the original twenty-eight veterans who have passed to the great beyond are M. S. Dean, Colonel Edgar D. Swain, Daniel B. Freeman, T. W. Pritchett, A. H. Fuller, Homer Judd, Charles A. Kitchen, J. Frank Marriner, Charles F. Matte- son, J. J. R. Patrick. Still surviving, fifty-three years after the rebellion, we are enjoying fellowship with such sturdy heroes as Col. C. R. E. Koch, G. V. Black, R. N. Lawrence, E. M. Rob- bins, G. D. Sitherwood, Isaac A. Freeman, E. B. David, A. E. Matteson and others. The hardships and exposures encountered on the field of battle seem to have fitted them for subsequent conflicts. Let us hope they may be spared for many years to come. Sturdy soldiers in war, in times of peace they have borne aloft the banner of professional progress. After the president's address we were favored with the fol- lowing well balanced program : Etiology of Dental Caries, by A. H. Peck. The Relation of the Profession to the Dental Colleges, by T. W. Brophy. Swaged Aluminum Plates, by G. D. Sitherwood. Amalgam Fillings, by T. W. Pritchett. Reciprocation of Force in Orthodontia, by C. S. Case. Operative Dentistry, by J. J. Jennelle. Dr. Case presented clearly the value of knowledge of recip- rocal force. He declared "that as a fundamental principle under- lying the action of applied force in regulating appliances it should always be recognized and appreciated. This I believe the most important consideration in the constructing of dental regulating appliances." "Those who have had little experience in this department with modern methods, can hardly appreciate the importance of this principle in the management of mechan- ical force, or realize the variety of opportunities for its exhibi- tion that will be presented to a thoughtful and ingenious mind." Time has proven the wisdom of his declaration and by the appli- cation of this principle the work of the orthodontist has in a wonderful degree been simplified and made more effective. Dis- cussing Dr. A. H. Peck's very able paper on the Etiology of Dental Caries, Dr. G. V. Black gave emphasis to his well known thought upon "the direction that investigation upon this sub- ject must take in the future." He was conducting a series of For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 43 experiments to determine the density of the teeth, fermentive processes in the mouth and certain hygienic relations for patients. With his paper on ''The Relation of the Profession to the Dental Colleges," T. W. Brophy aroused a very general discussion. His reference to "the recent extension of the course of study to three years by the National Association of Dental Faculties, making it possible for the student to bestow more time upon the practical phases of anatomy, histology, bacteriology, chemistry, technol- ogy, etc., besides becoming more proficient in operative and prosthetic dentistry," met with general approval. In 1895, at Galesburg, we find the program replete with sub- jects of vital importance. As an outgrowth of President Cor- many's address, the publication of a pamphlet for public distri- bution entitled "Instructions in the Care of the Teeth" was sug- gested. The oral hygiene movement has grown from that day until the present time, ranking as a most important factor in the care and preservation of the teeth. Especially interesting clinics consisted of a "Gold Inlay," by W. V-B. Ames; "Porcelain Crown with Platinum Post," by A. E. Matteson ; "Porcelain Bridge, Using His Own Furnace," by W. H. Taggart; "Porcelain Inlay," by W. T. Reeves. C. R. Taylor, supervisor of clinics, closed his report with the following statement : "The supervisor of clinics desires to say that he be- lieves that a notable advance has been reached in the construc- tion of bridges; that the invention of the electric furnace for fusing porcelain will work a revolution in crown and bridge work, if it does not also do the same for many other branches of porcelain work, and he believes it is the duty of this society to show its appreciation and gratitude to the inventor of this method of fusing porcelain." The year 1896 was one of general progress. The president, Dr. W. A. Stevens, offered some crticism of the dental schools. The discussion that followed was notable, as an indorsement of the position taken by the National Faculties Association in extending the college course from two to three years. Higher education was the slogan of every speaker and many expressed the hope that soon there might be included in the statutes of the State of Illinois a law requiring each applicant for a license to practice dentistry within the state, to have attended a dental school requiring three calendar years of study, and, upon pres- For index and key to elas.xifieation numbers, see pink appendix. 44 entation of a diploma from such a school, to be eligible to exam- ination by the Board of Dental Examiners, who should determine his right to practice. Skirmish lines for the great battle to pro- cure proper legal enactments were forming and it is to the credit of this society that there was no lack of courage and no falter- ing in the struggle that was to follow. Believing that education lies at the root of all permanent progress, our colleges were urged to broaden their curriculums ; applicants for admission to the profession were turned from laboratory apprenticeships to the college door and the standard of dentistry grew apace. Hypnotic suggestion for the amelioration of pain was ably discussed by C. E. Bentley in "New Outlooks in Dentistry." He said the introduction of psycho-therapy into the practice of dentistry, by those who understand its principles, would, if it afforded no better result, at least induce a mastery of self and patient by the creation of an atmosphere in which the patient has the fullest confidence in the operator and vice versa. An- other outlook suggested, couched in almost prophetic words, is the following: "If the public schools will respond to the grow- ing demand for a larger knowledge of the structure and work- ing the human frame, we can confidently hope for the installa- tion of competent dentists into the school room, who may make examinations of the mouths of the children and advise them as to the correction of any pathological conditions that may exist. It would also afford a fruitful source for the collection of data upon a wide range of subjects, the importance of which cannot be overestimated." Replying to Dr. Bentley, Dr. C. B. Rohland dissented, fearing "that the American mind which does not take kindly to paternalism in government would object to dental examinations in the schools." Fortunately Dr. Rohland's fears were not well founded as subsequent experience has proven that the public takes kindly to the examination of the teeth of school children and the public spirited work of the profession in this field is fully appreciated and approved by the masses. The specter of cataphoresis appeared at this meeting, dis- appointing to all in the end save the manufacturer of appliances. The death of Dr. E. B. Call of Peoria occurred this year. In his obituary he is credited with having stamped the first seam- less gold crown. 1897 and 1898 were busy years. Like trained veterans our For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 45 most capable students were delving deeply into dental science. The frequently expressed opinion that as many teeth were lost from pyorrhea as from caries augmented the interest in Dr. J. W. Wassail's paper on "Pyorrhea Alveolaris," a subject we had been learning much about both clinically and scientifically. Cor- relatively associated with the treatment of this malady grew the study of oral prophylaxis and mouth hygiene. Pathological con- ditions in the oral cavity were closely scrutinized, and instru- mentation more accurately performed each year became a potent factor in the treatment of pyorrhea. The prognosis of this dis- ease, once so unfavorable, now became less so and the future held many inducements to practitioners striving to master one of the greatest problems confronting our profession. Among the themes considered during these same years were "The Prin- ciples of Force and Anchorage in the Movement of the Teeth" (Case), "Why Coagulants Diffuse Through Dentine" (York), "The Essential Oils and Some Other Agents, Their Antiseptic Value, Also Their Irritating and Non-irritating Qualities" (Peck), "Amalgam as a Filling Material" (Pruyn), "Conserva- tism in Oral Surgery" (Brophy), and "Ceramic Art in Dentistry, with Original Methods and Experiments" (Nyman), were ably presented and discussed, establishing conclusions to this day unchanged. The Society met in Chicago in 1899. President Pruyn, in his address, issued this timely word of warning: "The steadily increasing attention given to bridge-work incites me to make right here, a strong plea, for the more conservative treatment of the natural tooth crown. The improved methods of devital- ization of the pulp and the filling of the pulp canal and the comparative ease of crowning, have doubtless been the cause of the destruction of thousands of natural tooth crowns that might better have been filled and saved for many years of usefulness." Good advice indeed; as much needed now as fif- teen years ago. The stereopticon, so helpful in portraying ac- curately subjects under discussion, never proved more useful than with Dr. F. B. Noyes' paper entitled "The Structure of the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and the Lines and Angles of Cavity Margins." With a total membership now grown to three hundred and twenty-four, one hundred and For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 46 ninety-two were present and profited by the able presentation of this "one of the most important subjects with which we have to deal in filling teeth." (Black.) "Manipulative Methods in Crown and Bridge Work," by Goslee, prepared with the author's usual comprehensive style, is a complete presentation of the best methods known to date, by a recognized authority. His advocacy of "the simpler, safer and more direct methods in opposition to less reliable and more difficult procedures" was a much needed innovation. Resolutions were adopted expressing the confidence of this Society in Dr. J. N. Crouse's ability to direct the affairs of the Dental Protective Association. The thiry-sixth meeting was at Springfield. Never in the history of this organization was there such evidence of potential strength in every department of our profession. Reviewed care- fully, the history of this Society for more than a third of a century is a record of slow but sure advancement. Men who were toil- ing practitioners in its early existence, by persistent applica- tion to higher ideals had become capable scientists leading in every field of thought and action. Within the borders of our State were located reputable dental schools occupying enviable positions among the educational institutions of the world, and with but few exceptions members of these faculties were active members of our Society. This in no small degree, accounts for the very high order of papers and clinics presented in our an- nual programs. Research work conducted in the school was reduced to its last analysis when presented to the Society. The annual attendant upon our sessions returned to his home after having enjoyed in condensed form the very latest teachings by the most advanced thinkers. It is not to be wondered that the influence of this organization was coextensive with the teach- ings of dentistry throughout the world. We gave to the world the results of our labors and with pardonable pride stood fully prepared to accept and appreciate their teachings in return. President Lawrence's address was an eloquent and timely trib- ute to the men of the past years, who had made this Society what it was. In addition to papers and discussions, our clinics had improved in number and character from year to year, taxing the local committees to the utmost to make provision for all who in this way contributed to the educational features of our For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 47 programs. No longer were these demonstrations confined to limited operations upon the teeth and prosthetic appliances, but they covered as they rightfully should, orthodontia and oral surgery. Dr. T. L. Gilmer exhibited a patient operated upon in 1899 for "neuralgia of the second division of the fifth pair of nerves." Recovery was complete and the patient gave person- ally a testimonial justly complimentary to the operator. Among the numerous interesting proceedings at this convention, all of which it would be a pleasure to record, if time would permit, I find the following: "The Secretary announced the recommenda- tion by the Council, of the appointment by the Society, of a committee of three, to select ten names of representative prac- titioners, rive from each of the two principal political parties, from which the Governor is respectfully solicited to select the future appointments of the State Board of Dental Exeminers." This was a wise procedure that should be adhered to for all time to come, in justice to the public, the dental profession and the appointive power. In 1901 we invaded the northern territory, meeting at Rock- ford, where President Reid, long a competent and painstaking member of the' State Board of Dental Examiners, delivered the annual address. Three days and more were given with a will to the study of live, up-to-date topics and the staging of nearly fifty clinics. Forty-nine members united, indicating a continued healthy growth. At this time great dissatisfaction and disap- proval was expressed as to the origin of many diplomas and licenses finding their way into the hands of would be practi- tioners. A considerable number of licensed colleges were lo- cated in Chicago, with barely three or four of them reputable. Diplomas were being issued to residents of the United States and foreign countries, many of them illegal. The following resolu- tions presented by Dr. J. N. Crouse were unanimously adopted : Whereas: Through the United States Consul, James H. Worman of Munich, Germany, information has come to the Illinois State Dental Society, that a traffic in fraudulent Amer- ican diplomas, conferring the degree of Doctor of Dental Sur- gery and also dental certificates, has been carried on between residents of Illinois and residents of Germany, and Whereas: We are informed that some of the Illinois State For index and key to elassification numbers, see pink appendix. 48 Dental Board Certificates presented to the authorities of Ger- many have been forgeries pure and simple, be it Resolved: That, as a Society wishing to uphold the honor and dignity of the profession in the state, and to aid in the ex- cellent work which is now being done by the Foreign Relations Committee of the National Association of Dental Faculties, in placing before the world correct information as to the status of dental educational work and dental legislation in the different countries of the world, we unhesitatingly condemn the practice in the strongest terms possible, and record our disapproval of any of these irregular methods which tend to bring discredit on the reputation of American dentistry ; and particularly upon those of our educational institutions which are in reality doing excellent work in our midst." Signed, J. N. Crouse. This was the beginning in substantial form, of the end of traffic by bogus colleges in fraudulent dental diplomas. Later the war was carried by members of this Society to the National Dental Association meeting at Milwaukee and a committee was appointed that succeeded in reaching the Governor of this State and the final result was the annihilation of fraudulent colleges so long a disgrace to our profession. This triumph of right and justice over the evil influences that had so long darkened our professional horizon must be placed to the credit of this Society and the central figure in the great battle for properly authenti- cated diplomas was he who for many years was the only mem- ber of this Society who had been continuously a member since its organization in 1865, the invincible Dr. J. N. Crouse. During the year 1901 death claimed an honorary member, Dr. H. J. McKellops, of Saint Louis, for years a regular attend- ant at our meetings. He was much admired by all who knew him. Possibly the one death of all that has most keenly affected members of this Society occurred during the same year, that of Dr. George H. Cushing. A charter member of this Society, its most persistent supporter, through all its existence, twice its President, the only member so honored, by his ability and genial qualities he had won the respect and admiration of all. When he found it imperative to seek health in another climate, this Society gave him the strongest indorsement possible to give to one with- drawing from our midst, renewed its devotion to him by mes- For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 49 sages of good cheer annually, and heard with deepest sorrow of his death far away from the field of his life's labors. In him were happily combined a brilliant intellect, superior knowledge, and a warm hearted, genial disposition. No historical sketch of this Society would be complete without a just record of the part he played in the drama of its existence and of the affection felt for him by the full membership of this organization. In the year 1902 at Springfield some notable papers were presented. "Dental Nomenclature, with Reference to Its De- velopment, Bearing Especially upon That of Descriptive Den- tal Anatomy, Cavities and Instruments," a very comprehensive and much needed study, ably presented by G. W. Dittmar. "Good Fellowship," by C. R. Taylor, was well received and is remembered to this day as highly characteristic of the author. "Professional Ethics vs. Patents," by C. E. Bently, was a clear presentation of the subject, urging our profession to occupy the same ground relative to patenting appliances that is held by the American Medical Association. "The Present Status of Den- tistry in the Philippine Islands" was read by Louis Ottofy, a former Secretary of this Society. "Conditions and Circum- stances Modifying Extension for Prevention," by J. E. Nyman, and reports of "Committee on Dental Science and Literature" and "Art and Invention," by Dr. G. V. Black and H. J. Goslee respectively. At the 1903 session in Bloomington Dr. Prothero's paper on "The Expansion of Plaster of Paris," discussed by Dr. J. E. Hinkins and others, with Dr. Case's paper on "Velum Ob- turators," were two mile posts on the road to progress. Twelve hundred dollars was placed in the hands of a committee of which Dr. J. N. Crouse was chairman. The year 1904 was crowded to the utmost with problems that interested the whole Society. We had advanced sufficiently in the use of both porcelain and gold inlays to insure intelligent discussions of the technique involved in their construction and were discussing with clearness the necessary steps to be taken in the preparation of cavities. This also involved the use of cements and encouraged a more definite study of the physical characteristics of the different cements found in the market. "The Color Problem in Porcelain Work," and "Cervical Out- line Preparation" were themes that naturally invited the atten- Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 50 tion at this session. "Lest We Forget" in our enthusiasm for the new inlay methods a sturdy protest came from high author- ity, Edmund Noyes, reminding us that there was and always will be a place for good gold filling, properly made, and the percentage of cavities demanding gold fillings was by no means small. At this session we heard the report of the committee ap- pointed to revise our Constitution and By-Laws, creating Dis- trict and Component Societies and preparing the way for an increased membership. Under the Rules the new Constitu- tion proposed was referred to the 1905 meeting for approval and adoption. Our membership at the close of the 1904 meet- ing was four hundred and eleven, and at the close of the 1905 session it reached the splendid total of twelve hundred and sixty. This was due to the work of the reorganization commit- tee, of which Dr. Arthur D. Black was chairman and Drs. Ditt- mar and Peck his associates. Charters had been granted to thirty-one new Component Societies, covering the entire State and we were entering upon a new era, a gigantic organization, well supplied with funds, with ramifications in every nook and corner of the State. Better prepared than ever to make progress in the development of dental science, we were knocking at the door of every reputable practitioner within the state, urging him to share our enthusiasm in the upbuilding of our profession and to give that which properly belonged to his patients, the benefit of the knowledge he might obtain, if he would but enlist in the greatest forward movement ever inaugurated in our pro- fession. Our plea was more capable service to our patients, a general uplift in the scientific teachings and practice of dentistry and interwoven throughout the woof and warp of it all, a super- abundance of good fellowship. As we passed from the lesser to the greater body, adding in one year more than one thousand new members, some feared that the warmth of friendships so much enjoyed in the earlier years might be jeopardized by the strenuous conditions naturally incident to the management of so many participating interests, but happily it has not been so. The increased facilities for development along scientific lines due to greater numerical strength has but added opportunity for greater social enjoyments ; the heart to heart contact among fel- low workers in one common field. The growth of the Society For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. r>l during the last twenty years is clearly indicated in the subjoined Secretary's Reports. In the year 1904 the total Active, Honorary and Corresponding Membership was two hundred and thirty- one. Annual dues, $5.00. Receipts, including balance from former Treas- urer, Dues, etc $894.03 Expenditures 465.08 Leaving balance on hand $428.95 In the year 1913 our total Active, Honorary and Correspond- ing membership was sixteen hundred and fifty-seven, with dues as low as $3.00 per year, including dues to National Association. Receipts from all sources $9,008.41 Expenditures 4,634.90 Balance on hand $4,373.51 More than ten times as strong financially and eight times stronger numerically. With ample funds at our disposal it has been possible to inaugurate and carry to successful issue any Society work desired. The effect of the Component Society and Study Clubs has been to promote social as well as educational growth, and we come together annually with much preliminary work accom- plished, better prepared to present papers and discuss them, to give clinics of every conceivable variety and to transact the rou- tine business of the Society with commendable skill and prompt- ness. Give a moment's thought to the history of our progress from 1905 to 1913, inclusive. So comprehensive in area, for they cov- ered the whole field of dentistry, 'tis possible here to mention them only in the briefest way. During these nine years our pro- grams include one hundred and fifty-two papers and discussions, and six hundred and sixty-three clinics. As we consider them collectively, hoping to be as brief as possible, permit me to select twenty-five subjects presented, as an illustration of the wide range of topics considered : Ethics, C. N. Johnson. Penetration of Dentin by Fluids Under Pressure. W. A. Johnston. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 52 The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures, T. W. Pritchett. A Survey of Oral Hygiene, C. E. Bentley. Amalgam, W. E. Harper. Conservative Plea in the Use of Anaesthetics, Narcotics and Sedatives in Dental Practice, C. P. Pruyn. Some Phases of Prosthetic Procedures, J. H. Prothero. The Dental Protective Association, J. N. Crouse. Orthodontia, C. S. Case. Microscopic Study of C.ements, Geo. C. Poundstone. Gold Fillings vs. Inlays, Don. M. Gallic The Cast Gold Inlay, G. W. Dittmar. General Considerations of Syphilis, with Special Reference to Differential Diagnosis Between Syphilitic and Non-syphilitic Lesions Found in the Mouth, W. H. G. Logan. Experience in Cast Metal, C. N. Thompson. Impacted Third Molars, Brom Allen. The Maxillary Sinus and Its Diseases, T. L. Gilmer. Dental Medicine, J. P. Buckley. Concerning the Porcelain Inlay, J. F. F. Waltz. Reorganization, Arthur D. Black. Some Mistakes in Operative Dentistry, Their Causes and Correction, F. W. Gethro. What Dentists Have Contributed to Other Professions, B. J. Cigrand. Newer Methods in Crown and Bridge Work, H. J. Goslee. Some Phases of- Bacteriological Infection of the Human Mouth, George W. Cook. Dental Legislation, C. R. E. Koch. Oral Surgery, T. W. Brophy. Dental Inspection in the Schools, W. A. Evans. The Scientific Casting of Gold, W. H. Taggart. A Multiplicity of Subjects, G. V. Black. And this only one-sixth of the number of papers and reports comprising the full list of the last nine years. What a galaxy of talent ! I beseech you upon returning to your homes that you re-read carefully the transactions of your own Society, and you will find a record of the progress of your profession, commen- surate with the Nineteenth Century, the most progressive age since the dawn of civilization. For months I have basked in the For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 53 sunlight of these pages, drank deep from the recorded wisdom generously contributed by tireless authors, marveled at the bril- liant ingenuity manifested in scores of methods and devices dis- played by clinicians, and have been gratified indeed at the gen- erous manner in which all is given freely to the world for the benefit of humanity. A contributing factor to our enjoyment as we peruse these transactions from year to year will be found in the lucid manner in which they have been edited. The work of the master mind of Dr. Edmund Noyes is everywhere apparent and we are deeply indebted to him and his associates for annual publications almost faultless in every particular. For considerably more than a quarter of a century, I have witnessed the Society's growth and during that time have failed to hear the first reasonable excuse for non-membership in this organization. When we reflect that the absentee from our meet- ings is denying himself the privilege so eagerly sought by our ablest practitioners in other states, who travel frequently across the continent to enjoy and profit by the educational features of our sessions, we marvel at the indifference manifested by some and regret that one and all are not within the fold. What have been the contributing forces that have been most potential in the upbuilding of our Society? First of all Organization. A willingness to come together for free and unrestricted interchange of thought. Next the devotion to the Society's interest manifested by so many stalwart members who have throughout all the years re- mained steadfast to the Society's welfare. Their name is legion, and the record of their efforts properly drawn would form a transcript of the proceedings from year to year for half a cen- tury. A collective organization imbued with the proper spirit, we have ever kept as our foremost tenet the proper consideration of our duty to the public. Every legal enactment that we have sought or obtained has guarded, first the citizen, and next made more stringent the re- quirement for admission to practice. Our highest aim has been the preservation, not the destruction of the teeth, the maintenance of sanitary and healthful conditions in the oral cavity and sur- rounding tissues. Many of our members have become specialists, adding luster to our profession and contributing materially to For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 54 the intellectual and scientific growth of our Society. As we have acquired knowledge and experience we have grown more tolerant, manifesting at all times great courtesy in debate. Pioneers in the study of physiological and pathological con- ditions, we were first to know that which the public now gener- ally comprehends, that through the mouth, sometimes termed the gateway to the body, a very large percentage of the diseases that flesh is heir to, make their entrance to the system. As den- tists, charged with the responsible duty of maintaining a health- ful condition of the oral cavity, we are occupying a more im- portant position in the community. Originally regarded only as the special conservators of comfort, appearance and utility of the mouth and dental organs, there have now been added the more exacting requirements of prevention of contagion and the spread of disease. We have with a generally progressive world caught the spirit of organization, of concentrated effort. Under the very able leadership of Dr. Arthur D. Black our reorganization has been fruitful of the most gratifying results. Other states have joined in this same movement, also the National Dental Associa- tion which will doubtless have between fifteen and twenty thou-, sand members within the next few years. The Dental Review, ably edited by our own C. N. Johnson and published within this state, has always been loyal to the State Dental Society and its interests. Dr. Noyes in his sketch of the Society's early history has within your hearing tonight paid a just tribute to prominent members, most of whom have ceased their earthly labors. The history of the last twenty years necessarily deals with the living, active members many of whom are within the sound of my voice. Their parts in the workings of this organization are but half played and the future historian must sum them up and accord to each his or her meed of praise. Of but one shall I make specific mention. The first half century of our existence has been made conspicuous by the labors of our own beloved G. V. Black, a devoted and insatiable student, we have known no man with such universality of interest. From his ever in- creasing fund of knowledge he has given freely to all. Greater than this, he has ever been approachable to the humblest in- quirer. Imbued with the very highest conception of professional For index and key to classification numbers, see pink sipnendix. 55 ethics, the results of his investigations have been contributed to the world for the benefit of humanity. How insignificant in comparison, is the mere acquirement of millions, to his devotion to scientific research. With pardonable pride we glance back over the past one- half century so splendidly celebrated in this Golden Jubilee. We are indebted to Dr. W. H. G. Logan, our worthy President, and the committees he has organized for this superbly planned semi- centennial celebration. No asset is more valuable to any working force than that of a good organizer. One might continue indefinitely recounting forces that have aided in the upbuilding of this Society, did time permit. We sur- render to the hosts whose names are to be inscribed upon the roster of membership in the next half century. Our legacy to you is the loyal spirit that has been so persistently manifested by all in years gone by, and we bespeak for you the same degree of loyalty and devotion to the Society's welfare that has char- acterized its membership in the past. Keep ever in mind these truths, that our Society is great in her history, great in the char- acter of her pioneers, great in her achievements, and great in her beckoning: future. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. DIARY OF ADMINISTRATIVE PROGRESS AND UPLIFT WORK OF THE ILLINOIS STATE DENTAL SOCIETY, 1865-1913. BY C. R. E. KOCH, D. D. S. 1865. The State Dental Society was born on July 24, 1865, as the result of a call signed by a committee of three from the Chicago Dental Society, together with several dentists of the State outside of the city of Chicago. The first meeting was held in the Dental Depot of S. S. White, then located on the site now occupied by the Chinese restaurant near the southwest corner of Dearborn and Randolph streets (59 West Randolph street). Dr. A. C. Van Sant, of Princeton, was temporary chairman, and Dr. Emanuel Honsinger, of Chicago, temporary secretary. About fifty were present, and they decided to organize a society to be known as the Illinois State Dental Society. A committee was appointed to adapt the constitution of the Massachusetts Associa- tion to the wants of this new society. At this time the exactions of the Dental Vulcanite Company were sorely distressing the dental profession, and it appears that Doctor Wetherbee, of Boston, was present at this meeting, and solicited the aid of the Illinois dentists for the Boston Dental Protective Union in their effort to have nullified the patents granted to one Doctor Cummings, as the inventor of vulcanized rubber as a base for artificial teeth. A constitution was adopted at this meeting, and officers were elected by ballot. A second session was held on the next morning, at which delegates were elected to the American Dental Association. 1866. The next meeting of the Society was held on May 8, 1866, in the Tremont House, now Northwestern University building. By- laws were adopted at this meeting, and a committee was appointed to prepare topics for discussion, and Dr. M. S. Dean, of Chicago, was invited to deliver an address at the next regular meeting. Three hundred copies of the constitution and by-laws were ordered to be printed. Neither papers nor discussions became a printed record of the Society until some years afterward. On the third day of this meeting a committee was appointed to For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 57 prepare an order of business, and subjects for discussion for the next meeting, and to send circulars to the profession throughout the State inviting them to meet with the Society. Each dentist was requested to bring with him to the next meeting such pieces of rubber work as he might have on hand at the time. At this meeting, also, the first lady dentist of record here, Miss Dr. Lucy Hobbs, was presented to, and elected a member of, the Society. A footnote, however, tells us that she never qualified. The Society at first met semiannually, and at the November meeting of 1866 it was decided to hold a clinic in the office of Doctor Honsinger. At this meeting Colonel Fisher, the attorney in the hard rubber matter, addressed the Society, and a resolution was passed sustain- ing the Ohio dentists in their fight against the Vulcanite Company. A code of ethics was adopted. A motion was made at this time to consider the advisability of merging the Chicago Dental Society with the Illinois State Dental Society, to be called the Illinois State Dental Society. 1867. The third annual meeting was held in the Methodist Church block, Chicago, May 14, 1867. It was here decided to do away with the semiannual meetings, and hold annual meetings only. A reso- lution was adopted unqualifiedly condemning the practice by members of the dental profession of taking students to be sent forth to practice upon a confiding community after only from three months' to a year's study, for a pecuniary consideration; and recommending that students be taken for not less than three years of study, in addition to graduation. 1868. The fourth annual session, which was held in the Senate Chamber, Springfield, on May 12, 1868, showed an audit of the accounts of Doctor Crouse, as treasurer, and found the books to be correct. Careful business methods were a characteristic of the Society from its very beginning. A committee was appointed, consisting of Drs. Kilbourne, Black and Cushing, to prepare an address to the people, on the importance of the proper treatment of the sixth-year molars. A resolution was also adopted condemn- ing as unworthy a dental college located in St. Louis. The Society pledged itself to use all honorable means to build up dental col- leges laboring in the interests of dental science. 1869. The fifth annual meeting was held at Quincy, on May 11, 1869. An amendment offered by Doctor Black, changing the by-laws so that the election of officers would take place at the close instead of the beginning of the session, was favorably acted upon the next year. A motion was' made by Doctor Cushing, and carried, to For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 58 employ a reporter to report the debates of the Society, but this was not actually carried out for many years thereafter. The secre- taries usually reported the discussions in abbreviated longhand, and submitted their notes for the correction of the authors. A reso- lution was passed that a complete report of the discussions should be made and presented annually to each member who had paid his dues. A committee was appointed to confer with the publishers of the Missouri Dental Journal, with reference to publishing the pro- ceedings of the Society, and it was decided to accept the offer of the Missouri Dental Journal to publish the proceedings of the Society at its actual cost, and the secretary was instructed to pre- pare a full report for the use of that journal. It was ordered at this meeting also that the treasurer be instructed to open an account with each member of the Society and to notify all members in arrearage and to request prompt settlement. The secretary was requested to make a roll of the active and honorary members in the book of records, which was always to be accessible. A resolution was adopted declaring that, in the opinion of the Society, patrons' and practitioners' interests would be promoted by the return to gold or other metal plates as a basis for artificial teeth. 1870. The sixth annual meeting was held at Bloomington, on May 10, 1870. The proceedings of this meeting were the first to be pub- lished as a Society publication by the secretary, Dr. C. Stoddard Smith. A number of advertisements were printed in the paper- covered pamphlet of 126 pages. The subject of dental legislation was first considered by the Society at this meeting, and two papers were read upon the subject, one by Dr. Geo. H. dishing, and the other by Dr. G. V. Black. As a result a committee of three was appointed to take up the matter of legislation with relation to dentistry. Drs. Cushing, C. Stoddard Smith and A. D. French were appointed the com- mittee. Three hundred copies of the constitution, as amended, and of the code of ethics, were ordered printed, and a copy of each fur- nished to each active member of the Society. The secretary was instructed to drop from the roll of membership all persons then on the roll who were in arrears. Twenty-five dollars was voted from the funds of the Society, and $120 was secured by private subscription, toward the Barnum Testimonial Fund, in recognition of his unselfish giving to the pro- fession freely the boon of the rubber dam. 1871. The seventh annual meeting was held at Peoria on May 9, 1871. A number of the members who had become delinquent had paid up their dues, amounting then to $2 a year, and by special vote For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 59 of the Society all the amounts paid exceeding $5 were returned to such delinquents. The publication committee's report showed an expenditure of $244.10, out of which amount only $106 was contributed by the Society, the remainder being derived from advertisements and sale of copies of the transactions. The sum of $25 was voted, together with a vote of thanks, to the chairman of the publication com- mittee, Dr. C. Stoddard Smith. Physicians and surgeons were by special vote invited to attend the sessions of this meeting. A committee was appointed to examine -the mechanical instru- ments and appliances presented, and to report thereon before the adjournment of the meeting. A case of infraction of the code of ethics by one of the members was presented and considered in connection with the acceptance of a so-called bogus diploma, for which he paid $25. Fifty dollars was voted to the secretary for services. A resolution was adopted appointing the secretary and treas- urer a publication committee with instructions to publish the pro- ceedings in the manner least expensive to the Society. A special committee was appointed to whom all complaints of infraction of the code of ethics should be submitted, and through whom alone cases of infraction should be presented to the Society. The legislative committee presented at this meeting a draft for a bill to regulate the practice of dentistry, which provided among other things that it should be the duty of the Illinois State Dental Society to elect three members as a Board of Dental Examiners of the State of Illinois, and each year thereafter to elect one member for the term of three years, and to fill such vacancy as might occur. It also provided that all expenses incurred by the Board should be borne by the Illinois State Dental Society. 1872. The eighth annual meeting was held on May 14, 1872, in Plymouth Congregational Church, Chicago, now St. Mary's Cath- olic Church (Wabash avenue). At this time the Society numbered 117 members, of which 75 were in attendance. Members in arrears were allowed to pay up their back dues, and become thereby reinstated. • The publication committee reported that the expense of the printing and distributing of the transactions for 1871 amounted to $270.95. The cash received from the treasury was $78, and the advertisements and transactions sold brought the total receipts up to $142.80. leaving a deficit due the committee of $128.15. A contribution was taken up which resulted in the sum of $181 being donated to take care of the deficit of the publication committee. The code of ethics of the Chicago Dental Society was adopted as an amendment to the constitution, to which was added: "It For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 60 shall be regarded as unprofessional to warrant operations, or work, as an inducement of patronage." Mr. Samuel S. White sent a letter in which he proposed the organization of a league of dentists pledged not to take licenses under the Cummings patent (vulcanite rubber) to include at least half of the dentists of the United States, as the only way to defeat the fraud and form a basis of future resistance, even in courts. This was referred to a committee for further correspondence and to advise with Mr. White, before the Society would pledge itself to cooperate. A member was cited by the committee on infractions of the code of ethics, to answer charges of infraction of the code in the matter of advertising. The committee on legislation reported the case was in statu quo, and nothing more was to be reported. The committee was continued. Twenty-five dollars was voted to be paid the secretary. 1873. The ninth annual meeting was held at Rock Island, May 13, 1873. The committee on legislation reported that the bill regu- lating the practice of dentistry had been favorably reported on by the Senate committee and had been ordered a second reading, but nothing further was done before adjournment of the Legis- lature. The committee had strong hopes that the bill would be passed at the next session. The cost of the transactions for the session of 1872 was $250.50, and there was ample money in the treasury that year to bear the burden. The secretary's report at that time showed that of the 117 named on the roll, 38 had been dropped for various causes since last year, mostly from non-payment of dues, and 30 new members had been added, leaving the membership at that time 109. The annual dues were raised from $2 to $4 at this meeting. This session of the Society was held conjointly with that of the State Dental Society of Iowa, and the meetings were held alter- nately at Rock Island and Davenport. An amendment with reference to the taking of students, pro- posed in the meeting of 1872, was adopted, fixing the period of studentship at three years, but not necessarily under the same preceptor, and requiring such students to graduate from college before assuming the responsibilities of practitioners. The joint executive committees arranged that the expenses of publication of the transactions of the Society should be borne equally by the two societies, and the title of the transactions should be that of the Illinois and Iowa State Dental Societies, etc. A resolution was adopted that thenceforth all charges made For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 61 against members of the Society should be made in writing, with specifications setting forth each violation of the code of ethics. Twenty-five dollars was voted the secretary for reporting the proceedings. 1874. The tenth annual meeting was held at Jacksonville, on May 12, 1874. A committee was appointed on popular education with regard to the subject of dentistry. A resolution was passed thank- ing Doctor Prince, of Jacksonville, for his kindness in exhibiting his magnificent constant current batteries and their various uses in surgical operations. The secretary was instructed to publish the transactions as usual, with power to condense and revise the proceedings and papers for publication. 1875. The eleventh meeting of the Society was held in Ottawa on May 11, 1875. The chairman of the committee on legislation reported that they had the Hon. John M. Palmer draft a proper bill to be submitted to Legislature, and that the bill had been intro- duced in both houses, it having been favorably reported in the House, but adversely in the Senate, where it was laid upon the table, and the opportunity for its enactment was lost. The com- mittee suggested the propriety of authorizing its successor to amend the proposed law by allowing those holding medical diplomas, who had passed satisfactory examinations before the proper board, to enter into dental practice. An invitation was received from Doctor Barrett, president of the New York Dental Society, request- ing the sending of delegates to their society for the purpose of conferring upon the matter of uniform dental legislation, and delegates were appointed. At this meeting a bill was audited for the printing of proper blanks for conducting the business between the Society and its members. Fifty dollars was voted to the secretary. Additional members were added to the committee on popular education with regard to dentistry. The publication committee was given power to reject papers read before the Society that had previously appeared in public print. 1876. The twelfth annual session was held at Galesburg on May 19, 1876. The publication committee reported the publication of papers read before the Society and published in its proceedings, as having been republished in certain dental journals without giving credit to this Society for their origin. A special committee was appointed to investigate this matter, and the Society passed a resolution declaring it to be the sense of the Illinois State Dental Society that while not objecting to the republication of articles or For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 62 selections from its published proceedings, such articles should be credited to the Transactions of our Society; and expressed its dis- approval of their republication in any journal as original com- munications, and the secretary was instructed to furnish a copy of this resolution to the offending journal. At this time, upon the secretary's recommendation, it was ordered that the next publication committee be instructed to print as an appendix to the annual transactions, the minutes of the first meetings of the Society up to and including the year 1869, so that we might have the entire history of the Society in printed form as a centennial souvenir. This report was accepted and the appendix printed as heretofore referred to with the Transactions of 1876. The issuing of certificates of membership was discontinued at this meeting. It was proposed to create a Board of Censors, before which every member for admission to the Society should appear. Each of the three members of the Board were to prepare twenty ques- tions to be submitted to candidates for membership, who were required to answer seventy-five per cent of these satisfactorily before the candidate should be recommended for membership in the Society. 1877. The thirteenth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 8, 1877. The committee on legislation again reported that the present time was propitious for the enactment of a law, and a special com- mittee was appointed to further aid the legislation committee. At this meeting the amendment was adopted to the constitution authorizing the Society to use a common seal, and by vote grant to its members certificates that may authenticate their membership. An amendment was also adopted that candidates for member- ship should be proposed by the Board of Censors, and that the Board should proceed to examine such candidates before recom- mending them for election by the Society. Another amendment provided that no person having once been a member of this Society and having forfeited his membership by non-payment of dues, should be eligible to reelection until the amount for which he Avas in arrears at the time he was dropped, should be paid, exeept by unanimous vote of all the members present at any regular meeting. The Maryland Dental College presented a proposition to give free tuition to one student from each State who shall have been elected by the State Dental Society, and requested the Illinois State Dental Society to take action in the matter. This matter was referred to a committee, who reported that the thanks of the Society to the proper officers of that college be extended, but that the members of the Society were of the opinion that such a course would not be for the best interests of dental education, of our Society, or of the institution from which this offer emanated. The text for a pamphlet on popular education with regard to For index aud key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 63 dentistry was submitted and adopted. The booklet "Our Teeth" was ordered printed by the Society and furnished to its members at cost price for distribution among: their patients. The price fixed was $1.50 per hundred copies. Xine thousand copies were ordered by subscribers. At this meeting charges and specifications for infraction of the code of ethics were presented against a member, an ex-president of the Society. These charges having been sustained, he was expelled by a vote of 34 yeas and 1 nay. Another member was also expelled for violation of the code of ethics at this same meeting. 1878. The fourteenth annual meeting was held at Rockford, on May 14, 1878. The legislation committee again reported no progress with the Legislature in the enactment of any law. At this meeting the Society resolved not to approve of the use of chloroform by dental practitioners in extracting teeth or other minor operations, or the use of any anesthetic by incompetent men practicing dentistry. A resolution was adopted expressing the Society's appreciation of the Celluloid Manufacturing Company's employment of a former president of this Society to superintend their dental depart- ment, which they believed would result in improved dental plates, and in the methods of their manipulation and in their increased use by the profession. Another edition of "Our Teeth," the pamphlet referred to in the proceedings of 1877, was authorized, and the publication com- mittee was given discretionary power to make any arrangement that might be necessary with the American Dental Association if that association concluded to approve of the pamphlet. 1879. The fifteenth annual meeting was held at Springfield, on May 13, 1879. The committee on legislation again reported that nothing had been accomplished, but that there was a probability of obtain- ing the passage of a suitable law, such a bill having passed the Senate, and that the prospect appeared favorable for its passage in the House. The Chicago Dental Society appropriated $50 toward the expenses of the special committee to assist in this effort. A resolution was offered to appropriate annually $25 for the formation of a Society library, and that the publication committee should be entrusted with the selection of the books, but this resolu- tion was defeated on the proposition that the Society had no per- manent abiding place and was a moving Society. 1880. The sixteenth annual meeting was held at Bloomington, on May 11, 1880. A motion was made here that the publication com- mittee should be allowed discretion to employ a shorthand reporter For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 64 for the next meeting'. Up to this time the secretaries had taken down the proceedings in abbreviated longhand, and submitted their notes to the authors for correction. The publication com- mittee was also given permission to make arrangements Avith some dental journal to publish the proceedings. 1881. The seventeenth annual meeting was held at Rock Island on May 10, 1881. The publication committee reported that they had made arrangements with the Missouri Dental Journal for the pub- lication of the transactions, and the privilege of using the matter for publication in the journal. The committee on legislation reported that a bill had finally passed the Senate, but had to be so changed as to take the power of appointment of the Board out. of the hands of the Society, and that the bill was then before the House and had been ordered a second reading. The committee also reported that the Chicago Dental Society had appropriated $100 to help with the work, and had appointed a committee to go to Springfield to assist the com- mittee from the State Society. The report closes with the state- ment that if the bill again comes up, it may pass, and that although they consider the amendments made to the bill in the Senate unwise, it was believed that any bill would be better than no bill at all, and that it might be easily amended thereafter. An amendment to the constitution was adopted insisting upon a general ballot being taken in all elections of officers of the Society, and doing away with the casting of one ballot by unani- mous consent. A committee was appointed to assist a like com- mittee from the American Dental Association in compiling a direc- tory of the dentists of the United States ; and this committee was to make an accurate list of the dentists practicing in the State of Illinois. A resolution was adopted declaring dentistry to be a specialty of the science of medicine, and that a sound and thorough medical education is necessary to the most successful practice of dentistry. 1882. The eighteenth annual meeting was held at Quincy on May 9, 1882, and here the legislation committee reported the enactment of a law to regulate the practice of dentistry in the State of Illinois had finally been accomplished, and the first Board of Examiners had been appointed. 1883. The nineteenth annual meeting was held at Decatur on May 8, 1883. The committee appointed to undertake a systematic exam- ination of the skulls in some of the larger museums asked for further time in which to take up active measures in pursuit of this work. A motion prevailed authorizing the secretary to appoint an For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 65 assistant, subject to the approval of the Society, and to be known as the assistant secretary. The salary of the secretary was raised to $100 and the assistant secretary was paid $25. A special appeal was adopted, addressed to the Governor of the State, asking- for the reappointment of Doctor Black as a member of the State Board of Dental Examiners. The first report of the State Board of Dental Examiners was ordered printed with the transactions of the Society. 1884. The twentieth annual meeting was held at Springfield on May 13, 1884. Standing committees of three members each were created on Dental Science and Literature, and Dental Art and Invention, to report the first day of each session any advances made during the previous year in these departments. A committee was also appointed to consider the advisability of establishing a scientific dental' journal under the auspices of the State Society, in conjunc- tion with the Chicago Dental Society. A report was received that blanks for the purpose of tabulating the conditions of children's teeth had been prepared for the pur- pose of gathering valuable statistics. 1885. The twenty-first annual meeting was held at Peoria, on May 12, 1885. The secretary and assistant secretary were constituted a committee on publication, with power to condense and cut papers and proceedings. A resolution commending the efforts of the State Board of Dental Examiners was passed. It was decided not to undertake publication of the new dental periodical at that time. It was made the librarian's duty to obtain cabinet photographs of all the members of the Society deceased, and of the living members, and also to be the custodian thereof. A motion prevailed to expend $50 in procuring models, manikins, etc., for the purpose of illus- tration at our meetings. 1886. The twenty-second annual meeting was held at Rock Island, on May 11, 1886. The committee on constitution and by-laws reported a revised edition codifying, and arranging in proper form the various changes that had been made from year to year during the existence of the Society. An effort was made this year to extend the membership of the Society, and a committee was appointed to create district societies. An appropriation was made to pay the salary and expenses of an official stenographer, in addition to the salaries paid the secretary and assistant secretary. A resolution was adopted endorsing Dr. A. W. Harlan to suc- ceed himself as a member of the Board of Dental Examiners. The For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 66 sum of $200 was set aside for the use of the State Board of Dental Examiners in case they should become involved in litigation. A resolution was. also adopted to appoint a committee of five to take into consideration the practicability of affording assistance to Dr. G. V. Black in pursuing his investigations and experiments, and this committee was given power to organize any practical method. 1887. The twenty-third annual meeting was held at Jacksonville on May 10, 1887. The publication committee reported that they had, through the courtesy of the manager of H. D. Justi & Co., printed and distributed 1,500 copies of the transactions, paper-bound, to the dentists of Illinois, and that cloth-bound copies were sent to all active members whose dues had been paid. This publication was without cost to the Society for printing and binding. The committee on the formation of local Societies reported at this time that they had organized an Eastern Society at Paris with 24 members; a Western Society at Galesburg with 34 members; a Southern Society at Duquoin with 24 members ; and a Northern Society at Rockford with 41 members; and that out of the 123 members thus organized into Societies, 99 had not previously been connected with Societies. The committee stated that in the terri- tories thus embraced, it was estimated that 125 practitioners were available for membership in each. A resolution was made here to ask the Legislature to change the law in regard to jury service so that dentists in active practice might be excused the same as physicians then were. A resolution was adopted recommending that the Governor reappoint Dr. Geo. H. Cushing as his own successor on the Dental Board. 1888. The twenty-fourth annual meeting was held at Cairo on May 8, 1888. The Society had again undertaken to publish its transac- tions purely as a Society publication. A resolution was adopted at this meeting declaring that the State dental law was markedly deficient in many respects, causing it to fail to accomplish the objects desired, especially with refer- ence to its enforcement, and a committee was appointed to see about getting the law amended. 1889. The twenty-fifth annual meeting was held at Quincy on May 14, 1889. The committee on legislation made an exhaustive report with reference to the effort of having the dental law amended, and presented bills incurred in the discharge of their duty, for print- ing, postage and legal services amounting to $198, which were ordered paid. The new proposed law went to a vote and was lost by a vote of 44 to 38, and the bill was again called up under For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 67 reconsideration and lost by a vote of 61 to 41, 77 votes being neces- sary to carry it. The committee asked to be discharged. A draft for a new law was endorsed by the Society. A report of the committee on the republication of the pamphlet entitled "Our Teeth" was made at this 'meeting, stating that the work had been rewritten and that one thousand copies had been printed at an expense of $70, and that the matter had been electro- typed. An appropriation of $100 was made for the use of the com- mittee on raising funds for the work of examining prehistoric skulls. 1890. The twenty-sixth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 13, 1890. A resolution was adopted to hold the meetings there- after biannually in the city of Springfield. The committee on the examination of prehistoric skulls reported that other societies had contributed toward the proposed fund, amounting to $225 in all, and that the American Dental Associa- tion in its sections on Physiology and Etiology had undertaken to do the same work and had appropriated $500 toward this end. The committee recommended that the $100 appropriated be turned over to the American Dental Association for the aid of their work. A new committee on legislation was appointed at this session, and a new constitution was adopted in which an Executive Council was created, to which almost all the business of the Society was turned over. This feature in the conduct of the Society continues in force to-day. 1891. The twenty-seventh annual meeting was held at Bloomington, May 12, 1891. The legislative committee again reported a new draft for a dental law, and a resolution was adopted, declaring in favor of a specific bill that was calculated to remedy the deficien- cies and inadequacies of the first law. Three hundred copies of the paper prepared by Doctor Koch on the right to regulate the practice of dentistry by law were ordered printed, to be distributed among dentists to be sent to their representatives and senators. A resolution was also adopted at this meeting, endorsing the World's Columbian Exposition, to be held in 1893, and pledging the Illinois State Dental Society to lend its best efforts in uphold- ing scientific and practical work to make the occasion an unpar- alleled success. A strong resolution was adopted, endorsing the efforts of the Dental' Protective Association of the United States in contesting the rights of the Tooth Crown Company, and pledging the support of the" Society to the efforts of the Protective Association. A committee on examination of prehistoric crania reported that they had turned the entire matter over to the American Dental Association, and that the section in charge had appointed Doctor For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. Patrick, of Illinois, curator of these examinations, which were then being conducted in Cincinnati, Washington, Philadelphia, Cam- bridge, Mass., and St. Louis, and the committee requested that the amount set aside for the use of these examinations be held subject to the order of Doctor Patrick, which was approved. 1892. The twenty-eighth annual meeting was held in Springfield, May 10, 1892. An amendment was adopted, fixing the morning session of the last day of the annual meeting as the period for electing the president and vice-president, definitely requiring that they be elected by ballot. A resolution was adopted, declaring that any questionable con- duct in the management of a dental college shall subject its stock- holders and members of faculties to the same discipline "by the Society as if said questionable conduct had been done by any member of the dental society in his private practice. A resolution was adopted, advising and requesting the dentists of this State to enlighten their representatives and senators with reference to the legislation asked for by the Society at the coming session. A resolution of special confidence in the Board of Dental Examiners then in office was spread upon the record. A new com- mittee on legislation was appointed. 1893. The twenty-ninth annual meeting was held at Rock Island, May 9, 1893. This meeting was held in conjunction with the Iowa State Dental Society, and the expenses of the joint meeting were borne equally by the two societies. The committees on dental science and literature were, at this meeting, changed from a membership of three to a membership of one in each. 1894. The thirtieth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 10, 1894. A resolution was adopted relating to the care and preserva- tion of the Lincoln monument at Springfield, and recommending its immediate restoration. (May we record it as a fact that the year following, the monument was taken down and rebuilt.) The committee on publication reported that they had made an arrangement with the Dental Review for the publication of the transactions for 1893, all the expenses being borne by the pub- lishers of that journal, excepting the sum of $100, and the publica- tion committee was given power to make such arrangements as in their judgment might be proper, looking to the publication of the transactions for the succeeding year. 1895. The thirty-first annual meeting was held at Galesburg, May 14, 1895. A recommendation was concurred in to appropriate $200 to For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 60 assist in defraying the expenses of Doctor Black's experiments. A salary of $100 was voted to the secretary. A motion prevailed to look into the matter of the publication of a suitable pamphlet for the use of the general public, with reference to the care of the teeth. 1896. The thirty-second annual meeting' was held at Springfield, in lS9(j. A committee was appointed to prepare suitable amendments to the dental law of this State. The committee was further instructed to request the Governor to make these proposed amend- ments part of his recommendations in his forthcoming message. The chairman of a special committee appointed for the purpose of increasing the membership of the society, reported that certain methods might be adopted to accomplish this end, and an appro- priation of $75 Avas made for the use of the committee. A protest was filed with the executive council at this meeting against the growing evil of having the clinics crowded by dentists who are not members of the Society "and who do not ever intend to join." The secretary was instructed to serve notice in the programs to be pub- lished for the next year that the Society would exclude from the clinic room all but members of the Society, or those who have made application for membership or are invited guests. It was ordered that the secretary be instructed to notify all delinquent members that their names will be read off in open meeting of the Society. 1897. The thirty-third annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 11, 1897. The legislative committee again reported that no new legisla- tion had been secured. An appropriation of $300 was made for the use of the Dental Protective Association. An appropriation of $100 was made to assist in defraying the experiments and research work of Doctor Black. Resolutions were adopted in favor of the enactment of a national law. creating dental surgeons for the army and navy. A first prize of $100 and second prize of $50 were offered for the two best papers based upon original work in some branch of dental science, .such papers to be prepared by a member of this Society and read before it, and a prize committee was ordered to be appointed by the executive council. A new committee on dental legislation was appointed. The Society passed a resolution requesting the C4overnor to fill two vacancies on the State Board of Dental Examiners and to remedy the impairment of the efficiency of the Board. 1898. The thirty-fourth annual meeting was held at Springfield on May 10. 1898. An appropriation of $100 was made to assist the For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 70 State Board in defraying the expenses of prosecuting illegal prac- titioners. 1899. The thirty-fifth annual meeting was held in Chicago May 9, 1899. A series of resolutions were adopted at this meeting, after a vigorous debate, resulting from the refusal of the Wisconsin State Board of Dental Examiners to issue a license upon diplomas issued by two of the Chicago dental colleges, as they had heretofore done ; such refusal having been based on the ground that these schools had not been recommended to their Board by the National Board of Dental Examiners. The resolution finally adopted reads as follows: "Resolved, That we, the Illinois State Dental Society, in this our thirty-fifth annual session, wish to express our regrets that the State Board of Dental Examiners of Wisconsin has thus unjusti- fiedly discriminated against the Chicago College of Dental Surgery, and the Northwestern University Dental School, and that we, as a Society, desire to place on record our endorsement of these two institutions, which have grown up in our State, and which have made a national and an international record as reputable and advanced institutions of dental learning." Besolutions were adopted expressive of the high regard in which the Society held Dr. Edgar D. Swain and Dr. Garrett Newldrk, upon their removal to other States. Delegates to the World's Dental Congress, to be held in Paris in 1900, were ordered sent by the Society. The secretary was instructed to correspond with the Baltimore colleges as to the meaning of "provisions regarding scholarships." Two hundred dollars was appropriated to the State Board of Dental Examiners to assist in defraying the expenses incurred in the passage of the new law. It was ordered that the names of delinquent members should not be read in the Society, but, having been notified of their delin- quency and failing to remit within thirty days, they were to be dropped from membership. 1900. The thirty-sixth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 8, 1900. The Society again pronounced strongly in favor of appointing dental surgeons in the army and navy. A resolution was also adopted strongly endorsing the Dental Protective Asso- ciation and Dr. J. N. Crouse, its president. The Society voted to appoint a committee of three to select ten names of representative practitioners, five each from the two prin- ciple political parties, from which the Governor was solicited to select his future appointees for the next State Board of Dental For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 71 Examiners. From the ten names thus recommended, only one has ever served on the Board, Dr. C. P. Pruyn. The publication of the proceedings was given to the Dental Review. 1901. The thirty-seventh annual meeting was held at Rockford, May 14, 1901. At this meeting a strong resolution was adopted con- demnatory of the traffic in fraudulent American diplomas, con- ferring the degree of doctor of dental surgery, and also of dental certificates entitling the holder to practice dentistry; between residents of Illinois and residents of Germany. The Society pledged itself to uphold the honor and integrity of the profession in the State, and to aid the work then being done by the foreign relations committee of the National Association of Dental Facul- ties in securing correct information bearing upon this subject. One hundred dollars was appropriated for the relief of the Galveston, Texas, dentists. The publication of the proceedings of the Society was given to the Dental Digest on condition that the Society pay only for the services of the stenographer, and that the Digest should retain the same form of book heretofore published by the Review. 1902. The thirty-eighth annual meeting was held in Springfield, May 13, 1902. The sum of $1,500, or so much thereof as should be needed, was voted to be paid in support of the committee prose- cuting dental colleges who were alleged to trade in diplomas for the use of parties in Germany. At this time the membership of the Society numbered 282, and the report of the secretary showed $1,233 collected from dues, and the treasurer showed a balance of $2,186 on hand. 1903. The thirty-ninth annual meeting was held at Bloomington, May 12, 1903. An appropriation of $100 was made for the purpose of providing a suitable memorial to the memory of Dr. Geo. H. dishing. A resolution was also adopted, endorsing the dental bill before the House, which resolution was sent to the Governor with the request that he use his influence for the passage of the law. Reso- lutions in acknowledgment of the services of Senator A. C. Clark, of Chicago, and Mr." J. R. Bouhvare, of Peoria, Member of the House, in connection with their efforts to pass the new dental law, were unanimously passed. A committee of three was appointed to consult with the Governor regarding the selection of the next appointments to fill vacancies on the State Dental Board. Twelve hundred dollars was voted for the use of the prosecuting For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 72 committee to stop the traffic in American dental diplomas in Germany. A motion was adopted to appoint a committee to further plans for increasing the membership of the Society. 1904. The fortieth annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 10, 1904. An appropriation of $300 was made for the Fourth International Dental Congress. An editor for the proceedings was appointed for this year and for coming years, and an appropriation of $100 was made to pay for his services. By resolution, the Society disclaimed responsibility for a news- paper report regarding Governor Yates, and pronounced the pub- lication as unwarranted and misrepresenting the sentiments of the Society. The groundwork for the reorganization of the society was laid at this meeting by the presentation of amendments to the constitu- tion, offered by Dr. Arthur D. Black. A resolution instructing the treasurer to set aside 25 cents from the amount of dues received from each member for the publication of a monthly bulletin, to be published by the Illinois State Dental Society, was adopted by the council. 1905. The forty-first annual meeting was held at Moline, May 9, 1905. A new dental law had been passed and an elaborate resolution of thanks to Senator A. C. Clark was ordered spread upon the record for his efforts in the accomplishment of the act. A resolution was passed recpiesting Governor Deneen to affix his signature to the law which had passed both houses of the Legislature. A committee of three was created on legislation and appointment of members of the State Board of Dental Examiners at this session. Five hundred dollars was appropriated for the use of the State Board of Dental Examiners in the prosecution of violators of the law, and also in defense of their action in the courts. As a result of the work of the reorganization committee ap- pointed in 1904, the membership of the Society had been increased from about 400 to more than 1,250. The proceedings of the Society were published in the Dental Review under an arrangement by which all of the members of the Society were placed on the regular subscription list of the Review, and bound volumes of, the transac- tions were supplied to those who ordered them. This plan has been followed up to the present time. The secretary was instructed to subscribe to a Clipping Bureau and to take such other means as he might deem best to obtain unethical advertisements by members of the Society. A monthly official bulletin was published by the reorganization For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 73 committee, beginning with January, 1905. This publication has also been continued to date. 1906. The forty-second annual meeting was held at Springfield. May 8, 1906. The reorganization of the Society had been completed, thirty-one component societies having been organized with a total membership of 1,500 among the legal dental practitioners of the State. Congress was memoralized to change the status of dental surgeons in the army from that of contract surgeons to regularly commissioned officers. A commission was appointed to investigate the dental needs of the children of the public schools of the State. A complimentary dinner was given by the Society at the Leland Hotel in honor of Senator A. C. Clark for his efforts in behalf of the new dental law. On this occasion a mahogany library table and large oriental rug were presented to Dr. Arthur D. Black in recognition of his service in the reorganization of the Society. 1907. The forty-third annual meeting took place at Quincy, May 11. 1907. The legislative committee called attention to the existence of reciprocity among several State Boards provided under their several States, and also to the desirability of having dentists exempt from jury duty. The committee was instructed to have the dental law so amended as to embody these provisions in the dental statute of Illinois. A resolution was adopted inviting the National Dental Associa- tion to take up the work' of reorganization of other State societies on a uniform plan, to the end that there might be established a similar relationship between the National Dental Association and the various State organizations to that existing between the Ameri- can Medical Association and the various State medical societies. Doctor Taggart, of Chicago, presented to the Society "his won- derful new method of casting gold inlays," and gave a demonstra- tion. A resolution of thanks was passed to Governor Deneen for per- mitting the members of the State Dental Board to continue in the discharge of their duties. 1908. The forty-fourth annual meeting was held in Spring-field on May 12, 1908. The legislative committee reported that dental internes had been appointed at State charitable institutions as a result of the labors of the Society, and a special vote of thanks was given to the State Board of Charities and to the Civil Service Commission. A resolution was passed endorsing the effort that was then being made and which resulted in the final enactment of a law For index and key to elussificatioii numbers, see pink appendix. 74 creating dental surgeons in the army of the United States as com- missioned officers. A resolution was adopted commending the movement of the American Medical Association and the Illinois State Medical Society in their efforts to secure a higher standard of medical education in Chicago and to the end that closer relations should be promoted with the Illinois State Medical Society and our Society. 1909. The forty-fifth annual meeting was held at Danville, 111., May 11, 1909. A resolution of thanks was adopted in acknowledgment of the excellent reports furnished for this session by the Commer- cial News of Danville. A plan was reported by Dr. Arthur D. Black for the prepara- tion of a personal record of the members of the Society, in the form of a loose-leaf ledger giving the work of each member of the Society, offices held, committees served, part taken in discussions, clinics, etc. The plan then presented has been followed in the preparation of the personal index in this booklet. 1910. The forty-sixth annual meeting was held at Springfield, May 17, 1910. The legislative committee reported that since the adjournment of the last meeting, a new dental law had been passed which had been approved by the Governor, and that this bill, pro- vided for biannual registration, for better enforcement of the pro- visions of the law, for reciprocity among the several States and for exemption of dentists from jury duty. The committee also reported that steps should be taken to see that the funds derived from fines should be made useful in the hands of the Board for the prosecution of offenders. One hundred and fifty dollars was voted by the Society to the International Memorial fund, and a like amount to the American fund, for the perpetuation of the memory of Dr. W. D. Miller. An appropriation of $25 was also made as a subscription to the Dental Index Bureau. This Bureau is engaged in the preparing of a detailed index of all the dental literature published in the English language. A motion was made that the component societies appoint com- mittees to examine county records of all practitioners in their dis- tricts and report information regarding illegal practitioners to the State Board of Dental Examiners. The committee appointed to publish a directory of the dentists of the State, reported the accomplishment of their work, having published a directory of 194 pages, bound in cloth, free of cost to the members of the Society, the entire cost of publishing and mail- Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 75 ing the directory having been met by the advertisements in the book. One hundred dollars was voted for the editor of the transac- tions and $300 to the secretary as salaries. A post-graduate course was instituted at this meeting, and a full report with reference to it was published in the proceedings. 1911. The forty-seventh annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 19, 1911. A committee was appointed to consider ways and means of furthering public dental education. This committee was called the Public Service Commission. For the ensuing year the secretary's salary was increased to five hundred dollars and that of the editor of transactions to $200. Five hundred dollars was set apart for the use of the Public Service Commission. An invitation was received from the National Dental Associa- tion to send representatives from this Society, properly accredited, to take part in a conference upon the proposed reorganization of that body. The request was complied with. A request from the Dental Educational Council of America for an appropriation to assist its work was laid on the table. The legislative committee reported that a committee of the Chicago Dental Society had, after arrangements made with the Board of Administration and Civil Service Commission, proceeded to the St. Charles Boys' Home and the Geneva Home for Girls and carried on examinations of the children's mouths in these insti- tutions, and that Kankakee had been served very acceptably by an interne dentist and that the promise had been received from the State officials having the matter in charge, that as fast as possible, dental internes would be appointed for the other State institu- tions. An interneship was secured for the Geneva and St. Charles institutions at $100 per month. 1912. The forty-eighth annual meeting was held at Springfield, on May 14, 1912. Doctor Crouse explained fully the arrangement made between Doctor Taggart, with reference to his inlay machine, and the Dental Protective Association, and a resolution of confi- dence was voted by the Society by a rising vote. The plans for the reorganization of the National Dental Asso- ciation were submitted, together with the council's recommenda- tion to confer with representatives from other reorganized State societies, in the hope that a reorganization of the National Dental Association might be secured which would be acceptable to the respective societies. The Society approved the recommendation of the Council. A resolution tendering the Illinois State Medical Society the cooperation of this Society toward the enactment of legislation For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 76 making possible a fuller and much needed supervision of public health, was adopted. Twenty-five dollars was appropriated toward the Chapin A. Harris Memorial fund. An appropriation was made for the annual care of Doctor dishing- 's grave. A motion prevailed to invite the Chicago Dental Society to join with this Society in commemoration of the fiftieth anniversary of both organizations, to be held in Chicago in 1914, and that a com- mittee of five be appointed to formulate plans in detail for the jubilee. It was declared as the sense of the Council that a member of the Council should not be a member of the State Board of Dental Examiners. 1913. The forty-ninth annual meeting was held at Peoria, May 13, 1913. The secretary's report showed a paid membership of 1,584, and the treasurer showed a balance of cash and assets on hand of $4,373. The jubilee committee reported progress, and the ad interim committee of the Council was authorized to carry out the plans for the celebration. Six hundred dollars was appropriated for the preparation of a historical record of the Society. It was ordered that no advertising matter should be permitted on the official program for the jubilee. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. PART II. CLASSIFIED SUBJECT INDEX To the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society, 1865-1913. Beginning with the year 1870 the proceedings of this Society have been published in full annually. For the years 1865 to 186S, inclusive, there is no record other than the secretary's notes, which were, however, more complete than might be expected for that early day, in that there was recorded not only the ordinary minutes of the meeting, with the titles of papers and dis- cussions, but also a brief statement of the views expressed by each member participating. ' The record for these four years was published as an appendix to the volume published by the Society in 1876. The proceedings for 1869 were published in full in the July issue of the Missouri Dental Journal of that year. From 1870 to date there has been issued each year a bound volume of the proceedings. Beginning with 1870, and continuing up to and including 1879, these volumes were issued by the Society, the cost being partly met by the insertion of advertisements, but for several years a considerable percentage of the amount was raised by contributions from those men most interested in the future of the Society and the progress of the profession. For the year 1880 an arrangement was made by which the Missouri Dental Journal pub- lished the proceedings, bearing one-half the cost for the privilege of using the matter for publication. In 1881 and 1882 an arrangement was made with the Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. In 1883 and 1884 the Society again published the proceedings from its own funds. In 1885 an arrangement was made with the Dental Cosmos. In 1886 H. D. Justi published the volume without expense to the Society. In 1887 and 1888 the Society again issued the proceedings at its own expense. From 1889 to 1900, inclusive, the Dental Review published the volume, all or in part, from the type used in the Review. From 1901 to 1904, inclusive, a similar arrangement was made with the Dental Digest. Since the reorganization, from 1905 to date, the proceedings have been published by the Dental Review, under an arrangement by which all members of the Society were placed on the subscription list of the Review, and bound copies of the proceedings of the Society have been published separately for those who subscribed for them. Note. — In this index, for each entry, the year and page are given, indi- cating the place where same will be found in the regular volume of the pro- ceedings of the Society, except for the following: 1865-1868. Brief notes published as appendix to proceedings of 1876. After each entry the year of the meeting is given, and the pages are those of the appendix. 1869. July number Missouri Dental Journal. After each entry the year is given, and the pages are those of Volume 1 of that journal. 1903. For this year the clinics were reported in a paper-covered supple- ment. These are entered " 1903 Supplement," with page. For the following years the transactions were published under an arrange- ment with the dental journals mentioned, and part or all of the proceedings for these years will be found in the journals of the respective years, although the pages given in this index, with the exception of 1869, refer to the bound volumes of the Society's proceedings and not to the journals. 1869. Missouri Dental Journal. 1880. Missouri Dental Journal. 1881. Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. 1882. Ohio State Journal of Dental Science. 1885. Dental Cosmos. 1889-1900. Dental Review. 1901-1904. Dental Digest. 1905-1914. Dental Review. For all other years the Society financed the publication, but many of the articles will be found reprinted in various journals of corresponding years. 78 D. DENTISTRY. GENERAL ARTICLES. D01 Philosophies. D02 Compends. D03 Dictionaries, cyclopedias. D031 Nomenclature. Dental Nomenclature; With Reference to Its Development, Bearing Especially on That of Descriptive Dental Anatomy, Cavities and Instruments. Dittmar, G. W., 1902, p. 14; Disc, p. 23. D04 Essays and Addresses. Papers and Discussions. Dentalogia (1833). A Poem by Solyman Brown, 1870, p. 96. Address to Joint Session, Illinois and Iowa State Dental Societies. In- gersoll, L. C, 1873, p. 26. A Few Random Thoughts. Roland, C. B., 1911, p. 70; Disc, p. 80. President's Annual Address. Dean, M. S., 1869, Mo. Den. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 257. Dean, M. S. (on retiring), 1870, p. 100. Black, G. V. (on retiring), 1871, p. 105. Wilson, O., 1872, p. 6. Crouse, J. N., 1873, p. 12. Smith, C. S., 1874, p. 19. Miles, G. S., 1875, p. 21. Swain, E. D., 1876, p. 23. Davis, K. B., 1877, p. 26. 'Koch, C. R. E., 1871, p. 24. Sturgiss, S. M., 1879, p. 16. Kitchen, C. A., 1880, p. 19. Marriner, J. F., 1881, p. 131. Harlan, A. W., 1882, p. 30. Stone, C. E., 1883, p. 28. Noyes, Edmund, 1884, p. 27. Townsend, H. H., 1885, p. 27. Gilmer, T. L., 1886, p. 63. Magill, W. T., 1887, p. 24. Rohland, C. B., 1888, p. 47. Cushing, G. H., 1889, p. 57. Pritchett, T. W., 1890, p. 53. Taggart, W. H., 1892, p. 11. Blair, E. K., 1893, p. 208. Newkirk, Garrett, 1894, p. 9. Cormany, J. W., 1895, p. 20. Stevens, W. A., 1896, p. 14. Taylor, C. R., 1897, p. 16. Davis, J. A. W., 1898, p. 13. Pruyn, C. P., 1899, p. 13. Laurance, R. N., 1900, p. 14. Reid, J. G., 1901, p. 9; Disc, p. 15. Hanaford, M. L., 1902, p. 9; Disc, p. 11. Peck, A. H., 1903, p. 9; Disc, p. 17. Mcintosh, F. H., 1904, p. 9; Disc, p. 14. Johnson, C. N., 1905, p. 13; Disc, p. 19. Duncan, S. Finley, 1906, p. 13; Disc, p. 18. MaWhinney, Elgin, 1907, p. 9; Disc, p. 19. Johnson, W. A., 190S, p. 9; Disc, p. 13. Black, Arthur D., 1909, p. 10; Disc, p. 18. Allen, E. H., 1910, p. 9; Disc, p. 16. Gallie, D. M., 1911, p. 9; Disc, p. 30. Corbett, C. C, 1912, p. 9; Disc, p. 17. Waltz, J. F. F., 1913, p. 9; Disc, p. 25. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 70 Address of Welcome. Murphy, Hon. Mayor, 1873, p. 25. Pettit, J. W., 1875, p. 17. Williston, Rev. M. L., 1876, p. 19. Rood, Hon. E. H., 1880, p. 5. Parkes, 1881, p. 7. Fullerton, Pres. la. State Den. Soc, 1893, p. 205. Mayor Vollmer, 1893, p. 207. Rogers, Rev. E. B., 1900, p. 179. Dunn, E. C, 1901, p. 141. Woodruff, E. N., 1904, p. 173. Olson, Mayor Andrew, 1905, p. 9. Seeley, City Att'y Robt. M., 1906, p. 9. Response to Address of Welcome. Willson, O., 1873, p. 28. Smith, C. S., 1875, p. 19. Black, G. V., 1881, p. 8. Johnson, C. N., 1900, p. 182. Pruyn, C. P., 1901, p. 142. Blair, E. K., 1904, p. 173. Gallie, D. M., 1905, p. 11. Bentley, C.E., 1906, p. 11. D041 Correspondence. Present Status of Dentistry in the Philippine Islands. Ottofy, Louis, 1902, p. 131. Letter from Manila. Skidmore, W. G., 1904, p. 170. D05 Periodicals. Dental Journalism. Toast. Eames, W. H., 1889, p. 159. D06 Societies. Organization, Etc. Illinois State Dental Society. Organization, 1865, p. 3. Papers and Discussions. Dental Societies. Davis, K. B., 1872, p. 73; Disc, p. 84. Illinois State Dental Society. What Has It Accomplished? Koch, C. R. E., 1884, p. 156; Disc, p. 168. Report of the Committee on the History of the Society. Koch, C. R. E., 1889, p. 77. Banquet and Toasts. 1889, p. 159. The Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the Society. Toast. Stevens, W. A., 1889, p. 159. Unity and Fraternity in the Illinois State Dental Society. Toast. Kitchen, C. A., 1889, p. 160. Our Semi-Centennial; The Next Twenty-five Years of the Illinois State Society; The Experience of the Past, A Prophecy of the Future. Toast. Swain, E. D., 1889, p. 162. The International Dental Congress. Toast. Harlan, A. W., 1889, p. 163. The Beneficent Influence of the Illinois State Dental Society. Toast. Black, G. V., 1889, p. 163. In Union Is Strength. Toast. Crouse, J. N., 1889, p. 164. A Review of the Illinois State Dental Society for a Quarter of a Cen- tury. Ottofy, Louis, 1895, p. 25; Disc, p. 27. The Illinois State Dental Society and the Relation It Sustains to the Dentists of Illinois. Allen, E. H., 1895, p. Ill; Disc, p. 117. Opinions of Illinois Dentists Regarding Dental Societies. Allen, E. H., 1897, p. 50; Disc, p. 63. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. so Good Fellowship. Taylor, C. R., 1902, p. 27; Disc, p. 32. Reorganization of the Illinois State Dental Society. Black, Arthur D., 1904, p. 35; Disc, p. 55. The Advantage of Organization. Koch, C. R. E., 1904, p. 50; Disc, p. 55. Report of the Organization Committee. Black, Arthur D., 1905, p. 103; Disc, p. 113. Report of the Reorganization Committee to the Executive Council. Black, Arthur D., 1905, p. 114. History of the Illinois State Dental Society. Noyes, Edmund, 1905, p. 230. Membership Versus Non-Membership of the Local Society. Blair, E. K., 1900, p. Ill ; Disc, p. US. Report of the Reorganization Committee. Black, Arthur D., 1906, p. 298. A Comparative Review of the Last Twenty-five Years of Dentistry as Gathered from a Study of the Proceedings of this Society. Allen, E. H., 1907, p. 203; Disc, p. 209. Importance of the Local as a Component of the State Society. Hood, R. J., 190S, p. 67; Disc, p. 72. Remarks on Reorganization of National Dental Association. Black, Arthur D., 1913, p. 247. Report of Committee on Reorganization of National Dental Association and Resolution. Black, Arthur D., 1913, p. 272. 1)07 Education, professional. Relations of Dentistry to Medicine. Papers axd Discussions. Elevating the Profession, Etc. Ellis, J. Ward, 1866, p. 11. Resolution Regarding Students. 18 67, p. 32. St. Louis Dental College. 1868, p. 41. Our Failures. Edwards, S. L., 1872, p. 63; Disc, p. 70. The Elevation of the Dental Profession. Smith, C. S., 1873, p. 160; Disc, p. 169. Dental Students. Kitchen, C. A., 1874, p. 27; Disc, p. 31. Why So Many Failures in Dental Operations? Dwight, C. R., 1874, p. 36; Disc, p. 46. Dental Education. Gushing, G. H., 1875, p. 68; Disc, p. 73. Electicism in Dental Practice. Koch, C. R. E., 1876, p. 39; Disc, p. 43. In What Does the Improvement in Dentistry During the Last Fifteen Years Consist? Black, G. V., 1876, p. 58; Disc, p. 63. Dental College Education. Talbot, E. S., 1876, p. 83; Disc, p. 89. Are We Progressing? Marriner, J. F., 1878, p. 43; Disc, p. 55. Is Dentistry a Specialty of Medicine? Smith, C. S., 1878, p. 88; Disc, p. 97. What Is Progression in Dentistry? Patten, M. H., 1879, p. 40; Disc, p. 45. Dental Education. Davis, K. B., 1879, p. 78; Disc, p. 84. Surgery in Dental Practice. Creswell, J. J., 1880, p. 52. What Must Be the Preparation for the Successful Practice of Dentistry in the Future? Kitchen, C. A., 1881, p. 127; Disc, p. 131. Dental Education. Swain, E. D., 1882, p. 120; Disc, p. 128. Operative Dentistry. (Education.) Hurtt, J. M., 1883, p. 78; Disc, p. 96. Dental Education. Brophy, T. W., 1883, p. 88; Disc, p. 94. Specialists and Specialties. Black, G. V., 1884, p. 90; Disc, p. 100. Post-Graduate Study. Moody, J. D., 1886, p. 121; Disc, p. 131. The Relation of Practitioners of Medicine to Practitioners of Dentistry. Toast. Robbins, Joseph, 1889, p. 160. Women in Dentistry. Toast. Moody, Kate C, 1889, p. 161. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. si •'?%.',? \ J Dentists. Duncan, S. F., 1890, p. 85; Disc, p. 8S. The Relation of the Dental Profession to Our Dental College. Brophy, T. W., 1894, p. 42; Disc, p. 48. New Outlooks in Dentistry. Bentley, C. E., 1896, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. Preliminary Dental Education. Harned, M. R., 1902, p. 81; Disc, p. 88. Limitations of Dental Education. Black, G. V., 1907, p. 25; Disc, p. 38. Dental Research Work. Lawrence, C. R., 1907, p. 163; Disc, p. 170. Report of Committee on Post-Graduate Courses. MaWhinney, Elgin, 1909, p. 66. A Sermon on the Lack of Ambition Along Intellectual Lines in the Pro- fession. Rohland, C. B., 1909, p. 70; Disc, p. 79. The Possibilities of Closer Co-operation between the Dental and Medi- cal Professions. Pettit, J. W., 1909, p. 102; Disc, p. 107. Some Problems in Dentistry Which Should Have Further Development, or a Wider Diffusion of Practical Information. Black, G. V., 1909, p. 140. What Dentists Have Contributed to Other Professions. Cigrand, B. J., 1910, p. 70; 14 Illus. Report of the Committee on Closer Relations and Co-operation with the Illinois State Medical Society. Moorehead, F. B., 1912, p. 70. The Evolution of Dentistry. Baker, E. H., 1912, p. 169; Disc, p. 189. D071 Methods of Teaching. Technics. D072 Popular Education. Dentistry in Public Schools. Papers and Discussions. Popular Education with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry. Marriner, J. F., 1874, p. 102; Disc, p. 105. Guardianship of the Teeth: Parental, Personal, Professional. Munroe, Grafton, 1893, p: 138; Disc, p. 144. Dental Education in the Public Schools. Byington, C. E., 1906, p. 218; Disc, p. 221. The Press as an Aid in Extending the Dental Field. Warner, C. B., 1910, p. 201; Disc, p. 205. President's Address. Gallie, D. M., 1911, p. 9; Disc, p. 30. Report of the Public Dental Education Committee. Bentley, C. E., 1911, p. 65. Report of the Public Press Committee. Warner, C. B., 1911, p. 68. Dental Inspection in the Public Schools. Evans, W. A., 1911. p. 170; Disc, p. 181. Care of the Teeth in the State Institutions. Green, J. L., 1911, p. 191; Disc, p. 194. Report of the Committee on the Public Press. Warner, C. B., 1912, p. 67. Report of the Public Service Commission. Logan, W. H. G., 1912, p. 72; Disc, p. 79. Working Out the Problem of the School Dental Inspection. Molt, F. F., 1912, p. 255; Disc, p. 271. Report of the Public Service Commission. Logan, W. H. G., 1913, p. 81. Clinics. How I Teach My Patients Dentistry. Lawrence, C. R., 1908, p. 271. Free Dental School Inspection. Lotz, H. F., 1912, p. 296. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. D073 Literature. Report of the Committee on Dental Science and Literature. Koch, C. R. E., 1885, p. 131; Disc, p. 140. Koch, C. R. E., 1886, p. 161; Disc, p. 165. Koch, C. R. E., 1887, p. 154. Hanaford, M. L., 1887, p. 158. Hanaford, M. L., 1888, p. 58; Disc, p. 68. Ottofy, Louis, 1889, p. 58; Disc, p. 72. Gilmer, T. L., 1890, p. 58; Disc, p. 66. Moody, J. D., 1891, p. 70; Disc, p. 75. Noyes, Edmund, 1892, p. 126; Disc, p. 130. Gilmer, T. L., 1893, p. 149; Disc, p. 158. Harlan, A. W., 1894, p. 138; Disc, p. 143. Harlan, A. W., 1895, p. 173; Disc, p. 175. Harlan, A. W., 1896, p. 112. Harlan, A. W., 1897, p. 191; Disc, p. 193. Harlan, A. W., 1898, p. 177; Disc, p. 180. Harlan, A. W., 1899, p. 90; Disc, p. 94. Harlan, A. W., 1900, p. 149. Harlan, A. W., 1901, p. 109. Black, G. V., 1902, p. 136; Disc, p. 150. Black, G. V., 1903, p. 36; Disc, p. 43. Black, G. V., 1904, p. 21. Allen, E. H., 1905, p. 29; Disc, p. 32. Brophy, T. W., 1905; Disc, p. 33. Allen, E. H., 1906, p. 25; Disc, p. 27. Cook, G. W., 1907, p. 54; Disc, p. 62. Bentley, C. E., 1908, p. 19; Disc, p. 34. Harned, M. R., 1909, p. 26; Disc, p. 38. Johnson, C. N., 1910, p. 30; Disc, p. 39. Smith, A. G., 1911, p. 43. Harrison, A. M., 1912, p. 37. Cruise, R. J., 1913, p. 42. Papers and Discussions. A System of Classifying Dental Literature and Its Application in Society Work and Daily Practice. Black, Arthur D., 1910, p. 228; Disc, p. 243. Clinic A Classified Index of About 40,000 Cards for Articles on All Subjects in Selected Dental Journals from 18 39 to Date. Black, Arthur D., 1910, p. 271. D08 Libraries, collections, museums, exhibits. D09 Histories. Papers and Discussions. Report of the Committee on the History of the Society. Koch, C. R. E., 1889, p. 77. A Quarter Century of Operative Dentistry. Kitchen, C. A., 1889, p. 95; Disc, p. 101. The First Period in the History of Dentistry. Patrick, J. J. R., 1889, p. 130. The Second Period in the History of Dentistry. Patrick, J. J. R., 1890, p. 99. History of the Progress of Dentistry in the West. Taft, J., 1893, p. 112; Disc, p. 119. Iowa's Share in the History and Progress of Dentistry. Hunt, A. C, 1893, p. 128. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 83 Remarks on the Report of the Committee on Necrology. 1897, p. 275. Some of Our Predecessors. Fuller, A. H., 1902, p. 58; Disc, p. 77. Reminiscences of Forty Odd Years of Practice. Crouse, J. N., 1906, p. 65; Disc, p. 71. A Comparative Review of the Last Twenty-five Years of Dentistry as Gathered from a Study of the Proceedings of this Society. Allen, E. H., 1907, p. 203; Disc, p. 209. What Dentists Have Contributed to Other Professions. Cigrand, B. J., 1910, p. 70. Report of Committee on Necrology. Rohland, C. B., 1907, p. 239. Harned, M. R., 1908, p. 49; Disc, p. 59. Rohland, C. B., 1908, p. 249. Hanaford, M. L., 1909, p. 63. Goebel, Robert, 1910, p. 48. Cormany, J. W., 1911, p. 328. Meade, C. M., 1912, p. 328. Blair, E. K., 1913, p. 300. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 84 Dl DENTAL ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Papers and Discussions. Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth, and the Influence of Certain Agents Upon the Dental Tissues. Wilson, I. P., 1873, p. 89; Disc, p. 93. Some Late Observations in Histology of the Dental Tissues. Chase, Henry S., 1875, p. 100; 5 Illus. Dla Force of Mastication. (Articulation and Occlusion of the Teeth, Occluding Frames, Etc. See D3a.) Papers and Discussions. Superiority of Natural Teeth Over Artificial Substitutes. McMillan, H. W., 1908, p. 231; Disc, p. 241. Clinics. Demonstrating the Superiority of Natural Over Artificial Teeth, Using the Gnathodynamometer. McMillan, H. W., 1908, p. 273. D101 Comparative Dental Anatomy. Papers and Discussions. Masticatory Changes Induced by Food Environment. Powell, T. E., 1904, p. 132; Disc, p. 138. D102 Dental Paleontology. Ancient Races of Man. Dll Deciduous Teeth. Absorption of Roots of Deciduous Teeth. D12 Permanent Teeth. Temperaments in Relation to the Teeth. Papers and Discussions. The Architecture of the Upper First Molar. Thompson, A. H., 1891, p. 160. Clinics. Temperaments. North, G., 1905, p. 227. D13 Anomalies, of both Dentition and Form. Super- numerary Teeth. Temporary Teeth Retained. Missing Teeth. Enamel Drops. Papers and Discussions. Unusual Cases in Practice: Upper Cuspids Only Permanent Teeth Erupted. Waide, A. J., 1873, p. 193. Description of a Case Having Roots of a Full Denture, but No Crowns. Barrett, W. C, 1882, p. 35; Disc, p. 39. Anomalous Cases of Malformed Teeth with Suggestions as to Possible Cause. Wilson, I. P., 1901, p. 40; Disc, p. 43. Clinics, Dentition Showing Perfectly Erupted and Developed Fourth Molar. Bressler, A. M., 1912, p. 306. Supernumerary in Upper Incisor. Sawyer, C. B., 1913, p. 264. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 85 D14 Tooth Tissues. Preparation of Specimens. Tapers and Discussions. Conservation of the Teeth. Eames, W. H., 1880, p. 93; Disc, p. 100. Chart Showing Lines of Contemporaneous Calcification of the Teeth. Black, G. V., 1883. Frontispiece. Is the Defective Structure of Teeth with Pitted, Furrowed or Cribiform Enamel the Result of an Arrest of Development? Eames, W. H., 1883, p. 141. The Development of the Roots of the Teeth. (Paper read, but not pub- lished in Society's Proceedings.) Eames, W. H., 1889, p. 126. On the Composition of the Dentine and Enamel of the Human Teeth. Hinkins, J. E., 1906, p. 259; Disc, p. 264. Clinics. Specimens Showing the Calcification of Teeth at Birth. Silliman, H. H., 1891, p. 180. D141 Enamel. Papers and Discussions. Alteration a LaAv of Vital Action. Ingersoll, L. C, 1875, p. 55. Development of the Enamel. Dean, M. S., 1881, p. 107; Disc, p. 110. The Origin of Defective Enamel. Eames, W. H., 1884, p. 60; Disc, p. 69. The Enamel at the Gingival Line, With Lantern Exhibit. Weeks, T. E., 1892, p. 116; 10 Illus.; Disc, p. 121. The Structure of the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and the Lines and Angles of Cavity Margins. Noyes, F. B., 1899, p. 29; 30 Illus.; • Disc, p. 60. D142 Dentin. Papers and Discussions. Sensation and Nourishment in Dentin. Allport, W. W., 1872, p. 95; Disc, p. 96. The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentin. York, E. Lawley, 1897, p. 94; Disc, p. 99. Why Coagulants Diffuse Through Dentin. York, E. Lawley, 1898, p. 57; Disc, p. 61. D143 Cementum. D144 Pulp. D15 Supporting Tissues. Peridental Membrane, Perios- teum, Gingivae and Gum Tissue. Bone of Jaw. Jaw Bones as a Whole. DIG Dental Embryology. Papers and Discussions. The Epithelia and Some of Their Derivatives, Especially the Dental Germ. Dean, M. S., 1878, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. Dento-Embryonal Histology. Sudduth, W. X., 1883, p. 70; Disc, p. 77. Dento-Embryonal Histology. Sudduth, W. X., 1884, p. 110; Disc, p. 127. The Index of Personality. Noyes, F. B., 1910, p. 133; Disc, p. 149. D17 Dentition. Diseases in Connection with Dentition and Treatment. Papers and Discussions. Eruption of Deciduous Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 6. May the Calcific Ele- ments of the Deciduous Teeth be Appropriated in the Formation of Any Portion of the Permanent Ones? Dean, M. S., 1873, p. 79; Disc, p. 86. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 86 D2. OPERATIVE DENTISTRY. General Articles Covering Both Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. Papers and Discussions. Sound Practice, Sound Philosophy. Dean, M. S... 1872, p. 42; Disc, p. 57. Probabilities. (In Operative Procedures.) Black, G. V., 1875, p. 92. Operative Dentistry. Special Points to be Observed to Insure Success. Crouse, J. N., 1877, p. 99; Disc, p. 105. Operative Dentistry. Disc, 1879, p. 105. Operative Dentistry. Miles, G. S., 1881, p. 137. Operative Dentistry. Essential Elements of Success. Davis, K. B., 1882, p. 63; Disc, p. 79. Operative Dentistry, dishing, G. H., 1886, p. 96. Operative Dentistry.. Disc, 1887, p. 113. Operative Dentistry. Attofy, Louis, 1888, p. 102; Disc, p. 110. A Quarter Century of Operative Dentistry. Kitchen, C. A., 1889, p. 95; Disc, p. 101. Desperate Cases and What to Do to be Saved. Dennis, G. W., 18 90, p. 134; Disc, p. 142. Operative Dentistry. Disc, 1890, p. 156. Some Needed Reforms in the Practice of Dentistry. Cormany, J. W., 1892, p. 15; Disc, p. 19. Operative Dentistry. Jennelle, J. J., 1894, p. 125; Disc, p. 129. Practical Things in Dental Practice. Templeton, J. G., 1897, p. 154; Disc, p. 162. Habits Incident to the Dental Profession. Entsminger, G. W., 1900, p. 18; Disc, p. 22. Emphasizing Some Things in Operative Procedure. Cattell, D. M., 1900, p. 66; Disc, p. 78. Improvements in Operative Dentistry During Recent Years and the Betterments to Be Expected in the Future. Noyes, Edmund, 1900, p. 72; Disc, p. 78. Operative Dentistry: Incidents of Office Practice. Johnson, C. N., 1902, p. 170; Disc, p. 173. Some Mistakes in Operative Dentistry; Their Causes and Correction. Gethro, F. W., 1909, p. 212; Disc, p. 220. Clinics, Annual Report of Committee. Gardiner, F. H., 1886, p. 175.' Matteson, C. F., 1887, p. 112. Richards, W. P., 1888, p. 131. Pritchett, T. W., 1889, p. 141; Disc, p. 145. Reid, J. G., 1890, p. 160; Disc, p. 166. Ottofy, Louis, 1891, p. 178; Disc, p. 183. Cattell, D. M., 1892, p. 147. Royce, E. A., 1893, p. 165; Disc, p. 168. Peck, A. H., 1894, p. 154; Disc, p. 157. Taylor, C. R., 1895, p. 182; Disc, p. 186. Cormany, J. W., 1896, p. 123; Disc, p. 128. Pritchett, T. W., 1897, p. 201. Blair, E. K., 1898, p. 186. Skidmore, L. W., 1899, p. 104. Hinkins, J. E., 1900, p. 170. Hinkins, J. E., 1901, p. 134. Gallie, D. M., 1902, p. 162. Pruyn, C. P., Supplement 1903, p. 1. Bentley, C. E., 1904, p. 26. Duncan, S. F., 1905, p. 217. Whalen, W. F., 1906, p. 274. Gallie, D. M., 1906, p. 274. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 87 Thompson, C. N., 1907, p. 225. Frazee, O. L., 1907, p. 225. Evans, E. T., 1908, p. 259. Gethro, P. W., 1908, p. 259. Grisamore, T. L., 1909, p. 230. McCann, G. C, 1910, p. 259. Bake, L. G., 1910, p. 259. Cruise, R. J., 1911, p. 286. Goodson, L. J., 1911, p. 286. Hoover, J. L., 1912, p. 287. Smith, J. P., 1912, p. 287. Dittmar, G. W., 1913, p. 252. Tym, W. B., 1913, p. 252. D121 Instruments and Appliances. (Instruments Appli- cable to a Particular Procedure, Classified with Subject.) Papers and Discussions. Operative Instruments. Miles, G. S., 1878, p. 77; Disc, p. SI. Tempering Instruments. Cushing, G. H., 1883, p. 149. Making and Tempering Dental Instruments. Marriner, J. P., 1888, p. 186; Disc, p. 191. Things Old, New and Useful in the Operating Room. (Chloroform as an Obtundent.) Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. 82; Disc, p. 93. Cervical Fillings and Clamps. Dunn, J. A., 189 6, p. 92; 3 Illus.; Disc, p. 95. Dental Art and Invention, Report of Committee. Report for 1883 (Anon.), 1883, p. 150. Swasey, J. A., 1885, p. 143. Marriner, J. Frank, 1886, p. 172. Swasey, J. A., 1887, p. 152. Magill, W. T., 1888, p. 78. Marriner, J. F., 1889, p. 74. Ames, W. B., 1890, p. 82. Ames, W. B., 1891, p. 51; Disc, p. 54. Marriner, J. F., 1892, p. 133; Disc, p. 137. Allen, E. H., 1893, p. 162. Ames, W. V-B., 1894, p. 148; Disc, p. 152. Marriner, J. F., 1895, p. 176; Disc, p. 181. Dennis, G. J., 1895, p. 181; Disc, p. 181. Dennis, G. J., 1896, p. 116. Keefe, J. E., 1897, p. 194. Keefe, J. E., 1898, p. 181. Keefe, J. E., 1899, p. 100. Goslee, H. J., 1900, p. 155; Disc, p. 164. Goslee, H. J., 1901, p. 116; Disc, p. 132. Goslee, H. J., 1902, p. 154; Disc, p. 161. Prothero, J. H., 1904, p. 22. Prothero, J. H., 1905, p. 36. Jones, C. E., 1906, p. 28. Gethro, F. W., 1907, p. 97. Hood, R. J., 1908, p. 49. Luthringer, J. P., 1909, p. 42. Waddell, J. C, 1910, p. 41. Poundstone, G. C, 1911, p. 52. Conroy, J. K., 1912, p. 58. Bowyer, S. P., 1913, p. 62. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 88 Clinics. Exhibition of a Storage Battery and Mouth-Lamp. Gilmer, T. L., 1890, p. 163. Polishing Strips. Kulp, W. O., 1S90, p. 164. Exhibition of Instruments, Appliances, Etc. Keith, H. H., 1891, p. 180. Apparatus for Compressed Air at the Operating Chair. Wassail, J. W., 1896, p. 128; Disc, p. 128. Forming and Tempering of Instruments. (Broken and Discarded Points.) Newkirk, Garrett, 1896, p. 126; Disc, p. 135. Tempering Instruments. Lawrence, R. N., 1898, p. 187. Engine Exhibit. McDonald, A. J., 1898, p. 187. Hatch Clamp and Ivory Matrix. Mcintosh, F. H., 1899, p. 105. Some Convenient Things About an Office. McMillan, H. W., 1902, p. 162. Simple Compressed Air Attachment for the Engine Hand Piece. Hodg- son, E. S., 1910, p. 269. Just Hints, That's All. Anderson, D. S., 1911, p. 297. A Convenient Emergency Outfit. West, G. N., 1911, p. 308. Little Things. Hunfreville, G. B., 1912, p. 295. Some New Original Instruments. Dalbey, W. C, 1912, p. 301. A Time-Saving Polishing Disk. Lauderback, A. V., 1912, p. 305. A Simple and Definite Method of Marking Dental Instruments for the Proper Arrangement and Placing. Fernandez, E. M. S., 1912, p. 306. A Few Conveniences. Willman, A. C, 1913, p. 259. Hand Piece Preservation. Knapp, L. A., 1913, p. 263. D21a Sterilization of Instruments. Asepsis. Papers and Discussions. Antiseptic Dentistry. Newkirk, G., 1892, p. 98; Disc, p. 106. Clinic Sterilizer. Newkirk, G., 1893, p. 167. D21b Control of Flow of Saliva. Rubber Dam, Clasps, Etc. Papers and Discussions. Keeping Cavities Dry. Davis, K. B., 1871, p. 32; Disc, p. 38. Clinics. Application of Rubber Dam. Taggart, W. PL, 1897, p. 202. Rubber Dam. Pruyn, C. P., 1898, p. 186. D22 Filling Teeth. Filling Materials. Filing. Separa- tion. Papers and Discussions. Filling Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 15. Filling Teeth. Disc, 1867, p. 25. Filling Teeth. Cushing, G. H., 1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 297; Disc, p. 302. Complicate Fillings. Dean, M. S., 1870, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. Separating Teeth: When and How. Crouse, J. N., 1870, p. 50; Disc, p. 54. Essential Principles in Filling Teeth. Mobray, R. C, 1871, p. 45; Disc, p. 49. Contour Fillings. Davis, K. B., 1873, p. 98; Disc, p. 101. The Changes in the Shapes of Teeth that Are Necessary or Proper for the Treatment of Decay. Noyes, Edmund, 1874, p. 80; Disc, p. 85. How Far Are We Justified in Anticipating Proximate Decay? Swain, E. D., 1875, p. 31; Disc, p. 37. For index aiid key to elassilieation numbers, see pink appendix. 89 Methods and Materials Most Conducive to Success in Filling Teeth. Matteson, A. E., 1875, p. 41; Disc, p. 46. Treatment of the Mouth Preparatory to Filling. Richards, W. P., 1875, p. 84. The Duty of Practitioner to Patient in Filling Teeth. Miles, G. S., 1876, p. 51; Disc, p. 63. Oral Electricity. (Filling Materials.) Chase, H. S., 1876, p. 71; Disc, p. 72. Relative Merits of Certain Materials for Filling Teeth. Marriner, J. F., 1877, p. 44; Disc, p. 49. Why Do Operations Fail? Noyes, Edmund, 1878, p. 49; Disc, p. 55. Filling Proximal Cavities in Bicuspids and Molars. Davis, J. A. W., 1878, p. 62; Disc, p. 66. Filling Teeth: Some Points to Be Observed. Noyes, Edmund, 1880, p. 64; Disc, p. 74. Conservation of Teeth. Eames, W. H., 1880, p. 93; Disc, p. 100. Fillings. Hurtt, J. M., 1881, p. 144; Disc, p. 150. Methods and Materials for Saving Teeth. Crouse, J. N., 1882, p. 72; Disc, p. 79. Filling Proximal Cavities in Bicuspids and Molars. Disc, 1889, p. 104. The Interproximate Spaces. Black, G. V., 1892, p. 30; Disc, p. 42. Contour Fillings: What They Should Be. Cushing, G. H., 1892, p. 76; Disc, p. 80. Why Fillings Fail. Henry, T. F., 1901, p. 100; Disc, p. 101. Clinic's. Filling. Chittenden, C. C, 1883, p. 152. Aluminum Foil Filling. Robbins, E. M., 1893, p. 165. Keeping Clean the Interproximate Spaces in the Several Positions of the Mouth. Black, G. V., 1894, p. 154. Teeth Separation. Schwartz, G. W., 1904, p. 27. A Method of Separating Teeth and Retracting Gums. Eldred, J. E., 1906, p. 289. D22a Preparation of Cavities. Papers and Discussions. Preparation of Pulp Canals and of Cavities for Filling. Taylor, C. R., 1886, p. 90; Disc, p. 97. The Preparation of Teeth for Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1891, p. 102; Disc, p. 108. Anchorage of Proximate Fillings in the Bicuspids and Molars. Black, G. V., 1893, p. 9; 6 Illus.; Disc, p. 19. Classification of Cavities and Rules Governing Their Preparation. Har- per, W. E., 1897, p. 71; Disc, p. 79. Anchoring Large Contour Fillings in Incisors. Skidmore, L. W., 1897, p. 134; 6 Illus.; Disc, p. 137. The Preparation of Cavities. Hanaford, M. L., 1898, p. 99; Disc, p. 106. The Structure of the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and the Lines and Angles of Cavity Margins. Noyes, F. B., 1899, p. 29; Disc, p. 60. Conditions and Circumstances Modifying Extension for Prevention. Nyman, J. E., 1902, p. 89; Disc, p. 111. Climcs. Cavity Preparation. Pritchett, T. W., 1S95, p. 183. Preparation of Cavities in Natural Tooth Forms. Johnson, C. N., 1898, p. 192. Preparation of Mesio-Occlusal Cavity. Dittmar, G. W., Supplement 1903, p. 3. Cavity Preparation. Gethro, F. W., 1904, p. 29. Cavity Preparation. Parker, R. W., 1904, p. 31. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 90 "Tooth Carving and Cavity Preparation." Volland, R. H., 1905, p. 218. Small Approximal Cavity in an Incisor. Whipple, H. L., 1906, p. 276. Extension for Prevention. Conroy, J. K., 1907, p. 228. Cavity Formations for Gold Fillings. Gethro, F. W., 1907, p. 236. Cavity Preparation, Using Hypnosis as a Means for Entire Relief from Pain. Cowan, W. H., 1909, p. 237. Method of Cavity Preparation for Abraded or Fractured Anterior Teeth. Tym, W. B., 1910, p 271. D22b Matrices. (For fillings only.) Papers and Discussions. Matrix in Compound Approximal Gold Fillings. Carpenter, E. R., 1902, p. 116; Disc, p. 120. A Simple Matrix. Clark, W. G., 1902, p. 129; Disc, p. 130. Matrix for Contour Amalgam Fillings. Conroy, J. K., 1906, p. 278. Clinics. Exhibition of Hand Matrix for Plastic Fillings. Dunn, J. A., 1892, p. 148. Threaded Matrix for the Insertion of Amalgam Fillings. Parker, R. W., Supplement 1903, p. 3. Celluloid Matrices. Browning, H. O., Supplement 1903, p. 4. Matrix. Parker, F. W., 1904, p. 27. A Simple Method of Making a Band Matrix Without Soldering. Lese- mann, P. B., 1909, p. 242. A Special Matrix for Large Amalgam Restoration. Evans, E. T., 1912, p. 292. D22c Combination Fillings. Cavity Lining. Papers and Discussions. Cement Anchorage for Fillings. Reed, J. J., 1901, p. 51; Disc, p. 55. The Advantage of Cement as a Cavity Lining. Corbett, C. C, 1907, p. 185; Disc, p. 191. Clinics. Demonstration of the Use of Robinson's Metallic Filling, Finishing with Gold. Crouse, J. N., 1883, p. 152. Tin and Gold Filling. Kitchen, C. A., 1888, p. 131. Tin and Gold Filling. Brophy, T.'W., 1888, p. 132. Tin and Gold Filling. Reid, J. G., 1888, p. 132. Tin and Gold Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1892, p. 147. Gold and Amalgam Lingual Cusp for a Bicuspid. Cormany, J. W., 1894, p. 155. Gold and Tin Filling. Skidmore, L. W., 1895, p. 184. Cements in Retaining Gold and Amalgam Fillings. Staley, H. R., 1895, p. 186. Tin and Gold Filling. Robbins, E. M., 1896, p. 124. Tin and Gold Filling. Waltz, A. S., 1896, p. 126. Combination of Oxyphosphate and Non-cohesive Gold as a Temporary Filling. Woolley, J. H., 1899, p. 124. Compound Proximal Gold Filling with Tin and Gold. Johnson, C. N., 1900, p. 174. Gold and Tin in Definite Proportions for Filling. Callahan, J. R., 1901, p. 134. Amalgam Filling with Cement Anchorage, Using "Fellowship" Alloy. Corbett, C. C, 1901, p. 135. Cement Anchorage for Gold Filling. Reed, J. J., 1902, p. 163. Oxyphosphate Cement. Pritchett, T. W., 1906, p. 28.2. Combination of Gold and Tin Foils. Robbins, E. M., 1906, p. 285. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 91 Use of Cement in Starting Gold Foil Fillings. Pritchett, T. W., 1907, p. 230. Cavities for Gold Inlays. Noyes, F. B., 1907, p. 236. A Cemented Amalgam Filling. Corbett, C. C, 1908, p. 260. Preparing Gold Foil, and a Combination Gold and Amalgam Filling. Butler, S. T., 1908, p. 272. An Adjunct to the Rapid Filling of Large Molar Cavities. Munroe, G., 1909, p. 239. Cavity Lining and Intermediates. Brunson, G. M., 1911, p. 299. Duplex Gold and Tin as a Base for Filling. Childs, T. S., 1912, p. 304. D221 Gold. Platinum Gold. Papers and Discussions. What Preparation of Gold is Best for Filling Teeth? Disc, 1866, p. 8. Gold Foil. Black, G. B., 1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 283. Heavy Foils and Heavy Mallets. Cushing, G. H:, 1870, p. 61; Disc, p. 73. Gold Screws for Retaining Fillings. Davis, K. B., 1875, p. 79; Disc, p. 83. Do Gold Fillings of the Present Day Preserve the Teeth Better Than Those Made Forty Years Ago? Disc, 111. & la. State Den. Soc Joint Meeting, 1893, p. 174. How Shall We Insert a Gold Filling? Smith, Arthur G., 1897, p. 121; 9 Illus.; Disc, p. 137. Matrix in Compound Approximal Gold Fillings. Carpenter, E. R., 1902, p. 116; Disc, p. 120. Gold Fillings Versus Inlays. Gallie, D. M., 1907, p. 76; Disc, p. 85. The Use of Non-cohesive Gold in Filling Teeth. Bellchamber, C. E., 1908, p. 141; Disc, p. 160. Cohesive Gold. Tenney, L. S., 1908, p. 155; Disc, p. 160. The Compressed Air Test for Adaptation. Condensing Gold. The Power Methods. Southwell, Chas., 1910, p. 248. Clinics. Platinum and Gold Filling. Fuller, A. H., 1883, p. 152. Platinum and Gold Filling. Davis, J. A. W., 1S83, p. 152. Gold Filling. Richards, W. P., 1887, p. 113. Gold Filling. Wilson, I. P., 1887, p. 112. Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1888, p. 131. Gold Filling. Davis, K. B., 1888, p. 131. Gold Filling. Freeman, D. B., 1888, p. 131. Gold Filling. Swain, E. D., 1888, p. 132. Gold Filling. Brophy, T. W., 1889, p. 142. Gold Filling. Hanaford, M. L., 18S9, p. 143. Gold Filling. Royce, E. A., 1889, p. 144. Gold Filling. Waltz, A. S., 1889, p. 144. Gold and Platinum Filling. Morrison, W. N., 1889, p. 144. Gold Filling. Morrison, J. B., 1890, p. 160. Gold Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1890, p. 161. Gold Filling. Barcus, J. M., 1890, p. 162. Gold Filling. Dickson, J. G., 1890, p. 163. Gold Filling. Clayton, J. R., 1890, p. 164. Gold Filling. Dennis, G. W., 1891, p. 178. Gold Filling. Slyfield, G. H., 1891, p. 179. Gold Filling. Crouse, J. N., 1892, p. 157. Gold Filling. Collins, J. W., 1892, p. 147. Gold Filling. Monfort, J. B., 1893, p. 165. Gold Filling. Stevens, W. A., 1893, p. 167. Gold Filling. Leake, C. W., 1894, p. 154. Gold Filling. McMillen, G. A., 1894, p. 155. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 92 Gold Filling. Allen, E. H., 1894, p. 155. Gold Pilling. Morrison, P. N., 1894, p. 155. Gold and Platinum Filling. Warren, G. E., 18 95, p. 185. Two Gold Fillings. Tobey, W. W., 1895, p. 185. Gold Filling. Damron, G. H., 1895, p. 185. Demonstrating Use of No. 60 Fellowship Foil. McCandless, A. W., 1896, p. 123. Preparation and Filling of a Proximal Incisor Step Cavity. Prothero, J. H., 1896, p. 124. Gold Filling. Blair, E. K., 1897, p. 201. Gold Filling. Gilmer, T. L., 1897, p. 201. Gold Filling. Corbett, C. C., 1897, p. 201. Gold Filling. Collins, J. W., 1897, p. 202. Platinum and Gold Filling. Hinkins, J. E., 1897, p. 203. Restoration of the Incisal Third of the Crown of a Left Upper Central Incisor. Lakin, S. W., 1897, p. 203. Gold Filling. Pruyn, C. P., 1897, p. 204. Gold Filling. Dillon, G. B., 1897, p. 204. Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1898, p. 186. Gold Filling. Powell, C. B., 1898, p. 187. Gold Filling. Windhorst, M. R., 1898, p. 187. Gold Filling. Potts, H. A., 1S98, p. 192. Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1899, p. 104. Gold Filling. Kremer, F. B., 1S99; p. 105. Gold Filling. Monson, G. S., 1899, p. 105. Gold Filling. Shedd, J. W., 1899, p. 107. Gold Filling. Wedelstaedt, E. K., 1899, p. 107. Gold Filling. Cummins, J. T., 1899, p. 116. Gold Filling. Chittenden, C. C, 1899, p. 116. Gold Filling. Lakin, S. W., 1899, p. 117. Gold Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1899, p. 117. Gold Filling. St. John, I. C, 1899, p. 119. Gold Filling. Gallie, D. M., 1899, p. 120. Crystalloid Gold. Gunther, A. H., 1899, p. 121. Gold Filling. Royce, E. A., 1899, p. 122. Gold Filling.. Kimball, R. H., 1899, p. 123. Contour Filling, Platinum and Gold. Pyper, P. A., 1900, p. 170. Gold. Filling. Rayburn, J. R., 1900, p. 171. Gold Filling. Hanaford, M. L., 1900, p. 172. Gold Fillings Without Use of Rubber Dam. Fletcher, F. F., 1900, p. 172. Manudynamometer. Black, G. V., 1900, p. 173. Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. Johnson, C. N., 1900, p. 174. Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. Kimball, R. H., 1900, p. 174. Gold Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1901, p. 134. Gold Filling. Allen, E. H., 1901, p. 136. Dead Soft Gold. Chappell, O. A., 1901, p. 137. Ladmore-Brunton Matrix. James, A. F., 1901, p. 137. Gold Filling. Cattell, D. M., 1901, p. 137. Gold Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1901, p. 138. Gold Filling. Duncan, S. F., 1901, p. 138. Gold Filling. Brown, J. O., 1901, p. 139. Gold Filling. Dittmar, G. W., 1901, p. 139. Gold. Vernon, Jas. B., 1901, p. 140. Gold Filling. Pruyn, C. P., 1901, p. 140. Gold Filling, Using Matrix and Separating Rubber. Sowle, C. J., 1902, p. 162. Gold and Platinum Restoration, Using Engine Mallet. Tenney, L. S., 1902, p. 164. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 93 Gold Filling in Labio-Cervical Cavity, Using Clamp of Own Design. Sawyer, C. B., 1902, p. 164. Gold Filling, Using Matrix. Hazell, E. F. t 1902, p. 164. The Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Nitrous Oxid with Hurd's Inhaler, and Gold Filling. Skinner, F. H., 1902, p. 168. Gold Filling Restoration. Elmer, J. E., 1902, p. 169. Preparation and Filling with Gold a Compound Cavity on the Disto- Incisal of a Left Upper Central Incisor. Fischer, H. G., Supplement 1903, p. 2. The Uses of Black's Knives and Files. Parker, F. W., Supplement 1903, p. 2. Gold Filling with Screw Post Retention. Mabee, W. E., Supplement 1903, p. 5. Gild Filling. Gethro, F. W. Supplement 1903, p. 11. Gold Filling. Piper, P. A. Supplement 1903, p. 12. Gold Filling. Keel, F. W. Supplement 1903, p.- 12. Gold Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1904, d. 27. Gold Filling. Allen, E. H., 1904, p. 29. Gold Filling. Haskins, G. W., 1904, p. 30. Gold Fillings. Noyes, Edmund, 1904, p. 143; Disc, p. 149. Gold Filling. Fischer, H., 1905, p. 224. Non-cohesive Foil in Filling the Upper Three Quarters of Approximal Cavities in Molars and Bicuspids. Haskins, G. W., 1905, p. 228. Gold Filling. Sowle, C. J., 1905, p. 229. Gold Filling. Ireland, Elizabeth L., 1906, p. 275. Screw Anchorage for Large Incisal Gold Foil Restorations. Dittmar, G. W., 1906, p. 275. Gold Filling. Wallace, J. F., 1906, p. 275. Method of Placing Moss Fiber Gold in the Body of Filling. West, C. H., 1906, p. 277. Manipulation of Keeton Gold. Johnson, A. G., 1906, p. 294. Gold Filling. Hazell, E. F., 1907, p. 226. Gold Foil Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1907, p. 232. Gold Filling. Gallie, D. M., 1907, p. 234. Gold Inlay. Skinner, F. H., 1907, p. 236. Gold Filling. Conroy, J. K., 1908, p. 261. Crystal Gold for Cervical Fillings. Foster, W. E., 190S, p. 265. Keeton-Williams Dental Gold. Johnson, A. G., 1908, p. 268. Abbey's Non-cohesive Gold Foil. Freeman, H. W., 1908, p. 269. Gold Filling. Hanaford, M. L., 1908, p. 269. Platinum and Gold Foil Filling. Peck, A. H., 1908, p. 270. Table Clinic with Keeton-Williams Crystal Gold. Johnson, A. G., 1909, p. 232. Platinum and Gold Filling. Peck, A. H., 1909, p. 238. Gold Filling. Boyce, A. E., 1909, p. 238. Competitive Gold Filling Clinic in Bovine Teeth. Southwell, Chas., 1910, p. 261. Gold Filling. Hoover, J. L., 1910, p. 261. Gold Filling. Dittmar, G. W., 1910, p. 261. Gold Filling. Reece, J. S., 1910, p. 261. Gold Filling. Southwell, Chas., 1910, p. 261. Gold Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1910, p. 261. Gold Filling. Royce, A. E., 1910, p. 261. Gold Filling. Corbett, C. C, 1910, p. 262. Gold Filling. Sawyer, C. B., 1910, p. 262. Gold Filling. Ludwig, R. F., 1910, p. 262. Gold Filling. Conroy, J. K., 1910, p. 262. Gold Filling. Gethro, F. W., 1910, p. 262. Gold Filling. Swartz, F. H., 1910, p. 264. Gold Filling. Brooking, F. V., 1910, p. 264. Gold Filling. Sitherwood, G. D., 1911, p. 287. For index and key to elassifiention numbers, see pink appendix. 94 Gold Filling. Hewes, C. T., 1911, p. 296. Gold Filling. Olson, W. M., 1912, p. 288. Solila Gold Filling with Cement Lining in Place of Inlay. Abbott, S. G., 1912, p. 288. Restoration of Lower First Molar with Amalgam. Snowden, L. R., 1912, p. 289. Rapid Method of Filling Simple Occlusal Cavity with Long-roll Gold. Kindt, H., 1912, p. 298. Method of Using Crystal Gold. Foster, W. E., 1912, p. 303. Small Gold Fillings Along the Gingival Border of Labial and Buccal Surfaces. Olmsted, A. T., 1913, p. 256. Gold Foil Filling. Allen, E. H., 1913, p. 261. D221a Mallets, Pluggers, Etc. Papers and Discussions. Smooth-faced Pluggers and Gutta-percha-faced Mallets. Howard, G. O., 1871, p. 58; Disc, p. 64. Clinic. Exhibition of a Rapid Pneumatic Mallet. Palmer, B. S., 1891, p. 179. D222 Amalgam. Papers and Discussions. The Chemistry and Physiological Action of Mercury as Used in Amal- gam Fillings. Talbot, E. S., 1881, p. 112; Disc, p. 123. Amalgams. Ames, W. B., 1888, p. 123; Disc, p. 134. Amalgam Fillings. Pritchett, T. W., 1S94, p. 77; Disc, p. 82. Combination of Metals in Amalgams. Ames, W. V-B., 1895, p. 73; Disc, p. 76. To What Extent is the Washing of Amalgam Masses an Important Fea- ture in the Production of a Good Filling? Pritchett, T. W., 1896, p. 96. Amalgam. Pruyn, C. P., 1898, p. 29; Disc, p. 31. Amalgam. Pruyn, C. P., 1908, p. 138; Disc, p. 160. The Character of the Adaptation of Amalgam to the Walls of Cavities Attained by Present Methods of Instrumentation and the Use of the Best Known Alloys, as Indicated by the Air Pressure Test. Harper, W. E., 1912, p. 224; Disc, p. 243. Clinic. Amalgam Filling. Cormany, J. W., 1889, p. 142. Prepared Copper Amalgam for Filling. Ames, W. B., 1889, p. 144. Amalgam Filling. Pritchett, T. W., 18 92, p. 148. Copper Amalgam. Dennis, J. W., 1897, p. 203. Filling with Dr. G. V. Black's Alloy. Sawyer, C. B., 1897, p. 205. Amalgam. Noyes, F. B., 1898, p. 194. Amalgam Filling. West, 0. H., 1899, p. 107. Amalgam Filling. Dunn, J. Austin, 1899, p. 120. Two Large Amalgam Fillings. Pruyn, C. P., 1900, p. 174. Test of Amalgams for Shrinkage or Expansion. Noyes, F. B., 1902, p. 167. Amalgam Filling. Aigley, J. E., 1907, p. 226. Study of Amalgam. Pruyn, C. P., 1907, p. 230. Contour Amalgam Filling, Using Matrix. Hickman, E. H., 1907, p. 232. Demonstration of Method of Polishing Amalgam Fillings. Barnfield, W. H., 1908, p. 263. Adjustment of Matrices and Separator for Amalgam Fillings. Macfar- lane, G. B., 1909, p. 237. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 95 Amalgam Filling with Cement Lining. Corbett, C. C, 1909, p. 239. Amalgam Filling. Phelps, W. S., 1910, p. 269. Large Amalgam Filling. Bachman, H. P., 1910, p. 269. Contour Amalgam Filling. Neece, W. A., 1911, p. 287. Method of Making Amalgam Fillings Adjoining Gold with No Bad Results. Crigler, J. W., 1912, p. 297. Contour Amalgam Filling. Neece, W. A., 1912, p. 298. Amalgam Filling. Ryan, F. J., 1912, p. 303. Various Steps for Proper Amalgam Filling. Conroy, J. K., 1913, p. 258. D223 Cement. Silicate Cements. Papers and Discussions. Is Not Operative Dentistry Liable to the Same Injury From the Too Prevalent Use of Plastic Stoppings, as Occurred to Prosthetic Prac- tice from the Introduction of Vulcanite? Disc, 1895, p. 170. Miscroscopic Study of Cements. Poundstone, G. C, 1904, p. 82; Disc, p. 93. Cements. Poundstone, G. C, 1905, p. 136; Disc, p. 147. The Cements and Gutta-perchas as Filling Materials. Rohland, C. B., 1908, p. 132; Disc, p. 160. The Silicate Cements. Poundstone, G. C, 1910, p. 58; Disc, p. 62. Clinics. Phosphate Cement Filling. Greene, E. J., 1889, p. 143. Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement Filling. Ames, W. V-B., 1892, p. 147. Demonstration of Mixing of Oxyphosphate on a Chilled Surface. Ames, W. V-B., 1894, p. 156. Some Cements Under the Miscroscope. Ames, W. V-B., 1900, p. 171. Celluloid Cement Filling. Davis, L. L., 1901, p. 140. Cement Filling. Crouse, J. N., 1902, p. 169. Cements. Ames, W. V-B., Supplement, 1903, p. 5. Astral Cement. Reader, J. C, 1906, p. 282. Ascher's Enamel. Kelley, E. J., 1906, p. 292. Ascher's Enamel Cements. Baldwin, C. M., 1907, p. 235. Amberoid Cement. Hewett, A. C, 1907, p. 238. Ascher's Artificial Enamel. Kopperl, G. H., 1908, p. 259. Artificial Enamel. Snyder, C. L., 1908, p. 260. Saving Children's Teeth by the Use of Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement. Parker, R. W., 1908, p. 261. Oxyphosphate of Copper as Filling Material for Temporary Teeth. Young, W. B., 1908, p. 269. Demonstrating Manipulation in Cavity; Filling of Artificial Enamel. Turner, J. G., 1908, p. 269. Artificial Enamel. Baldwin, C.*M., 1908, p. 272. Filling of Ascher's Artificial Enamel. Goebel, R., 1909, p. 231. Ascher's Artificial Enamel. Bellchamber, C. E., 1909, p. 239. Ascher's Artificial Enamel Filling. Watters, J. T., 1912, p. 291. Restoration with Synthetic Cement, Giving a Practical Demonstration on the Automaton. Wollenberger, S., 1912, p. 298. Synthetic Cement Filling. Cruise, R. J., 1913, p. 254. Demonstrating Technique in Use of De Trey's Enamel. Kopperl, G. H., 1913, p. 258. The Use of Water as Chilled in a Porous Jar for Controlling the Tem- perature of Cement Mixing Slabs. Ames, W. V-B., 1913, p. 260. D224 Gutta-percha. Papers and Discussions. The Cements and Gutta-perchas as Filling Materials. Rohland, C. B., 1908, p. 132; Disc, p. 160. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 96 D225 Tin. Clinics. Tin Pilling. McMillen, G. A., 1*892, p. 148. D23 General Articles on Porcelain. Papers and Discussions. Advantages, Disadvantages and Peculiarities of Inlays. Taggart, W. H., 1904, p. 60; Disc, p. 78. Cavity Preparation for Inlays. Thompson, C. N., 1904, p. 64; Disc, p. 78. Clinics. Something About Inlays. Taggart, W. H., 1901, p. 135. Matrix Burnishing. Banzet, G. T., 1904, p. 26. Matrix Burnishing. Taggart, W. H., 1904, p. 28. A. Method of Obtaining an Accurate Model in Melotte's Metal. Orr, H. N., 1907, p. 230. Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Bridges and Inlays. Johnson, C. N., 1908, p. 270. Vulcanite Rubber Inlays. Bandy, O. L., 1908, p. 274. Inlay Metal, Casting Without Machine, Using Jarring Method. Bohr, John, 1909, p. 232. Combination Porcelain and Gold Inlay. Pontious, W. H., 1909, p. 232. Casting for Split Root. Barber, H. E., 1911, p. 297. Casting Copper and Tin for Large Restoration Instead of Amalgam. Smith, B. M., 1912, p. 296. Making Amalgam Dies, Reproduction of Cavity for Gold or Porcelain Inlays. Sitherwood, G. D., 1912, p. 296. D231 Gold Inlay. Papers and Discussions. Gold Inlays. Allen, E. H., 1904, p. 75; Disc, p. 78. Gold Filling Versus Inlays. Gallie, D. M., 1907, p. 76; Disc, p. 85. The Cast Gold Inlay. Dittmar, G. W., 190S, p. 143; Disc, p. 160. Experiences with Cast Metal. Thompson, C. N., 1910, p. 213; Disc, p. 221. The Scientific Casting of Gold. Taggart, W. H., 1911, p. 151; Disc, p. 163. The Present Status of the Gold Inlay. Knowles, S. J., 1911, p. 241; Disc, p. 244. Some Considerations of Gold Inlay Work. Coolidge, E. D., 1913, p. 92. Clinics. Gold Inlay. Brown, G. V. I., 1891, p. 180. Gold Inlay. Gilmer, T. L., 1892, p. 147. Exhibition of an Electric Fan. Harper, J. G., 1892, p. 148. Gold Inlay. Ames, W. V-B, 1895, p. 182. Gold Inlay. Thompson, C. N., Supplement 1903, p. 1. Gold Inlay. Bryant, L. F., 1904, p. 26. Gold Inlay. Skinner, F. H., 1904, p. 27. Gold Inlay. Powell, T. E., 1904, p. 31. Gold Inlays. Sawyer, C. B., 1904, p. 31. Gold Inlays. Thompson, C. N., 1904, p. 32. Gold Inlay for Restoration of Devitalized Anterior Teeth. Jones, C. E., 1905, p. 222. Hollow Gold Inlay. Clark, W. G., 1905, p. 223. Gold Inlay. Helm, C. B., 1905, p. 224. Gold Inlay. Hare, D. A.. 1905, p. 224. Gold Inlays. Pyper, P. A., 1905, p. 225. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 97 Construction of a Hollow Gold Inlay. Nyman, J. E., 1905, p. 229. Solid Gold Inlay Without the Use of Solder. Cheeseman, P. E., 1906, p. 280. Gold Inlay. Marsh, J. W., 1906, p. 284. Gold Inlay for Fractured Incisor. Wallace, W. S., 1907, p. 229. Solid Gold Inlay Without Investment, Showing Patient and Model. Parker, P. W., 1907, p. 233. Cast Gold Inlay. Taggart, W. H., 1907, p. 234. Wax Model 'for Inlay. Mcintosh, F. H., 1908, p. 264. Some Things to Be Done with a Casting Machine. Snowden, L. R., 1908, p. 267. Gold Inlay from Cement Model. Stewart, L. K., 1908, p. 267. Cavity Preparation for Gold Inlay. Parker, F. W., 1908, p. 270. Models for Inlay Work. Reid, J. G., 1908, p. 271. Showing Steps in Construction of Cast Gold Inlays. Whipple, H. L., 1908, p. 271. Veneer Gold Inlays. Lovitt, C. O., 1908, p. 272. Gold Inlays. Mullin, W., 1908, p. 273. Casting Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Gold Shell Crown and Cast Partial Lower Plate. Demonstrating the Use in Casting of Paris Hard Wax Flux. Dittmar, G. W., 1909, p. 236. Gold Inlay. Allen, E. H., 1909, p. 239. Gold Inlay. Swartz, P. H., 1909, p. 240. Raising the Bite with a Cast Gold Inlay. Hugo, C. J., 1910, p. 265. Gold Inlay. Stott, H. W., 1910, p. 269. Gold Inlay. Stott, H. W., 1911, p. 287. Gold Inlay Using Alexander's Wax Gold. Bellchamber, C. E., 1911, p. 289. Method of Handling the Wax Model in Inlay Work. Mullin, W., 1911, p. 293. Gold Inlay Showing Advantage of Amalgam Base Under It. Mount, J. V., 1911, p. 296. A Method of Constructing Gold Inlays. Bullard, J. A., 1911, p. 299. Division of Cast Inlays in Compound Cavities. Cheeseman, P. H., 1911, p. 301. Gold Inlay. Moore, W. D. N., 1911, p. 304. Extension for Prevention in Cast Gold Inlay. Mount, J. J., 1912, p. 289. Cast Inlay. Whipple, H. L., 1912, p. 289. How to Check the Wear on Badly Worn Teeth by Using the Gold Inlay. Harper, A. J., 1912, p. 293. Gold Inlays with Model. Tym, W. B., 1912, p. 293. An Ideal Form of Cavity Preparation Applicable to Certain Cases of Cast Incisal Angle Restoration. Jacobs, J. E., 1912, p. 295. Inlay, Using Alexander's Plastic Gold. Baker, T. T., 1912, p. 303. The Cast Gold Inlay; Some Defects and How to Overcome Them. Evey, J. M., 1912, p. 304. Some Practical Points in Casting M.-O.-D. Inlays. Stott, H. W., 1912, p. 306. Method of Applying Gold Inlay to Porcelain Crown or Plate Tooth. Bellchamber, C. E., 1913, p. 257. Method of Inserting Sprue with Minimum Amount of Danger of Dis- torting Wax Form. McMillan, J. D., 1913, p. 258. Pyrometric Cones. Matteson, A. E., 1913, p. 262. D232 Porcelain Inlay. Fusible Cement. Papers and Discussions. The Ceramic Art in Dentistry. Nyman, J. E., 1898, p. 117; 2 Illus.; Disc, p. 139. Porcelain Inlays. Reeves, W. T., 1902, p. 163. For index and key to elassification numbers, see pink appendix. 98 Porcelain Work; Incidents of Office Practice. McCandless, A. W., 1902, p. 181; Disc, p. 182. Porcelain Inlays as Viewed by the Country Dentist. Allen, E. H., 1903, p. 79; Disc, p. SO. The Color Problem in Porcelain Work, and Its Solution by Means of the New Pyrometer Furnace. Price, W. A., 1904, p. 101; Disc, p. 106. Roach's Mouldable Porcelain. Perry, E. J., 1906, p. 156; Disc, p. 167. Concerning the Porcelain Inlay. Waltz, J. F. F., 1906, p. 234; Disc, p. 246. Porcelain Inlay. Evey, J. M., 1907, p. 226. On the Abuse and Indications of Porcelain as a Filling Material. Waltz, J. F. F., 1908, p. 151; Disc, d. 160. Porcelain Inlays. Bryant, L. F., 1909, p. 192; Disc, p. 199. Clinics. Porcelain Filling. Black, G. V., 1889, p. 141. Enameled Inlay. Matteson, A. E., 1890, p. 163. Exhibition with Models of Porcelain Inlay Work. Reeves, W. T., 1895, p. 186. Porcelain Inlay. Thompson, C. N., 1900, p. 172. Porcelain Inlays. Reeves, W. T., 1901, p. 136. Porcelain Inlay. Bridges, J. S., 1901, p. 139. Porcelain Inlay (Wassail's Method). Knowles, S. J., 1902, p. 167. Construction and Shading of Porcelain Inlays. Bryant, Lester, 1902, p. 168. Porcelain Restoration on Mesial Surface of Superior Right Lateral Involving the Angle. Bryant, L. F., Supplement 1903, p. 1. Porcelain Inlays. Reeves, W. T., Supplement 1903, p. 2. Porcelain Inlay. Knowles, S., Supplement 1903, p. 13. Porcelain Inlay. Cheeseman, F. E., 1904, p. 30. A New Fusible Cement. Roach, F. E., 1905, p. 219. The Fusion of Porcelain. Le Cron, D. O. M., 1905, p. 219. Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Porcelain Inlays. Bake, L. E., 1906, p. 279. Mouldable Porcelain. Roach, F. E., 1906, p. 280. Porcelain Restoration. Baldwin, D. H., 1906, p. 2S5. Porcelain Restoration. Kopperl, G. H., 1906, p. 285. Porcelain Inlay. Starbuck, A. W., 1907, p. 227. Porcelain Inlay. Kopperl, G. H., 1907, p. 232. Porcelain Inlay. Bake, L. E., 1907, p. 234. Oxide of Zinc Lining for Attachment of Porcelain Inlays. Harrison, A. M., 1908, p. 264. Porcelain Inlay. Trent, H. G., 1913, p. 256. Demonstrating the Making of Porcelain Inlays. Hayes, H. H., 1913, p. 256. D24 Pulp Treatment. (Diseases of Pulp, See D63. Electricity in Pulp Treatment, Cataphoresis, see 615.84. Deciduous Teeth, See B602.) Papers and Discussions. Treatment of Exposed Pulps and Filling Pulp Cavities. Disc, 1S66, p. 9. Treatment of Exposed Pulps. Disc, 1866, p. 17. Treatment of Exposed Nerves. Disc, 1867, p. 27. Exposed Pulps. Black, G. V., 1870, p. 6; Disc, p. 18. The Removal of Pulps, Preparations and Filling of Pulp Canals. Howard, G. O., 1873, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. Treatment of Exposed Pulps. Disc, 1874, p. 76. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 99 The Treatment of Teeth Containing Dead Pulps. Smith, Joshua, 1876, p. 98; Disc, p. 106. The Tooth Pulp and Its Treatment. Swain, E. D., 1877, p. 66; Disc, p. 86. The Treatment of Exposed Pulps. Brophy, T. W., 1877, p. 76; Disc, p. 86. Extirpation of the Dental Pulp and Root Filling. Ingersoll, L. C, 1879, p. 49; Disc, p. 59. Treatment of Teeth with Dead Pulps and Alveolar Abscess. Koch, G. R. E., 1880, p. 40; Disc, p. 44. Treatment of Teeth with Dead or Dying Pulps: also Treatment of Al- veolar Abscess. Townsend, H. H., 1881, p. 28; Disc, p. 41. Exposed Dental Pulps and Their Treatment. Duncan, S. P., 1884, p. 33; Disc, p. 41. Errors in Dentistry not Always Disadvantageous. Patrick, J. J. R., 1885, p. 64; Disc, p. 69. The Retention of Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. Noyes, Edmund, 1886, p. 150; Disc, p. 157. The Retention of Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. Judd, Homer, 1887, p. 45; Disc, p. 59. What Shall We Do with Inflamed Pulps? Johnson, W. A., 1888, p. 158; Disc, p. 163. Some Main Points Touching the Conservative Treatment of Teeth Pulps of Which Are Nearly or Quite Exposed. Moody, J. D., 1888, p. 152; Disc, p. 165. What Shall Be Done with the Condemned Pulp? Pruyn, C. P., 1891, p. 79; Disc, p. 85. Experimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents in Living and in Pulpless Teeth. Harlan, A. W., 1891, p. 126; Disc, p. 135. The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentine. York, E. Lawley, 1897, p. 94; Disc, p. 99. Why Coagulants Diffuse Through Dentine. York, E. Lawley, 1898, p. 57; Disc, p. 61. Penetration of Dentine by Fluids Under Pressure. Johnson, W. A., 1905, p. 122; to Illus.; Disc p. 132. A Brief Review of the Chemistry of Pulp Decomposition with a Rational Treatment for this Condition and Its Sequelae. Buckley, J. P., . 1907, p. 136; Disc, p. 148. Report of the Post-Graduate Committee Upon Gold and Porcelain In- lays. Waltz, J. F. F., 1909, p. 87; Disc, p. 98. Clinics. Lining Cavities and Using an Intermediate Before Filling. Brunson, G. M., 1905, p. 228. Pressure Anesthesia in Connection with Pulp Preserver. Colby, O. C, 1906, p. 276. The Asbestos Disk as Pulp Protection. Warner, C. B., 1908, p. 270. Technique in the Treatment of Both Vital and Putrescent Pulps that Will Prevent Pain After the Patient Leaves the Office. Perisho, V. P., 1911, p. 294. D241 Capping Pulps. (See Articles under D24.) D242 Destruction and Removal of Pulps. Papers and Discussions. Arsenious Acid: When and How to Use It. Smith, C. S., 1870, p. 23; Disc, p. 35. Pulp Mummification, Its Desirability, Experience and Sequelae. Kyner, A. D., 1909, p. 167; Disc, p. 181. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 100 Clinics. Removal of Pulp. Ross, F. R., 1893, p. 165. Pressure Anesthesia. Warner, E. R., 1899, p. 107. Broach Holder. Powell, C. B., 1901, p. 140. Removal of Pulp by Pressure Anesthesia. Pruyn, C. P., 1902, p. 164. Removal of Pulp with Pressure Anesthesia. Carpenter, E. R., 1902, p. 164. Instrument for Compression of Cocain. Tuller, R. B., 1902, p. 169. Pressure Anesthesia. Warner, C. B., Supplement 1903, p. 10. Pulp Mummifier. Dodez, E. W., 1904, p. 29. Removal of Pulp, Using Pressure Anesthesia. Aigley, J. E., 1905, p. 217. Arsenical Paste Sealed into the Cavity for the Destruction of a Pulp, with Pellets of Cotton Saturated with Chloro-percha. Mcintosh, F. H., 1911, p. 304. Root Filling; Gold and Tin Foil Points with Eucapercha Lubricant. Waltz, A. S., 1911, p. 307. Apex Treating Broach. Funk, L. L., 1912, p. 293. Method of Removing Broken Broach. Bowman, F. H., 1912, p. 296. The New Use for the Old Broach. Conkey, F. M., 1912, p. 297. D243 Root Filling. Root Canals. Papers and Discussions. Plugging Pulp Cavities and Canals. Dean, M. S., 1868, p. 36; Disc./ p. 37. Preparation of Pulp Canals, and of Cavities for Filling. Taylor, C. R., 1886, p. 90; Disc, p. 97. A Lantern View of Pulp Chambers and Canals, Showing Typical Forms and Some of the Variations. Cattell, D. M., 1891, p. 142; 12 Illus.; Disc, p. 144. Immediate Root Filling. Cravens, J. E., 1893, p. 45; Disc, p. 50. Results of Experimental Root Canal Fillings. Cattell, D. M., 1895, p. 43; Disc, p. 45. Root Canal Sterilization. Disc, 1895, p. 169. Paraffine: An Ideal Material for the Filling of Root Canals. Beck, Rudolph, 1902, p. 52; Disc, p. 54. The Filling of Root Canals. Hanaford, M. L., 1910, p. 109; Disc, p. 116. Clinics. Prepared Roots for Filling. Johnson, C. N., 1889, p. 141. Root Filling. Fitch, H. H., 1889, p. 142. Prepared Roots for Filling. Fitch, H. H., 1889, p. 144. Root Filling. Stevens, B. O., 1890, p. 160. A Method of Preparing and Filling Root Canals with Tin or Gold Points. Costner, H. A., 1892, p. 147. Root Canal Filling. Noyes, E., 1894, p. 154. Root Canal Filling. Duncan, S. F., 1894, p. 156. Demonstration of the Use of Sodium and Potassium in the Treatment of Putrid Pulp Canals. Munroe, G., 1895, p. 185. Root Canal Filling. Blair, E. K., 1895, p. 186. A Method of Filling Root Canals with Sandarac Varnish and Gutta- percha Points. Cigrand, P. J., 1899, p. 108. A. Process for Drying Root Canals. Taggart, W. H., 1899, p. 115. Table Clinic, Canal Filling, Eucalypto-percha. Green, W. F., 1900, p. 170. Filling Root Canal. Pfeiffer, Josephine D., 1901, p. 137. Root Canal Filling. Noyes, Edmund, 1902, p. 165. Gold Points for Root Canals. Gramm, C. T., Supplement 1903, p. 5. Root Filling. Pruyn, C. P., 1905, p. 229. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 101 Correct Root Filling. Waltz, A. S., 1908, p. 264. Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Potassium. Tichy, J., 1909, p. 242. Root Canal Filling with Sandarac Varnish and Gutta-percha Points. Aigley, G. A., 1910, p. 268. Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Potassium. Tichy, Joseph, 1911, p. 288. Gum Sandarac Root Canal Filling. Kyner, A. D., 1911, p. 293. Filling Root Canals with the Improved Paraffine Compound Formula of Dr. Herman Prinz, 1913, p. 259. Enlarging Root Canals. Luthringer, J. P., 1913, p. 262. D25 Prophylactic Treatment of Caries. Cleaning Teeth. Papers and Discussions. A Few Observations on Oral Prophylaxis. Rohland, C. B., 1905, p. 41; Disc, p. 56. Oral Prophylaxis. Its Place and Its Importance in Dental Practice. Smith, D. D., 1913, p. 165; Disc, p. 183. Clinics. Prophylaxis. Bryant, L. P., 1907, p. 226. Instrumentation in Prophylaxis and the Treatment of Pyorrhea. James, A. F., 1908, p. 260. Prophylaxis as a Necessary Factor in General Practice. Schmuck, E. A., 1912, p. 290. D26 Bleaching Teeth. Discolorations. (Electricity for Bleaching. See 615.84.) Papers and Discussions. Bleaching Teeth. Cushing, G. H., 1878, p. 82; Disc, p. 87. Clinics. Bleaching. Harlan, A. W., 1893, p. 166. Bleaching. McMillan, Geo., 1898, p. 190. Bleaching. Brown, J. B., 1899, p. 104. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 102 »3 PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY. General Articles Covering Both Operative and Prosthetic Dentistry. Annual Report of Clinic Committee, See D2. Papers and Discussions. Mechanical Dentistry. Disc, 1866, p. 10%, 20. Mechanical Dentistry. French, A. W., 1870, p. 89; Disc, p. 97. Mechanical Dentistry. Disc, 1871, p. 66. Mechanical Dentistry. Swain, E. D., 1872, p. 18; Disc, p. 27. Mechanical Dentistry. Kulp, W. O., 1873, p. 154; Disc, p. 156. Mechanical Dentistry. Willson, O., 1875, p. 108; Disc, p. 117.' Mechanical Dentistry. Rohland, C. B., 1877, p. 31; Disc, p. 38. Mechanical Dentistry. Swain, E. D., 1879, p. 70; Disc, p. 74. The Past, Present and Future of Mechanical Dentistry. Haskell, L. P., 1881, p. 48. The Mechanics of Dentistry. Stevens, W. A., 1882, p. 41; Disc, p. 49. Random Thoughts From the Laboratory. Haskell, L. P., 1882, p. 45; Disc, p. 49. Prosthetic Dentistry. Davis, K. B., 1885, p. 34; Disc, p. 40. Prosthetic Dentistry. (Paper Read but not published in Society's Pro- ceedings.) Haskell, L. P., 1888, p. 180. Prosthetic Dentistry. Magill, W. T., 1891, p. 118; Disc, p. 123. Some Thoughts on Prosthetic Dentistry. Moorehead, W. W., 1900, p. 102; Disc, p. 105. Prosthetic Dentistry: Incidents of Office Practice. Pruyn, C. P., 1902, p. 177; Disc, p. 178. Some Phases of Prosthetic Procedure. Prothero, J. H., 1908, p. 95; Disc,, p. 112. Superiority of Natural Teeth Over Artificial Substitutes. McMillan, H. W., 1908, p. 231; Disc, p. 241. The Esthetics of Prosthetic Dentistry. Graber, R. L., 1913, p. 198; 16 Illus.; Disc, p. 217. D3a Articulation and Occlusion of the Teeth, Occlud- ing Frames, Etc. (Force of Mastication, See Dla.) Papers and Discussions. The Philosophy of Mastication Relative to Dental Prosthesis. Cigrand, B. J., 1900, p. 19; 13 Illus.; Disc, p. 31. Clinics. Arrangement and Occlusion of Teeth. Prothero, J. H., 1901, p. 139. A Gnathomonic Mimic Showing the Philosophy of Mastication. Cig- rand, B. J., 1902, p. 163. Mandibular Movements, Their Relation to Artificial Dentures. Cigrand, B. J., Supplement, 1903, p. 5. The Practical Value of Bonwill's Method of Occlusion of Artificial Dentures. Pritchett, T. W., Supplement 1903, p. 12. Occlusion of Artificial Teeth. Prothero, J. H., 1908, p. 263. Demonstrating the Superiority of Natural Over Artificial Teeth, Using the Gnathodynamometer. McMillan, H. W., 1908, p. 273. Anatomical Occulsion. Prothero, J. H., 1912, p. 293. Anatomical Occlusion. Dittmar, G. W., 1912, p. 303. A New Application of the Bonwill Theory with Original Anatomical Articulator. Dalbey, W. C, 1913, p. 264. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 103 D31 Tools, Appliances, Materials, Electric and Other Ovens (Tools, Etc., applicable to a particular procedure classified with subject. Annual Re- port of Committee on Dental Art and inven- tion, See D21.) Papers and Discussions. Compressed Air in Dentistry. Southwell, C. C, 1895, p. 81; Disc, p. 85. A New Process of Fusing Platinum. Custer, L. E., 1898, p. 76; 1 Illus.; Disc, p. 79. Fusing Platinum Solder with Gasoline Blowpipe, and Baking Porcelain. Brophy, R. C, Supplement 1903, p. 11. The Color Problem in Porcelain Work, and Its Solution by Means of the New Pyrometer Furnace. Price, W. A., 1904, p. 101; Disc, p. 106. Clinics. Exhibition of a Gasoline Blowpipe. Reed, J. J., 1890, p. 165. Demonstration of a Method of Facing Emery Paper on Wheels and Files. Taggart, W. H., 1891, p. 180. Gasoline Blast Furnace. Matteson, A. E., 1894, p. 156. Electric Oven. Custer, L. E., 1895, p. 182. Electric Furnace. Custer, L. E., 1897, p. 205. Fusing Platinum. Custer, L. E., 1898, p. 186. Clamp and Press. Bandy, O. L., 1898, p. 195. Separating Varnish. Kester, P. J., 1898, p. 195. Some Convenient Things About an Office. McMillan, H. W., 1902, p. 162. Porcelain Work. Baking with Gas and Gasoline, Using Own Furnace. Brophy, R. C, 1902, p. 166. Electric Furnaces and Other Dental Appliances. Hewett, Ashley M., Supplement 1903, p. 8. Electric Furnace and Other Dental Appliances. Smith, J. C, Supple- ment 1903, p. 8. Pyrometer Furnace. Price, W. A., 1904, p. 27. Electric Furnaces. Custer, L. E., 1904, p. 33. Home-Made Electric Ovens for Baking Inlays. Harned, M. R., 1905, p. 218. Mullett's Gas Furnace. Mullett, E. R., 1905, p. 222. Electric Furnace. Matteson, A. E., 1905, p. 229. Grinding Teeth, Using Dr. Wilson's Combination Guard and Sponge Holder. Wilson, J. D., 1906, p. 276. Methods of Adjusting the Parts of a Broken Vulcanite Plate, of Plaster Models and Dislodged Abutments in Bridge Work to Their Proper Places and Retaining Them There. Newsome, B., 1907, p. 231. Some New Original Instruments. Dalbey, W. O, 1912, p. 301. D32 Artificial Dentures. (Temperaments in Relation to the Teeth, See D12.) Papers and Discussions. Resolution Favoring Return to Gold and Other Metals, for Artificial Plates. Disc, 1869; Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 340. Atmospheric Pressure in Its Relation to Artificial Dentures. Tees, Ambler, 1883, p. 136; Disc, p. 140. Use and Abuse of Air Chambers. Hunt, A. O., 1901, p. 58; Disc, p. 61. A Simple Method of Changing the Colors and Modifying the Shades of Artificial Teeth. Roach, F. E., 1909, p. 115; Disc, p. 120. The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. Pritchett, T. W., 1911, p. 210; Disc, p. 230. The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. Prothero, J. H., 1911, p. 220; Disc, p. 230. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 104 Clinics. Retention of Full Upper Dentures by Means of Atmospheric Pressure. Ames, W. V., 1890, p. 162. a Arrangement of Teeth of Artificial Denture. Swain, E. D., 1890, p. 162. Natural Teeth as Guide in Setting up Artificial Teeth. Skidmore, L. W., 1898, p. 189. Frosting Aluminum Plates. Pfeifer, Josephine D., 1898, p. 194. A Detachable Spring for Retaining Artificial Dentures in Place. Cor- bett, C. C, 189S, p. 195. Utilization of Atmospheric Pressure. Ames, W. V-B., 1901, p. 137. Tooth Shades. Royce, E. A., 1901, p. 137. Uses and Abuses of Air Chamber. Hunt, A. O., 1901, p. 139. Preparation of Cavities in Artificial Teeth. Harned, M. R., 1902, p. 162. 1-1000 Platinum Instead of Clasp Metal. Munroe, Grafton, 1905, p. 228. Removable Dentures, Using Tube and Split Pins. Haskins, G. W., 1907, p. 236. Use of Pinless Crowns in Place of Ordinary Plate Teeth. Waltz, A. S., 1908, p. 264. Anatomical Arrangement of Artificial Teeth. Schaefer, J. E., 1909, p. 235. Casting. Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Bridge Work, Cast Gold Shell Crown and Cast Partial Lower Plate. Demonstrating the Use in Casting of Paris Hard Wax Flux. Dittmar, G. W., 1909, p. 236. The Articulation of Teeth. Castle, C. L., 1910, p. 267. Attachments for Removable Dentures. Schwartz, G. W., 1911, p. 305. Anatomical Occlusion of Artificial Teeth. Dittmar, G. W., 1911, p. 301. A Combination Gold and Continuous Gum Partial Denture. McClure, T. H., 1911, p. 304. Combination of Compressed Air and Water System. Torrence, L. B., 1911, p. 306. Cast Reinforcements Applied to Denture Made for a Protruding Su- perior Maxillary Ridge, Hoffman, E. C, 1912, p. 295. The Use of the Gilmore Clasp as Applied to Plate and Crown Work. 1912, p. 296. Many Uses for the Gilmore Attachment. Patterson, A. B., 1913, p. 262. Models of Abnormal and Difficult Cases, Some Thirty Years Old, Upon Which Successful Dentures Had Been Made. Haskell, L. P., 1913, p. 265. D32a Plaster of Paris. Impressions. Bites. Papers and Discussions. Expansion of Plaster of Paris and Its Bearings on the Use of This Ma- terial for Impression and Models. Prothero, J. H., 1903, p. 55; Disc, p. 58. Compressibility of Plaster of Paris. Prothero, J. H., 1905, p. 170; Disc, p. 173. Plaster of Paris Tests. Prothero, J. H., Supplement 1903, p. 3. Clinics. Expansion of Investments. Prothero, J. H., 1904, p. 29. Physical Properties of Plaster. Prothero, J. H., 1905, p. 229. Demonstrating Use of Ideal Base Plate and a Correct Method of Taking the Bite. Strange, E. B., 1908, p. 271. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 105 D321 Vulcanized. Clinics. Vulcanized Plates with Flexible Rubber Edges for Securing Better Atmospheric Retention. Ames, W. V-B., 1896, p. 127. Aluminoid For Lining Plates. Harper, J. G., 1896, p. 127. Partial Lower Vulcanite Dentures. North, Gustavus, 1897, p. 202. The Use of Flexible Rubber as a Lining for Lower Dentures. Law- rence, R. N., 1902, p. 169. Flexible Rubber Lining for Lower Dentures. Lawrence, R. N., Supple- ment 1903, p. 3. Vulcanizable Gutta-percha. Wright, J. S., Supplement 1903, p. 4. The Advantages of Vulcanite Gutta-percha as a Base Plate upon Which the Wax Articulation is Taken in the Making of Rubber Dentures. Rohland, C. B., Supplement 1903, p. 11. The Use of Vulcanizable Gutta-percha for Dentures. Boyce, A. E., Supplement 1903, p. 12. Vulcanizable Gutta-percha. Van Scoyoc, W. M., 1905, p. 227. Plastic Impression Rubber. Warner, C. B., 1906, p. 292. Extraordinary Things in Vulcanite Work. Kartack, E. A., 1908, p. 262. Vulcanizable Gutta-percha in Plate Work. West, C. H., 1908, p. 266. Vulcanized Base Plates for Full Upper and Lower Dentures. Hickman, E. H., 1909, p. 240. Correcting the Fit of Loose or Misfitting Plates. Bridgford, J. L., 1909, p. 241. Replacing Broken Tooth in Gum Section, Rubber. Bull, H. B., 1911, p. 290. Sure Stick Fit for Plates. Cormany, J. W., 1913, p. 262. D322 Swaged. Dies. Papers and Discussions. Swaged Aluminum Plates. Sitherwood, G. D., 1894, p. 61; 6 Illus.; Disc, p. 73. Clinics Dies. Brigham, E. T., 1893, p. 166. Steel and Brass Die Plates. Stott, Joseph, 1S9 3, p. 166. Palmer Plastic Swager and Moulding Flask. Palmer, C. A., 1900, p. 173. Swedger. Otteson, I., 1901, p. 140. Spence Metal. Sawyer, C. B., 1907, p. 230. Swaging a Plate, Using the Olivian Plate Swage. Henderson, G. H., 1907, p. 237. A Demonstration of the Olivian Plate Swager in Making Metal Plates. Everett, W. M., 1911, p. 291. D323 Fusible Metal. Clinics. Casting Aluminum Plates. Harper, W. E., 1893, p. 167. Aluminum Plate. Logan, H. G., 1895, p. 184. Fusing Porcelain Gum Section. Dennis, G. J., 1896, p. 126. Casting Aluminum. Brophy, R. C, 1898, p. 188. Denture Metal. Brophy, R. C, 1901, p. 140. Cast Plate, Using Aardentalloy. Fitzwater, G. B., 1908, p. 263. Casting Aluminum Plates. Bohr, John, 1909, p. 232. Cast Aluminium Plate by Joining Method. Bohr, J., 1910, p. 271. New Inlay Metal and Cast Aluminum Plates. Bohr, J., 1911, p. 297. Cast Aluminum Plates. Bohr, J., 1912, p. 308. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 106 D324 Porcelain. (General Articles on Porcelain, see D23.) Papers and Discussions. On the Relative Advantages of a Low Fusing Continuous Gum. Cun- ningham, Geo., 1891, p. 170. Clinics. Continuous Gum Denture. Thomas, G. A., 1897, p. 205. A Continuous Gum Plate. Edmonds, N. D., 1898, p. 195. Continuous Gum. Thomas, G. A., 1899, p. 123. Continuous Gum Case. Stewart, L. K., 1900, p. 171. Long Bites in Continuous Gum Work. Stewart, L. K., 1901, p. 138. Continuous Gum Denture. Bryant, C. F., 1902, p. 166. Continuous Gum Plate. Dunn, J. E., 1906, p. 281. Three Stages in Continuous Gum for Full Dentures. Dayan, L., 112, • p. 294. D325 Celluloid. Papers and Discussions. Celluloid. Eames, W. H., 1874, p. 107; Disc, p. 108. Celluloid. Kitchen, C. A., 1876, p. 90; Disc, p. 96. Celluloid. Smith, C. S., 1878, p. 99. D33 Crowns and Bridges. Papers and Discussions. Improvements in Porcelain Crown and Bridge Work. Brown, E. P., 1892, p. 58; Disc, p. 61. Conservatism in Crown and Bridge Work. Rohland, Cv. B., 1893, p. 72; Disc, p. 78. Crown and Bridge Work. (Not published in transactions.) Peterson, C. J., Disc, 1S95, p. 165. The Ceramic Art in Dentistry. Nyman, J. E., 1898, p. 117; Disc, p. 139. Modern Manipulative Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1899, p. 65; Disc, p. 80. New Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1912, p. 87; Disc, p. 120. Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. Pyper, P. A., 1912, p. 110; Disc, p. 120. Clinics. Demonstration of a Method of Attaching Porcelain Facings. Le Cron, D. O. M., 1892, p. 148. Preparation of Cavities in Porcelain Contours for Crown and Bridge Work. Webber, F. P., 1893, p. 166. Crown and Bridge Work. Taggart, W. H., 1894, p. 154. Crown and Bridge Work. Herbert, A. W., 1894, p. 156. Dies for Swaging Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. Lowry, H. S., 1897, p. 202. Crowns and Bridges. Goslee, H. J., 1898, p. 191. Gutta-percha Cusp. Stafford, F. H., 1898, p. 193. Backing Facings. Bull, H. B., 1899, p. 104. Removable Facing for Crown and Bridge Work, and Applying the Countersunk Nut in Orthodontia. Shryock, W. W., 1899, p. 105. Carving Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1899, p. 121. Removable Facing of Own Design. Roach, F. E., 1900, p. 170. Carving Gold Cusps. Nyman, J. E., 1900, p. 171. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 107 Mason Detachable Tooth Crown. Hulick, W. O., 1900, p. 173. Practical Application of the Fellowship Replaceable Facing. Roach, F. E., 1901, p. 135. Setting Crowns and Bridges with Gutta-percha. McCandless, A. W., 1901, p. 136. Construction of Saddles for Porcelain Bridges and Carving Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1902, p. 163. Taking Impressions for Crown and Bridge Work. Munroe, G., 19 02, p. 168. Repairing Crown and Bridge Work. Crigler, J. W., 1904, p. 26. Crowns, Bridges, Retention of Gingival Harmony. Phillips, D. R., 1905, p. 221. Enamel Cleavers. Harper, W. E., 1905, p. 227. Practical Methods in the Use of Gutta-percha for the Cementing of Crowns and Bridges. Cruise, R. J., 1906, p. 288. Replacing Porcelain Facings Without Removing Bridge or Crown. North, G., 1907, p. 227. Swaging Gold Backing to Facings of Crowns and Bridge Teeth. Boone, H. W., 1908, p. 271. Uses and Abuses of Gutta-percha in the Cementation of Crowns and Bridges. Cruise, R. J., 1909, p. 234. Obtaining Wax Model for Casting Gold Cope Where Root is Badly Broken Down. Tym, W. B., 1909, p. 234. Casting. Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Bridge Work, Cast Gold Shell Crown and Cast Partial Lower Plate. Demonstrating the Use in Casting of Paris Hard Wax Flux. Dittmar, G. W., 1909, p. 236. Instantaneous Investment for the Tacking of Backings and Posts to Facings. Sale, H. O., 1910, p. 267. Hollow Dowel for Crown and Bridge. Daniels, R. H., 1911, p. 290. Cast Gold Crowns and Bridges, Using in Their Construction Porcelain Facings, Detachable Post Crowns and Diatoric Teeth. Condit, C. H., 1911, p. 300. Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. Pyper, P. A., 1912, p. 300. Models Illustrating Newer Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. Bram- well, C. H., 1912, p. 305. Bridge and Crown Anchorage. Olmsted, A., 1912, p. 305. Removable Bridges; Attachment for Porcelain Crowns. Grant, J. C, 1912, p. 305. Some Practical Hints in Crown and Bridge Work. Pearce, J. H., 1912, p. 307. A System* of Making Gold Crowns and Bridges. (Cast Cusps.) Las- bury, V., 1912, p. 308. D331 Crowns. Papers and Discussions. Pivot Teeth. Swain, E. D., 1873, p. 118; Disc, p. 127. Metallic Crowns. Morrison, W. N., 1882, p. 55; 8 Illus.; Disc, p. 60. Porcelain-faced Metallic Crowns. Matteson, A. E., 1883, p. 133; 1 Illus. A Lecture on the Rationale of Constructing and Attaching Artificial Crowns to Natural Roots of Teeth. Patrick, J. J. R., 1888, p. 202; 2 Illus. New Methods for Producing Bicuspid Band Crowns with Porcelain Fac- ings and Cusps. Cigrand, B. J., 1896, p. 29; 13 Illus.; Disc, p. 33. A Gold Crown with Carved Solid Cusps. Nyman, J. E., 1900, p. 59; Disc, p. 62. Cervical Outline Preservation and Crowns. Phillips, D. R., 1904, p. 117; Disc, p. 126. The Bandless Porcelain Crown. Pritchett, R. A., 1904, p. 161; 5 Illus.; Disc, p. 165. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 108 Clinics. Porcelain Faced Crown. Mattescn, A. E., 1883, p. 152. Gold Crown. Patrick, J. J. R., 1888, p. 132. Gold and Platinum Crown. Gilmer, T. L., 1888, p. 133. Gold Crown. Calle, E. B., 1889, p. 141. Porcelain Crown. Wikoff, B. D., 1889, p. 141. Porcelain Faced Crown. Davis, K. B., 1891, p. 179. An Ingenious Method of Attaching Crowns. Harlan, A. W., 1891, p. ISO. Demonstration of a Method of Articulating Crowns with Models, Etc. Perry, E. J., 1892, p. 148. Demonstration of a Method of'Producing Porcelain Faced Bicuspids and Extracted Roots with Gutta-percha, Drawings, Etc. McCandless, A. W., 1892, p. 148. Gold Crown. Eshelman, B. F., 1893, p. 165. Porcelain Faced Crown. Hollingsworth, J. G., 1893, p. 165. Bands for Logan Crowns. Fullerton, K. M., 1893, p. 167. Porcelain Crown. Thompson, C. N., 1894, p. 156. Exhibition of Gold Crowns. Shryock, W. W., 1894, p. 156. Gold Crown. Pfeifer, Josephine D., 1895, p. 184. Porcelain Crown. Matteson, A. E., 1895, p. 183. Porcelain Crowns. Le Cron, D. O. M., 1895, p. 185. Porcelain Crown. Mcintosh, F. H., 1895, p. 186. An Accurate Process for Fitting Bands to Badly Decayed Roots. Tag- gart, W. H., 1896, p. 123. A Porcelain Faced Bicuspid Crown. Peck, A. H., 1896, p. 124. Upper Central Incisor Crown. Newsome, B., 1896, p. 126. Porcelain Faced Crown Without Heating Facing. Wikoff, B. D., 189 7, p. 205. Porcelain Crown. Schwartz, G. W., 1898, p. 186. Preparation of Roots for Porcelain Crowns. McCandless, A. W., 1898, p. 188. Platinum Band Fitted for Porcelain Crown, Using Pure Gold Solder. Thomas, G. A., 1898, p. 188. Porcelain Crown. Nyman, J. E., 1898, p. 190. Gold Crown. Sawyer, C. B., 1898, p. 190. Intra-dental Band. Cigrand, B. J., 1898, p. 195. Gold Crown. Roe, F. A., 1899, p. 106. Gold Crowns. Stewart, L. K., 1899, p. 115. Porcelain Crown. Cigrand. B. J., 1899, p. 115. Porcelain Crown. Custer, L. E., 1899, p. 116. Setting Logan Crown with Gold Band. Dorn, C. P., 1899, p. 116. Cleavage of Enamel Preparatory to Crowning. Johnson, A. G., 1900, p. 172. Porcelain Crown. Hancock, J. E., 1901, p. 134. Building Up Broken Down Bicuspids and Molars Preparatory to Re- ceiving a Gold Crown. Mcintosh, F. H., 1901, p. 136. Seamless Gold Crown. Shryock, W. W., 1901, p. 138. Porcelain Crown. Nyman, J. E., 1901, p. 140. A Porcelain Crown Built Solidly from the Platinum Cap to the Proper Occlusion Without the Use of the Ordinary Facing Soldered to the Cap. Girling, W., 1902, p. 165. A Method of Anchoring Screw Posts in Frail Roots and Badly Broken Down Bicuspids and Molars. Brunson, G. M., 1902, p. 166. Porcelain Crown. Nyman, J. E., 1902, p. 169. Davis Banded Porcelain Crown. Schwartz, G. W., Supplement 1903, p. 5. Crown and Bridge Work. Miller, O. H., Supplement 1903, p. 12. Davis Crown. Combs, H. J., 1904, p. 30. Open Faced Crown. Jones, C. E., 1904, p. 30. Porcelain Crown. Weatherwax, W. J., 1904, p. 33. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 109 An Improved Method of Adapting Porcelain Crowns Without a Band. Pritchett, R. A., 1905, p. 220. An Attachment for Davis Crown to First Bicuspid. Browning, H. O., 1905, p. 220. A New Method of Adapting a Metal Pitting to the Prepared End of an Anterior Root. Haas, Alfred, 1905, p. 222. Gold Cuspids and Incisors and Articulating Molars and Bicuspids With- out Facings. Crigler, J. W., 1905, p. 226. Porcelain Crown. Cheeseman, F. B., 1905, p. 229. Baked Porcelain Crown. Gethro, F. W., 1905, p. 229. Porcelain Crown with Gold Coping. Combs, H. J., 1905, p. 229. Swaging Cope for Davis Crown. Starbuck, A. W., 1905, p. 229. All Porcelain Shell Crown. Ladewich, Louis, p. 279. Seamless Shell Crowns with Individually Carved Cusps. Boone, H. W., 1906, p. 281. Banded Logan Crown Demonstrated with Giant Models. Brosman, W. H., 1906, p. 281. Seamless Gold Crown. Brown, G. E., 1906, p. 287. The Removal and Repair of Shell Crowns. Parker, F. W., 1906, p. 288. Baked Porcelain Brown Without Soldering Pins to Facing. Morey, C. L., 1906, p. 293. Porcelain Jacket Crown. Powell, C. B., 1906, p. 293. Contour That a Properly Shaped Artificial Crown Should Have. Ditt- mar, G. W., 1907, p. 228. Porcelain Jacket Crown. Young, W. B., 1907, p. 228. Porcelain Jacket Crown. Ladewich, L., 1907, p. 228. Accurate Fit of Cope for Porcelain Shell Crown. Harned, M. R., 1907, p. 234. Porcelain Jacket Crown. Powell, C. B., 1907, p. 235. Porcelain Jacket Crown. Frank, H. J., 1908, p. 261. Demonstrating Root Preparation for Bandless Detachable Pin, Por- celain Crown. Hughes, B. N., 1908, p. 262. Casting Gold Cope for Detached-Post Crowns. Smith, A. G., 1908, p. 263. Gold Crown with Porcelain Cusp. Van Dervoort, B. M., 1908, p. 263. Richmond Bicuspid Crown. Luthringer, J. P., 1908, p. 265. Cast Base Porcelain Crown. Roach, F. E., 1908, p. 270. Carved Cusps in Mettaline Compound. Davis, L. P., 1908, p. 273. Porcelain Jacket Crown. Schneider, A. E., 1909, p. 232. Method of Making a Cast Gold Crown. Sims, S. C, 1909, p. 40. Porcelain Bicuspid Crown with Reenforced Root and Lingual Cusp. Whalem, W. F., 1910, p. 265. Porcelain Crown. Sitherwood, G. D., 1910, p. 266. Cement Model from Which a Cast Base for Replaceable Porcelain Crown is Obtained. Tilden, M. C, 1910, p. 269. Diatoric Teeth with Cast Bases as Crowns for Molars. Bachman, H. P., 1911, p. 289. Moldine Models of Bell-shaped Teeth in Making Seamless Crowns. Broman, A. A., 1911, p. 289. Double Dowel for Bicuspids and Molars. Burkhardt, W. G., 1911, p. 290. Cast Gold Crown for Close Bite Posterior Teeth. Hoskins, T. S., 1911, p. 293. Porcelain Crown, Using Detached Post. Weart, E. R., 1911, p. 295. Acolite Casting for Porcelain Crowns. Foster, W. E., 1911, p. 301. Removable Band for Porcelain Work. Heaton, J. A., 1911, p. 302. The Tompkin's All Porcelain Crown Recommended for Anterior Teeth. Leonard, J. P., 1911., p. 303. Jacket Crowns. Schneider, A. E., 1911, p. 305. Short Method of Getting Perfect Occlusion for Gold Crown. Winters, M. E., 1911, p. 306. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 110 Bicuspid Jacket Crown, Porcelain or Platinum Jacket. Schwartz, G. W., 1912, p. 290. A Crown, Using Ludwig's Anchor with Porcelain Cast on Same. Mc- intosh, F. H., 1912, p. 291. Seamless Gold Crown. Lundy, L. T., 1912, p. 291. A Quick Method of Carving Cusp for Shell Crown. Bowyer, S. P., 1912, p. 291. The Only Two Prophylactic Crowns in Dentistry To-day. Schneider, A. E., 1912, p. 294. Root Preparation and Construction of Base for Cast Base Crown. Jacobs, J. E., 1912, p. 295. Post for Lateral Incisor Porcelain Crown. Tharp, H., 1912, p. 295. A Coping with Countersunk Band Either Swaged or Cast. Kern, E. L., 1912, p. 295. The Uses of the Gilmore Clasp as Applied to Plate and Crown Work. Hazell, E. F., 1912, p. 296. Bandless Molar Crowns. Hine, C. L., 1912, p. 299. Metal Base for Davis Crown. Head, L. D., 1912, p. 300. Helpful Hints on Porcelain Davis Crown. Shaw, W. M., 1912, p. 306. Cast Base Crown. Gould, E. E., 1913, p. 255. Building up of Broken Down Roots Using Weston's New Metal. Hillier, C. W., 1913, p. 257. A Short Accurate Method of Adapting a Porcelain Crown. Wilkes, A. M., 1913, p. 264. D332 Bridges. Papers and Discussions. Bridge Work. Disc, 1890, p. 145. Porcelain Bridge Work. Goslee, H. J., 1905, p. 198; Disc, p. 205. Clinics. Exhibition of Two Cases of Bridge Work. Taggart, W. H., 1891, p. 178. Exhibition of Samples of Teeth as Prepared for Mounting on a Bridge. Hunt, A. O., 1891, p. 180. Exhibition of Two Bridges. Fisher, J. W., 1892, p. 148. Bridge Work. Lakin, S. W., 1895, p. 183. Porcelain Bridge Work and Exhibition of an Electric Furnace. Tag- gart, W. H., 1895, p. 185. Replacing a Missing Second Bicuspid. Smith, A. G., 1896, p. 125; Disc, p. 134. Vulcanite Teeth for Bridge Work. Brigham, E. T., 1897, p. 205. Bridge Attachments to Teeth with Living Pulps. Wassail, J. W., 1898, p. 189. Attachment for Bridge to Anterior Teeth Without Amputation of Nat- ural Crown. Duncan, S. F., 1899, p. 104. Porcelain Bridge. Nyman, J. E., 1899, p. 112. Bridge Work. Sitherwood, G. D., 1899, p. 117. Bridge with Open Face Crown Attachment. Bridges, J. S., 1899, p. 123. Bridge Work. Wikoff, B. D., 1901, p. 136. Gold Dummy. Wilson, J. D., 1904, p. 28. Post Inlay Attachment for Anterior Bridge. Stewart, E. H., 1905, p. 217. Invisible Bridge Attachment. Browning, H. O., 1905, p. 220. Gold Bridge. Wendell, P. J., 1905, p. 226. Removable Bridge. Schwartz, G. W., 1905, p. 226. Bridge Work. Breene, F. T., 1905, p. 229. Method of Anchoring Bridge for Restoration of Lower Incisor Lost Through Absorption. Snyder, C. L., 1906, p. 281. For index and key to classification nnmbers, see pink appendix. Ill A Method of Making Zinc or Babbit Metal Die Direct from Impression of the Mouth. Bullard, J. A., 1906, p. 286. A System of Bridge Work that Has Never Been Patented. Smith, B. M., 1906, p. 290. The Anchoring of Porcelain Bridges with Gold and Platinum Inlays. Willett, R. C, 1906, p. 290. Brewster's Replaceable Bridge Teeth. Baker, T. T., 1906, p. 292. Brewster's Replaceable Teeth. Keel, F. W., 1906, p. 292. Bridge Work. Evans, E. T., 1907, p. 228. Lingual Concealed Abutment Attachments for Anterior Bridges. Fell- man, W. O., 1907, p. 231. Anterior Bridge, Concealed Attachments, Two-Tooth Effect in Three- quarter Space. Philips, D. R., 1907, p. 235. Pontoon Bridge Work. Roach, F. E., 1907, p. 236. Practice Case of Removable Bridge Work. Keel, F. W., 1908, p. 259. Bridge Abutment on a Cuspid. Kennedy, G. L., 1908, p. 263. Exhibit of Sanitary Bridge for Lower Jaw. Wendell, P. J., 1908, p. 265. A Simple Method of Removing Bridges Without Mutilating the Abut- ments. Baker, T. T., 1908,, p. 266. Vulcanite Teeth in Bridge Work. Griffin, T. A., 1908, p. 266. Method of Replacing Bicuspid with a Bridge, Without Devitalizing or Using an Inlay in the Cuspids. Smith, B. M., 1908, p. 267. Showing Construction in Detail of Cast Bridge, Using Diatoric Teeth. Orr, H. Nelson, 1908, p. 267. Ordinary Facings as Replaceable Teeth in Cast Bridge Work. Bryant, L. F., 1908, p. 269. Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Bridges and Inlays. Johnson, C. N., 1908, p. 270. Strengthening Inlay Abutment for Bridge Work. Willett, R. C, 1909, p. 240. Replacing an Incisor Immediately after Extraction. McClure, T. H., 1909, p. 243. Steel Removable Facing. Rowdybush, R. F., 1910, p. 266. Gold Cast Dummy, Using Steel Facings. Bowyer, S. P., 1910, p. 270. Method of Paralleling Abutments. Bryant, L. F., 1911, p. 290. Technic in Use of Diatoric Teeth in Bridge Work. Lind, C. L., 1911, p. 293. Inlay Abutment for Bridge Work. Coolidge, E. D., 1911, p. 300. Uses of Diatoric Teeth in Bridge Work. Davis, L. L., 1911, p. 301. Models Showing Method of Preparation of Teeth with Vital Pulps, and Gold Attachments to Same for Bridges. Fellman, W, O., 1911, p. 301. Removable Bridges. Kelly, J. L., 1911, p. 302. Some Reliable Abutments. Haskins, G. W., 1911, p. 308. Inlav Swing Bridge, Replacing Upper First Bicuspid; Inlay Abutments on Vital Teeth. Hodgson, E. S., 1912, p. 294. Accurate Method of Taking Impression and Bite for Bridge Work. Jordan, L. E., 1912, p. 304. Bridge Abutment. Stordock, P. G., 1913, p. 259. Anchorage for Fillings Intended as Abutments for Bridge Work. Hoover, W. A., 1913, p. 262. D34 Obturators and Similar Appliances. Papers and Discussions. Soft Rubber Palates for Congenital Clefts. Case, C. S., 1889, p. 154; 1 Illus. The Velum Obturato. Case, C. S., 1903, p. 46; Disc, p. 52. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 112 Clinics. Exhibited Models, Dies, Impression Cusps, Etc. Used in the Making of Artificial Vela and Obturators for Cleft Palate. Case, C. S., 1889, p. 142. Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. Case, C. S., 1899, p. 108. New Form of Artificial Palate. Case, C. S., 1902, p. 165. Velum Obturator. Case, C. S., Supplement, 1903, p. 10. D38 Dental Chemistry. Papers and Discussions. Chemistry. Taggart, W. H., 1884, p. 146; Disc, p. 153. D39 Dental Metallurgy. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 113 D4 ORTHOPEDIC DENTISTRY. Papers and Discussions. Irregularities of the Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 21. Irregularities. Cushing, G. H., 1877, p. 114; 4 Illus. Regulating Teeth. Patrick, J. J. R., 1882, p. 163; 1 Illus.; Disc, p. 167. Best Methods of Correcting Irregularities. Morrison, W. N., 1883, p. 128; Disc, p. 131. Irregularities in Human Teeth; Or, Dental Teratology. Patrick, J. J. R., 1884, p. 127; 17 Illus. A Case in Practice. Irregularities. Pritchett, T. W., 1885, p. 130. Regulating Appliances. Roberts, N. J., 1887, p. 29; 3 Illus.; Disc, p. 34. Dental Morphyology and the Etiology of Irregularities. Patrick, J. J., R., 1S88, p. 83; 5 Illus.; Disc, p. 91. Efficiency and Simplicity in Regulating Appliances. Angle, E. H., 1891, p. 144; Disc, p. 146. Orthodontia: A Practical Case. Case, C. S., 1892, p. 84; 16 Illus.; Disc, p. 89. Reciprocation of Force in Orthodontia. Case, C. S., 1894, p. 108; 10 Illus.; Disc, p. 118. Abnormal Lateral Bite. Case, C. S., 1895, p. 159; 4 Illus. The Relation of the Teeth to the Lips and Face. Hunt, A. O., 1897, p. 146; Disc, p. 150. Principles of Force and Anchorage in the Movement of Teeth. Case, C. S., 1897, p. 171; Disc, p. 182. New Methods and Appliances in Orthodontia. Case, C. S., 1898, p. 81; 20 Illus.; Disc, p. 97. Orthodontia. MacDowell, J. N., 1901, p. 47; Disc, p. 49. Relation of the General Practitioner to Orthodontia. Barrett, T. H., 1903, p. 22; Disc, p. 29. Some Common Mistakes in Orthodontia. Lourie, L. S., 19 07, p. 121; Disc, p. 126. The Index of Personality. Noyes, F. B., 1910, p. 133; Disc, p. 149. Some Psychological Phenomena Attending Orthodontia. Harned, M. R., 1911, p. 114; Disc, p. 135. Orthodontia in the Smaller Cities. Conroy, J. K., 1911, p. 117; Disc, p. 135. Regulating Teeth. Munroe, G., 1911, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. Retention in Orthodontia. Burrill, J. A., 1911, p. 125; Disc, p. 135. Clinics. Exhibition of Models Representing Irregularities and Method of Recti- fying. Campbell, J., 1892, p. 148. Orthodontia. Exhibition of a Torch. Matteson, A. E., 1892, p. 148. Regulating Appliance. Corbett, C. C, 1895, p. 184. Appliances for Regulating and Retaining the Teeth. Case, C. O, 1897, p. 187. Orthodontia. Sitherwood, G. D., 1898, p. 190. Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. Case, C. S., 1899, p. 108. Set of Models for Diagnosing Orthodontia Cases. Angle, E. H., 1899, p. 116. Immediate Regulation. James, A. F., 1899, p. 117. Orthodontia. MacDowell, J. N., 1900, p. 170. Casts Showing the Mai-Formation and Occlusion in Consequence of Premature Extraction of the Deciduous Molars. Taylor, C. R., 1900, p. 174. Orthodontia. Case, C. S.. 1901, p. 140. Mai-Occlusion Resulting from Illtimed Extraction.' McMillan, H. W., Supplement 1903, p. 4. Orthodontia. Case, C. S., 1904, p. 30. Regulating Bands. Sitherwood, G. D., 1904, p. 32. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 114 Orthodontia Models. Lourie, L. S., 1906, p. 280. Orthodontia; On Impacted Teeth, Their Diagnosis and Treatment. Lischer, B. E., 1906, p. 282. A Simple Method of Jumping the Bite of One or More Teeth. Tor- rence, L. B., 1906, p. 293. Two Orthodontia Cases. Munroe, G., 1908, p. 259. Orthodontia Wrench, Direct and Reverse Acting. Brown, G. E., 1908, p. 272. Means of Getting an In-locked Incisor into Position. Bates, C. D., 1909, p. 236. Raising the Bite with a Cast Gold Inlay. Hugo, C. J., 1910, p. 265. Orthodontia. Grisamore, T. L., 1910, p. 268. Model Making for Orthodontia. Burrill, J. A., 1910, p. 268. Orthodontia Models. Fahrney, S. W., 1911, p. 291. Orthodontia. Grisamore, T. L., 1911, p. 302. Simple Regulating Appliances for Common Irregularity. Hoover, W. S., 1911, p. 302. Apparatus Used in Extracting Teeth. Hall, Alfred, 1911, p. 302. Orthodontia, Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. Willett, R. C, 1911, p. 307. Exhibit of Mai-Occlusion. Baldwin, J. O., 1912, p. 296. Orthodontia, Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. Willett, R. C., 1912, p. 302. Bilateral Resection of the Mandible. Models and Charts of a Case. Eisenstaedt, J., 1912, p. 307. Dental Radiograph. Ream, F. K., 1909, p. 238. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Value of the X-ray in Dentistry. Lewis, R. I., 1912, p. 299. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 115 D5 ORAL. HYGIENE. Papers and Discussions. Dental Hygiene. Richards, W. P., 1881, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. A Survey of Oral Hygiene. Bentley, C. E., 1912, p. 208; Disc, p. 213. Clinics. Effect on Tooth Enamel of Mechanical Brushing with Pumice and Water, Equal to About Eighty or Ninety Years of Brushing by Hand. Arnold, L. H., 1911, p. 297. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 116 D6 DENTAL PATHOLOGY AND TREATMENT. DIAGNOSIS. Papers axd Discussions. Some Enquiries Relative to the Need of the Profession for a Text-book on Dental Pathology. Cushing, G. H., 1871, p. 93; Disc, p. 102. D6a Dental Bacteriology. Articles Applying to Bacteri- ology of a Particular Subject, Classified with Subject. Papers and Discussions. Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. Demonstrations with Incubator, Etc., and Lectures Each Day of the Meeting. Black, G. V., 1886, p. 180; 5 Illus. Micro-organisms. Demonstrations with Incubator, Etc., and Lectures Each Day of the Meeting. Black, G. V., 1887, p. 162. Dental Histology and Micro-organisms. Disc, p. 150. Results of Experiments in Bacteriology. (Antiseptics.) Peck, A. H., 1897, p. 189. Microbiology and Office Clinic. Sitherwood, G. D., 1901, p. 90. Some Phases of Bacteriological Infection of the Human Mouth. Cook, G. W., 1912, p. 154; Disc, p. 164. Clinics. Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. Black, G. V., 1S86, p. 180; 5 Illus. Micro-organisms. Black, G. V., 1887, p. 162. Bacteriology. Cook, G. W., Supplement 1903, p. 9. D601 Systemic Condition and the Teeth. Pregnancy. Effects of Drugs on the Teeth. Tobacco, See Also 613.84. (Diseases in Connection with Dentition, See D17. Foods and Diet in Relation to the Teeth, See 013.8. Conditions of Saliva in Rela- tion to the Teeth, See 612.311. Gouty and Uric Acid Diathesis, Etc., See D64.) Papers and Discussions. Diseased Conditions; Their Effects Upon the Teeth. Black, G. V., 1873, p. 129; Disc, p. 143. Pathological Conditions of the Teeth, and Their Effect Upon the Gen- eral System. Davis, J. A. W., 1876, p. 31; Disc, p. 34. The Effect of Eruptive Diseases on the Teeth. Patrick, J. J. R., 1893, p. 25; Disc, p. 31. A Good Set of Teeth One of the Most Important Attributes of Man. Peck, A. H., 1910, p. 156; Disc, p. 163. D602 Deciduous Teeth. (Absorption of Roots of Decid- uous Teeth, See Dll. Diseases in Connection with Dentition, See D17.) Papers and Discussions. Proper Method of Treatment of Decay in Deciduous Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 6. Under What Circumstances Should Deciduous Teeth Be Extracted to Avoid an Improper Arrangement of the Permanent Teeth? 1866, p. 7. Treatment of Deciduous Teeth. Disc, 1866, p. 12. Observed Effects of the Premature Extraction of the Temporary Teeth. Freeman, A. W., 1868, p. 38; Disc, p. 39. , For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 117 Care of Children's Teeth Between the Ages of Six and Fifteen. White, P. E., 1873, p. 145; Disc, p. 153. Operative Dentistry as Applied to Deciduous Teeth. Morrison, W. N., 1887, p. 130; Disc, p. 133. The Care of the Deciduous Teeth. Entsminger, G. W., 1890, p. 120; Disc, p. 121. Calcification a Controlling Factor in the Treatment of the Teeth. Mun- roe, G., 1900, p. 94; Disc, p. 97. Preservation of the Deciduous Teeth. Harrison, A. M., 1903, p. 61; Disc, p. 68. Our Younger Patients. Munroe, G., 1906, p. 40; Disc, p. 47. Clinics. Saving Children's Teeth by the Use of Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement. Parker, R. W., 1908, p. 261. D61 Diseases of Enamel and Dentin. Caries. (Filling Teeth, Filing Teeth, Separation of Teeth, Inlays and Mechanical Procedures in Treatment of Caries, See D22 and D23. Effects of Foods, In- cluding Sugars, on the Teeth, See 613.2. Condi- tions of Saliva in Relation to Caries, See 612.31.) Papers and Discussions. Causes and Prevention of Diseases of the Teeth. Cushing, G. H., 1S66, p. 12; Disc, p. 12. Dental Caries. Crouse, J. N., 1869; Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 272; Disc, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 276. Dental Caries. Koch, C. R. E., 1871, p. 14; Disc, p. 27. Prevention and Treatment of Decay on Proximal Surfaces of the Teeth. Cushing, G. H., 1873, p. 170; Disc, p. 188. The Part Which Vital Action Plays in the History of Dental Caries. Chase, H. S., 1873, p. 106; Disc, p. 110. Diseased Conditions: Their Effect Upon the Teeth. Black, G. V., 1873, p. 129; Disc, p. 143. Unusual Cases in Practice. Caries. Waide, A. J., 1S73, p. 193. Etiology of Dental Caries. Harlan, A. W., 1874, p. 59; Disc, p. 67. Some Points in the Natural History of Caries of the Teeth, and the Value of Filling for Its Arrest. Black, G. V., 1880, p. 77; Disc, p. 100. Suggestions Relative to the Cause of Rapid Dental Decay. Spalding, C. W., 1881, p. 155; Disc, p. 167. High Civilization Not the Cause of Tooth Decay. Patrick, J. J. R., 1882, p. 133; 1 Illus.; Disc, p. 160. The Incipiency of Dental Caries. Ottofy, Louis, 1883, p. 57; Disc, p. 64. Oral Chemistry. (Dental Caries.) Reid, J. G., 1886, p. 139; Disc, p. 143. Dental Histology and Micro-organisms. Disc, p. 150. Experimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents in Living Teeth and Pulpless Teeth. Harlan, A. W., 1891, p. 126; Disc, p. 13^5. Etiology of Dental Caries. Peck, A. H., 1894, p. 25; Disc, p. 33. Calcification a Controlling Factor in the Treatment of the Teeth. Mun- roe, G., 1900, p. 94; Disc, p. 97. Preventive Dentistry. Newkirk, G., 1901, p. 92; Disc, p. 98. A Presentation of Some Conditions of Caries of the Enamel. Noyes, F. B., 1908, p. 198; Disc, p. 226. Some Conclusions Growing Out of a Study of the Cause of Dental Caries. Jones, C. E., 1911, p. 252; Disc, p. 280. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 118 Clinics. Diagnosis of Obscure Caries. McMillan, H. W., 1907, p. 225. D61a First Permanent Molars. Papers and Discussions. Proper Treatment of the First Permanent Molars. Disc, 1866, p. 7. Treatment of Six-Year Molars. Disc, 1866, p. 15. Treatment of Six-Year Molars. Kilbourne, E. H., 1868, p. 35; Disc, p. 36. Treatment of Sixth Year Molars. Swain, E. D., 1868, p. 35; Disc, p. 36. Treatment of Sixth Year Molars. Smith, C. S., 1868, p. 35; Disc, p. 36. Sixth Year Molars. Report of Special Committee. Kilbourne, E. H., 1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 268. Extraction of First Molars. Harlan, A. W., 1879, p. 109; Disc, p. 111. The First Molar. Allen, E. H., 1890, p. 127; Disc, p. 130. First Permanent Molar. Crouse, J. N., 1902, p. 122; Disc, p. 125. D611 Sensitive Dentin. (Electricity in Treatment, See 615.84.) Papers and Discussions. Sensitive Dentine. 1867; Disc, p. 31. Penetration of Dentine by Fluids Under Pressure. Johnston, W. A,, 1905, p. 122; Disc, p. 132. Painless Dentistry. Harned, M. R., 1913, p. 231; Disc, p. 236. Clinics. A Hot Vapor Pain Obtunder. Milton, S. A., 1890, p. 165. Painless Preparation of Sensitive Cavities Using Novocaine and Adre- nalin. Kennedy, G. L., 1913, p. 255. D613 Abrasion. Papers and Discussions. Odontotripsis. (Abrasion.) Mowbray, R. C, 1869, Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 279. Abrasion and Erosion. Koch, C. R. E., 1873, p. 37; Disc, p. 62. Clinics. Method of Cavity Preparation for Abraded or Fractured Anterior Teeth. Tym, W. B., 1910, p. 271. The Excessive Abrasion and Destruction of Tooth Substance by Strong Bite was Restored by Extensive Restoration by Means of Inlay Work. Munroe, G., 1912, p. 297. D614 Erosion. (Conditions of Saliva in Relation to Ero- sion, See 612.311.) Papers and Discussions. Abrasion and Erosion. Koch, C. R. E., 1873, p. 37; Disc, p. 62. Effect on Tooth Enamel of Mechanical Brushing with Pumice and Water, Equal to About Eighty or Ninety Years of Brushing by Hand. Arnold, L. H., 1911, p. 297. D615 Atrophy. Hypoplasia. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 119 D62 Diseases of Cementum. Excementosis. Absorp- tions of Roots of Deciduous Teeth, See Dll.) D621 Excementosis. D622 Absorptions. D63 Diseases of Dental Pulp. (Treatment, See D24. Pulp Nodules, See D612.) ■ Papers and Discussions. Bacteriological Investigation of Pulp Gangrene. Cook, G. W., 1899, p. 19;' Disc, p. 23. A Brief Review of the Chemistry of Pulp Decomposition with a Rational Treatment for this Condition and Its Sequelae. Buckley, J. P., 1907, p. 36; Disc, p. 148. Putrefaction and Pathological Changes in Tissue. Cook, G. W., 1908, p. 116; Disc, p. 125. D64 Diseases of Peridental Membrane. Gouty and Uric Acid Diathesis, Etc. (Replantation for Cure of Diseases of Peridental Membrane, See D73. Sali- vation, See 615.927.) Papers and Discussions. Treatment of Diseased Gums and Alveolar Processes. Disc, 1866, p. 10%. Receding of the Gums in Persons of Middle Age; Cause and Treat- ment. Willson, O., 1868, p. 38; Disc, p. 38. Phagedena Pericementi. Black, G. V., 1882, p. 93; Disc, p. 110. Recent Additions to the Therapeutics of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, A. W., 1893, p. 61; Disc, p. 64. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Wassail, J. W., 1897, p. 31; Disc, p. 36. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Peck, A. H., 1900, p. 36; Disc, p. 45. Practical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. James, Austin F., 1905, p. 52; Disc, p. 56. Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. Beck, Rudolph, 1910, p. 171; Disc. p. 190. Chronic Oral Infections Associated with Teeth; and Their Treatment. Logan, W. H. G., 1913, p. 106; Disc, p. 128. Clinics. Method of Treating Pyorrhea Alveolaris by Electrolysis. Ames, W. V-B., 1887, p. 112. Operation for the Renewal of Receded Gums. Harlan, A. W., 1890, p. 162. Antiseptic Paste of inc Sulphate. Ames, W. V-B., 1890, p. 164. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, A. W., 1896, p. 124; Disc, p. 130. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Lawrance, R. N., 1897, p. 201. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Good, Robert, 1899, p. 111. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, A. W., 1899, p. 111. Method of Reproducing Gum Tissue. Carpenter, G. T., 1899, p. 120. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Wassail, J. W., 1899, p. 123. Surgical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Cook, G. W., 1900, p. 171. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Good, Robert, 1900, p. 172. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Harlan, A. W., 1901, p. 134. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Good, Robert, 1901, p. 137. Pyorrhea at Root Bifurcations and Its Treatment with Oxyphosphate of Copper. Carpenter, E. R., 1901, p. 137. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 120 Individual Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. Cook, G. W., 1902, p. 162. The Use of Kowarska's Cement as a Splint for Loose Teeth. Hinkins, J. E., 1902, p. 164. Treating and Wiring Loose Teeth. Sitherwood, G. D., 1902, p. 168. Pyorrhea Treatment. Good, Robert, 1904, p. 27. Treating Sensitive Teeth. Taylor, C. R., 1904, p. 32. Hints in the Prevention and Treatment of So-Called Pyorrhea. White- field, G. W., 1905, p. 216. Radium in the Treatment of Receded Gums, or Partial Atrophy of the Gums About the Necks of the Teeth. Beck, R., 1905, p. 216. Pyorrhea. Logan, W. H. G., 1905, p. 229. A Permanent Mechanical Fixture for Holding Loose Teeth. Sitherwood, G. D., 1906, p. 285. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris and Prophylaxis. James, Austin F., 1907, p. 232. Case of Pyorrhea. Logan, W. H. G., 1908, p. 259. Instrumentation in Prophylaxis and the Treatment of Pyorrhea. James, A. F., 1908, p. 260. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. McCallin, S., 1909. p. 231. Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. Skinner, F. H., 1909, p. 238. Cast Splint for Loose Teeth. Hine, C. L., 1909, p. 241. Case with Pyorrhea Pocket. Harned, M. R., 1910, p. 268. Tooth Replantation or Root Amputation as Indicated in Pyorrhea Alve- olaris. Logan, W. H. G., 1911, p. 286. Oral Prophylaxis and Pyorrhea Alveolaris. James, A. F., 1911, p. 287. Retaining Appliance for Loose Teeth. Stewart, L. K., 1911, p. '295. Treatment of Pyorrhea Demonstrating Use of Logan-Buckley Instru- ments. Buscho, W. A., 1911, p. 296. A Cast Splint for Lower Loosened Anterior Teeth. Tym, W. B., 1911, p. 305. Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. Miller, G. A., 1912, p. 289. Pyorrhea Toothbrush. Funk, L. L., 1912, p. 293. Pyorrhea. James, A. F., 1912, p. 302. D641 Calculus, Deposits, Stains, Removal of Same. (Cal- culi and Diseases of Salivary Glands and Ducts, See 616.31.) Papers and Discussions. Salivary Calculus and Its Removal. Marriner, J. F., 1883, p. 31; Disc, p. 36. Clinics. Removal of Deposits. Cattell, D. M., 1889, p. 143. Exhibition of a Set of Scalers. Newkirk, G., 1892, p. 148. Instruments for Removal of Deposits. Hinkins, J. E., 1899, p. 112. Pyorrhea Instruments. Lawrance, R. N., 1908, p. 263. Method of Using Tartar Solvent. Bowman, F. H., 1909, p. 237. D65 Alveolar Abscess. (Replantation for Cure of Ab- scess, See D73.) Papers and Discussions. Alveolar Abscess. Disc, 1867, p. 28, Alveolo-Dental Periostitis: Its Causes, Pathology, Diagnosis and Ther- apeutics. Smith, C. S., 1869, Mo. Den. Jnl., p. 308; Disc, p. 319. Alveolar Abscess: Its History, Pathology and Treatment. Judd, H., 1869, p. 321; Disc, p. 328. Alveolar Abscess. Smith, C. S., 1871, p. 109; Disc, p. 123. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 121 Treatment of Teeth with Dead Pulps and Alveolar Abscess. Koch, C. R. E. ( 1880, p. 40; Disc, p. 44. Treatment of Teeth with Dead or Dying Pulps; Also Treatment of Alve- olar Abscess. Townsend, H. H., 1881, p. 28; Disc, p. 41. Peridontitis: Cause and Treatment. Campbell, J., 1882, p. 176; Disc, p. 181. Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. Beck, Rudolph, 1910, p. 171; Disc, p. 190. Clinics. Treatment of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. Sitherwood, G. D., 1883, p. 152. Treatment of Abscess. Dunn, J. Austin, 1888, p. 131. Two Cases of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. Harlan, A. W., 1S88, p. 132. A New Method for Root Amputation. Buckley, J. P., 1911, p. 286. Treatment of Apical Pericementitis by Opening into the Apical Space Through the Outer Wall of the Alveolus. Welch, J. R., 1912, p. 296. Chronic Oral Infections Associated with Teeth; and Their Treatment. Logan, W. H. G., 1913, p. 106; Disc, p. 128. Surgery of Chronic Dento-Alveolar Abscess. Buckley, J. P., 1913, p. 254. D66 Diseases of Soft Tissues of the Mouth. (Hemor- rhage, See D721.) Papers and Discussions. Stomatitis Materna. Wilson, I. P., 1871, p. 40; Disc, p. 44. D661 Systemic Diseases Manifested in the Mouth. Syphi- lis. (Systemic Conditions and the Teeth, See D601. Gouty and Uric Acid Diathesis, See D64.) Papers and Discussions. General Consideration of Syphilis with Special Reference to Differential Diagnosis Between Syphilitic and Non-Syphilitic Lesions as Mani- fested in the Mouth. Logan, W. H. G., 1908, p. 177; Disc, p. 191. D67 Dental and Facial Neuralgia and Reflected Pain. (Facial Paralysis, See 61G.842.) (Surgical Treat- ment of Same, See D77.) Papers and Discussions. Neuralgia. Disc, 1867, p. 30. Facial Neuralgia. Cushing, G. H., 1868, p. 39. Dental Neuralgia. Black, G. V., 1878, p. 26; Disc, p. 40. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 122 D7 ORAL SURGERY. Papers and Discussions. Oral Surgery. Brophy, T. W., 1886, p. 177; Disc, p. 178. Conservatism in Oral Surgery. Brophy, T. W., 1898, p. 147; Disc, p. 151. Clinics. Surgical Clinic. Gilmer, T. L., 1901, p. 138. Surgical Clinic. Brophy, T. W., 1905, p. 229. D71 The Maxillae. Reports of Accident Cases Involving Injuries of the Face and Jaws. •Papers and Discussions. Caries and Necrosis of the Maxillary Bones. Brophy, T. W., 1882, p. 85; Disc, p. 110. D711 Necrosis. Papers and Discussions. Necrosis of Lower Jaw. A Case. Disc, 1871, p. 54, 57, 105. Clinics. Operation. Removal of Necrosed Bone and Necrosed Germ. Black, G. V., 1883, p. 152. Surgical Operation. Necrosis. Brophy, T. W., 1904, p. 30. D712 Caries. (Articles on Both Necrosis and Caries, See D711.) D713 Fractures. Papers and Discussions. Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla. Gilmer, T. L., 1881, p. 67; 40 Illus.; Disc, p. 104. Forty Illustrations for Paper by Dr. T. L. Gilmer on Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla. Black, G. V., 1881, p. 67. Compound Fracture of the Inferior Maxillary. Tibbets, C. J., 1883, p. 125; Disc, p. 127. A Simple Manner of Treating Fracture of the Lower Jaw. Johnston, W. A., 1900, p. 115; Disc, p. 118. • Clinics. Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. Case, C. S., 1899, p. 108. Compound Comminuted Multiple Fracture of Lower Jaw. Van Tuyl, H. I., 1912, p. 290. D714 Dislocations. Papers and Discussions. Closure of the Jaws. Patrick, J. J. R., 1883, p. 100; 4 Illus. D715 Fixations. Trisms., Ankylosis, Arthritis, Etc. (Fix- ations on Account of Impacted Third Molars, See D74.) For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 123 D72 Extraction. (Electricity in Extraction, See 615.84. Local Anaesthetic, See 615.7816.) Papers and Discussions. Extracting Teeth: Indications for It and Best Methods. Murphy, J. D., 1S82, p. 114. Extraction of Teeth. Olson, M. W., 1907, p. 217; Disc, p. 221. Clinics. Extraction of Teeth. Dorn, C. P., 1891, p. 179. Extractions. Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. 165. The Use of Nitrous Oxid in Extracting Teeth. Nevius, L. W., 1900, p. 172: An Extracting Instrument That Was Used Before the Turnkey. Cruise, R. J., 1902, p. 169. A Few Pointers on Instrumentation and the Necessity of the Radiograph in Diagnosis Before Extraction. Allen, A. B., 1909, p. 235. Table Talk on Extraction. Allen, A. B., 1911, p. 289. Extraction of Teeth. Ream, F. K., 1911, p. 297. Extracting Under Somnoform. Collins, O. G., 1912, p. 299. D721 Hemorrhages Following Extraction. Hemorrhage From Soft Tissues of Mouth. (See also 617.41, Arrest of Hemorrhage.) D73 Replantation, Transplantation, Implantation. Papers and Discussions. Transplanting Teeth. Morrison, W. N., 1876, p. 81. Is Implantation a Successful Operation? Disc, 1893, p. 171. Clinics. Implantation. Ottofy, Louis, 1887, p. 112. Replantation. Morrison, W. N., 1888, p. 133. Exhibition of Patient with Tooth Implanted in 1887. Ottofy, Louis, 1S89, p. 145. Implantation. Morrison, W. M., 1893, p. 166. Case of Implantation in 1887. Ottofy, Louis, 1896, p. 128. Replanting for Cure of Pyorrhea. Keefe, J. E., 1899, p. 122. The Technique of Implanting a Silver Root, Showing Case in the Mouth, Orr, H. N., 1906, p. 278. D74 Unerupted and Malposed Teeth. Third Molars. (Orthopedic Treatment, See D4.) Papers and Discussions. Impacted Lower Third Molars. Allen, A. B., 1910, p. 127; Disc, p. 131. Clinics. Models of Impacted Third Molars. Allen, A. B., 1905, p. 218. Use of Dental Engine in Removal of Impacted Lower Third Molars. Ream, F. K., 1906, p. 287. Demonstration of Instruments and Methods in Removal of Impacted Lower Third Molars. Allen, A. B., 1908, p. 262. D75 Plastic Operations. Clinics. Elimination of Scar Following Lip Injury. Gilmer, T. L., 1911, p. 295. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 124 D751 Cleft Palate and Hare Lip. (Obturators, Artificial Vela, Etc., See D34.) Clinics. Cleft Palate. Brophy, T. W., 1901, p. 136. Operation for Cleft Palate. Brophy, T. W., 1906, p. 287. Operation for Cleft Palate. Brophy, T. W., 1906, p. 287. Cleft Palate. Moorehead, P. B., 1910, p. 259. Operation for Cleft Palate and Bilateral Hare Lip. Brophy, T. W., 1911, p. 286. Cleft Palate. Moorehead, F. B., 1912, p. 287. A Case of Double Cleft Palate. Gilmer, T. L., 1912, p. 288. D76 Sinuses of Face, Diseases and Treatment. (Tumors of Antrum, Etc., See D78.) Papers and Discussions. Diseases of the Antrum. Kilbourne, E. H., 1871, p. 126. The Maxillary Sinus and Its Diseases. Gilmer, T. L., 19Q5, p. 75; Disc, p. 86. Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. Beck, R., 1910, p. 171; Disc, p. 190. Clinics. Empyema of the Antrum. Brophy, T. W., 1897, p. 206. Engorgement of the Antrum of Highmore as a Result of Sinusitis. Gilmer, T. L., 1905, p. 218. Bismuth Paste in a Case of Empyema of the Antrum. Beck, R., 1909, p. 241. D77 Surgical Treatment of Dental and Facial Neuralgia. (Pathology and Medical Treatment, See D67.) Clinics. Hypertrophy of the Third Division of Nerves. Brophy, T. W., 18 98, p. 192. Facial Neuralgia. Gilmer, T. L., 1899. Facial Neuralgia. Brophy, T. W., 1899, p. 119. Case Operated Upon for Tri-Facial Neuralgia. Gilmer, T. L., 1900, p. 175. Surgical Operation — Neuralgia. Brophy, T. W., 1904, p. 29. Deep Injection of Alcohol for Relief of Tri-Facial Neuralgia. Potts, H. A., 1908, p. 268. Deep Injection of Alcohol for Relief of Tri-Facial Neuralgia. Potts, H. A., 1909, p. 230. D78 Tumors of Mouth and Face. Ranula, Cysts, Epulis. Papers and Discussions. Unusual Cases in Practice. Two Cases of Tumor of Lower Maxilla. Waide, A. J., 1873, p. 193. Removal of a Tumor from the Antrum Highmorianum. Patrick, J. J. R., 1883, p. 115; 3 Illus. Diagnosis of Oral Tumors. Brophy, T. W., 1887, p. 96; 3 Illus.; Disc, p. 102. Early Diagnosis and in Brief the Treatment of Tumors of the Jaw. Schuhmann, H. H., 1896, p. 72; Disc, p. 82. Removal of an Osteo-Sarcoma. Eames, W. H., 1883, p. 124; Disc, p. 125. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 125 D782 Malignant. Clinics. Removal of Fibrous Tumor. Moorehead, F. B., 1913, p. 253. D783 Benign. Papers and Discussions. An Odontome. Black, G. V., 1879, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. Cyst. Brophy, T. W., 1898, p. 193. Cyst. Moorehead, F. B., 1912, p. 287. Pop index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 126 D8 DENTAL JURISPRUDENCE, ETHICS AND ECONOMICS. Papers and Discussions. Dental Ethics. Dean, M. S., 1871, p. 79; Disc, p. 87. Dental Quacks. Howard, G. O., 1872, p. D34; Disc, p. 42. The Just Demands of the Public Upon Professional Men. dishing, G. H., 1872, p. 85; Disc, p. 90. Thoroughness and Honesty in Dental Operations. Townsend, H. H., 1874, p. 40; Disc, p. 46. Duties of Dentist to Patient; Duties of Patient to Dentist. McCandless, A. W., 1895, p. 87; Disc, p. 100. Professional Ethics Versus Patents. Bentley, C. P., 1902, p. 34; Disc, p. 44. Ethics. Johnson, C. N., 1907, p. 104; Disc, p. 109. Report of the Committee Appointed to Revise the Code of Ethics. Johnson, C. N., 1909, p. 58. A Few Random Thoughts. Rohland, C. B., 1911, p. 70; Disc, p. 80. Thorough and Honest Dentistry. Evans, E. T., 1911, p. 199; Disc, p. 203. Some Thoughts Relative to the Present Status of Dentistry in the Rural Districts and the Outlook for the Future. Blair, E. K., 1912, p. 135; Disc, p. 144. D81 State Laws, Laws of Foreign Countries. Papers and Discussions. Goodyear Dental Vulcanite Co. Cushing, G. H., 1867, p. 32. Propriety of Legislation for the Protection of the People Against Dental Imposition, and for the Encouragement of Scientific Attainments by the Dental Profession. Cushing, G. H., 1870, p. 77; Disc, p. 87. Dental Legislation and Plate Work. Black, G. V., 1870, p. 82; Disc, p. 87, 102. Dental Legislation. Report of the Committee. Cushing, G. H., 1871, p. 7. Dental Legislation. Report of the Committee, 1874, p. 6. Miles, G. S., 1874, p. 93. Dental Legislation. Report of the Committee, 1875, p. 6. Blair, E. K., 1892, p. 66; Disc, p. 71. A Commentary on the Illinois Statutes of 1881, Regulating the Prac- tice of Dentistry. Koch, C. R. E., 1895, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. Dental Legislation. Report of Committee. Koch, C. R. E., 1907, P- 243 Koch, c. R. E., 1908, P- 254 Koch, c. R. E., 1909, p. 48. Koch, c. R. E., 1910, P- 53. Koch, c. R. E., 1911, P- 59. Koch, c. R. E., 1912, P- 65. Koch, c. R. E., 1913, p. 76. D82 State Examining Boards. (Proceedings as a Whole of National Association of Dental Examiners, Etc.) Papers and Discussions. The State Board of Dental Examiners. Toast, Laurance, R. N., 1889, p. 162. The Duties and Obligations of the Members of State Boards of Dental Examiners. Taylor, C R., 1906, p. 127; p. 132. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 127 D83 Litigations. DS4 Army antl Navy Dentists. D85 Dental Protective Associations. D89 Dental Economics. Papers asd Discussions. Dental Fees. Hurtt, J. M., 1872, p. 98. Some Thoughts Respecting the Theory and Ethics of Professional Fees. Noyes, Edmund, 1876, p. 75. A Simple Method of Keeping Daily Records. Rohland, C. L. B., 1895, p. 31; 2 Illus.; Disc, p. 38. Where Shall I Locate, or the Beauties of a Country Practice. Cormany, J. W., 1898, p. 69; Disc, p. 73. The Business Side of the Profession. Pearce, R. M., 1904, p. 155; Disc, p. 158. Advertising in Dentistry; or Commercialism Versus Professionalism. Henderson, G. H., 1905, p. 178; Disc, p. 184. Our Strongest Weakness. Luthringer, J. P., 1906, p. 175; Disc, p. 184. The Dentist of To-morrow. Cormany, J. W., 1907, p. 63; Disc, p. 65. The Prophylactic Treatment for Poverty in Old Age. McMillan, J. D., 1909, p. 154; Disc, p. 161. Some Observations Bearing Upon the Business Side of Dentistry. Whalen, W. F., 1913, p. 138; Disc, p. 145. Clinics. Practical Office Records and Accounts. Arnold, L. H., 1906, p. 283. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 128 THE FOLLOWING ARE WITHOUT THE STRICTLY DENTAL CLAS- SIFICATION (EXCEPT MATERIA MEDIC A AND THERAPEU- TICS) AND THE NUMBERS ARE THOSE OF DEWEY'S DECIMAL CLASSIFICATION. 578 Microscopy. Papers axd Discussions. The Use of the Microscope in Progressive Dentistry. Davis, L. L., 1887, p. 145; Disc, p. 148. 612 Physiology. 612.3 Digestion. Papers and Discussions. Cold-Ground Attrition Flour. Smith, C. S., 1876, p. 81. 612.31 Mouth, Tongue, Saliva, Mastication. Papers and Discussions. Abnormal Secretion. Willson, O., 1871, p. 72; Disc, p. 79. Chemistry of the Oral Secretions and Their Action on the Teeth. Chase, E. C, 1873, p. 56. Record of Tests of Saliva. Cushing, G. H., 1874, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. Record Tests of Saliva. Cushing, G. H., 1875, p. 125. Mastication. Ingersoll, L. C, 1877, p. 55; Disc, p. 64. Saliva: Its Characteristics in Health and Disease. Harlan, A. W., 1880, p. 104; Disc, p. 110. Characteristics of Saliva in Syphilitics. Harlan, A. W., 1881, p. 162; Disc, p. 167. The Human Tongue. Taylor, C. R., 1895, p. 63; Disc, p. 68. Physiological Function of the Saliva. Dicus, J. B., 1901, p. 74; Disc, p. 80. 612.8 Nervous System. Papers and Discussions. Nervous Reflex Action. Newkirk, G., 1880, p. 25; Disc, p. 32. Reflex Pain. Moody, Kate C, 1884, p. 49; Disc, p. 54. Nervous Matter and Principles of Nervous Action. Newkirk, G., 1885, p. 52; 3 Illus.; Disc, p. 60. 612.3 Personal Hygiene. Papers and Discussions. Office Hygiene. Rohland, C. B., 1883, p. 41; Disc, p. 56. 615 Materia Medica and Therapeutics. Papers and Discussions. Notes on Remedies. Harlan, A. W., 1883, p. 147. Notes on New Remedies. Harlan, A. W., 1885, p. 119; Disc, p. 126. Practical Therapeutics, with Notes on the Application of Special Drugs. Harlan, A. W., 1887, p. 74; Disc, p. 78. Dental Medicine. Buckley, J. P., 1905, p. 157; Disc, p. 168. Clinics. Materia Medica. MaWhinney, Elgin. Supplement 1903, p. 6. Dental Drugs. Buckley, J. P., 1904, p. 26. Dental Medicines. Elliot, E., 1913, p. 257. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 129 615.711 Stimulants. Papers and Discussions. Medical Stimulants. Ingersoll, L. C, 1887, p. 86; Disc, p. 92. 615.716 Papers and Discussions. Amyl-Nitrite. Gibbs, A. E., 1879, p. 22; Disc, p. 39. 615.75 Antipyretics. Papers and Discussions. Quinine. Its Uses in Dentistry. Taylor, C. R., 1882, p. 169; Disc. p. 181. 615.775 Escharotics. Papers and Discussions. Escharotics and Coagulants. Harlan, A. W., 1889, p. 113; Disc, p. 120. Carbolic Acid and Creosote — Their Chemistry and Therapeutical Appli- cation to the Practice of Dentistry. Brophy, T. W., 1880, p. 57; Disc, p. 62. 615.778 Antiseptics. Papers and Discussions. Antiseptics and Disinfectants. Harlan, A. W., 1886, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. Results of Experiments in Bacteriology. (Antiseptics.) Peck, A. H., 1897, p. 189. The Essential Oils and Some Other Agents, Their Antiseptic Value, Also Their Irritating and Non-irritating Properties. Peck, A. H., 1898, p. 154; Disc, p. 169. Antiseptics and Disinfectants. MaWhinney, E., 1900, p. 125; Disc, p. 142. Antiseptic, Germicide and Disinfectant. Peck, A. H., 1901, p. 65; Disc, p. 70. The Use of Antiseptics. Black, G. V., 1911, p. 88; Disc, p. 100. 615.781 Anaesthetics. Papers and Discussions. Anaesthesia. Willson, O., 1867, p. 23; Disc, p. 24. Anaesthesia. Cushing, G. H., 1868, p. 39. Anaesthetics in Dentistry. Willson, O., 1869; Mo. Dent. Jnl., p. 331; Disc, p. 340. Anaesthetics. Freeman, A. W., 1879, p. 90; Disc, p. 102. Introduction of Bromide of Ethyl as an Anaesthetic for Dental Pur- poses or Any Very Short Operation. Black, G. V., 1883, p. 67; Disc, p. 68. Things Old, New and Useful in the Operating Room. (Chloroform as an Obtundent.) Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. 82; Disc, p. 93. Local Anaesthetics. Hewett, A. C, 1893, p. .170. Narcotile as a General Anaesthetic. Weld, F. A., 1903, p. 71; Disc, p. 73. A Plea for the More Conservative Use of Anaesthetics, Narcotics and Sedatives in Dental Practice. Pruyn, C. P., 1906, p. 89; Disc, p. 94. Somnoform: Its Use and Few Personal Experiences with It. Ritter, J. W., 1906, p. 200; Disc, p. 207. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 130 Clinics, Use of Cocaine. Pruyn, C. P., 1888, p. 131. Administration of Sulphuric Ether. Palmer, E., 1891, p. 179. Exhibition of an Excellent Method of Generating Gas. Antes, R. H., 1893, p. 166. Nitrous Oxid Gas. Slonaker, J. W., 1901, p. 139. The Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Nitrous Oxid with Hurd's Inhaler and Gold Filling. Skinner, F. H., 1902, p. 168. Narcotile. Weld, F. A., Supplement 1903, p. 14. Nitrous Oxid Gas. Skinner, F. H., Supplement 1903, p. 12. Nitrous Oxid Gas. Harrison, H. E., 1905, p. 217. Extractions with Nitrous Oxid Gas Anaesthesia. Richardson, F. W., 1905, p. 224. A Lesson in Administering Somnoform. De Ford, W. H., 1907, p. 232. Local Injection for Extraction. West, H. C, 1910, p. 268. Somnoform Anaesthesia. McRae, C. A., 1910, p. 268. Apical Injection to Desensitize Pulp for Its Removal or for Painless Cavity Preparation. Bennecke, E. R., 1911, p. 287. Apical Injection to Desensitize Pulp for Its Removal or for Cavity Prep- aration. Bennecke, E. R., 1911, p. 295. Extracting Under Somnoform. Collins, O. G., 1912, p. 299. Nitrous Oxid and Oxygen Anaesthesia. Bernard, F. J., 1912, p. 299. Analgesia Under N 2 and Air. Luxmore, W., 1913, p. 261. G15.84 Electricity, Electro-therapeutics. (Cataphoresis.) Papers and Discussions. Some Applications of Electrolysis in Dentistry. Ames, W. B., 1884, p. 102. Cataphoresis. Moorehead, W. W., 1896, p. 99; Disc, p. 104. To What Extent Are We Justified in Using Cataphoresis and Is There Danger of Injuring the Dental Pulp and Other Tissues by Its Use? Disc, 1897, p. 208. Clinics. Illustrating the Use of a Galvanic Current to Produce Local Anaes- thesia. Davis, J. A. W., 1887, p. 112. Cataphoresis. Keefe, J. E., 1896, p. 124. Electro-Cocain Anaesthesia for Inflamed Pulps. Ames, W. V-B., 1897, p. 203. Cataphoresis. Kennerly, J. H., 1898, p. 187. 615.851 Mind Cure. (Hypnotism.) Papers and Discussions. Dental Spiritualism. Ottofy, L., 1885, p. 74; Disc, p. 83. Clinics. Cavity Preparation, Using Hypnosis as a Means for Entire Relief from Pain. Cowen, W. H., 1909, p. 237. 617.21 Shock. Papers and Discussions. Shock. Newkirk, G., 1896, p. 55; Disc, p. 61. 617.22 Inflammation. Papers and Discussions. Inflammation. Judd, H., 1884, p. 79; Disc, p. 89. Inflammation. Spalding, C. W., 1885, p. 108; Disc, p. 115. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. PART III. PERSONAL INDEX To the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society, 1865-1913. In the preparation of this personal index, an effort has been made to list the names of every person who has been a member of the Society, and also the names of others who have participated in its activities, from the time of its organization in 1865 to date. In the following pages there is published for each individual : 1. Name, with the date of joining the Society (where two or more dates are given the person so indicated has joined two or more times, having allowed his membership to lapse between the dates given ) . 2. Administration. List of official positions and committee appointments, in chronological order. 3. Papers. List of papers read before the Society, with clas- sification number, year and page for each, in chronological order. 4. Discussions. Classification numbers, with year and page for each paper discussed, in chronological order. 5. Clinics. Titles of clinics, with classification number, year and page, in chronological order. 132 Abbott, L. F„ IS 6 6. Administration. 1865. Executive Com. Abbott, S. G., 1909. Clinic. 1912. Solila Gold Filling with Cement Lining, in Place of Inlay. D221, p. 288. Abell, T. C, 1S65, Charter Member. Abernathy, T. D., 1906. Abstein, Chas. E., 1905, 1912. Ackerman, C, 1905. Adams, David W., 1906. Adams, H. W., 1913. Adams, J. E., 1905. Administration. 1908. " Com. on Necrology. 1910. Com. on Public Press. Adams, J. Q., 1908. Adams, W. J., 1S97, 1905. 1909. Obituary, p. 239, 299. Adams, W. R„ 1905. Adkins, R. A., 1905. Aigley, J. E., 1897. Clinics. 1905. Removal of Pulp, Using Pressure Anesthesia. D242, p. 217. 1907. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 226. 1910. Root Canal Filling with Sandarac Varnish and Gutta-percha Points. D243, p. 268. Aiston, E., 1906. Albaugh, \¥m„ 1865, Charter Member. Discussions. 1866. D24, p. 9. 1871. D22, p. 55. Albrecht, C. H., 1905. Albright, H. A., 1913. Albright, L,. G., 1905, 1908. Alcombarck, A. W., 1912. Alderson, T. E., 1905. Alexander, E. V. H., 1S73. Alexander, H., 1909. Alexander, W. A., 1905. Alkire, L,. E., 1905. Allen, A. Brom, 1904. Papers. 1910. Impacted Lower Third Molars. D74, p. 127; Disc, p. 131. Discussions. 1907. D72, p. 221. Clinics. 1905. Models of Impacted Third Molars. D74, p. 218. 1908. Demonstration of Instruments and Methods in Removal of Im- pacted Lower Third Molars. D74, 1908. 1909. A Few Pointers on Instrumentation and the Necessity of Radio- graph in Diagnosis Before Extraction. D72, p. 235. 1911. Table Talk on Extraction. D72, p. 289. Allen, A. C, 1866. Allen, C. D., 1906. Allen, C. E., 1907. Allen, E. H., 1883. Administration. 1893. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1894. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1895. Executive Council. 1898. Executive Council. 1898. Executive Com. 1900. Executive Com. 1905. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1906. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1909. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 1910. President. Papers. 1890. The First Molar. D61a, p. 127; Disc, p. 130. 1893. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 162. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 133 Allen, E. H. — Continued. v 1S95. The Illinois State Dental Society and the Relation It Sustains to the Dentists of Illinois. D06, p. Ill; Disc, p. 117. 1897. Opinions of Illinois Dentists Regarding Dental Societies. D06, p. 50; Disc, p. 63. 1903. Porcelain Inlays as Viewed by the Country Dentist. D232, p. 79; Disc, p. 80. 1904. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 75; Disc, p. 78. 1905. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 29; Disc, p. 32. 1906. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 25; Disc, p. 27. 1907. A Comparative Review of the Last Twenty-five Years of Dentistry as Gathered from a Study of the Proceedings of this Society. D09, p. 203; Disc, p. 209. 1910. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 16. Discussions. 1894. D2, p. 133. 1895. D243, p. 52. 1896. D04, p. 26; D21, p. 135. 1897. D04, p. 27; D22a, p. 86; D09, p. 277. 1898. D04, p. 19; D222, p. 35; D89, p. 74, 75. 1899. D141, D22a, p. 60. 1900. D21, p. 168. 1901. D32, p. 63. 1902. D22a, p. Ill; D21, p. 161. 1904. D06, p. 57; D221, p. 152. 1905. D25, p. 56; D64, p. 56. 1907. D07, p. 45; D89, p. 69; D221, p. 91; D231, p. 91; DS, p. 119. 1908. D06, p. 89. 1909. D32, p. 130. 1911. D04, p. 33; D32, p. 237. 1913. D231, p. 96, 97. Clinics. 1S94. Gold Filling. D221, p. 155. 1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 136. 1904. Gold Filling. D221, p. 29. 1909. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 239. 1913. Gold Foil Filling. D221, p. 261. Allen, H. W., 1909. Alloway, M. C, 1912. A I! port, W. W., 1866, 1882. 1893. Obituary, p. 234. Administration.. 1866. Program Com. 1868. Librarian. Paper. 1872. Sensation and Nourishment in Dentine. D142, p. 95; Disc, p. 96. Discussions. 1866. D221, p. 8; D24, p. 9; D3, p. 11; D602, p. 13; D22, p. 16, 17; D24, p. 18, 19; D3, p. 21. 1S72. D2, p. 60. 1882. D2, D22, p. 79, SI, 82, 84; D64, p. 110, 113; D07, p. 129. 1885. D3, p. 50; D24, p. 71, 73, 74; D2, p. 104 1887. D2, p. 126, 127. Ailshouse, C. E., 1905. Aim, G. T., 1911. Alsip, H. S., 1906. Alward, R. W., 1909. Ames, A., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1865. Com. on By-Laws. Ames, W. B., 1886. Ames, E. R., 1905, 1910. Ames, W. V-B., 1884. Administration. 1886. Librarian. 1887. Librarian. 1888. Librarian. 1889. Librarian. Com. on Dental Art and Inventions. 1S92. Com. on Dental Art and Inventions. Papers. 1884. Some Applications of Electrolysis in Dentistry. 615.84, p. 102. 1888. Amalgams. D222, p. 123; Disc, p. 134. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 134 Ames, YV. V-B. — Continued. 1890. Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 82. 1891 Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 51; Disc, p. 54. 1894. Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 148; Disc, p. 152. 1895. Combinations of Metals in Amalgams. D222, p. 73; Disc, p. 76. Discussions. 1885. D2, p. 105. 1886. D7, p. 178, 179. 1888. D073, p. 74; D3, p. 184; D21, p. 195, 201. 1890. D2, p. 170. 1891. D24, p. 98. 1892. D21, p. 141. 1 CQA T1999 r\ Q7 144. Clinics. 1887. Method of Treating Pyorrhea Alveolaris by Electrolysis. D64, p. 112. 1889. Prepared Copper Amalgam for Filling. D222, p. 144. 1890. Retention of Full Upper Dentures by Means of Atmospheric Pres- sure. D32, p. 162. Antiseptic Paste of Zinc Sulphate. 1S90, p. 164. 1892. Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement Filling. D223, p. 147. 1894. Demonstration on Mixing of Oxyphosphates on a Chilled Surface. D223, p. 156. 1895. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 1S2. 1896. Vulcanite Plates with Flexible Rubber Edges for Securing Better Atmospheric Retention. D321, p. 127. 1897. Electro-cocaine Anesthesia for Inflamed Pulps. 615.84, p. 203. 1900. Some Cements Under the Microscope. D223, p. 171. 1901. Utilization of Atmospheric Pressure. D32, p. 137. 1903. Cements. D223, p. 5, supplement. 1913. The Use of Water as Chilled in a Porous Jar for Controlling the Temperature of Cement Mixing Slabs. D223, p. 260. Amrine, Roscoe C, 1902, 1906. Anderson, A. It.. 1906. Anderson, D. S., 1905. Clinic. 1911. Just Hints, That's All. D21, p. 297. Anderson, J. M., 1905. Anderson, E. A., 1910. Anderson, R. E., 1903. Andrew, L,. J., 1905, 1909. Andrews, Chas. F., 1905. Andrews, YV. H., 1912. Angle, E. H. Papers. 1S91. Efficiency and Simplicity in Regulating Appliances. D4, p. 144; Disc, p. 146. Clinic. 1899. Set of Models for Diagnosing Orthodontia Cases. D4, p. 116. Angle, F. C, 1905. Ankeny, R. L.., 1905. Antes, R. H., 1886. 1911. Obituary, p. 32S. Clinic. 1S93. Exhibition of an Excellent Method of Generating Gas. 615.7S11, p. 166. App, YV. H., 1908. Appel, George, 1905. Appel, YV. C, 1911. Ardner, A. J., 1909. Arment, G. D., 1913. Armstrong, A. J., 1906, 1910. Armstrong, Hugh F., 1905. Arnold, E. M., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 135 Arnold, L. H., 1905. Discussion. 1909. D2, p. 229. Clinics. 1906. Practical Office Records and Accounts. D89, p. 283. 1911. Effect on Tooth Enamel of Mechanical Brushing- with Pumice and Water, Equal to About Eighty or Ninety Years of Brushing by Hand. D5, D614, p. 297. Ashley, Edward H., 1907. Ash worth, Thos. A., 1909. Atchison, J. A., 1905. Atchison, George B., 1906. Atkinson, Florence, 1911. Atkinson, M. G. G., 1911. Atkinson, \V. 91. 1891. Obituary, p. 185. Aughinbaugh, A. J., 1906. Austin, A. I*., 1911. Austin, C. E., 1905. Austin, J. F., 1886. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 136 Babeock, A. M., 1910. Babeock, Sf. E., 1872. Babeock, S., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1865. Com. on By-Laws. 1866. Treasurer. 186S. Executive Com. Discussions. 1870. D221, p. 74, 76; D3, p. 98. Bachman, A. J., 1905. Bachman, H. P., 1907. Clinic. 1911. Diatoric Teeth with Cast Bases as Crowns for Molars. D331. d 2 8 9 Backus, Claude, 1905. Bacon, C. G., 1905. Bacon, D. C, 1905. Bacon, L,. A., 1909. Bad&ley, Louis E., 1905. Bagfley, W. S., 1907. Baier, J. G., 1909. Bailey, E. B., 1912. Bailey, F. C, 1905. Bailey, O. C, 1910. Bailey, R. \V., 1885. Baird, H. G., 1908. Baird, J. F. 1904. Obituary, p. 237. Baird, T. W., 1905. Baird, W. M., 1909. Bake, L. E., 1905. Administration. 1910. Clinic Com. Clinics. 1906. Models Showing Cavity Preparation for Porcelain Inlays. D232. p. 279. 1907. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 234. Baker, A. E., 1912. Baker, B. M., 1865, Charter Member. Discussions. 1S66. D602, p. 7; D221, p. 8. Baker, C. R., 1905. Administration. 1914. Com. on Necrology. Baker, D. B., 1879. 1885. Obituary, p. 26. Baker, E. II . Paper. 1912. The Evolution of Dentistry. D07, p. 169; Disc, p. 189. Baker, Harry C, 1909. Baker, Hester J., 1S94, 1905. Baker, J. H., 1909. Baker, L. I,., 1909. Baker, T. T., 1905. Clinics. 1906. Brewster's Replaceable Bridge Teeth. D332, p. 292. 1908. A Simple Method of Removing Bridges without Mutilating the Abutments. D332, p. 266. 1912. Inlay, Using Alexander's Plastic Gold. D231, p. 303. Balance, M. W., 1910. Baldwin, A. E., 1887. Baldwin, C. M., 1905. Clinics. 1907. Ascher's Enamel Cements. D223, p. 235. 1908. Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 272. Baldwin, C. V., 1879. Baldwin, D. H. Clinic. 1906. Porcelain Restoration. D232, p. 285. Baldwin, J. O., 1905. Clinic. 1912. Exhibit of Malocclusion. D4, p. 296. For iuilex and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 137 Ball, G. H. W., 1910. Bandy, C. W., 1908. Bandy, O. Ii., 1898, 1905. Clinics. 1898. Clamp and Press. D31, p. 195. 1908. Vulcanite Rubber Inlays. D23, p. 274. Bane, B. W., 1907. Banes, J. I).. 1891. Banks, M. A., 1908. Banzet, G. T., 1902, 1905. Clinic. 1904. Matrix Burnishing. D23, p. 26. Barackman, H. E., 1912. Barackman, \V., 1905. Barackman, W. G., 1908. Barber, B. D., 1907. Barber, Edward S., 1906. Barber, H. B., 1899. 1902. Obituary, p. 231. Barber, H. E., 1909. Clinic. 1911. Casting for Split Root. D23, p. 297. Barber, Laivson, 1905. Barber, R., 1908. Barber, W. S., 1907. Barclay, J. A., 1909. Barcus, J. M., 1889. Administration. 1894. Executive Com. 1894. Com. on Necrology. 1895. Executive Com. 1908. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1909. Program Com. 1914. Executive Council. Discussions. 1900. D602, D61, p. 100. 1907. D22c, p. 197. 1908. D09, p. 65. 1912. D04, p. 27; D222, p. 252. Clinic. 1890. Gold Filling. D221, p. 162. Barker, O. M., 1905. Barker, W. H. Discussion. 1881. D5, p. 64. Barnes, A. D. C, 1906. Barnes, A. H., 1905. Barnes, Chas. T., 1905. Barnfield, J. E., 1907. Barnfleld, W. H., 1907. Clinic. 1908. Demonstrating Method of Polishing Amalgam Filling. D222. p. 263. Barnett, J. R., 1906. Barnum, I,. D., 1906. Barnhart, P. B., 1909. Barnsback, C. T., 1910. Barnum, L.. D., 1908, 1912. Baron, W. F., 1908. Barr, A. C, 1905. Barr, James A., 1906. Barrett, T. H., 1903. Paper. 1903. Relation of the General Practitioner to Orthodontia. D4, p. 22: Disc, p. 29. Barrett, W. C. Paper. 1882. Description of a Case Having Roots of a Full Denture But No Crowns. D13, p. 35; Disc, p. 39. Discussions. 1886. 615.778, p. 77, 82, 85, 86: D22a, D243, p. 110, 111, 112, 113; D07, p. 133; D61, p. 148; D24, p. 158, 160; D6a, p. 192. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 138 Barrieklow, W. H., 1909. Barter, J. S., 1905. Bartholomew, A. E., 1911. Bartsch, F. G„ 1905. Bascombe, C. H., 1905. Batcheler, J. S., 1911. Bates, C. D., 1905. Clinic. 1909. Means of Getting- an In-locked Incisor Into Position. D4, p. 236. Bates, O. L,., 1907. Administration. 1913. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. Bateson, B. F., 1907. Bauer, J. G. V., 1908. Baumjiarten, W. C, 1907. Baumsarth, H., 1905. Baumrueker, Otto, 1909. Baur, A. P., 1911. Bawden, A. C, 1905. Bayless, D. D., 1905. Bayne, R. S., 1905. Beach, Max, 1905. Beadles, R. O., 1905. Beau, A. M., 1911. Bear, G. K., 1909. Beatie, E. L,., 1905. Beatty, H. G., 1909. Administration. 1914. Board of Censors. Beck, Clara E., 1905. Beek, R., 1901, 1905. 1913. Obituary, p. 300. Administration. 1911. Board of Censors. Papers. 1902. Paraffin — An Ideal Material for the Filling- of Root Canals. D243, p. 52; Disc, p. 54. 1910. Bismuth Paste as a Dental Therapeutic Agent. D64, D65, D76, p. 171; Disc, p. 190. Discussion. 1904. D101, p. 13S. Clinics. 1905. Radium in the Treatment of Receded Gums, or Partial Atrophy of the Gums About the Necks of the Teeth. D64, p. 216. 1909. Bismuth Paste in a Case of Empyema of the Antrum. D76, p. 241. Becker, G. H„ 1905. Becker, R. YV., 1911. Beckett, John M., 1905. Beckwith, T. W., 1881. Beecher, S. E., 1903. Beers, T. L.., 1871. Beesley, J. G., 1902. Behm, J. Wm., 1909. Behm, L. J., 1909. Behrens, F. C, 1910. Beidler, G. H., 1908. Beidler, Wm. A., 1906. Bell, F. T., 1903, 1909. Bell, F. W., 1909. Bell, J. A., 1911. Bell, J. B., 1S72. Discussion. 1873. D24, p. 73. Bell, R. C, 1913. Bell, W. T., 1909. Bellchamber, C. E., 1905, 1912. Administration. 1908. Board of Censors. 1911. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1912. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. Paper. 190S. The Use of Non-Cohesive Gold in Filling Teeth. D221, p. 141; Disc, p. 160. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 139 Bellchamber, C. E. — Continued. Clinics. 1909. Ascher's Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 239. 1911. Gold Inlay, Using- Alexander's Wax Gold. D231, p. 289. 1913. Method of Applying- Gold Inlay to Porcelain Crown or Plate Tooth. D231, p. 257. Benham, Emma L., 1905. Bennecke, E. R., 1905. Clinic. 1911. Apical Injection to Desensitize Pulp for Its Removal or for Pain- less Cavity Preparation. D22a, 617.7S16, p. 287. Bennett, Geo. L,., 1901, 1905. Bennington, E. K., 1899, 1905. Bentley, C. E., 1895. Administration. 1904. Clinic Com. 1905. Executive Council. 1908. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1908. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1912. Public Service Commission. 1912. Com. on Public Dental Education. Papers. 1896. New Outlooks in Dentistry. D07, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. 1902. Professional Ethics Versus Patents. DS, p. 34; Disc, p. 44. 1904. Report of the Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 26. 1906. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 11. 1908. Report of the Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 19; Disc, p. 34. 1911. Report of the Public Dental Education Com. D072, p. 65. 1912. A Survey of Oral Hygiene. D5, p. 208; Disc, p. 213. Discussions. - 1895. D243, p. 52. 1899. D04, p. 13. 1902. D073, p. 152. 1903. D073, p. 43; D232, p. 84. 1904. D04, p. 16; D221, p. 153. iqak D04, p. 24; D332, p. 213. D602, p. 57, 62; 615. 7S1, p. 102, 109; D072, p. 224, 231. D04, p. 19; D07, p. 48; DS9, p. 70, 71; DS, p. 114; D24, D63, p D06, D09, p. 216. D661, p. 191, 192. 1909. D04, p. 23; D07, p. 79. 1910. D04, p. 23; D072, p. 208 1911. D04, p. 20. 1912. D072, p. 2™ Bentley, G. H., 1905 Berlau, L,., 1905. Bernard, F. J., 1909 Clinic. 1912. Nitrous Oxide and Oxygen. Anesthesia. 615.7813, p. 299. Bernhardt, John, 1909. Berry, E. B., 1913. Berry, H. T., 1907. Berry, W. H., 1910. Berryman, W. L.., 1905. Bertram, C. L,., 1910. Besley, Walter Cone, 1911. Best, W. I., 1905. Betty, P. A., 1909. Bevan, J. A., 1905. Bevan, W. F„ 1905. Bevier, G. 1., 1908. Bickel, F. X., 1905. Bigelow, B. H., 1905. Bigelow, C. S., 19-05. Biggs, G. C, 1908. Bigler, J. A., 1912. Bilek, J. B., 1905. Bills, Geo. H., 1872. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 140 Bingham, S. R. 1896. Portrait. Frontispiece. Obituary, p. 184. Discussion. 1869. 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 340, 341. Birkland, J. W., 1903. Bisant, M., 1913. Bisewski, F. E., 1905. Bischof, J. L,., 1907. Bishof, J. L,., 1912. Bishopp, Harry B., 1909. Bishopp, J. A., 1909. Bissett, F. A., 1909. Black, Arthur D., 1902. 1904. 1906. 1906. 1907. 1908. 1909. 1910. 1913. 1905. 1906. 1909. 1910. 1913. 1902. 1904. 1905. 1906. 1907. 1908. 1910. 1910. 1911. 1912. 1913. Black, G, 1883. 1869. 1870. 1871. 1873. 1874. 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. 1881. 1902. 1903. 1904. D06, p. 35; Administration. Reorganization of the Illinois State Dental Society. Disc, p. 55. Executive Council. Com. on Organization. Presentation for Work of Reorganization, p. 295. Secretary. Secretary. President. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. Executive Council. Papers. Report of Reorganization Com. D06, p. 103; Disc, p. 113. Report of Reorganization Com. D06, p. 29S. President's Address. D04, p. 10; Disc, p. 18. A System of Classifying Dental Literature and Its Application in Society Work and Daily Practice. • D073, p. 228; Disc, p. 243. Remarks on Reorganization of National Dental Association. D06, p. 247. Report of Com. on Reorganization of National Dental Assoication and Resolutions. D06, p. 272. Discussions. D031, p. 24. D101, p. 139. D04, p. 28; D76, p. 97; D89, p. 184. 615.781: D06, p. 119; D89, p. 195. D24, D63, p. 148. D06, p. 84; D661, p. 196. D04, p. 25; D64, D65, D76, p. 197. Clinic. A Classified Index of About 40,000 Cards for Articles on All Sub- jects in Dental Journals from 1839 to Date. D073, p. 271. Discussions. D04, p. 36; D04, D8, p. S6; D072, p. 186; D072, p. 196; D32, p. 235. D04, p. 25; D072, p. 81; D07, p. 189; D222, p. 253. D04, p. 37; D25, p. 186, 187, 194, 195; D611, p. 242. V., 1868, Voted Life Membership, 1887. Presentation of Cane by Members of The Illinois State Dental Society, p. 21. Administration. Executive Com. Vice-President. President. Executive Com. Executive Com. Executive Com. Board of Censors. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. '. Board of Censors. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Board of Censors. Board of Censors. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Papers. 1869. Gold Foil. D221, p. 283, Mo. Dent. Jnl. 1S70. Exposed Pulps. D24, p. 6; Disc, p. 18. Dental Legislation and Platework. D81, p. 82; Disc, p. 87, 102. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 141 Black, G. V. — Continued. 1871. Remarks of Retiring- President. D04, p. 105. 1S73. Diseased Conditions — Their Effects Upon the Teeth. D61, D601, p. 129; Disc, p. 143. 1875. Probabilities. (In Operative Procedures.) D2, p. 92. 1S76. In What Does the Improvement in Dentistry During the Last Fif- teen Years Consist? D07, p. 58; Disc, p. 63.. 1875. Dental Neuralgia. D67, p. 26; Disc, p. 40. 1879. An Odontome. D7S3, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. 1880. Some Points in the Natural History of Caries of the Teeth and the Value of Filling for Its Arrest. D61, p. 77; Disc, p. 100. 1881. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 8. Forty Illustrations for Paper by Dr. T. L. Gilmer on Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla. D713, p. 67. 18S2. Phagedena Pericementi. D64, p. 93; Disc, p. 110. 1553. Chart Showing Lines of Contemporaneous Calcification of the Teeth. D14, Frontispiece. Introduction of Bromide of Ethyl as an Anesthetic for Dental Purposes or Any Very Short Operation. 615.7815, p. 67; Disc, p. 68. 1554. Specialists and Specialties. D07, p. 90; Disc, p. 100. 1886. Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. (Demonstrations with Incu- bator, etc., and Lectures Each Day of the Meeting.) D6a, p. 180, 5 illus. 1887. Micro-organisms. (Demonstrations with Incubator, etc., Each Day of the Meeting.) 1887, p. 162. 1889. The Beneficent Influence of the Illinois State Dental Society. Toast. D06, p. 163. 1892. The Interproximate Spaces. D22, p. 30; Disc, p. 42. 1893. Anchorage of Proximate Fillings in the Bicuspids and Molars. D22a, p. 9, 6 illus.; Disc, p. 19. 1902. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 136; Disc, p. 150. 1903. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 36; Disc, p. 43. 1904. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 21. 1907. Limitations of Dental Education. D07, p. 25; Disc, p. 38. 1908. Account of Dr. Miller's Work. D09, p. 251. 1909. Some Problems in Dentistry Which Should Have Further Devel- opment, or A Wider Diffusion of Practical Information. D07, p. 134; Disc, p. 140. 1911. The Use of Antiseptics. 615.778, p. 8S; Disc, p. 100. Discussions. 1868. D61a, p. 36; D243, p. 37. 1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 305; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329. 1870. D22, p. 46, 48, 49; D22, p. 54, 58, 59, 60. 1871. D65, p. 124, 125, 126. 1872 D2 d 59' D142 p 97 1873! D17, p. 86; D613,' D614, p. 63; D24, p. 69, 70; D22, p. 102, 103; D3, p. 158; D61, p. 191; D07, p. 32. 1874. D22, p. 49, 50; 612.31, p. 57; D61, p. 70, 71, 72; D22, p. 87, 89; D072, p. 107; D325, p. 108. 1876. D601, p. 34, 3S; D07, p. 46, 47; D22, p. 72; D325, p. 97; D24, p. 106. 1877. D04, p. 29; D22, p. 51, 52; D24, p. 93, 95, 96; D2, p. 107, 112. 1878. D04, p. 25; D07, p. 57, 59, 61, 62; D22, p. 59, 61, 62; D22, p. 67; D16, p. 75, 76; D21, p. SI; D26, p. 88; D07, p. 97. 1879. 615.716, p. 39, 40; D24, p. 61, 63, 64, 65; D3, p. 75; D2, p. 78; D07, p. 86; 615. 7S1, p. 104; D2, p. 108; D61a, p. 112. 1880. 612.8, p. 32, 34, 37: D64, D65, p. 46; 615.775, p. 63, 64 ; 612.31, p. 113. 1881. D24, D65, p. 41; D5, p. 56, 65; D713, p. 104, 106; D141, p. 110, 112; D07, p. 133; D22, p. 152, 153, 154; D222, p. 123, 124; 612.31, p. 168, 169. 1882. D13, p. 39; D2, p. 83; D22, p. 83; D61, p. 160, 163; D4, p. 168; D65, p. 183. 1883. D16, p. 77; D2, p. 96, 97, 99, 100; D7S1, p. 124; D713, p. 127; D4, p. 132; D32, p. 141. 1884. D24, p. 44, 48; 612.8, p. 57; 612.8. p. 57; D141, p. 77, 78; 617.22, p. 89, 90; D16, p. 127. 1885. 612.8, p. 63; D3, p. 47, 48, 49, 50; D24, p. 71, 73, 74; D2, p. 100, 101, 102, 103, 108; 617.22, p. 115, 117, US, 119; 615.5, p. 127, 128; D073, p. 141. 1S86. 615.778, p. 77, 78, 81, 83, S4; D22a, D243, p. 119; D07, p. 134; D61, p. 143, 144, 145, 147, 14S, 149; D073, p. 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170. 1887. D4, p. 36, 38, 39; D24, p. 64, 66, 68, 69, 70; 615.711, p. 94, 95; D78, p. 102, 104, 107; D2, p. 125, 126; D602, p. 142. 1888. D073, p. 73; D4, p. 91, 97, 98, 99; D2, p. 143. 1889.. 615.775, p. 121; D14, p. 127. 1S90. D073, p. 71; D61a, p. 132; D6a, D61, p. 150, 153, 154, 155. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 142 Black, G. V 1891. 1892. 1893. 1894. 1895. 1896. 1898. D142, D24; D22a, p. p. 4 z, D61, p. 97, 99, 100; D21, p. 165, 166. 3a, p. 36; D13, p. 43; 615.778, p. 71; D22, p. 105. 34, p. 12; D031, p. 25; D8, p. 47; D09, p. 77; D07, p. 87; D22a, p. 112, 114; D61a, p. 125, 127. ±yus. jl>04, p. 17; D232, p. 85, 86. 1904. D04, p. 20: D223, p. 93. 1905. D04, p. 21; D25, D64, p. 60. 1906. D04, p. 23; D602, p. 56, 58, 61; D09, p. 71: 615.7S1, p. 106; DS2, p. 150. 1907. D89, p. 72; D4, p. 131; D24, D63, p. 160; D07, p. 178. 190S. D04, p. 16; D073, p. 38; D63, p. 129; D22, p. 172; Dla, D3. 1909. D073, p. 39; D07, p. 112. Clinics. 1883. Operation. Removal of Necrosed Bone and Necrosed Germ. D711, p. 152. 1S86. Micro-organisms of the Oral Cavity. D6a, p. 180. 1887. Micro-organisms. D6a, p. 162. 1889. Porcelain Filling. D232, p. 141. 1894. Keeping Clean the Interproximate Spaces in the Several Positions of the Mouth. D22, p. 154. 1900. Manudynamometer. D221, p. 173. Black, J. C, 1910. Black, B. E., 1905. Blackburn, C. H., 1900. Blackwell, J. D., 1911. Blackwell, W. A., 1905. Blaine, L,. E., 1909. Blair, E. K., 1887. Administration. 1891. Vice-President. 1892. Executive Council. 1893. President. 1894. Executive Council. 1898. Clinic Com. 1899. Executive Council. 1903. Executive Council. 1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1906. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1907. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1908. Executive Council. 1911. Com. on Public Press. 1913. Com. on Necrology. Papers. 1892. Dental Legislation. D81, p. 68; Disc, p. 71. 1898. Report of the Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 1S6. 1904. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 173. 1906. Membership Versus Non-membership of the Local Society. D06, p. Ill; Disc, p. 118. 1912. Some Thoughts Relative to the Present Status of Dentistry in the Rural Districts and the Outlook for the Future. D8, p. 135; Disc, p. 144. 1913. Report of the Com. on Necrology. Discussions. 1891. D78, p. 107; D2, p. 126; D22a, p. 114; D4, p. 153. 1893. D601, p. 33; D21, 615.7812. 1895. D243, p. 45. 1896. D04, p. 17, 18, 25. 1897. D22a, p. 91, 92. 1898. D04, p. 18. 1900. D2, p. 33; D331, p. 64. 1903. D4, p. 29. 1904. D04, p. 19. 1905. D24, D611, p. 133. 1906. D09, p. 85; D89, p. 188; D072, p. 232. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 143 Blair, E. K. — Continued. 1907. DS, p. 109. 1908. D09, p. 66; D06, p. 79, 92; D24, p. 99; D22, p. 160. 1909. D07, p. Ill; D89, p. 161. 1910. D072, p. 211. 1911. D04, D8, p. 84; D231, p. 249. Clinics. 1895. Root Canal Filling-. D243, p. 186. 1897. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 201. Blair, G. M., 1910. Blair, W. E., 1909. 1912. Obituary, p. 332. Blake. Discussion. 1S93. D09, p. 124, 125. Blakeslee, P. E., 1905. Blanchard, Frank E., 1906. Blanck, W. H., 1911. Blaylock, G. F., 1911. Bliss, J. L,., 1909. Block, Hans. Discussions. 1S93. D22a, p. 22; D21, 615.7812, p. 98, 103; D073, p. 15S. Blocker, E. T., 1910. Blome, A. H. A., 1910. Blomley, F. W., 1899, Corresponding Member. Bloom, A. B., 1908. Blount, Anna IS.. 1905. Blumenschein, F., 1913. Blunt, H. E., 1901. Blythe, J. M., 1883. Administration. 1893. Com. on Infraction of the Code of Ethics. Boecker, J. C, 1910. Boer ins, H. A., 1905. Boewe, Ernest, 1906. Bohman, O. F„ 1905. Bohr, J., 1905. Clinics. 1909. Inlay Metal, Casting without Machine, Using Jarring Method. Casting Aluminum Plate. D23, D323, p. 232. 1910. Cast Aluminum Plate by Joining Method. D323, p. 271. 1911. New Inlay Metal and Cast Aluminum Plate. D323, p. 297. 1912. Cast Aluminum Plates. D323, p. 308. Bolton, R. M., 1910. Bonier, F. F., 1909. Bonier, Geo. H., 1907. Boubrake, Melchi, 1905. Bond, H. T., 1905. Bondreau, G. C, 1912. Bondy, R. M., 1910. Book, O. S. W., 1905, 1910. Boone, H. W., 1903, 1905. Clinics. 1906. Seamless Shell Crowns with Individually Carved Cusps. D331, p. 281. 1908. Swaging Gold Backing to Facings, Crowns and Bridge Teeth. D33, p. 271. Booth, F. W., 1905. Booth, R. P., 1906. Administration. 1910. Local Com. 1912. Local Com. Borah, J. L.., 1906. Borah, O. C, 1912. Born, W. T., 1912. Borovik, B. 31., 1909. Bostelmann, C. A., 1906. Bostelmann, Rudolph I)., 1906. Boston, E. R., 1905. Bosworth, R. R., 1909. Boughton, C. H., 1905. Bowe, J. H., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 144 Bowers, F. H., 1905. Discussion. 1907. D07, p. 173. Bowman, F. H., 1906. Clinics. 1909. Method of Using Tartar Solvent. D641, p. 237. 1912. Method of Removing Broken Broach. D242, p. 296. Bowyer, Rev. S. H. Discussion. 1910. D04, p. 27. Bowyer, S. P., 1906. Administration. 1913. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Paper. 1913. Report of the Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 62. Clinics. 1910. Gold Cast Dummy, Using Steele Facings. D332, p. 270. 1912. A Quick Method of Carving Cusp for Shell Crown. D331, p. 291. Boyad, G. T., 1912. Boyce, A. E., 1903, 1905. Clinics. 1903. The Use of Vulcanizable Gutta-percha for Dentures. D321, p. 12. 1909. Gold Filling. D221, p. 238. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. Boyce, Thos. J., 1906. Boyd, E. L,., 1905. Boyer, I. E., 1906. Boys, X. D., 1909. Bradbury, John, 1905. Braden, Thos. B., 1906. Bradley, H. A., 1905. 1908. Obituary, p. 249, 327. Bradley, James E., 1905, 1911. Brady, C. T., 1913. Brady, B. J., 1905, 1912. It ram in. B., 1907. Bramwell, Chas. H., 1911. Clinic. 1912. Models Illustrating Newer Methods in Crown and Bridgework. D33, p. 305. Branch, Corydon A., 1905. Brand, A. A., 1913. Brand, L.. W., 1905. Bray, W. J., 1913. Breaks, E.-E., 1910. Breckenbridge, C. J., 1913. Breene, F. T. Clinic. 1905. Bridgework. D332, p. 229. Brentlinger, J. T., 1905. Bressler, A. M., 1909. Clinic. 1912. Dentition, Showing Perfectly Erupted and Developed Fourth Molar. D13, p. 306. Brevig, H. R. H., 1911. Brewer, T. H. A., 1869, Honorary Member. Breyer, P. M., 1910. Bridges, J. S., 1898. Clinics. 1899. Bridge with Open-faced Crown Attachment. D332, p. 123. 1901. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 139. Bridgford, J. L,. Clinic. 1909. Correcting the Fit of Loose or Misfitting Plates. D321, p. 241. Bridwell, W. L„ 1906. 1913. Obituary, p. 302. Brigham, E. T., 1889, Non-resident Member, 1900. Discussion. 1897. D2, p. 167; 615.84, p. 212. Clinics. 1893. Dies. D322, p. 166. 1897. Vulcanite Teeth for Bridgework. D332, p. 205. For index and key to Classification numbers, see pink appendix. 145 Brigbtfield, O. T., 1905. Brightfield, O. F. 1912. Obituary, p. 328. Brittain, H. D., 190S. Britzius, W. A., 1909. Broadbent, T. A., 1895, 1905. Administration. 1912. Com. on Necrology. 1913. Com. on Public Press. Discussion. 1913. D611, p. 246. Broering, H. A., 1911. Broman, A. A. Clinic. 1911. Moldine Models of Bell-shaped Teeth in Making Seamless Crowns. D331, p. 289. 1913. Obituary, p. 300. Bronstein, B. J., 1908. Brooking, P. V., 1903. Discussions. 190S. D06, p. 81. 1910. D072, p. 205. Clinic. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 26-1. Brophy, B. C, 1901, 1905. Clinics. 1898. Casting Aluminum. D323, p. 188. 1901. Denture Metal. D323, p. 140. 1902. Porcelain Work. Baking with Gas and Gasoline, Using His Own Furnace. D31, p. 166. 1903. Fusing Platinum Solder with Gasoline Blowpipe, and Baking Por- celain. D31, p. 11. Brophy, T. W., 1872, 1S76. Administration. 1881. Executive Com. 1882. Com. on Legislation. 1891. President. 1910. Com. on Legislation. 1911. Com. on Legislation. 1912. Com. on Legislation. 1913. Com. on Legislation. 1914. Com. on Legislation. Papers. 1877. The Treatment of Exposed Pulps. D24, p. 76; Disc, p. 86. 1880. Carbolic Acid and Creosote — Their Chemistry and Therapeutical Application to the Practice of Dentistry. 615.775, p. 57; Disc, p. 62. 1882. Caries and Necrosis of the Maxillary Bones. D71, p. 85; Disc, p. 110. 1883. Dental Education. D07, p. 88; Disc, p. 94. 1886. Oral Surgery. D7, p. 177; Disc, p. 178. 1887. Diagnosis of Oral Tumors. D78, p. 96, 3 illus.; Disc, p. 102. 1894. The Relation of the Dental Profession to Our Dental Colleges. D07, p. 42; Disc, p. 48. 1898. Conservatism in Oral Surgery. D7, p. 147; Disc, p. 151. Discussions. 1876. 1877. 1878. 1879. 1884 1S85 1886 1887. 1888. U11, JJ. O i , D4, p. 132 JJ4, p. L6Z. D24, p. 46. D2, p. 102; 617.22, p. 118; D073, p. 141. D22a, D243, p. 114; D07, p. 138; D073, p. 169. D2, p. 123, 127; D602, p. 135. . D073, p. 68, 69. Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 146 Brophy, T. XV. — Continued. 18S9. D22, p. 110; 615.775, p. 123; D2, p. 152. 1890. D07, p. 93, 94: D6a, D61, p. 153; D2, p. 16S. 1892. D04, p. 12; D22, p. 51; D4, p. 91; D21a, p. 107, 109; D21, p. 138, 141, 142. D073, p. 145. D04, p. 20, 23: DS, p. 107; D81, p. 135, 139, 154; D33, p. 165; I p. 87. 1894. 1895. D04, p. 20, 23: DS, p. 107; DS1, p. 135, 139, 154; D33, p. 165; D2, p. 87. 17.21, p. 66: D7S, p. S4, 90; D64, p. 130. _)141, D24, p. 109, 110, 112, 114; D09, p. 275. 1898. D04, p. 17; D222, p. 40, 52. 1900. D64, p. 56; D331, p. 62; D713, p. 120, 122. "15.778, p. 71; 612.31, p. 82. 1896. 61 1897. Dl 1900. 1)64, p. fc>b; D6A1, p. bZ; 1901. 615.778, p. 71; 612.31, p. 1902. D243, p. 56. 1904. D04, p. 17. 1905. D04, p. 25: D25, p. 72; D64, p. 72; D76, p. 94, 99. 1906. D89, p. 196: 615.7S15, p. 211, 216; D072, p. 223. 1909. D07, p. 112; D07, p. 150. 1910. D601, p. 168: D64, D65, D76, p. 190, 200. 1911. D04, DS, p. 86; 615. 77S, p. 100, 111. 1913. D611, p. 244; D89, p. 160. 1914. D25, p. 191. Clinics. 1SS8. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 132. 18S9. Gold Filling. D221, p. 142. 1897. Empyema of the Antrum. D76, p. 206. 1598. Hypertrophy of the Third Division of Nerves. D77, p. 192. Cyst. D783, p. 193. 1599. Facial Neuralgia. D77, p. 119. 1901. Cleft Palate. D751, p. 136. 1904. Surgical Operation. Neuralgia. D77, p. 29. Surgical Operation, Necrosis. D711, p. 30. 1905. Surgical. D7, p. 229. 1906. Operation for Cleft Palate. D751, p. 287. 1908. Cleft Palate Operation. D751, p. 259. 1911. Operation for Cleft Palate and Bilateral Harelip. D751, p. 2S6. Brosman, XV. H., 1905. Administration. 1907. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Clinic. 1906. Banded Logan Crown Demonstrated with Giant Models. D331, p. 281. Browman, A. A., 1908. Brown, A. E., 1865, Charter Member, 1S82. Discussions. 1883. D2, p. 96. 1SS6. D22a, D243, p. 118. Brown, B. L.., 1911. Brown, C. F., 1905. Brown, E. G., 1907. Brown, E. Family. Paper. 1S92. Improvements in Porcelain Crown and Bridgework. D33, p. 58; Disc, p. 61. Brown, Frank N., 1S99. Brown, Fred, 1911. Brown, Fred E., 1905. Brown, F. F., 1905. Brown, G. E., 1901, 1905. Clinics. 1906. Seamless Gold Crown. D331, p. 287. 1908. Orthodontia Wrench, Direct and Reverse Acting. D4, p. 272. Brown, G. J., 1910. Brown, G. V. I. Discussions. 1S90. D07, p. 91; D332, p. 148. 1891. D21, p. 58, 65, 66, 6 illus.; D231, p. 180. Brown, G. W., 1870. Brown, H., 1905. Brown, H. T., 1905. Brown, J. A., 1905, 1912. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 147 Brown, J. B., IS 92. Administration. 1903. Local Com. Clinic. 1S99. Bleaching-. D26, p. 104. Brown, J. O., 1S99, 1905. Clinic. 1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 139. Brown, J. Boy, 1S95. Brown, J. V., 1905. Brown, Li. B., 1909. Brown, O. H., 1901. Browning, E. L.., 1905. Browning, H. O., 1903. Clinics. 1903. Celluloid Matrices. D22b, p. 4, Supplement. 1905. Invisible Bridge Attachment. D332, p. 220. An Attachment for Davis Crown to First Bicuspid. D331, p. 220. Bruce, O. C, 1907. Brunson, G. 31., 1S97. Discussions. 1897. D4, p. 185; 615. S4, p. 214. 1898. D222, p. 53, 54. 1899. D04, p. 17. 1901. D32, p. 61; D22, p. 102. 1902. D3, p. 178. 1906. 615.781, p. 105. 1910. D601, p. 167. 1912. D5, p. 218. Clinics. 1902. A Method of Anchoring Screw Posts in Frail Roots and Badly Broken Down Bicuspids and Molars. D331, p. 166. 1905. Lining Cavities and Using an Intermediate Before Filling. D24, p. 228. 1911. Cavity Lining and Intermediates. D22c, p. 299. Bryant, C. F., 1902. Clinic. 1902. Continuous Gum Denture. D324, p. 166. Bryant, Lester F., 1902. Administration. 1911. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Paper. 1909. Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 192; Disc, p. 199. Clinics. 1902. Construction and Shading of Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 16S. 1903. Porcelain Restoration of Mesial Surface of Superior Right Lateral Involving the Angle. D232, p. 1. 1904. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 26. 1907. Prophylaxis. D25, p. 226. 1908. Ordinary Facings as Replaceable Teeth in Cast Bridgework. D332, p. 269. 1911. Method of Paralleling Abutments in Bridgework. D332, p. 290. Buck, L. F., 1905. Buckheit, A. J., 1910. Buckingham, J. T., 1908. Buckley, Frank S., 1907. Buckley, J. P., 1902. Administration. 1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1906. Program Com. Com. to Cooperate with Chicago Medical Society. 1907. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1909. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 1910. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. 1911. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1912. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1913. Executive Council. Papers. 1905. Dental Medicine. 615, p. 157; Disc, 168. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 148 Buckley, J. P. — Continued. 1907. A Brief Review of the Chemistry of Pulp Decomposition, with a Rational Treatment for this Condition and Its Sequelae. D24, D63, p. 136; Disc, p. 148. Discussions. 1903. 615.781, p. 75, 76. 1904. D06, p. 57; D223, p. 98. 1906. 615.781, p. 214; D14, p. 268. 1908. D073, p. 34; D06, p. 77, SO; D63, p. 130. 1909. D89, p. 188; D232, p. 209. 1910. D04, p. 23; D243, p. 123; D16, D4, p. 156; D64, D65, D76, p. 198. 1911. 615.778, p. 104, 106. 1912. D04, p. 25; D072, p. 83; D5, p. 217; D072, p. 275. 1913. D64, D65, p. 136; D611, p. 242. Clinics. 1904. Dental Drugs. 615, p. 26. 1911. A New Method for Root Amputation. D65, p. 286. 1913. Surgery of Chronic Dento-alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 254. Buckthorpe, B. B., 1905. Buehner, John B., 1905. Buff, G. O., 1909. Bull, H. B., 1S92, 1906. Clinics. 1899. Backing Facings. D33, p. 104. 1911. Replacing Broken Tooth in Gum Section, Rubber. D321, p. 290. Bull, H. D., 1905. Bullard, J. A., 1905. Discussion. 1906. 615.7815, p. 207. Clinics. 1906. A Method of Making Zinc or Babbitt Metal Die Direct from Im- pression of the Mouth. D322, p. 286. 1911. A Method of Constructing Gold Inlays. D231, p. 299. Burkhardt, W. G. Clinic. 1911. Double Dowel for Bicuspids and Molars. D331, p. 290. Burrell, David, 1872. Burress, A. E., 1905. Burrews, A. E., 18S4. Burrill, J. A., 1907. Paper. 1911. Retention in Orthodontia. D4, p. 126, 8 illus.; Disc, p. 135. Discussions. 1910. D4, D16, p. 150. Clinic. 1910. Modelmaking for Orthodontia. D4, p. 26S. Burroughs, E. L.., 1903. Administration. 1909. Board of Censors. 1910. Executive Council. Discussions. 1906. D06, p. 118. 1907. D4, p. 130. 1912. D072, p. 273. Burroughs, L,. L.., 1907. Burt, C. P., 1905, 1907. Burgess, G. F., 1912. Burgson, C. E., 1909. Burke, E., 1905. Burkhardt, F. H„ 1905. Burkhardt, \V. G., 1905. Burne, A. D., 1910. Burnett, F. E., 1908. Burnett, I. A., 1911. Burnett, J. M., 1865, Charter Member. Burnham, F. A., 1871. Bush, E. M., 1906. Bush, L,., 1865, Charter Member. Bushe, B. W., 1912. Bushnell, A. D., 1912. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 149 Bushnell, C. W., 1905. Busho, \V. A., 1905. 1912. Obituary, p. 330. Clinic. 1911. Treatment of Pyorrhea, Demonstrating Use of Logan-Buckley Instruments. D64, p. 296. Bushong, E. W., 1895. 1896. Obituary, p. 187. Bushpies, F. P., 1905. Butler, C. B., 1S74, Honorary Member. Butler, H. M., 1912. Bntler, L,., 1905. Butler, S. T., 1900. Clinic. 1905. Preparing Gold Foil, and a Combination Gold and Amalgam Fill- ing. D22c, p. 272. Butler, W. O., 1S77, 1905. Discussions. 1874. D22, p. 47, 50, 51; D24, p. 79; D22, p. 90. Button, George P., 1903. Byers, J. W., 1905. Byfield, J. H., 1905. Byington, C. E., 1905. Administration. 190.S. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. Paper. 1906. Dental Education in the Public Schools. D072, p. 218; Disc, p. 221. Byrne, Elmer, 1910. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 150 Cabeen, J. D., 1905. Cadmus, J. H., 1909. Cady, E. E., 1887. Discussions. 1887. D78, p. 108; D2, p. 119. Cahill, C. IV., 1909. Call, E. B., 1S70. 1896.' Obituary. Portrait. P. 1S6. Discussions. 1885. D3, p. 50. 1890. D332, p. 146. Clinic. 1SS9. Gold Crown. D331, p. 141. Callahan, J. R. Discussion. 1901. D22, p. 107. Clinic. 1901. Gold and Tin in Definite Proportions for Filling. D22c, p. 134. Calvert, C. W., 1909. Cameron, Geo. M., 1882. Cameron, M. D., 1908. Campbell, A. W., 1912. Campbell, C. O., 1905, 1909. Campbell, E. J., 1905. Campbell, J., 1875. Administration. 1SS0. Executive Com. 1884. Treasurer. 1899. Executive Council. 1900. Vice-President. Paper. 1882. Peridontitis — Cause and Treatment. D65, p. 176; Disc, p. 181. Clinic. 1S92. Exhibition of Models Representing Irregularities and Method of Rectifying. D4, p. 148. Campbell, P. A., 1905. 1909. Obituary, p. 64. Campbell, R. F., 1905. Campbell, S. A., 1S86, 1905. Administration. 1892. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1895. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1S99. Executive Council. 1908. Com. on Necrology. Canek, David H., 1906. Cann, W. A., 1905. Canode, J. P., 1905. Carey, A. B., 1S98, 1905. Carey, B. W., 1905. Carey, Geo. B., 1897, 1905. Carl, P. M., 1905. Carl, W. H., 1905. Carlene, H. O., 1909. Carlstein, Aaron, 1909. Carney, W. G., 1905. Carolns, I. B., 1905. Carpenter, E. R., 1895. Administration. 1910. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Paper. 1902. Matrix in Compound Approximal Gold Fillings. D22b, D221, p. 116; Disc, p. 120. Discussions. 1900. 615.778, p. 143. 1908. D22, p. 175, 176. 1910. D231, p. 224. Clinics. 1901. Pyorrhea at Root Bifurcations and Its Treatment with Oxyphos- phate of Copper. D64, p. 137. 1902. Removal of Pulp with Pressure Anesthesia. D242, p. 164. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 151 Carpenter, E. R. E., 1S65, Charter Member. Carpenter, G. T., 1S78, 1897, 1905. Clinic. 1S99. Method of Reproducing Gum Tissue. D64, p. 120. Carpenter, O., 1875. Carr, Hon. Clark E. Discussion. 1895. D04, p. 23. Carr, S. L.., 1905. Carroll. Discussion. 1S88. D4, p. 97. Carroll, W. P., 1908. Carruthers, G. C, 1905, 1908. Carson, C. W., 1892. Cary, M. G., 1910. Case, C. B., 1905. Case, C. S., 1892, Corresponding Member, 1894. Papers. 1889. Soft Rubber Palates for Congenital Clefts. D34, p. 154, 1 illus. 1892. Orthodontia — A Practical Case. D4, p. 84, 16 illus; Disc, p. S9. 1894. Reciprocation of Force in Orthodontia. D4, p. 10S, 10 illus.; Disc, p. 118. 1895. Abnormal Lateral Bite. D4, p. 159, 4 illus. 1897. Principles of Force and Anchorage in the Movement of Teeth. D4, p. 171, 13 illus.; Disc, p. 1S2. 1898. New Methods and Appliances in Orthodontia. D4, p. SI, 20 illus.; Disc, p. 97. 1903. The Velum Obturator. D34, p. 46; Disc, p. 52. Discussions. 1889. D22, p. 106, 112. 1891. D22a, p. 113; D4, p. 146. 1892. D141, p. 122, 124. 1897. D4, p. 151; D2, p. 165; 615.S4, p. 210; D09, p. 275. 1901. D4, p. 50. 1903. D4, p. 31, 33. 1906. D602, p. 49. 1908. D073, p. 37. 1911. D4, p. 138. Clinics. 1889. Exhibited Models, Dies, Impression Cups, etc., Used in the Making of Artificial Vela and Obturators for Cleft Palate. D34, p. 142. 1S98. Appliances for Regulating and Retaining the Teeth. D4, p. 187. 1899. Fractures, Orthodontia and Artificial Palates. D4, D713, p. 108. 1901. Orthodontia. D4, p. 140. 1902. New Form of Artificial Palate. D34, p. 165. 1903. Velum Obturator. D34, p. 10, Supplement. 1904. Orthodontia. D4, p. 30. Case, Elizabeth, 1913. Case, F. D., 1913. Cassell, C. Leonard, 1906. Clinic. 1910. The Articulation of Teeth. D32, p. 267. Cassell, Owen E., 1907. Cassidy, T. J., 1913. Cathcart, J. A., 1913. Cattell, D. M., 1889. Administration. 1890. Librarian. 1892. Clinic Com. 1893. Clinic Com. 1899. Executive Council. Papers. 1891. A Lantern View of Pulp Chambers and Canals Showing Typical Forms and Some of the Variations. D243, p. 142, 12 illus.; Dis., p 144. 1892. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2 p. 147. 1895. Results of Experimental Root Canal Fillings. D243, p. 43, Disc, 1900. Emphasizing Some Things in Operative Procedure. D2, p. 66; Disc, p. 78. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 152 Cattell, D. M. — Continued. Discussions. 1895. D2, p. 187. 1902. D031, p. 25. Clinics. 1889. Removal of Deposits. D641, p. 143. 1901. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 137. Caulk, L. I). Paper. 1871. Electromagnetic Plugger. D221a, p. 55. Chad wick, C. C, 1912. Chamberlin, C. W., 1886. Chamberlain, F. W., 1905. Chambers, P. H., 1888. Chandler, V. K., 1905. Changnon, 1909. Chapman, A. S., IS 73. Administration. 1878. Executive Com. Chapman, E. M., 1909. Chapman, W. C, 1S95. 1 happell, O. A., 1887, 1899, 1905, 1907. Administration. 1890. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1887. D78, p. 108. 1905. D332, p. 210. Clinic. 1901. Dead Soft Gold. D221, p. 137. Chase, E. C. Paper. 1S73. Chemistry of the Oral Secretions and Their Action on the Teeth. 612.31, p. 56. Chase, H. S., Honorary Member. 1898. Obituary, p. 246. Papers. 1S73. The Part Which Vital Action Plays in the History of Dental Caries. D61, p. 106; Disc, p. 110. 1875. Some Late Observations in Histology of the Dental Tissues. Dl, p. 100, 5 illus. 1876. Oral Electricity. D22, p. 72. Discussions. 1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 303, 306; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 320; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329, 330. 1873. D61, p. 190; D613, D614, p. 62; D24, p. 76; D17, p. 87; D22, p. 103. Cheadle, E. M., 1888. Cheeseman, A. S., 1891, 1904. Cheesenian, Frank E., 1902. Administration. 1907. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1904. D232, D31, p. 114. 1909. D232, p. 199. Clinics. 1904. Porcelain Inlay. 1905. Porcelain Crown. 1906. Solid Gold Inlay without the Use of Solder. D231, p. 280. 1911. Division of Cast Inlays in Compound Cavities. D231, p. 301. Cheuoweth, Alfred W., 1897, 1906. ChenoTveth, J. D., 1910. Cherington, E. E., 1905. Childs, R. S., 1909. Childs, Timothy S., 1894, 1905. Clinic. 1912. Duplex Gold and Tin as a Base for Filling. D22c, p. 304. Chinberg, H. S., 1906. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 153 Chittenden, 1872, Honorary Member. Clinics. 1S83. Filling-. D22, p. 152. 1899. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 116. Christianer, F., 1883. Christnian, G. A., 1SS1, 1905. Administration. 1885. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Christopher, C. J., 1905. Churchill, G. IE.. 1909. Cigrand, b. J., 1893. Papers. 1S96. New Methods for Producing Bicuspid Band Crowns with Porcelain Facings and Cusps. D331, p. 29, 13 illus. ; Disc, p. 33. 1901. The Philosophy of Mastication Relative to Dental Prosthesis D3a, p. 19; Disc, p. 31. 1910. What Dentists Have. Contributed to Other Professions. D07. D09 p. 70. Discussions. 1895. D8, p. 103; D81, p. 144, 154. 1S96. D04, p. 16. 1899. D33, p. 86. 1901. D21, p. 132. 1902. D07, p. 88. 1903. D04, p. 21; D34, p. 52. 1904. D231, p. 78; D101, p. 141. 1905. D32a, p. 173. 1906. D89, p. 186. 1913. D3, p. 222. Clinics. 1898. Intradental Band. D331, p. 195. 1899. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 115. 1902. A Gnathomonic Mimic, Showing the Philosophy of Mastication. D3a, p. 163. 1903. Mandibular Movements, Their Relation to Artificial Dentures. D3a, p. 5, Supplement. Cigrand, P. J., 1896. Clinic. 1899. A Method of Filling Root Canals with Sandarac Varnish and Gutta-percha Points. D243, p. 108. Clapp, J. L,., 1865, Charter Member, 1875. Clark, A. B., 1876. Administration. 1890. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1878. D26, p. 8S. 1879. D07, p. 47; D07, p. 88. 1880. 612.8, p. 38, 39. Clark, Senator A. C. 1906. Banquet Tendered in Honor of. P. 295. Clark, G. E., 1905. Clark, H. R., 1909. Clark, J. E., 1905. Clark, J. T., 1906. Clark, R. L.., 1911. Clark, S. J., 1909. Clark, Thos., 1905, 190S. Clark, W. G., 1899. Paper. 1902. A Simple Matrix. D22b, p. 129; Disc, p. 130. Clinic. 1905. Hollow Gold Inlay. D231, p. 223. Clarke. Discussion. 1867. D611, p. 32. Clary, John R., 1906. Clayton, J. R. Clinic. 1890. Gold Filling. Clemens, O. C, 1906. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 154 Clemmer, P. B., 1911. Discussion. 1913. D611, p. 241. Clendenen, I. B., 1909. Cleveland, C, 1909. Cleveland, C. L., 1906. Clevidence, E. A., 1910. Clickner, W. R. R., 1906, 1910. Cloes, C. L,:, 1909. Close, I. E., 1908. Clotfelter, E. M., 19.05. CInsmann, L,., 1892. Clyne, W. C, 1913. Cochran, R. L. Discussions. 1905. D24, D611, p. 134. Cockrell. B. E., 1902, 1910. Voe; L. C, 19 OS. Coe, Thos. C, 1907. Coen, E. B., 1905. Coffey, W. G., 1909. Coffin, R. E., 1908. Coffman, A. B., 1909. Colin, I., 1905. Colby, O. C, 1905. Clinic. 1906. Pressure Anesthesia in Connection with Pulp Preserver. D24, p. 276. Coleman, G. T., 1909. Coleman, Thos., 1909. Colhamer, Chas. E., 1S97. Collins, J. W., 1S83, 1905. Clinics. 1892. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 147. 1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 202. Collins, O. G., 1905. Clinic. 1912. Extracting Under Somnoform. 615.781, D72, p. 299. Coltrin, C. W., 1905. Combe, J. E., 1909. Combs, H. J., 1903. Clinics. 1904. Davis Crown. D331, p. 30. 1905. Porcelain Crown with Gold Coping. D331, p. 229. Comer, C. F., 1907. Concklin, L. K„ 1908. Condit, C. H., 1906. Clinic. 1911. Cast Gold Crowns and Bridges, Using in Their Construction Porce- lain Facings, Detachable-post Crowns and Diatoric Teeth. D33, p. 300. Condon, A. P., 1898. Condon, C. C, 1905. Condon, J. J., 1905. 1910. Obituary, p. 49. Congrfsky, J. P., 1912. Conkey, F. 31., 1895, 1905. Clinic. 1912. The New Use for the Old Broach. D242, p. 297. Conklin, B. A., 1905. Conley, Winifred, 1906. Conklin, P. G., 1909. Conklin, \V. R., 1907. Connors, J. T., 1909. Conrad, Wm., 1911. Discussion. 1892. D2, p. 19, 28, 29; D141, p. 124, 125. Conroy, G. E., 1905. Conroy, J. K., 1905. Administration. 1909. Clinic Com. 1912. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1913. Vice-President. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 155 Conroy, J. K. — Continued. Papers. 1911. Orthodontia in the Smaller Cities. D4, p. 117; Disc, p. 135. 1912. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 58. Discussions. 1907. D221, D231, p. 88; D4, p. 133. 1908. D06, p. 90. 1910. D16, D4, p. 149; D072, p. 244. Clinics. 1906. Matrix for Contour Amalgam Fillings. D22b, p. 27S. 1907. Extension for Prevention. D22a, p. 228. 1908. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. 1913. Various Steps for Proper Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 258. Constant, C. K., 1910. Converse, A. E., 1905. Administration. 1910. Local Com. 1912. Local Com. Converse, C. H., 1905. Cook, Geo. W., 1S94. Cook, George W., 1S94. Administration. 1907. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 190S. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. Papers. 1899. Bacteriological Investigation of Pulp Gangrene. D63, p. 19; Disc, p. 23. 1907. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 54; Disc, p. 62. 1905. Putrefaction and Pathological Changes in Tissue. D63, p. 116; Disc, p. 125. 1912. Some Phases of Bacteriological Infection of the Human Mouth. D6a, p. 154; Disc, p. 164. Discussions. 1899. D22a, p. 62. 1900. 615.778, p. 144. 1901. 615.778, p. 72. 1902. D073, p. 153. 1906. D04, p. 24; 615.781, p. 101, 102, 106; D06, p. 125; D072, p. 226; D14, p. 264, 269. 1907. DS9, p. 74; D24, D63, p. 157; D07, p. 175. 1908. D22, p. 174; D61, p. 228; D601, p. 165. 1911. D61, p. 280. Clinics. 1900. Surgical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 171. 1902. Individual Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 162. 1903. Bacteriology. D6a, p. 9, Supplement. Coolidge, E. D., 1909. Administration. 1912. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Paper. 1913. Some Considerations of Gold Inlay Work. D231, p. 85; Disc, p. 92. Clinic. 1911. Inlay Abutment for Bridgework. D332, p. 300. Coolet, F. D., 1909. Cooley, V. P., 1910, 1912. Coonradt, Lewis E., 1905. Administration. 1914. Executive Council. Cooper, A. W., 1905. Copley, Harry, 1905. Administration. 1912. Board of Censors. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 156 Corbett, C. C, 1892. Administration. 1900. Board of Examiners. 1904. Vice-President. 1906. Executive Council. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1910. Vice-President. 1911. Program Com. 1912. President. Papers. 1907. The Advantages of Cement as a Cavity Lining. D22c, p. 185; Disc, p. 191. 1912. President's Address. Discussions. 1901. D22c, p. 56. 1912. D222, p. 246. Clinics. 1895. Regulating Appliance. D4, p. 184. 1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 201. 1898. A Detachable Spring for Retaining Artificial Dentures in Place. D32, p. 195. 1901. Amalgam Filling with-Cement Anchorage, Using Fellowship Alloy. D22c, p. 135. 1905. A Cemented Amalgam Filling. D22c, p. 260. 1909. Amalgam Filling with Cement Dining. D222, p. 239. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. Cordick, C. H., 1908. Corley, Guy F., 1905. Administration. 1914. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Corley, Morris, E., 1906. Cormany, J. W., 1878. Administration. 1884. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1885. Librarian. 1888. Executive Com. 1891. Executive Council. 1894. Vice-President. 1895. President. 1896. Supervisor Clinics. 1902. Executive Com. 1911. Com. on Necrology. Papers. 1892. Some Needed Reforms in the Practice of Dentistry. D2, p. 15; Disc, p. 19. 1895. President's Address — The Saving of the First Tooth. P. 9; Disc, p. 20. 1S96. Report of the Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 128. 1898. Where Shall I Locate, or the Beauties of a Country Practice. DS9, p. 69; Disc, p. 73. 1907. The Dentist of To-morrow. D89, p. 63; Disc, p. 65. 1911. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 328. Discussions. 1881. 1885. 1886. 1887. D24, D65, p. 45. D3, p. 49; 615.5, p. 128. D22a, D243, p. 117. 615.5, p. 80; D602, p. 143. 1888. D21, p. 198. 1890. D61a, p. 134 1892. D22, p. 50. 1893.' D601, p. 33. 1894. D222, p. 87, 98; D21, p. 157. 1895. D2 1896. DO., 1898. D04, 1900. D2, , 1901. D22, 1902. D8, p~ 1902. D8, p. 49; D61a, p. 125, 1903. D602, p. 68; D232, p. 85. 1905. D89, p. 191. 1907. D89, p. 71, 75. D04, p. 16. D32, p. 236. D04, p. 27; D8, p. 150. 1910. D04, p. 16 1911 1912 For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 157 C'ormany, J. W. — Continued. Clinics. 1888. Gold Filling. D221, p. 131. 1889. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 142. 1894. Gold and Amalgam Lingual Cusp for a Bicuspid. D22c, p. 155. 1898. Gold Filling. D221, p. 186. 1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 104. 1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 134. 1913. Sure-stick Fit for Plates. D321, p. 262. Cornelius, J. J., 1905, 1907, 1910. Cornelius, J. YV., 1870. Discussion. 1872. D3, p. 28. Corwin, John, 1895, 1905. Costner, H. A., 1892. Discussions. 1892. D22, p. 53; D4, p. 92, 93; D21, p. 145. 1895. D243, p. 46; D222, p. 80. Clinic. 1892. A Method of Preparing and Filling Root Canals with Tin or Gold Points. D243, p. 147. Covell, G. M., 1907. Cowen, W. H., 1904. Clinic. 1909. Cavity Preparation, Using Hypnosis as a Means for Entire Relief from Pain. D22a, 615.851, p. 237. Coulson, D. E., 1890. Administration. 1895. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Local Com. 1896. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1897. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1898. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1896. D07, p. 51. 1897. D04, p. 18. Cowles, G. S., 1905. Cox, C. W., 1905, 1910. 1909. Obituary, p. 65. Cox, N. W., 1912. Craig, Grant, 1905. Craig, G. A., 1905. Craig, H. M., 1906. Craig, T. D., 1909. Craig, W. P., 1905. Cramdal, L. E., 1905. Crane, E. A., 1908. Craver, A. S., 1909. Craver, J. A., 1905. Cravens, Junius E. Paper. 1893. Immediate Root Filling. D243, p. 45; Disc, p. 50. Crawford, J. H., 1910. Crawford, S. W., 1897. Cress, G. H., 1905. Creswell, J. J., 1878, 1905. Paper. 1880. Surgery in Dental Practice. D07, p. 52. Discussion. 1881. D5, p. 60. Cretors, E. D., 1905. Crigler, J. W., 1903, 1910. Clinics. 1904. Repairing Crown and Bridgework. D33, p. 26. 1905. Gold Cuspids and Incisors and Articulating Molars and Bicuspids without Facings. D331, p. 226. 1912. Method of Making Amalgam Fillings Adjoining with No Bad Results. D222, p. 297. Crigler, John, 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 158 Crissman, Ira B., 1S90. Administration. 1896. Assistant Clinic. Discussions. 1892. D21a, p. 112. 1894. D222, p. 92. 1895. D243, p. 55; DS, p. 109; D81, p. 150. 1897. D22a, p. 91; D2, p. 167. 1899. D04, p. 17. 1900. D2, p. 34. Crist, I. W., 1870. Cross, H. A., 1905. Crossan, «. A., 1909. ' Crouch, R. O., 1905. Crouse, J. IV., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1865. Treasurer. 1S69. Executive Com. 1872. Vice-President. Executive Com. 1873. President. 1877. Com. on Popular Education. 1878. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1S79. Executive Com. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1SS0. Executive Com. 1881. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Papers. 1S69. Dental Caries. D61, Mo. Dental Jnl., 1, p. 272; Disc, p. 276. 1870. Separating- Teeth: When and How. D22, p. 50; Disc, p. 54. 1873. President's Address. D04, p. 12. 1877. Operative Dentistry — Special Points to Be Observed to Insure Success. D2, p. 99; Disc, p. 105. 1882. Methods and Materials for Saving- Teeth. D22, p. 72; Disc, p. 79. 1889. In Union Is Strength. Toast. D06, p. 164. 1902. First Permanent Molar. D61a, p. 122; Disc, p. 125. 1906. Reminiscences of Forty-odd Years of Practice. D09, p. 65; Disc, p. 71. Discussions. 1866. D24, p. 9; D3, p. 11. 1867. D22, p. 25; D24, p. 27; D611, p. 31. 1868. D61a, p. 36. 1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 303, 307; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 320. 1870. D24, p. 18, 21, 22, 23; D242, p. 36, 37; D22, p. 43, 45, 46, 48; D22l, p. 73, 75; D81, p. 87, 88, 89. 1S71. D61, p. 27, 28, 29, 30; D21b, p. 38; D22, p. 50, 53; D712, p. 57; D221a, p. 64; D3, p. 71; D8, p. 87; D6, p. 102; D65, p. 125. 1872. D3, p. 27; D2, p. 58, 59; D07, p. 71, 72; D8, p. 90. 1873. D3, p. 156; D61, p. 18S, 192; D24, p. 74; D22, p. 104; D61, p. 115. 1875. D22, p. 39, 41; D22, p. 50, 51, 54; D07, p. 73; D221, p. S3; D3, p. 119, 120. 1876. D601, p. 35; D07, p. 43, 44, 48; D07, D22, p. 68, 71; D22, p. 74. 1877. 612.31, p. 64; D24, p. 91; D2, p. 113. 1878. D67, p. 40, 42; D07, p. 55, 60, 61; D22, p. 60, 61; D22, p. 66; D21, p. SI; D26, p. 88; D07, p. 98. 1S79. D07, p. 46; D2, p. 77; D07, p. 85, 89; 615.781, p. 104; D2, p. 105, 107, 108; D61a, p. 111. 1880. 612. S, p. 35, 36; D24, D65, p. 44, 45, 48, 49; 615,775, p. 63; D22, p. 75; D14, D22, p. 103. 1882. D65, p. 181. 18S3. D641, p. 39, 40; 613, p. 56; D61, p. 64, 65; D07, p. 96; D2, p. 97; D713, p. 127; D4, p. 132. 1884. D24, p. 41, 48; 617.22, p. S9. 1885. D24, p. 73; D2, p. 102, 108; D073, p. 140. 1888. D2, p. 116, 120; D2, p. 135, 136, 137, 142, 143, 149, 150; D24, p. 167, 169, 175, 179; D21, p. 201. 1889. D22, p. 108, 109; D2, p. 150. 1890. D07, p. 92; D332, p. 145, 146; D2, p. 159. 1892. D22, p. 46, 54. 1894. D4, p. 122. 1895. D04, p. 22; D243, p. 54; D31, p. 86; D8, p. 105; D06, p. 119; D33, p. 166. 1898. D04, p. 26; D222, p. 43, 52, 55. 1899. D141, D22a, p. 63. 1900. D2, p. 31; D64, p. 50; D2, p. 88, 89, 90; D21, p. 166. 1901. D04, p. 16; D22, p. 106; D21, p. 132. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 159 Grouse, J. N. — Continued. 1902. D04, p. 12; D031, p. 25; D8, p. 45, 4S; D09, p. 79; D22a, p. 114; D22b, D221, p. 120. 1903. D073, p. 45; D232, p. 86. 1904. D04, p. 16; D221, p. 149. 1905. D04, p. 23; D25, p. 69; D64, p. 69; D223, p. 147, 154; DS9, p. 195. 1906. D06, p. 122; DS9, p. 189. 1907. D07, p. 43; D221, D231, p. 92. 190S. D09, p. 64; D3, p. 114; D22, p. 167, 169. 1909. D04, p. 21; D073, p. 39; D24, p. 100; D07, p. 149; D89, p. 187. 1910. D04, p. 19; D223, p. 66; D243, p. 124; D601, p. 167; D231, p. 225; D073, p. 247. 1911. D32, p. 236; D231, p. 247, 249. 1912. D04, p. 32; D6a, p. 166; D072, p. 2S2. 1913. D231, p. 98; DS9, p. 159; D25, p. 183. Clinics. 1883. Demonstration of the Use of Robinson's Metallic Filling-, Finish- ing with Gold. D22c, p. 152. 1892. Gold Filling. D221, p. 147. 1902. Cement Filling. D223, p. 169. Crouse, R. M., 1912. Crowe, J. P., 1911. 1912. Obituary, p. 331. Crowley, E. T., 1904, 1909. Crowley, J. F., 1913. Croxen, E. B., 1911. Cruise, J. P., 1905. Cruise, R. J., 1899. Administration. 1904. Com. on Publication. 1905. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1911. Clinic Com. 1913. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Papers. 1911. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 286. 1913. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature., D073, p. 42. Discussions. 1903. 615.7815, p. 77. 1912. D222, p. 252. Clinics. 1902. An Extracting Instrument That Was Used Before the Turnkey. D72, p. 169. 1906. Practical Methods in the Use of Gutta-percha for the Cementing . of Crowns and Bridges. D33, p. 288. 1909. Uses and Abuses of Gutta-percha in the Cementation of Crowns and Bridges. D33, p. 234. 1913. Synthetic Cement Filling. D223, p. 254. Cry or, C. M., 1905. Culhane, A. B., 1905. Culvert, R. P., 1909. Cummings, Earl, 1909. Cummin^s, J. E., 1906. Cummins, H. R., 1909. Cummins, J. T., 1888. Administration. 1901. Librarian. 1902. Librarian. 1903. Librarian. 1904. Librarian. 1905. Librarian. 1906. Librarian. 1907. Librarian. 1908. Librarian. 1909. Librarian. 1910. Photograph Custodian. 1911. Photograph Custodian. 1912. Photograph Custodian. 1913. Photograph Custodian. 1914. Photograph Custodian. Discussion. 1888. D24, p. 178. Clinic. 1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 116. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 160 Cummins L. P., 1910. Cunningham, Geo., 1SSS, Corresponding Member. Paper. 1S91. On the Relative Advantages of a Low-fusing Continuous Gum. D324, p. 170. Curless, C. J., 1906. Currier, C. R., 1909. Currier, S. T., 1905. Curry, A. J., 1892. Administration. 1894. Com. on Necrology. Curry, O. W., 1905. Curtis, W. W., 1897. Cusen, E. J., 1913. Cushing, G. H., 1S65, Charter Member. 1901. Obituary. Portrait. P. 188. Administration. 1866. Program Com. 1867. Executive Com. 1868. President. 1870. Com. on Legislation. Executive Com. 1872. Executive Com. 1877. Executive Com. Legislative Com. 1S7S. Executive Com. Com. on Legislation. 1879. Com. on Legislation. 1880. Com. on Legislation. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1881. Com. on Legislation. 1889. President. 1891. Executive Council. 1892. Executive Council. 1895. Executive Council. 1898. Executive Council. Papers. 1S66. Causes and Prevention of Diseases of the Teeth. D61, p. 12; Disc, p. 12. 1565. Facial Neuralgia. D67, p. 39. Anesthesia. 615.781, p. 39. 1S69. Filling Teeth. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., 1, p. 297; Disc, Mo. Dental Jnl., 1, p. 302. 1870. Heavy Foils and Heavy Mallets. D221, p. 61; Disc, p. 77. Propriety of Legislation for the Protection of the People Against Dental Imposition, and for Encouragement of Scientific Attain- ments by the Dental Profession. D81, p. 77; Disc, p. 87, 102. 1871. Report of Com. on Dental Legislation. D81, p. 7. Some Enquiries Relative to the Need of the Profession for Text- books on Dental Pathology. D6, p. 93; Disc, p. 102. 1S72. The Just Demands of the Public Upon Professional Men. D8, p. 85; Disc, p. 90. 1873. Prevention and Treatment of Decay on Proximal Surfaces of the Teeth. D61, p. 170; Disc, p. 188. 1874. Record of Tests of Saliva. 612.31, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. 1875. Dental Education. D07, p. 68; Disc, p. 73. Record Tests of Saliva. 612.31, p. 125. 1877. Irregularities. D4, p. 114, 4 illus. 1878. Bleaching Teeth. D26, p. 82; Disc, p. S7. 1883. Tempering Instruments. D21, p. 149. 1885. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 88; Disc, p. 96. 1889. President's Address. D04, p. 57. 1892. Contour Fillings — What They Should Be. D22, p. 76; Disc, p. 80. Discussions. 1566. D60.2, D61a, p. 7; D221, p. 8; D64, p. 10^. 1867. D611, p, 31. 1868. D243, p. 37; D64, p. 39. 1869. D61, p. 276; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329; 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 340. 1870. D24, p. 20; D22, p. 45, 46, 47, 49; D22, p. 55; D3, p. 98. 1871. D61, p. 27, 28, 31; D21a, p. 38; D22, p. 49, 50; D65, p. 123. 1874. D07, p. 31; D22, p. 49; D22, p. 85, 86, 90, 91; D072, p. 105. 1875. D22, p. 41; D22, p. 51; D3, p. 120. 1876. D601, p. 35, 36; D07, p. 50; D22, p. 72. 1877. D04, p. 28; D3, p. 38; D22, p. 50; 612.31, p. 65; D24, p. 87; D2, p. 109. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 161 dishing, G. H. — Continued. 1878. D04, p. 25; D07, p. 58, 61; D22, p. 61; D22, p. 67; D26, p. 87. 88" D07, p. 97. 1879. D07, p. 45, 47; D24, p. 62, 63; D07, p. 87; 615.781, p. 104, 105; D2. p. 108; D61a, p. 114. 1880. 621.8, p. 35, 40; D24, D65, p. 45; 615.775, p. 62; D22, p. 74; 612 31 p. 112. 1881. D24, D65, p. 44; D222, p. 124. 1882. D13, p. 40. 1883. D2, p. 98, 99. 1884. D24, p. 47; D07, p. 100. 1885. 615.5, p. 129; D073, p. 140, 141. 1886. D04, p. 64, 65; 615.778, p. 80, 83; D61, p. 146, 148; D24, p. 157; D073, p. 166, 168. 1887. D602, p. 142. 1888. D073, p. 71, 75; D2, p. 136; D24, p. 171, 173, 178; D21, p. 191, 194, 195, 201. 1890. D61a, p. 131; D332, p. 148. 1891. D22a, p. 108, 117; D24, D61, p. 137, 139. 1892. D04, p. 11; D21, p. 138, 140, 141, 142, 146. 1893. D22a, p. 19; D601, p. 36; D09, p. 119, 124; D221, p. 174, 178. 1894. D2, p. 129, 134; D073, p. 145. 1895. D04, p. 21; D06, p. 27; D289, p. 41; D243, p. 53; 612.31, p. 70; D222, p. 79; D06, p. 120. 1896. D21, p. 95; 615.84, p. 108, 109, 110, 111; D21, p. 128; D64, p. 132. 1897. D04, p. 26; D64, p. 43, 44; DOS, p. 63, 65; D073, p. 193. Coster, L.. E., 1896, Corresponding- Member. Paper. 1898. A New Process of Fusing Platinum. D31, p. 76, 1 illus.; Disc, p. 79. Discussions. 1896. 615.84, p. 106, 107, 108. 1904. D232, D31, p. 107. Clinics. 1895. Electric Oven. D31, p. 182. 1897. Electric Furnace. D31, p. 205. 1898. Fusing Platinum. D31, p. 186. 1899. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 116. 1904. Electric Furnaces. D31, p. 33. Cutrera, E. O., 1906. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 162 Dace, W. M., 1906. Dahlin, C. T., 1905. Dalbey, J. H., 1905, 1909. Dalbey, W. C, 1910. Discussion. 1912. D33, p. 130. Clinics. 1912. Some New Original Instruments. D21, D31, p. 301. 1913. A New Application of the Bonwill Theory with Original Anatom- ical Articulator. D3a, 264. Daly, T. H„ 1905. Damon, W. H., 1905. Damron, G. H., 1S92, 1902. Clinic. 1895. Gold Filling. D221, p. 185. Dana, Rev. 1889. Tribute to Dr. Gilmer. P. 161. Daniels, Richard H., 1906. Administration. 1913. Local Com. Clinic. 1911. Hollow Dowel for Crown and Bridge. D33, p. 290. Danks, C. P., 1913. Dantes, R. H., 1873. Darmer, J. C, 1907. Davenport, H. W., 1905. David, E. R., 1873. Administration. 1877. Librarian. 1878. Librarian. 1896. Executive Com. 1897. Vice-President. Discussion. 1877. D2, p. 106. David, V. R., IS 66. Davis, Crosbie W., 1901. Davis, C. R., 1910. Davis, E. E., 1905. 1910. Obituary, p. 50. Davis, E. F., 1870. 1883. Obituary, p. 27. Administration. 1871. Executive Com. Davis, G. H., 1910. Davis, H. E., 1904. Discussion. 1907. Ethics. DS. p. 112. Davis, John C, 1905, 1907. Davis, J. A. W., 1872. 1903. Obituary, p. 136. Administration. 1873. Executive Com. 1876. Executive Com. 1881. Vice-President. 1S95. Local Com. 1898. President. Papers. 1S76. Pathological Conditions of the Teeth and Their Effect Upon the General System. D601, p. 31; Disc, p. 34. 1878. Filling Proximal Cavities in Bicuspids and Molars. D22, p. 62; Disc, p. 66. 1898. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 13. Discussions. 1875. D22, p. 40; D22, p. 47, 51; D3, p. 124. 1877. D04, p. 27; D3, p. 42; D2, p. 112. 1878. D67, p. 42, 43; D07, p. 59; D07, p. 9S. 1879. D2, p. 77, 78; D07, p. 88. 1880. 612.8, p. 38. 1882. D3, p. 52. 1886. D22a, D243, p. 97. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 163 Davis, J. A. Yv. — Continued. 1590. D602, p. 122. 1891. D3, p. 123. 1897. D06, p. 69; 615.84, p. 209, 214. Clinics, 1883. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 152. 1887. Illustrating the Use of a Galvanic Current to Produce Local Anes- thesia. 615.84, p. 112. Davis, J. D., 1905. Davis, J. M., 1905, 1910. Davis, K. B., 1869. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 300. Portrait, p. 301. Administration. 1872. Executive Com. 1876. Vice-President. 1877. President. Legislative Com. Com. on Popular Education. 1578. Com. on Legislation. 1579. Board of Censors. Com. on Legislation. 1550. Board of Censors. Com. on Legislation. 1551. Board of Censors. Com. on Legislation. 1882. Board of Examiners. Com. on Legislation. 1889. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1891. Executive Council. 1896. Local Com. Papers. 1871. Keeping Cavities Dry. D21b, p. 32; Disc, p. 38. 1872. Dental Societies. D06, p. 73; Disc, p. 84. 1873. Contour Fillings. D22, p. 98; Disc, p. 101. 1875. Gold Screws for Retaining Fillings. D221, p. 79; Disc, p. S3. 1877. President's Address. D04, p. 19; Disc, p. 26. 1879. Dental Education. D07, p. 78; Disc, p. 84. 1S82. Operative Dentistry — Essential Elements. D2, p. 63; Disc, p. 79. 1885. Prosthetic Dentistry. D3, p. 34; Disc, p. 40. Discussions. 1872. D3, p. 33. 1873. D07, p. 169. 1874. D07, p. 36; D22, p. 87; D072, p. 106. 1875. D07, p. 76; D3, p. 122. 1876. D601, p. 36; D22, D07, p. 63. 1877. D2, p. 109. 1878. D04, p. 26; D07, p. 57; D21, p. 82; D07, p. 98. 1879. D07, p. 47; D2, p. 78; D07, p. 89; D61a, p. 112. 1880. D24, D65, p. 51; 617.775, p. 62; D22, p. 74. 1881. D22, p. 151, 152. 1883. D07, p. 94. 1886. D243, p. 105. 18S7. D602, p. 133, 143. 1890. D332, p. 145, 147; D6a, D61a, p. 154. Clinics. 1SS8. Gold Filling. D221, p. 131. 1891. Porcelain-faced Crown. D331, p. 179. Davis, Lloyd, 1911. Davis, L. L.., 1885, 1905. Administration. 1SS7. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1890. Com. on Publication. 1591. Com. on Publication. 1892. Com. on Publication. 1893. Com. on Publication. Paper. 1887. The Use of the Microscope in Progressive Dentistry. 578, p. 145; Disc, p. 148. Discussions. 1886. D22a, D243, p. Ill; D073, p. 167, 169. 1889. D14, p. 129. 1891. D21, p. 66, 69. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 164 Davis, Li. Li. — Continued. 1892. D4, p. 91. 1895. D89, p. 41; D81, p. 152; D2, p. 187. Clinics. 1901. Celluloid Cement Filling. D223, p. 140. 1911. Uses of Diatoric Teeth in Bridgework. D332, p. 301. Davis, Li. P. Clinic. 1908. Carved Cusps in Mettaline Compound. D331, p. 273. Davis, T. A., 1899, 1905. Davis, W. C, 1905. Davison, Dexter H., 1902. Dawkins, R. C, 1870. Dawson, C. H., 1906. Day, A. H., 1867. Discussion. 1867. 615.781, p. 25. Day, B. W., 1872. Day, F. W., 1906. Day, H. N., 1905. Day, O. A., 1912. Dayan, L,. F., 1885, 1905. Clinic. 1912. Three Stages in Continuous Gum for Full Dentures. D324, p. 294. Daymude, O. M., 1893. Administration. 1903. Executive Council. 1910. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. Discussions. 1896. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 130. 1911. Thorough and Honest Dentistry. D8, p. 207. Dean, C. O., 1868. Administration. 1869. Executive Com. 1870. Librarian. Dean, C. W., 1905. Dean, F. W., Corresponding Member, 1884. Administration. 1875. Librarian. Discussions. 1871. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 71. 1872. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 33. 1874. Dental Students. D07, p. 33. Popular Education with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry. D072, p. 106. Dean, Jas. C, 1865, Charter Member. Dean, M. S., 1865, Charter Member. 1882. Portrait. Frontispiece. Obituary, p. 23. Administration. 1866. Executive Com. 1867. Executive Com. 1868. Secretary. 1869. Librarian. ■ 1870. President. 1874. Executive Com. 1876. Executive Com. 1877. Executive Com. Com. on Popular Education. 1878. Board of Censors. 1879. Board of Censors. 1880. Board of Censors. 1881. Board of Censors. Papers. 1868. Plugging Pulp Cavities and Canals. D243, p. 36; Disc, p. 37. 1869. Annual Address. D04, p. 257. 1870. Complicate Fillings. D22, p. 38; Disc, p. 43. Address of Retiring President. D04, p. 100. 1871. Dental Ethics. D8, p. 79; Disc, p. 87. 1872. Sound Practice, Sound Philosophy. D2, p. 42; Disc, p. 57. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 165 Dean, M. S. — Continued. 1873. May the Calcific Elements of the peciduous Teeth Be Appropriated in the Formation of Any Portion of the Permanent Ones? D17, p. 79; Disc, p. 86. 1878. The Epithelia and Some of Their Derivatives, Especially the Den- tal Germs. D16, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. 1881. Development of the Enamel. Dill, p. 107; Disc, p. 110. Discussions. 1866. D602, p. 7: p. 7; D61a, p. 7; D24, p. 9; D24, p. 17; D3, p. 20. 1868. D64, p. 38. 1870. D24, p. 20; D22, p. 60; D221, p. 75. 1871. D61, p. 31; D21b, p. 3S, 39; D22, p. 52. 1872. D3, p. 32; D8, p. 91. 1873. D24, p. 70; D61, p. Ill, 114; D61, D601, p. 144. 1874. D07, p. 31; D22, p. 46, 50; D61, p. 67, 75. 1875. D22, p. 38: D22, p. 49; D07, p. 75; D3, p. 121. 1876. D07, p. 4 1, 49; D22, p. 73. 1877. D04, p. 26, 28: D2, p. 110. 1878. D07, p. 60; D22, p. 60; D07, p. 98. 1879. D783, p. 69; D07, p. 89. 1880. 612.8, p. 34; D24, D65, p. 4S; D14, D22, p. 101; 612.31, p. 110. 1881. D24, D65, p. 43. Dean, W. W., 1870. DeCrow, Warren, 1869. Administration. 1876. Executive Com. Discussions. 1872. D2, p. 59. 1873. D24, p. 72; D22, p. 101. 1874. D07, p. 35. 1875. D22, p. 38; D22, p. 47, 48. 1876. D601, p. 37; D325, p. 98. 1879. D24, p. 63. DeFord, W. H. Clinic. 1907. A Lesson in Administering Somnoform. 615.7815, p. 232. DeKrause, L. II., 1910. Dellibac, L. R„ 1905. Demling, E. A., 1909. Deming, George A., 1905. Demarest, C. A., 1902. Demorest, Clyde S., 1905, 1907. Dempsey, G. M„ 1910. Dennis, G. J„ 1890. Administration. 1896. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Papers. 1895. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 178; Disc, p. 181. 1896. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 116. Discussions. 1892. D22, p. 46. 1894. D61, p. 38. 1S95. D33, p. 167. Clinic. 1896. Fusing Porcelain Gum Section. D323, p. 126. Dennis, G. W., 1886. Paper. 1890. Desperate Cases and What to Do to Be Saved. D2, p. 134; Disc, p. 142. Clinic. 1891. Gold Filling. D221, p. 17S. Dennis, J. W. Clinic. 1897. Copper Amalgam. D222, p. 203. Dent, Geo. L„ 1903, 1905. De Riemer, A. E., 1908. Deschauer, J., 1867. Desser, Louis B., 1907. Devlin, J. B., 1897. Devlin, Wm., 1908. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 166 Dewey, H. C, 1908. Diamond, P. T., 1905. Discussions. 1906. D82, p. 151; 615.7815, p. 215. Dickinson, A. N., 1905. Dickinson, Emma L.., 1912. Dickinson, H. L,., 1908. Dickson, J. G., 18S8. Administration. 1893. Com. on Infraction of the Code of Ethics. 1S94. Com. on Infraction' of the Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1890. D2, p. 167; D602, p. 123. 1892. D14, p. 123; D073, p. 130. Clinic. 1890. Gold Filling. D221, p. 163. Dicus, J. B., 1898. Paper. 1901. Physiological Function of the Saliva. 612.31, p. SO. Dicus, YV. O., 1905. Dieul, F. D., 1909. Diestelow, J. A., 1906. Dieterich, J., 1905. Dillard, J. P., 1905. Dillon, E. H., 1897. 1902. Obituary, p. 230. Dillon, G. B., 1886, 1905. Clinic. 1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 204. Dinwiddie, J. A., 1905. Dittmar, G. YV., 1901. Administration. 1903. Com. on Publication. 1904. Executive Council. 1906. Com. on Organization. 1907. Com. on Publication. 1910. Program Com. 1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1912. Com. on Legislation. 1913. Clinic Com. Com. on Legislation. 1914. Com. on Legislation. Papers. 1902. Dental Nomenclature — With Reference to Its Development, Bear- ing Especially on That of Descriptive Dental Anatomy, Cavities and Instruments. D031, p. 14; Disc, p. 23. 1908. The Cast Gold Inlay. D231, p. 143; Disc, p. 160. 1913. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 252. Discussions. 1902. D243, p. 56. 1906. D06, p. 124; D89, p. 192. 1907. D221, p. 85; D231, p. S5: D8, p. 119; D22c, p. 197. . 1908. D06, p. 81. 1909. D2, p. 223. 1910. D231, p. 225. 1911. D231, p. 167; D32, p. 230. 1912. D071, p. 82; D8, p. 151; D6a, p. 168; D222, p. 250. 1913. D231, p. 103. Clinics. 1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 139. 1903. Preparation of Mesio-occlusal Cavity. D22a, p. 3, Supplement. 1906. Screw Anchorage for Large Incisal Foil Restorations. D221, p. 275. 1907. Contour That a Properly Shaped Artificial Crown Should Have. D331, p. 228. 1909. Casting. Models of Gold Inlays, Cast Bridgework, Cast Gold Shell Crown and Cast Partial Lower Plate. D32, D33, p. 236. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. 1911. Anatomical Occlusion of Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 301. 1912. Anatomical Occlusion. D3a, p. 303. Ditty, Amos, 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 167 Dixon, J. T., 1902. Discussion. 1902. D3, p. 179. Dodd, Geo. R., 1912. Dodez, E. W. Clinic. 1904. Pulp Mummifier. D242, p. 29. Dodge, C. A.. 1905. Doepp, Albert G., 1905. Dolson, J. E., 1909. Donaldson, R. P., 1902. Donelan, J. J., 1906. Administration. 1912. Local Com. Donelan, T. P., 1900. Administration. 1902. Local Com. 1906. Local Com. 1907. Vice-President. 1905. Local Com. 1912. Treasurer. 1913. Treasurer. 1914. Treasurer. Doolittle, M. J., 1S86. Dormer, John, 1912. Dorn, C. P., 1905. Discussions. 1881. D222, p. 125. 1886. D22a, D243, p. 117. 1891. D24, p. 97; D72, p. 179. Clinic. 1899. Setting Logan Crown with Gold Band. D331, p. 116. Dorn, C. T., 1880. Dorsey, H. P., 1905. Doss, C. Howard, 1907. Dostahl, J. W., 1905. Douglas, Percy E., 1911. Douglass, Charles E., 1906. Dowell, B. F., 1905. Downar, J. C, 1911. Downing, J. 31., 1871. Administration. 1882. Executive Com. Downs, F. E., 1905. Drake, H. A., 1905. Drake, L,. S., 1905. Dressel, H. G., 1905. Drozdowitz, A., 1906. Drozdowitz, I., 1905. Duff, C. E., 1905, 1913. Duffy, B. A., 1907. Dugan, J. C, 1906, 1910. Dugger, M. H„ 1911. Duguid, R. O., 1909, 1913. Duncan, E., 1877. Administration. 1885. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1883. 615.7815, p. 68, 69. 1885. 615.5, p. 129. . 1895. D243, p. 50; D33, p. 166; D2, p. 188. Duncan, L. M., 1913. Duncan, S. F., 1881. Administration. 1891. Executive Com. 1894. Executive Council. 1S95. Vice-President. 1901. Board of Examiners. 1905. Clinic Com. 1906. President. 1910. Com. on Necrology. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 168 Duncan, S. F. — Continued. Papers. 1884. Exposed Dental Pulps and Their Treatment. D24, p. 33; Disc, p. 41. 1890. Dentists. D07, p. 85; Disc, p. 88. 1905. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 217. 1906. President's Address. Discussions. 1897. D04, p. 21; D22a, D221, p. 142; D2, p. 163; 615.84, p. 209. • 1900. D713, p. 122. 1901. D22c, p. 56. 1902. D2, p. 175; D3, p. 179. 1906. D232, p. 168. 1907. D04, 1907, p. 15. 1908. D04, p. 14; D06, p. 87. 1909. D04, p. 18. 1911. D8, p. 203. Clinics. 1894. Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 156. 1899. Attachment for Bridge to Anterior Teeth without Amputation of Natural Crown. D332, p. 104. 1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 138. Duncan, W. T., 1905. Dunlop, \\ in., 1906. Dunn, I-;. C. 1901. Address of Welcome. Dunn, J. A., 1909. Dunn, J. Austin, 1887. * 1913. Obituary, p. 301. Paper. 1896. Cervical Fillings and Clamps. D21, p. 92, 3 illus.; Disc, p. 95. Clinics. 1888. Treatment of Abscesses. D65, p. 131, 133. 1892. Exhibition of Hand Matrix for Plastic Fillings. D22b, p. 148- 1899. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 120. Dunn, J. Elwood, 1905. Clinic. 1906. Continuous Gum Plate. D324, p. 281. Dunn, J. O., 1905. Dunn, M. W., 1909. Dunn, W. H., 1905. Duth, Cara E„ 1902. Dvorak, L.. J., 1912. Dwigiit, C. R., 1870, 1879. 1893. Obituary, p. 233. Administration. 1884. Executive Com. 1885. Treasurer. Paper. 1874. Why So Many Failures in Dental Operations? D07, p. 36; Disc p. 46. D wight, J. II.. 1909. Dyblie, J. 11.. 1908. Dyer, Chas. F., 1873. Dyer, W. C, 1867. Discussion. 1873. D22, p. 103. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 169 Eagles, A. 1... 1909. Eagleson, J. II., 1905. Eagleson, J. I!.. 1907. Eames, W. H., 1867. 1894. Obituary, p. 205. Papers. 1874. Celluloid. D325, p. 107; Disc, p. 108. 1880. Conservation of the Teeth. D14, p. 93; Disc, p. 100. 1883. Removal of an Osteo-sarcoma. D781, p. 124; Disc, p. 125. Is the Defective Structure of Teeth with Pitted, Furrowed or Crib- riform Enamel the Result of an Arrest of Development? D14, p. 141. 1884. The Origin of Defective Enamel. D141, p. 60; Disc, p. 69. 1889. The Development of the Roots of Teeth. (Paper Read But Not Published in Society's Proceeding's.) D14, p. 126. Dental Journalism. Toast. D05, p. 159. Discussions. 1867. D22, p. 27; D65, p. 29; D611, p. 31. 1868. D64, p. 38. 1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 305, 306; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol 1, p. 320; 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 341. 1870. D22, p. 47, 48; D22, p. 57, 59; D81, p. 87; D3, p. 98. 1871. D221a, p. 64; D3, p. 66, 67. 1874. D24, p. 76; D22, p. 90. 1876. D07, D022, p. 66, 67; D22, p. 72, 73; D07, p. 89. 1877. D22, p. 54; D24, p. 95, 98; D2, p. 110, 112. 1882. D4, p. 168; D65, p. 183. 1883. D16, p. 77; D4, p. 131. 1884. D24, p. 43. 1891. D24, p. 96. Earlley, W. F., 1913. Early, W. F., 1910. Eastman, F. A., 1905. Eaton, A. V., 1887. Eaton, Chas. D„ 1909. Ebert, F. E., 1909. Eccle, J. W. R., 1912. Eddleman, M. D., 1908. Eddy, O. T., 1902. Eddty, W. E., 1905. Edgar, W. M., 1910. Edgerton, G. H., 1905. Kill u ml. E. W., 1913. Edmonds, \. II.. 1S98. Clinic. 1898. A Continuous Gum Plate. D324, p. 195. Edwards, Arthur, 1905. Edwards, A. IT., 1913. Edwards, L,. A., 1899. Edwards, H. N. Discussion. 1893. D21, 615.781, p. 105. Edwards, S. L,., 1868. Administration. 1873. Vice-President. Paper. 1872. Our Failures. D07, p. 63; Disc, p. 70. Discussions. 1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 303. 1870. D24, p. 22; D22, p. 49; D22, p. 55; D221, p. 74, 75; D3, p. 98. 1871. D8, p. 87, 89; D65, p. 125. 1872. D3, p. 28, 33. Egan, M. J., 1913. Eggen, W. N., 1910. Eicke, Adolph, 1905. Eiles, F. Stanley, 1893. Eles, F. S., 1905. Eisenstaedt, Jos., 1908. Clinic. 1912. Bilateral Resection of the Mandible. Models and Charts of a Case. D4, p. 307. Eisenstaedt, M., 1905. Eisenstaedt, BE. K., 1905. Elser, L. E., 1906. For index and key to classification nuniliers, see pink appendix. 170 Elder, J. E., 1911. Eldred, C. H., 1905. Eldred, J. F., 1905. Clinic. 1906. A Method of Separating Teeth and Retracting Gums. D22, p. 2S9. Elliott, E. O., 1910. Elliott, E. VV., 1905. Administration. 1914. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussion. 1913. Painless Dentistry. D611, p. 239. Clinic. 1913. Dental Medicines. 615, p. 257. Elliott, G. B., 1905. Elliott, Joseph H., 1912. Ellis, B. F„ 1905. Administration. 1911. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. Ellis, J. Ward, 1865, Charter Member. Discussions. 1866. D24, p. 10: D64, p. 10%; D3, p. 10%; D602, p. 11, 14; D61a, p. 15; D22, p. 16, 17; D3, p. 20; D07, p. 11. 1867. D24, p. 28; D65, p. 28. Elmer, A. B., 1887, 1905. Elmer, A. J., 1S99. 1909. Obituary, p. 64. Administration. 1905. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1905. D25, p. 72;- D64, p. 72. 1906. D072, p. 230. Clinic. 1902. Gold Filling Restoration. D221, p. 169. Elmer, G. D., 1907. Elslaprer, J. E., 1907. Ely, J. O., 1905. Emerson, Henry, 1905. Emi?rh, B. T., 1905, 1909. Emmert, J. W., 1885.. Entsminger, G. W., 18S8, 1905. Administration. 1892. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1893. Executive Com. 1907. Com. on Necrology. Papers. 1890. The Care of the Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 120; Disc, p. 121. 1900. Habits Incident to the Dental Profession. D2, p. 18; Disc, p. 22. Entsminprer, J. E., 1907. Erausquin, V. C, 1909. 1910. Obituary, p. 4S. Ercanbrack. W. C, 1909. Erickson, Alfred, 1913. Erickson, Arthur, 1912. Ervay, E. L,., 1906. Eshelman, B. F. Clinic. 1S93. Gold Crown. D331, p. 165. Etcheparehorda, IV., 1912. Evans, C. C:, 1903. Evans, C. E., 1905. Evans, D. W., 1905. Evans, E. T., 1902. Administration. 1904. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1908. Clinic Com. Papers. 1908. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 259. 1911. Thorough and Honest Dentistry. D8, p. 199; Disc, p. 203. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 171 Evans, E. T. — Continued. Clinics. 1907. Bridgework. D332, p. 228. 1912. A Special Matrix for Large Amalgam Restoration. D22b, p. 292. Evans, G. D., 1905. Evans, J. H., 1908. Evans, Jos. K., 1911. Evans, YV. A. Paper. 1911. Dental Inspection in the Public Schools. D072, p. 170; Disc, p. 181. Evans, Win. M., 1910. Evans, W. W., 1913. Everett, G. E., 1905. Everett, Mell. M„ 1905. Clinic. 1911. A Demonstration of the Olivian Plate Swager in Making Metal Plates. D322, p. 291. Evey, D. H., 1894, 1905. Evey, J. M., 1903, 1905. Clinics. 1907. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 226. 1912. The Cast Gold Inlav; Some Defects and How to Overcome Them. D231, p. 304. Ewing, J. YV., 1899. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 172 Fahnestock, J. C„ 1866. Fahr, H. P., 1912. Fahrney, S. W., 1906. Clinic. • 1911. Orthodontia Models. D4, p. 291. Farley, G. E., 1912. Farmer, H. B., 1898. Farnham, B. W., 1865, Charter Member. Farns worth, F. B., 1913. Farwell, H. B., 1912. Fawcett, A. C, 1909. Fay, H. M., 1910. Fee, Asa, 1910. Felcher, F. B., 1910. Feldscher, N. Z., 1909. F« -I tm a ii. A. F., 1909. Fellman, W. O., 1903. Administration. 1912. Com. on Necrology. Clinics. 1907. Lingual Concealed Abutment Attachments for Anterior Bridges. D332, p. 231. 1911. Models Showing Method of Preparation of Teeth with Vital Pulps, and Gold Attachments to Same for Bridges. D332, p. 301. Fernandez, E. M. S., 1899. Discussions. 1907. D221, D231, p. 93. 1909. D32, p. 125; D232, p. 208. 1910. D231, p. 222. Clinic. 1912. A Simple and Definite Method of Marking Dental Instruments for the Proper Arrangement and Placing. D21, p. 306. Fickensher, E. L... 1905. Ferries, A. C, 1865, Charter Member. Ferrell, J. C, 1906. Ferner, D. A. J., .1910. Fickes, Wm. L... 1909, 1912. Fiddyment, G. F., 1909. Field, D. M., 1905. Field, W. S., 1909. Fielding. A., 1911. Fietsch, J. F., 1912. Finckam, E. I-.. 1904. Findlay, B. I., 1905. Fink, H. K., 1908. Finley, Frank O., 1906. Fischer, Vincent, 1892, 1906. Fischer, H. G. Clinics. 1903. Preparing and Filling with Gold a Compound Cavity on the Disto- incisal of a Left Upper Central Incisor. D221, p. 2, Supplement. 1905. Gold Filling. D221, p. 224. Fishburn, James M., 1884, 1913. Administration. 1887. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Fishell, E. W., 1905. Fisher, A. T., 1909. Fisher, J. W., 1876. 1897. Obituary, p. 269. Clinic. 1892. Exhibition of Two Bridges. D332, p. 148. Fisher, L,. E., 1910. Fitch, Henry H., 1883. 1895. Obituary. Portrait. P. 240. Administration. 1886. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussion. 1885. 612.8, p. 63. Clinics. 1889. Root Filling. D243, p. 142. Prepared Roots for Filling. D243, p. 144. Fithian, D. W., 1909. For index and key to classification numhers, see pink appendix. 173 Fitzwater, Grant B., 1906. Fitzwater, G. B. Clinic. 1908. Cast Plate, Using Aardentalloy. D323, p. 263. Flanagan, 1,. II.. 1908. Flannery, E. E., 1913. Flannery, J. A., 1913. Flatt, C. R., 1905. Fleinming, G. K., 1905. Fletcher, F. F. Clinic. 1900. Gold Fillings without Use of Rubber Dam. D221, p. 172. Flick, A. A., 1905. Flynn, H. V., 1907. Foley, C. L., 1908. Foley, T. J., 1911. Foltz, J. P., 1866. Administration. 1866. Program Com. 1867. Executive Com. Discussions. 1866. D602, p. 6, 7; D602, p. 7; D61a, p. 8; D24, D64, p. 9; D3, p. 10%. Forbes, I., 1867, Honorary Member. 1886. Obituary, p. 54. Discussions. 1S67. D22, p. 26; D67, p. 30. 1868. D64, p. 3*. 1870. D22, p. 44, 45, 46, 47, 49; D22, p. 56, 58, 59; 60; D221, p. 75; D81, p. 89; D3, p. 97. 1871. D22, p. 50, 51, 52; D221a, p. 65. 1874. D61, p. 67, 69, 70, 72; D24, p. 79. Ford, B. M., 1905. Fortelka, C. G., 1909. Foster, C. H., 1905. Foster, O. F., 1908. Foster, B. O., 1909. Foster, W. E., 1905. Administration. 1909. Local Com. Clinics. 1908. Crystal Gold for Cervical Fillings. D221, p. 265. 1911. Acolite Casting for Porcelain Crowns. D331, p. 301 1912. Method of Using Crystal Gold. D221, p. 303. Fouser, J. B., 1899. Administration. 1907. Board of Censors. Discussion. 1908. D06, p. 92. Fowler, W. F., 1899. Fowler, W. F., 1905. Fowler, W. F., 1912. Fowser, F. E., 1905. Fox, (.'has. S., 1905, 1910. Fox, M. G., 1906. Fox, W. H., 1905. Foyle, A. C, 1913. Fraenkel, Wilhelm, 1883. Discussion. 1883. D07, p. 94, 96. Fraker, Guy C, 1905, 1911. ' Frank, Harris J., 1906. Clinic. 1908. Porcelain-jacket Crown. D331, p. 261. Franke, Geo. E., 1905. Franke, J. C, 1905. Frankel, David A., 1911. Frankel, H. L,., 1905. Frankel, J. D., 1908, 1912. Franz, Hugo, 1902. Discussion. 1904. D232, D31, p. 107. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 174 Frazee, D. S., 1905. Frazee, O. L,., 1897. Administration. 1898. Local Com. 1900. Local Com. 1902. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics Local Com. 1905. Executive Council. 1907. Clinic Com. Discussions. 1911. D231, p. 245. 1913. D64, D65, p. 130. Fredericks, E. M., 1905, 1907. Freeman, A. B., 1889. Administration. 1891. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Freeman, A. W., 1865, Charter Member. 1S99. Obituary, p. 170. Papers. 1S68. Observed Effects of the Premature Extraction of the Temporary Teeth. D602, p. 38; Disc, p. 39. 1879. Anesthetics. 615. 7S1, p. 90; Disc, p. 102. Discussions. 1867. D611, p. 31. 1868. D64, p. 38. 1871. D61, p. 29, 31; D21b, p. 38; D22, p. 50; D8, p. SS; D65, p. 125. 1872. D8, p. 93. • 1875. D07, p. 74. 1879. D3, p. 75; D2, p. 76. 1881. D5, p. 60. 1884. D24, p. 45; 612.8, p. 57. 1885. D2, p. 106. 1SS7. D24, p. 63, 69, 70; 615.5, p. SI; D2, p. 119. 1888. D073, p. 72, 74; D2, p. 146; D24, p. 177; D3, p. 185; D21, p. 194. 200 1889. D2, p. 146. 1891. D24, p. 93. 1894. D61, p. 40; D322, p. 74; D222, p. 99, 100. Freeman, D. B., 1872. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 298. Clinic. 18S8. Gold Filling. D221, p. 131. Freeman, H. W., 1905. Administration. 1909. Board of Censors. Clinic. 1908. Abbey's Non-cohesive Gold Foil. D221, p. 269. Freeman, I. A., 1872, 1905. Discussions. 1887. 615.711, p. 95; D602, p. 138, 141. 1891. D21, p. 67; D24, p. 87; D22a, p. 111. Freeman, L,. G., 1913. Freiberg, Charles F., 1906. Freivogel, W. C, 1906. French, A. W., 1867. Administration. 1868. Vice-President. Executive Com. Program Com. 1869. Treasurer. 1870. Treasurer. Executive Com. Com. on Legislation. Publication Com. Paper. 1S70. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. S9; Disc, p. 97. Discussions. 1867. 615.781, p. 25; D22, p. 26; D65, p. 29; D67, p. 31. 1868. D61a, p. 36. 1869. D61, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 276, 27S; D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol 1, p. 302, 307; 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 340. 1870. D242, p. 35; D22, p. 54; D221, p. 76; D81, p. 103. 1908. D073, p. 36. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 175 French, Chas. R., 1913. French, D. Gale. Discussion. 1881. D22, p. 155. Freund, F. G., 1909. Frey, H. A., 1912. Frey, J. P., 1909. Fribley, J. F., 1904. Fribley, W. E., 1903. Friedman, S. D., 1905. Friessell, H. E., 1909. Frink, J. L,., 1904. Fritz, G. E., 1905. Froeschle, W. F., 1905. Fry, F. A., 1912. Fry, J. W., 1903. Fry, S. P., 1905. I'uhr, W. S., 1906, 1912. Fuller, A. H. 1913. Obituary, p. 302. Paper. 1902. Some of Our Predecessors. D09, p. 5S; Disc, p. 77. Discussions. 1889. D2, D09, p. 101. Clinic. 1S83. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 152. Fuller, J. C, 1S65, Charter Member. Fullerton, K. M. Clinic. 1893. Bands for Logan Crowns. D331, p. 167. Funk, L,. E., 1905. Funk, L. L.., 1905. Clinics. 1912. Apex-treating Broach. D242, p. 293. Pyorrhea Toothbrush. D64, p. 293. Fulton, J. M., 18S5. Fulton, Joseph, 1905. Fulton, M. D., 1870. Fulton, T. A., 1905. Furby, J. H., 1909. Fuqua, V. H., 1899, 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 176 Gable, J., 1905. Gallie, D. M. t 1894. Administration. 1900. Executive Council. 1902. Clinic Com. 1903. Executive Council. 1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1906. Clinic Com. Com. to Codperate with Chicago Medical Society. 1907. Com. to Cooperate with 111. State Medical Society. 1909. Com. on Legislation. 1910. Com. on Legislation. 1911. President. Com. on Legislation. Papers. 1902. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 162. 1905. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 11. 1907. Gold Fillings. D221, D231, p. 76; Disc, p. 85. 1911. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 30. Discussion*. ... 1». 1904. D06, p. 55; D221, p. 151 D04, p. 18; ™° - 1 "° D07, p. 44, 1906. 1907. 1908. 1909. 1910. 1911. 1912. 1913. 1899. 1907. D06, p. 55; 1J221, p. 11 D04, p. 18; D82, p. 14! D07, p. 44, 54. D073, p. 34. D242, p. 186; D2, p. 227. D04, p. 20; D223, p. 62. D072, p. 198. D04, p. 20; D5, p. 210; D072, p. 277. D25, p. 184. Clinics. Gold Filling. Gold Filling. 1907. Gold .Filling Gardner, F. L,., 1905. Gardner, R. A., 1902, 1 Gardiner, F. H., 1877. D221, p. 120. D221, p. 234. 905. Administration. 1882. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1885. Clinic Com. 1886. Clinic Com. 1889. Clinic Com. Paper. 1886. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 175. Discussions. 1880. D24, D65, p. 52. 1882. D3, p. 53; D2, p. 83; D22, p. 83. 1885. 615.5, p. 129. 1887. D4, p. 41; 615.5, p. 81, 83. 1888. D073, p. 69; D24, p. 179. Gardiner, J. C, 1905. Gardiner, T. D., 1889, 1907. Garman, Jared >!., 1906. Garnett, W. F., 1910. Garrett, C. M., 1905. Garrett, F. M., 1910. Garriott, J. P., 1910. Garrison, G. G., 1905. Garrison, Hy. L,., 1912. Gasparovich, S., 1913. Gatons, John II.. 1905. Ganmer, R. R., 1907. Geary, H. Logan, 1911. Geenen, G. S., 1905. Geiger, Emil D., 1906, 1911. Geiger, P. H., 1905. Gelder, F. A., 1905. George, E. D., 1906. George, Isaac, 1871, Honorary Member. Gerhold, Elsa J., 1911. Gethro, F. W., 1901. 1907. Administration. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 177 Gethro, P. W. — Continued. 1908. Clinic Com. 1910. Executive Council. Papers. 1907. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 97. 1909. Some Mistakes in Operative Dentistry — Their Causes and Correc tion. D2, p. 212; Disc, p. 220. Discussions. 1910. D243, p. 120. 1913. D231, p. 92, 98. Clinics. 1903. Gold Filling. D221, p. 11, Supplement. 1904. Cavity Preparation. D22a, p. 29. 1905. Baked Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 229. 1907. Cavity Formations for Gold Filling's. D22a, p. 236 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. Gibbs, A. E., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1867. Executive Com. Paper. 1879. Amyl-nitrite. 615.716, p. 22; Disc, p. 39. Gibson, Robert, 1867. Discussions. 1867. 615.781, p. 24; D24, p. 27; D67, p. 30; D611, p. 31. Gift, J. R., 1905. Gilbert, G. N.„ 1912. Gilbertson, T. L.., 1907. Giles, George, 1905. Gill, F. C, 1905. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 299. Gill, Harry G., 1911. Gill, H. C, 1878. Gill, J. H., 1908. Gillis, R. It.. 1908. Gilmer, A. L,., 1895. Gilmer, T. L., 1872. Administration. 1874. Executive Com. 1883. Board of Examiners. 1886. President. 1888. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1891. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1902. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1905. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1906. Com. on Publication. Com. to Cooperate with Chicago Medical Society. 1907. Com. to Cooperate with 111. State Medical Society. 1908. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1909. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1910. Com to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1911. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. Papers. 1881. Fractures of the Inferior Maxilla. D713, p. 67, 40 illus.; Disc, p. 104. 1886. President's Address. D04, p. 57; Disc, p. 63. 1889. Tribute to, by Rev. Dana. P. 161. The Beautiful City of Quincy. (Toast.) P. 164. 1890. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 58; Disc, p. 66. 1893. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 149: Disc, p. 158. 1905. The Maxillary Sinus and Its Diseases. D76, p. 75; Disc, p. 86. Discussions. 1874. D24, p. 78. 1876. D07, p. 48. 1879. D07, p. 47. 1881. D24, D65, p. 45. 1882. D3, p. 51; D331, p. 61; D64, p. 112. 1884. 612.8, p. 54. 1885. 615.5, p. 128. 1886. D7, p. 179. 1887. 578, p. 148. 1888. D2, p. 144; D24, p. 171. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 178 Gilmer, T. L. — Continued. 1891. D21, p. 54, 55, 56, 57, 64; D24, p. 90, 91; D22a, p. 114. 1892. D21a, p. 108. D21, 615.781, p. 96, 107; D072, p. 144. D222, p. 96, 97; D4, p. 123; D073, p. 143, 144, 146. D7S, p. 89; D21, p. 128. D64, p. 42, 43; D22a, p. 88. D04, p. 27; D222, p. 36, 37; D7, p. 152. i»uu. D2, p. 91; D713, p. 122. 1903. 615.7815, p. 76. 1904. D06, p. 58. 1894. 1896. 1897. 1898. 1900. 1905! D04^ p! 24. 1907. D07, p. 50 UUi, p. ov. D661, p. 194. D073, p. 39; D07, p. 109. D04, p. 38. D8, p. 151; D6a, p. 164. 1908 1909. 1911. 1912. Clinics. 1888. Gold and Platinum Crown. D331, p. 133. 1890. Exhibition of a Storage Battery and Mouth Lamp. D21, p. 163. 1S92. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 147. 1897. Gold Filling. D221, p. 201. 1899. Facial Neuralgia. D77. 1900. Case Operated Upon for Tri-facial Neuralgia. D77, p. 175. 1901. Surgical Clinic. D7, p. 138. 1905. Engorgement of the Antrum of Highmore as a Result of Sinusitis. D76, p. 218. 1911. Elimination of Scar Following Lip Injury. D75, p. 295. 1912. A Case of Double Cleft Palate. D751, p. 288. Gilmore, J. M., 1905. Gilmore, T. E., 1906. Gilson, A. II. Discussion. 1895. D243, p. 48. Gilster, G. B., 1905. Girling, Winthrop, 1899. Administration. 1912. Com. on Public Dental Education. Clinic. 1902. A Porcelain Crown Built Solidly from the Platinum Cap to the Proper Occlusion without the Use of Ordinary Facing Soldered to the Cap. D331, p. 165. Gismorc, L. L,., 1911. Glass, A. W., 1905. Glenn, Carl I., 1907, 1910. Glidden. Discussion. 1873. D24, p. 69, 71. Gluesing, J. W., 1893. Godejohann, A., 1905. Administration. 1913. Board of Censors. Goble. Discussion. 1873. D24, p. 72. Goebel, Robert, 1884, 1905. Administration. 1896'. Executive Council. 1898. Board of Examiners. 1910. Com. on Necrology. Paper. 1910. Report of Com. on Necrology of Illinois State Dental Society. D09, p. 48. Discussions. 1904. D331, p. 168. 1909. D24, p. 99. 1910. D072, p. 207. Clinic. 1909. Filling the Ascher's Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 231. Goetz, O. A., 1905. Goggin, J. W., 1905. Goldbeck, W. C, 1905. Golding, Ij. E., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 179 Goldring, James, 1909. Goldthorp, E., 1905. Goldthorp, F. J., 1906. Good, Robert, 1898. Clinics. 1899. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 111. 1900. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 172. 1901. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 137. 1904. Pyorrhea Treatment. D64, p. 27. Gooderl, H. W., 1905. Goodmanson, J. Sidney, 1S93. Goodrich. Discussion. 18S2. D61, p. 163. Goodrich, J. R., 1905. Goodson, L,. J., 1905. Administration. 1910. Local Com. 1911. Clinic Com. 1912. Executive Concil. Gordon, Byron, 1893. Gordon, J. S., 1911. Gorney, Wm. A., 1906. 1912. Obituary, p. 331. Gorsline, W. P., 1905. Goslee, H. J., 1897. Administration. 1899. Local Com. 1900. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1901. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1902. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1903. Secretary. 1904. Secretary. 1908. Com. on Publication. Papers. 1899. Modern Manipulative Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. p. 65, 2 illus.; Disc, p. 80. 1900. Report of Com. on Art and Invention. D21, p. 155; 1901. Report of Com. on Art and Invention. D21, p. 116; 1902. Report of Com. on Art and Invention. D21, p. 154; 1905. Porcelain Bridgework. D332, p. 198; Disc, p. 205. 1912. Newer Methods in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 87; Disc, p. 120. Discussions. 1898. D4, p. 97. 1900. D331, p. 63, 64. 1901. D3a, p. 36. 1902. D232, p. 182. 1903. D32a, p. 58. 1904. D331, p. 165. 1905. D32a, p. 175, 176. 1906. D232, p. 251. 1908. D073, p. 37; D22, p. 160; D232, p. 163; D221, p. 163; D222, p. 163. 1911. D231, p. 163; D32, p. 234. Clinics. 1898. Crowns and Bridges. D33, p. 191. 1899. Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. P33, p. 121. 1902. Construction of Saddles for Porcelain Bridges and Carving Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 163. Goss, Arthur, 1905. Gottlieb, L,., 1905. Gould, Arthur W., 1911. Gould, Earl E., 1906. Clinic. 1913. Cast Base Crowns. D331, p. 255. Gould, S. C, 1908. Gouse, M. W\, 1905. Graber, R. L., 1905. Administration. 1911. Local Com. 1914. Board of Censors. 1913. The Esthetics of Prosthetic Dentistry. D3, p. 198, 16 illus.; Disc, p. 217. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. D33, Disc, p. 164. Disc, p. 132. Disc, p. 161. 180 Graflund, Fred, 1905, 1909. Grafts, C. D., 1871. Graham, D. M., 1909. Graham, Herman J., 1906. Graham, Oliver J., 1907. Graham, H. S., 1905. Graham, W. M., 1905. Grafton, C. W., 1910. Granger, J. C, 1910. Gramm, C. T., 1902, 1910. Discussions. 1902. D243, p. 55. 1903. D34, p. 53. Clinic. 1903. Gold Points for Root Canals. D243, p. 5, Supplement. Grant, J. C, 1906. Clinic. 1912. Removable Bridges; Attachment for Porcelain Crowns. D33, p 305. Gray, A. G., 1885. Gray, Geo. T., 1905. Gray, G. W., 1905. 1911. Obituary, p. 331. Gray, J. R., 1870. Gray, L.. R., 1912. Graybeal, W., 1905. Green, B. F., 1907. Green, E. J., 1877, 1905. Administration. > 1886. Executive Com. Discussions. 1885. D2, p. 107; 615.5, p. 128. 1886. D22a, D243, p. 113. 1887. D2, p. 117, 125, 126;.D602, p. 138, 141, 143. 1888. D2, p. 140. Clinic. 1889. Phosphate Cement Filling-. D223, p. 143. Green, J. E., 1910. Green, J. L. Paper. 1911. Care of the Teeth in the State Institutions. D072, p 191 : Disc. p. 194. Green, L.. O., 1905. Discussion. 1899. D33, p. 88. Green, R. R., 1905. Green, W. F., 1892. Discussions. 1894. D222, p. 106; D21, p. 153. 1900. 615.778, p. 145; D21, p. 167. Clinic. 1900. Canal Filling-, Bucalypto-percha. D243, p. 170. Greene, Theodore, 1906. Greenhow, B. F., 1904, 1909. Greenleaf, C. W., 1871. Greenwood, A. S., 1909. Gregory, C. L,., 1884. Grovers, John E., 1888, Corresponding Member. Griffin, J. B., 1897. Griffin, T. A., 1905. Clinic. 1908. Vulcanite Teeth in Bridsrework. D332, p. 266. Griffith, D. D., 1905, 1913- Griffith, E. L., 1905. Griffith, J. J., 1907, 1912. Griffith, P. R„ 1891. Griffith, R. A., 1905. Grisamore, T. L., 1904. Administration. 1909. Clinic Com. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 181 Grisamore, T. L.. — Continued. Paper. 1909. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 230. Discussions. 1907. D24, D63, p. 155. 190S. D61, p. 226. Clinics. 1910. Orthodontia. D4, p. 268. 1911. Orthodontia. D4, p. 302. Griswold, D. J., 1905. Griswold, N. R., 1865, Charter Member. Griswold, W. E., 1906. Groff, W. E., 1908. Grossman, M.. 1908. Grove, E. C, 1909. Grnnn, A. P., 1905, 1910. Guest, I. H., 1909. Guffin, E. L,., 1882, Voted Life Membership, 1889. Guffin, L. E. 1911. Obituary, p. 330. Guild, George R., 1905. Giiniiell,.J. L.., 1S91. Gunther, H. A., 1892, 1905. Discussion. 1892. D21, p. 146. Clinic. 1899. Crystalloid Gold. D221, p. 121. Gunning, T. P., 1906. Gurley, F. G., 1907. Guthrie, A., 1905. Guthrie, N. A., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 182 Haas, Alfred L. Clinic. 1905. A New Method of Adapting a Metal Fitting to the Prepared End of an Anterior Root. D331, p. 222. Hackett, J. V., 1912. Hadfield, H. C, 1905. Hadley, C. J., 1907. Haessler, F. J., 1908. Hagland, c. E., 1912. Hague, Albert S., 1903. Mainline. E. L.., 1910. Hainz, Chas., 1911. Hajicek, J. E., 190S. Hall, A. W., 1908. Clinic. 1911. Apparatus Used in Extracting Teeth. D4, p. 302. Hall, Henry, 1865, Charter Member. Hall, O. C., 1905. Hall, R. S., 1908. Hall, S. W., 1905. Hall, W. B., 1909. Hallenbeck, R. J., 1905. Halsted, A. S., 1905. Hamel, C. W., 1909. Hamil, E. L,., 1905. Hamil, John C, 1905. Hamilton, B. A., 1909. Hamlin, George B., 1906. Hamm, H., 1905. !i.-i in ni.-i ii. H. Howard, 1905. Hammer, E. C, 1905. Hammond, C. R., 1908. 1909. Obituary, p. 64. Hammond, J. J., 1905. Hannnford, M. L,., 1878. Administration. 1S86. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1892. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1901. Vice-President. Executive Council. 1902. President. 1905. Executive Com. 1907. Com. on Necrology. 1909. Com. on Necrology. Papers. 1887. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 158. 1SS8. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 58; Disc, p. 68. 1898. The Preparation of Cavities. D22a, p. 99; Disc, p. 106. 1902. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 11. 1909. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 63. 1910. The Filling of Root Canals. D243, p. 109; Disc, p. 116. Discussions. 1881. D22, p. 152. 1886. D22a, D243, p. 101. 1902. D04, p. 13. 1906. ' 615.781, p. 94. 1908. D04, p. 13. 1909. D04, p. 19. 1912. D33, p. 124. Clinics. 1889. Gold Filling. D221, p. 143. 1900. Gold Filling. D221, p. 172. 190S. Gold Filling. D221, p. 269. Hanchen, S. A., 1912. Hancock, J. E., 1897, 1905. Discussions. 1905. D25, p. 57; D64, p. 57. 1911. D231, p. 250. Clinic. 1901. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 134. Hand, M. E., 1872. 1891. Obituary, p. 184. Administration. 1885. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 183 Hanley, Geo. M., 1905. Hannah, S. B., 1905. Hanson, A. A., 1906, 1909. Hanson, F. E., 1S68. Hanson, Grier, 1902. Hanson, O. T., 1902. 1903. Obituary, p. 138. Harden, O. H., 1905. Hardin, J. XV., 1903. Hardin, J. W., 1911. Hare, D. A., 1898, 1905. Clinic. 1905. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 224. Harsett, A. V., 1899, 1906. Harlan, A. W., 1872. 1909. Obituary, p. 64, 298, 299. Administration. 1875. Executive Com. 1881. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1882. President. Com. on Legislation. 1892. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1894. Com. on Publication. 1895. Com. on Publication. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1896. Com. on Publication. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1897. Cpm. on Publication. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1898. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1899. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1900. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1901. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Papers. 1874. Aetiology of Dental Caries. D61, p. 59; Disc, p. 67. 1879. Extraction of First Molars. D61a, p. 109; Disc, p. 111. 1880. Saliva — Its Characteristics in Health and Disease. 612.31, p. 104; Disc, p. 110. 1881. Characteristics of Saliva in Syphilitics. 612.31, p. 162; Disc, p. 167. 1882. President's Address. D04, p. 30. 1883. Notes on Remedies. 615.5, p. 147. 1885. Notes on New Remedies. 615.5, p. 119; Disc, p. 126. 1886. Antiseptics and Disinfectants. 615.778, p. 67; Disc, p. 75. 1887. Practical Therapeutics, with Notes on the Application of Special Drugs. 615.5, p. 74; Disc, p. 78. 1889. Escharotics and Coagulants. 615.775, p. 113; Disc, p. 120. The International Dental Congress. Toast. D06, p. 163. 1891. Experimental Studies on the Action of Diffusible Medicinal Agents in Living Teeth and Pulpless Teeth. D24, D61, p. 126; Disc p. 135. 1893. Recent Additions to the Therapeutics of Pyorrhea Alveolaris D64, p. 61; Disc, p. 64. 1894. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 138 Disc, p. 143. 1895. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 173 Disc, p. 175. „ ..„ 1896. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 112 1897. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 191 Disc, p. 193. „ , _ 1898. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 177 Disc, p. 180. . _„„ 1899. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 90 D i s c X) 94 1900. Report" of' Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 149 1901. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 109 Discussions. 1873. D61, p. 191; D331, p. 128. 1874. D07, p. 33; D22, p. 49; D22, p. SS. 1875. D22, p. 47, 48: D07, p. 77. 1876. D601, p. 38; D07, p. 48. 1877. D04, p. 30; 612.31, p. 66. 1878. D07, p. 62; D22, p. 62; D26, p. 87. 1879. D07, p. 47; D07, p. 87. 1880. D24, D65, p. 50: 615.775, p. 62, 63, 64. 1881. D5, p. 60; D222, p. 125; D22, p. 152. 1882. D65, p. 182. 1883. D2, p. 98. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 184 Harlan, A. W. — Continued. 1891 1892 1893 1893 1894 1896 1897 1899 1900 1901 D222, p. 105. D04, p. 21; D07, p. 47. D04, p. 23; D64, p. 36; D142, D24, p. 103, 104, 118. D04, p. 15; D141, D22a, p. 62. D64, p. 53; D21, p. 167. D04, p. 17. Clinics. 1888. Two Causes of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 132. 1890. Operation for the Renewal of Receded Gums. D64, p. 162. 1891. An Ingenious Method of Attaching Crowns. D331, p. 180. 1893. Bleaching. D26, p. 166. 1896. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 124; Disc, p. 130. 1899. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 111. 1901. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 134. Harlan, Paul H., 1899. Harned, M. R., 1898. Administration. 1900. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1901. Local Com. 1906. Executive Council. 1909. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1912. Com. on Post-graduate Study Course. Papers. 1902. Preliminary Dental Education. D07, p. 81; Disc, p. 86. 1908. The Romance of Dentistry. D09, p. 49; Disc, p. 59. 1909. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 26: Disc, p. 38. 1911. Some Psychological Phenomena Attending Orthodontia. D4, p 114; Disc, p. 135. 1913. Painless Dentistry. D611, p. 231; Disc, p. 236. Discussions. 1902. D2, p. 174. 1905. D25, p. 59; D64, p. 59. 1907. D04, p. 16. 1909. D07, p. 147. 1910. D243, p. 126. 1912. D04, p. 39. Clinics. 1902. Preparation of Cavities in Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 162. 1905. Home-made Electric Ovens for Baking Inlays. D31, p. 218. 1907. Accurate Fit of Cope for Porcelain-shell Crown. D331, p. 234. 1910. Case with Pyorrhea Pocket. D64, p. 26S. Harned, J. E., 1901, 1905. Harp, W. H., 1905. Harper, A. J., 1906. Clinic. 1912. How to Check the Wear on Badly Worn Teeth by Using the Gold Inlay. D231, p. 293. Harper, John G., 1892, Corresponding Member. Discussions. 1891. D24, p. 99. 1892. D21a, p. 110. Clinics. 1892. Exhibition of an Electric Fan. D231, p. 148. 1896. Aluminoid for Lining Plates. D321, p. 127. Harper, W. E., 1893. Papers. 1897. Classification of Cavities, and Rules Governing Their Preparation. D22a, p. 71, 14 illus.; Disc, p. 79. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 185 Harper, W. E. — Continued. 1912. The Character of the Adaptation of Amalgam to the Walls of Cavities Attained by Present Methods of Instrumentation and the Use of the Best Known Alloys, as Indicated by the Air- pressure Test. D222, p. 224; Disc, p. 243. Discussion. 1898. D22a, p. 106. Clinics. 1893. Casting Aluminum Plates. D323, p. 167. 1905. Enamel Cleavers. D33, p. 227. Harris, A. D., 1909. Harris, A. J., 1865, Charter Member, 1886, 1905. Harris, Sarah S., 1906. Harriman, E. V., 1905. Harrington, G. H., 1870. 1891. Obituary, p. 185. Administration. 1880. Librarian. 1881. Librarian. Harrison, A. G., 1909. Harrison, A. M., 1901. Administration. 1912. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Papers. 1903. Preservation of the Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 61; Disc, p. 68. 1912. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 37. Discussions. 1902. D06, p. 34. 1907. D22c, p. 194. Clinic. 1908. Oxide of Zinc Lining for Attachment of Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 264. Harrison, B. T., 1875. Discussion. 1880. 615.775, p. 64. Harrison, H. E., 1905. 1908. Obituary, p. 249, 326. Clinic. 1905. Nitrous Oxide Gas. 615.7811, p. 217. Harsch, B. T., 1911. Hartenger, J. H., 1901. Hart, C. P., 1905. Hart, C. Ii., 1905. Hart, H. V., 1905. Hart, P. H., 1909. Hart, W. W., 1905. Hartinger, J. H., 1905. Hartley, Chas. G., 1906. Hartley ,"R. R., 1909. Hartley, T. A., 1905. Administration. 1912. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Harvey, Earl V., 1905, 1907. Harvey, J. P., 1904. Haskell, L. P., 1865, Charter Member, 1882. Administration. 1866. Executive Com. Program Com. 1867. Librarian. Papers. 1881. The Past, Present and Future of Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 48. 1882. Random Thoughts from the Laboratory. D3, p. 45; Disc, p. 49. 1888. Prosthetic Dentistry. Papers Read But Not Published in Society's Proceedings. D3, Disc, p. 180. Discussions. 1866. D3, p. 10y 2 , 20. 1883. D32, p. 140. 1908. D06, p. 80; D3, p. 114. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 186 Haskell, L. P. — Continued. Clinic. 1913. Models of Abnormal and Difficult Cases, Some Thirty Years Old, Upon Which Successful Dentures Have Been Made. D32, p. 265. Haskins, G. W., 1901. Administration. 1908. Program Com. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1910. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. 1912. Executive Council. Discussions. 1906. 615.781, p. 108, 110; D232, p. 170; DS9, p. 194. 1907. DS9, p. 72; D4, p. 132, 135. 1908. D22, p. 166, 175; D231, p. 166, 175; D232, p. 166, 175; D221, p. 166, 175; D222, p. 166, 175. Clinic. 1904. Gold Filling. D221, p. 30. 1905. Non-cohesive Foil in Filling the Upper Three-quarters of Approxi- mal Cavities in Molars and Bicuspids. D221, p. 228. 1907. Removable Dentures, Using Tube and Split Pins. D32, p. 236. 1911. Some Reliable Bridge Abutments. D332, p. 308. Hastings, H. W., 1909. Hauge, N. A., 1907. Hawkes, A. J. — 1905, 1910. Administration. 1913. Public Service Com. 1914. Public Service Com. Hawley, A. T., 1885. Hawxhurst, D. C Paper. 18S2. Resolutions in Memory of, p. 28. Hay, C. A., 1909. Hay, E. T., 1909. Hay, William G., 1905. Hayden, R. E., 1907. Hayes, F. P., 1909. Hayes, Harry, 1908. Hayes, H. H., 1899. Clinic. 1913. Demonstrating the Making of Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 256. Hays, Owen C, 1905. Hazell, E. P., 1898. Administration. 1900. Clinic Com. Local Com. 1902. Local Com. 1903. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1906. Local Com. 1908. Local Com. 1909. Vice-President. 1910. Com. on Public Press. 1912. Com. to Cooperate with State Medical Society. Discussions. 1900. D713, p. 120. 1905. D89, p. 190. 1906. 615.781, p. 96. 1907. D89, p. 65. 1911. D04, p. 28. Clinics. 1902. Gold Filling, Using Matrix. D221, p. 164. 1907. Gold Filling. D221, p. 226. 1912. The Uses of the Gilmore Clasp as Applied to Plate and Crown Work. D331, D32, p. 296. Head, L. D., 1905. Clinic. 1912. Metal Base for Davis Crown. B331, p. 300. Heaton, J. A., 1905, 1909. Discussion. 1910. D223, p. 64. Clinic. 1911. Removable Band for Porcelain Work. D331, p. 302. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 187 Hebarger, J. R., 1904. Hebert, A. W„ 1S94, 1905. Clinic. 1S94. Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 156. Heck, E. G., 1905, 1907. Heely, E. Q,., 1912. HeKKlsiud, H. M„ 1905. Heidenger, R. G., 1908. Heidorn, H. \V., 1909. Heine, O. C, 1906, 1910. Heisey, D. J., 1908, 1909. Heisey, J., 1905. Helck, Sol. A., 1905, 1911. Held, Henry, 1901. Hellwig, C. V., 1911. Helm, C. B., 1893, 1901, 1905, 1912. Discussion. 1905. D76, p. 89. Clinic. 1905. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 224. Helm, Chas. S., 1910. Helmer, P. A., 1905. Helmick, O. W., 1910. Helper, R. W., 1901. Hemphill, J. I».. 1905. Hendell, J. W., 1869. 1872. Obituary, p. 108. Henderson, G. H., 1896, 1905. Administration. 1898. Local Com. 1900. Local Com. Paper. 1905. Advertising in Dentistry; or Commercialism Versus Professional- ism. D89, p. 178; Disc, p. 184. Discussions. 1898. D04, p. 21. 1900. D3, p. 107; D713, p. 119. 1902. D06, p. 34; D61a, p. 127. 1904. D89, p. 158. 1906. D89, p. 191. 1912. D072, p. 283. 1913. D89, p. 157. Clinic. 1907. Swaging a Plate, Using the Olivian Plate Swage. D322, p. 237. Henderson, H. S., 1905. Henderson, L.. D., 1896. Henderson, Olive M., 1909. Henline, B. H., 1905. Henn, E. J., 1912. Henning, A. S., 1905. Henning, J. A., 1907, 1912. Henry, (has.. 1S68. 1895. Obituary, p. 236. Administration. 1S70. Executive Com. 1874. Executive Com. 188S. Vice-President. 1891. Executive Council. ■ Discussions. 1869. D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 330. 1S70. D22, p. 58, 59; D221, p. 77. 1874. D22, p. 50. Henry, H. F., 1909. Henry, S. A., 1906, 1913. Henry, T. P., 1S96. Administration. 1904. Board of Examiners. 1905. Board of Examiners. 1906. Board of Censors. Paper. 1901. Why Fillings Fail. D22, p. 100; Disc, p. 101. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 188 . Henry, T. F. — Continued. Discussions. 1897. D04, p. 20. 1902. D06, p. 34. Henry, S. A., 1906. Henshaw, W. E., 1910. Hepburn, W. It., 1905. Heper, Carl, 1905. Herbert, Frank Y., 1897. Herndon, P. M., 1911. Herr, W., 1905. Herring, E. D., 1911. Herring, W. H., 1905. Herriott. Discussion. 1879. D07, p. 84; 615.781, p. 104. Herron, J. C, 1885. Hetu, E. G., 1906. Heuer, C. August, 1907. Hewes, C. T., 1896, 1906. Administration. 1914. Com. on Publication. Discussion. 1913. D611, p. 236. Clinic. 1911. Gold Filling. D221, p. 296. Hewett, A. C, 1905. Papers. 1893. Things Old, New and Useful in the Operating Room. (Chloro- form as An Obtundent.) D21, 615.7812, p. 82; Disc, p. 93. Local Anesthetics. 615.7816, p. 170. Discussions. 1893. D601, p. 33, 35; D73, p. 172. 1905. D04, p. 21. 1907. D073, p. 62; D22c, p. 198. Clinics. 1893. Extractions. D72, p. 165. 1907. Amberoid Cement. D223, p. 238. Hewett, Ashley M., 1903. Discussion. 1905. D89, p. 192. Clinic. 1903. Electric Furnace and Other Dental Appliances. D31, p. 8, Supple- ment. Hewitt, W. H., 1911. Hewitt, Wm. H., 1905. Heyer, H. C, 1902. Heyne, E. L,., 1906, 1911. Hick, D. F., 1912. Hickman, E. H., 1902, 1905. Discussion. 1909. D24, p. 98. Clinics. 1907. Contour Amalgam Filling, Using Matrix. D222, p. 232. 1909. "Vulcanized Base Plates for Full Upper and Lower Dentures. D321, p. 240. Hickman, G. W., 1908. Hickman, J. D., 1907. Hicks, W. S., 1905. Higgason, J. C, 1911. Higgins, T. E., 1913. Hill, H. M., 1908. Hill, Stanley, 1909. Hillenbrand, G. A., 1905. Hilller, Chas. W., 1905. Clinic. 1913. Building Up Broken-down Roots, Using Weston's New Metal. D331, p. 257. Hilton, John, 1893. 1897. Obituary, p. 270. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 189 Hinckley, C. A., 1907. Hine, C. L., 1906. Clinics. 1909. Cast Splint for Loose Teeth. D64, p. 241. 1912. Bandless Molar Crowns. D331, p. 299. Hine, W. G., 1909. Hinkins, J. E., 1S88. Administration. 1900. Clinic Com. 1901. Clinic Com. 1902. Vice-President. 1909. Com. on Publication. 1912. Program Com. Papers. 1900. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 170. 1901. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 134. 1906. On the Composition of the Dentine and Enamel of Human Teeth. D14, p. 259; Disc, p. 264. Discussions. 1891. D24, p. 99. 1895. D243, p. 59. 1897. D142, D24, p. 99, 112. 1898. D142, D24, p. 61. 1900. D21, p. 167. 1901. 615.778, p. 70; 612.31, p. 83. 1903. D32a, p. 59, 60. 1904. D223, p. 94. 1905. D32a, p. 175. 1907. D221, D231, p. 94; D07, p. 182. 1908. D63, p. 125. 1912. D6a, p. 167. 1913. D611, p. 246. Clinics. 1897. Platinum and Gold Filling. D22, p. 203. 1899. Instruments for Removal of Deposits. D641, p. 112. 1902. The Use of Kowarska's Cement as a Splint for Loose Teeth. D64, p. 164. Hinman, It. B., 1905. Hite, Harry J., 1911. Hite, J. H., 1905, 1908. Hite, O. E., 1911. Hitz, Victor, 1906. Hixon, W. N., 1908. Hoadley, G. P., 1878. Hoadley, G. P., 1905. Hoadley, P. L.., 1905. Hoagland, C. \.. 1907. Hobbs, lo B., 1905. Hobert, C. S., 1873. Administration. 1875. Executive Com. Hoblit, S. G., 1905. Hodgman, C. W., 1897, 1905. Hodgson, E. S., 1906. Clinics. 1910. Simple Compressed-air Attachment for the Engine Hand-piece. D21, p. 269. 1912. Inlay Swing Bridge, Replacing Upper First Bicuspid; Inlay Abut- ments on Vital Teeth. D332, p. 294. Hoermann, A. H., 1909. Hoffman, A., 1909. Hoffman, E. ('.. 1905. Clinic. 1912. Cast Reinforcements Applied to Denture Made for a Protruding Superior Maxillary Ridge. D32, p. 295. Hogan, W. E., 1906. Hohenadel, J. F., 1907. Hohman, E. H., 1908. Holland, C. M., 1913. Holland, C. P., 1905. Holland, K. J., 1909. Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 190 Holland, W. E., 1889. Administration. 1893. Clinic Com. 1895. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1896. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1897. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1898. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1899. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1902. Executive Council. 1903. Vice-President. Hollen, E. H., 1906. Hollenbeak, W. L,., 1905. Hollenbeak, E. E., 1905. Hollinger, Otto, 1905. Discussions, 1906. D602, p. 59; 615.781, p. 99. Hollingswortli, J. G. Clinic. 1S93. Porcelain-faced Crown. D331, p. 165. Hollingswortli, R. S., 1905. Holmes, F. W., 1905. Holmes, Harold, 1912. Holmin, O. R., 1905, 1909, 1912. Honsinger, E., 1865, Charter Member. 1909. Obituary. Portrait. P. 63. Administration. 1565. Temporary Secretary. Meeting- of Organization. 1866. Vice-President. Program Com. 1874. Vice-President. Discussions. 1566. D221, p. 8; D24, p. 0; D3, p. 10V>, 11; D602, p. 11; D61a, p. 15; D22, p. 16; D24, p. 17, 19. 1867. D22, p. 27; D65, p. 29. 1871. D22, p. 50, 51, 54; D221a, p. 64. 65; D65, p. 125. 1872. D3, p. 28; D07, p. 70, 71; D06, p. 84; DS, p. 0; D142, p. 96. 1873. D3, p. 157; D22, p. 102. 1874. D07, p. 33, 34; D61, p. 69. Hood, R. J., 1905. Administration. 1908. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1909. Secretary. Papers. 1908. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 40. Importance of the Local as a Component of the State Society. D06, p. 67; Disc, p. 72. Hood, R. W., 1905. Hooker, M. W., 1909. Hooper, Joseph L,., 1906. Hoover, T. E., 1908. Hoover, C. W., 1909. Hoover, J. L.., 1902. Administration. 1912. Clinic Com. Paper. 1912. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. Clinic. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. Hoover, YV. A., 1897. Administration. 1899. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1911. Executive Council. 1914. Vice-President. Discussion. 1906. D89, p. 185. Clinics. 1911. Simple Regulating Appliance for Common Irregularity. D4, p. 302. 1913. Anchorage for Filling Intended as Abutments for Bridgework. D332, p. 262. Hope, O. P., 1905, 1909, 1912. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 191 Hopkins, Frank, 1905. Administration. 1912. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Hopkins, Hugh, 1909. Hopkins, H. IS., 1912. Hopkins, I,. I... 1912. Hopkins, R. L.., 1905. Hopkinson, YV., 1905. Hopper, Charles, 1905. Horley, G. R., 1909. Horner, R. C, 1905. Horr, D. G., 1913. Hoskins, Thomas S., 1905. Clinic. 1911. Cast Gold Crown for Close-bite Posterior Teeth. D331, p. 293. Hospers, J. H., 1905, 1907. Hotch, L. G., 1905. Hothan, J. C, 1905. Houchen, S. A., 1905. Hough, C. R., 1909. House, E. R., 1909. House, E. E., 1872. 1875. Obituary, p. 12. House, F. V., 1909. Houser, W. H., 1905. Houston, J. T., 1897. 1910. Obituary, p. 50. Howard, C. P., 1905. * Howard, George O., 1870, 1878. Papers. 1871. Smooth-faced Plug-gers and Gutta-percha-faced Mallets. D221a, p. 58; Disc, p. 64. 1872. Dental Quacks. DS, p. 34; Disc, p. 42. 1873. The Removal of Pulps, Preparations and Filling of Pulp Canals D24, p. 65; Disc, p. 69. Discussions. 1870. D24, p. 22, 23; D242, p. 36; D22, p. 57; D81, p. 89. 1871. D21b, p. 38; D221a, p. 64. 1872. D3, p. 27. Howard, H. H., 1905. Howe, A. O., 1891. Howland, Percy C, 1905, 1910. Howser, W. A., 1913. Hoyt, A. W., 1909. Hoyt, F. A., 1909. Hoy, H.H., 1910. Hubbard, E. D., 1909. Hubbard, H. H., 1905. Huckstep, J. W., 1873. Discussions. 1874. D07, p. 34; D61, p. 75. Huff, J. A., 1905. Huff, R. E., 1913. Huff, R. T., 1905. Hughes, B. N., 1903. Clinic. 1908. Demonstrated Root Preparation for Bandless Detachable Pin, Por- celain Crown. D331, p. 262. Hughes, D. J., 1905, 1910. Hughes, L,. E., 1905. Hugo, C. J., 1905. Administration. 1911. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Clinics. 1910. Raising the Bite with a Cast Gold Inlay. D4, D231, p. 265. Hulick, W. O. Clinic. 1900. Mason Detachable-tooth Crown. D33, p. 173. Hullherst, L,., 1909. Hume, E. J., 1905. Humfreville, 1905, 1909. Clinic. 1912. Little Things. D21, p. 295. hFor index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 192 Humphrey, J. H., 1906. Humpidge, G. H., 1909. Iluun, R. G M 1898. Hunt, A. O., 1900, Honorary Member. Papers. 1893. Iowa's Share in the History and Progress of Dentistry. ' D09, p. 128 1897. The Relation of the Teeth to the Lips and Face. D4, p. 146; Disc. p. 150. 1901. Use and Abuse of Air Chambers. D32, p. 58; Disc, p. 61 Discussions. 1893. D21, 615.781, p. 93. 1900. D3, p. 108, 111. 1901. D3a, p. 35. Clinics. 1891. Exhibition of Samples of Teeth as Prepared for Mounting- on s Bridge. D332, p. 180. 1901. Uses and Abuses of Air Chambers. D32, p. 139. Hunt, Geo. I :. Discussions. 1897. D22a, p. 87; D4, p. 150. Hunter, H. L,., 1892. 1898. Obituary, p. 247. Hunting, JV. C, 1868. Huntington, R. E., 1912. Huntington. Discussion. 1905. D76, p. 98, 99. Hurdle, C. E., 1905. Hurdle, R. V., 1904. Hurlbut, C. H., 1899. Administration. 1909. Com. to CoSperate with State Medical Society. 1913. Com. on Necrology. Hurtt, J. M. Administration. 1872. Librarian. 1873. Librarian. 1879. Executive Com. 1881. Executive Com. 1883. Com. on Infractions of Code of Ethics. Papers. 1872. Dental Fees. D89, p. 98. 1881. Fillings. D22, p. 144; Disc, p. 150. 1883. Operative Dentistry. (Education.) D07, p. 78; Disc, p. 96. Discussions. 1872. D07, p. 71; D8, p. 91. 1876. D07, p. 47. 1877. D24, p. 99. 1879. D07, p. 48; D3, p. 76. 1880. 612.8, p. 37; 615.775, p. 62, 63, 64. 1882. D3, p. 54. Hutchinson, E. T., 1874. Hutchinson, F. M.. 1908. Hyde, J. H., 1879. Discussion. 1882. High Civilization Not the Cause of Tooth Decay. D61, p. 162. Hyde, W. L., 1910. Hyer, G. J., 1872. Discussions. 1876. D07, p. 46, 49; D24, p. 106. 1877. D04, p. 30. Hyndman, H. S., 1905. Hyler, B. B., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 193 Idler, P. II. D., 1905. Ilyes, E. O., 1907. Use, J. VV., 1905. liiKcrsnli. L. C, 1873 Honorary Member. 1897. Obituary, p. 272. Papers. 1873. Address to Joint Session, Illinois and Iowa. D04, p. 26. 1875. Alternation a Law of Vital Action. D141, p. 55. 1S77. Mastication. 612.31, p. 55, Disc, p. 64. 1879. Extirpation of the Dental Pulp, and Root Filling. D24. p. 49, 1887. Medical Stimulants. 615.711, p. 86; Disc, p. 92. Discussions. 1873. D3, p. 158; D24, p. 72, 77; D61, p. 112. 1875. D07, p. 77; D3, p. 121, 123. 1877. D24, p. 86, 90. 1879. D24, p. 62; D3, p. 74. 1882. D64, p. 110. 1883. D4, p. 133. 1884. D24, p. 45; D141, p. 69,78; D16, p. 127. 1885. D2, p. 100; 617.22, p. 118; 615.5, p. 129. 1887 D2 x> 122 1893." D601, p. 36, "37; D243, p. 56; D21, 615.781, p. 95; D09, p. 125. Ivy, F. H., 1908. Ireland, E. L,., 1906. Clinic. 1906. Gold Filling'. D221, p. 275. Ireland, T. J., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 194 Jackson, J. D., 1901, 1910. Jackson, N. H., 1905, 1909. Jacobs, C. T., 1910. Jacobs, J. E., 1909. Clinics. 1912. An Ideal Form of Cavity Preparation Applicable to Certain Cases of Cast Incisal Angle Restoration. D231, p. 295. Root Prepara- tion and Construction of Base for Cast Base Crown. D331, p. 295. James, Anstin F., 1895. Administration. 1913. Com. on Necrology. Paper. 1905. Practical Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 52; Disc, p. 56. Clinics. 1899. Immediate Regulation. D4. p. 117. 1901. Ladmore-Bi'imton Matrix. D221, p. 137. 1907. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris and Prophylaxis. D64, p. 232. 1908. Instrumentation in Prophylaxis and the Treatment of Pyorrhea. D25, D64, p. 260. 1911. Oral Prophvlaxis and Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 287. 1912. Pyorrhea. D64, p. 302. James, (has. W., 1894. James, J. A., 1905. .lames, L. E., 1905. James, P. R„ 1897, 1905. Jennelle, J. J., 18S7, 1909. Administration. 1888. Clinic Com. 1889. Vice-President. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1890. Executive Com. 1891. Executive Council. 1893. Executive Council. Paper. 1894. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 125; Disc, p. 129. Jennings, R. A., 1905. Jarrett, O. J., 1905. Jclinek, L. E., 1905. Jensen, A. G. W., 1907. Jirka, Irwin G., 1911. John, Robert M., 1911. Johnsen, E. U., 1912. Johnson, A. F., 1910. Johnson,' A. G., 1905. Clinics. 1900. Cleavage of Enamel Prenaratory to Crowning. D331, p. 172. 1906. Manipulation of Keeton Gold. D221, p. 294. 1908. Keeton-Williams Dental Gold. D221, p. 268. 1909. Table Clinic with Keeton-Williams Crystal Gold. D221, p. 232. Johnson, A. N., 1911. Johnson, C. E., 1905. Johnson, C. ST., 1886. Administration. 1889. Board of Examiners. 1890. Com. on Publication. 1891. Com. on Publication. 1892. Executive Com. 1893. Vice-President. 1894. Executive Council. 1898. Com. on Publication. 1S99. Com. on Publication. 1900. Treasurer. Com. on Publication. 1901. Treasurer. Com. on Publication. -1902. Treasurer. 1903. Treasurer. 1904. Treasurer. 1905. President. 1909. Com. on Legislation. 1910. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 195 Johnson, C. N. — Continued. 1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. Com. on Public Press. 1912. Com. on Public Press. Papers. 1900. Response to Address of Welcome. 1902. Operative Dentistry — Incidents of Office Practice. D2, p. 170; Disc, p. 173. 1905. President's Address. D04, p. 13; Disc, p. 19. 1907. Ethics. D8. p. 104; Disc, p. 109 1909. Report of Com. Appointed to Revise the Code of Ethics. D8, p. 58. 1910. Report of the Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 30; Disc, p. 39. Discussion. 1886. D07, p. 131. 1888. D2, p. 141, 142. 1889. D22, p. 109. 1890. D07, p. 91. 1891. D21, p. 57;D24, p. 87; D22a, p. 111. 1892. D22, p. 42; D073, p. 131. 1893. D64, p. 69; 615.781, p 97; D073, p. 158; D221, p. 176, 177, 179. 1894. D07, p. 53; D073. p. 144. 1895. D04, p. 20; D222, p. 80; D8, p. 107; D06, p. 117. 1896. D04, p. 14, 18, 28; 617.21, p. 61. 1897. D04, p. 16; D22a. p. 83, 84. 85, 90; D22a, D221, p. 137. 1898. D04, p. 13; D222, p. 43; D89, p. 73; D22a, p. 113; 615.778, p. 174. 1899. D04, p. 16; D141, D22a, p. 61. 1900. D2, p. 22; D2, p. 84, 89. 1901. D04, p. 15; D61, p. 98; D22. p. 103. 1902. D8, p. 49; D073. p. 150. 1903. D04, p. 21; D073, p. 44; D232, p. 86. 1904. D04, p. 14. 1904. D221, p. 150; D89, p. 159. 1906. D04, p. 20; D89, p. 184. 1907. D04, p. 21; D07, p. 38; D89, p. 73. 1908. D06, p. 76; D22, p. 163; D61, p. 228. 1909. D04. p. 22; D073, p. 38; D07, p. 107. 1910. D072, p. 206; D073, p. 243. 1911. D04, p. 87; D072, D8, p. 181. 1912. D04, p. 33; D072. p. 79; D072, p. 271. Clinics. 1889. Prepared Roots for Filling. D243, p. 141. 1892. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 147. 1898. Preparation of Cavities in Natural Tooth Forms. D22a, p. 192. 1900. Compound Proximal Gold Filling with Tin and Gold. D22c, p. 174. Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. D221, p. 174. 1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 138. 1908. Models Showing Cavitv Preparation for Bridges and Inlays. D23, D332, p. 270. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. Johnson, E. !'... 1905. Johnson, E. T., 1905. Administration. 1909. Local Com. Johnson, F. M., 1905. Johnson, I. B., 1898. Administration. 1913. Librarian. 1914. Librarian. Johnson, J. P., 1909. Johnson, J. W., 1905. Johnson, K. B.. 1872, Honorary Member. Johnson, I.. R., 1909. Johnson, N. E., 1905. Johnson, Oscar T., 1906. Johnson, Walter W., 1905. Johnson, W. A., 1883, 1891. Administration. 1891. Board of Examiners. 1895. Clinic Com. 1896. Executive Com. 1897. Local Com. 1898. Vice-President. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 196 p. 163. D713, Johnson, W. A. — Continued. 1900. Executive Council. 1904. Executive Council. 1908. President. Papers. 1888. What Shall We Do With Inflamed Pulps? D24, p. 158; Disc 1900. A Simple Means of Treating Fracture of the Lower Jaw. p. 115; Disc, p. 118. 1905. Penetration of Dentine by Fluids Under Pressure. D611, p. 122 Disc, p. 132. 1908. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 13. Discussions. 1895. D223, p. 170. 1896. D21, p. 128. 1898. D222, p. 34. 1906. D072, p. 229. 1907. D07, p. 170. 1908. D073, p. 39. 1912. D8, p. 144. Jones, C. E., 1905. Administration. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1906. 1906. 1911. Papers. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 28. Some Conclusions Growing Out of a Studv of the Cause of Dental Caries. D61, p. 252; Disc, p. 280. Clinics. 1904. Open-Faced Crown. D331, p. 30. 1905. Gold Inlay for Restoration of Devitalized Anterior Teeth. D231, p. 222. Jones, C. H., 1905." .tones, E. E., 1905. Jones, E. X., 1905. Jones, Fred C, 1905. Discussion. 1907. D8, p. 118. Jones, George A., 1905. Jones, H. L,., 1910. Jordan, J. D., 1909. Jordan, L. E„ 1902. Administration. 1909. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. Clinic. 1912. Accurate Method of Taking Impression and Bite for Bridge Work. D332, p. 304. Joyce, P. P., 1907. Judd, Homer, Honorary Member 1867, "Voted Life Membership 1884. Administration. 1885. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1891. Portrait. Frontispiece. Obituary, p. 184. Papers. 1869. Alveolar Abscess — Its Historv, Pathology and Treatment. D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 321; Disc, p. 328. 1884. Inflammation. 617.22. p. 79; Disc, p. 89 1887 The Retention of Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. D24, p. 45; Disc, p. 5 9. Discussions. 1867. D24, p. 28; D65, p. 29; D67, p. 30; D611, p. 31. 1868. D243, p. 37, 38; D64, p. 38. 1871. D66, p. 44; D22, p. 51; D712. p. 57; D8, p. 89; D6, p. 102, 103. 1872. D2, p. 57; D8, p. 92; D142, p. 97. 1S73. D3, p. 157; D17, p. 86. 1873. Dl, p. 94. 95, 96; D601, D61, p. 143. 1876. D07, D22, p. 64, 70, 71. 1877. D22, p. 53; D24, p. 92, 96, 97; D2, p. 108, 109, 111, 112. 1883. D16, p. 78; D07, p. 95. 1884. D141; p. 79. 1885. 612.8, p. 60, 62. Judd, S. Ii., 1872, Honorary Member. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 197 Kaas, There.se, 1905. Kahell, C, 1909. Kasy, J. R., 1908. Kalk, G. P., 1905. Kallnuder, David, 1907. Kane, J. K., 1896. Karcher, YV. H., 1905, 1909. Kargen, E., 1905. Kartack, E. A„ 1902. Administration. 1906. Local Com. 1910. Local Com. Clinic. 1908. Extraordinary Things in Vulcanite Work. D321, p. 262. Kashee, J. W., 1897, 1095. Administration. 1914. Board of Censors. 1914. Kasen, Herman, 1912. Kaufman, C. H., 1905. Kaufman, S. H., 1905. Keefe, George P., 1907. Keefe, J. E., 1888. Administration. 1897. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1898. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1899. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Papers. 1897. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 194. , 1898. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 181. 1899. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 100. Discussions. 1896. 615.84, p. 104, 107. 108. 1898. D222, p. 53. Clinics. 1896. Cataphoresis. 615.84, p. 124. 1899. Replanting- for Cure of Pyorrhea. D73, p. 122. Keel, F. W. Clinics. 1903. Gold Filling. D221. p. 12. Supplement. 1906. Brewster's Replaceable Teeth. D332, p. 292. 1908. Practical Case of Removable Bridge Work. D332, p. 259. Keeley, G. W. Discussions. 1866. D3, p. 20; D4. p. 21. Keeney, J. T., 1905. . Keith, H. H. Discussions. 1888. D24, p. 175. 18-91. D24, p. 94, 96. Clinic. 1891. Exhibition of Instruments. D21, p. ISO. 181. Keith, R. P., 1905. Keller, D. H., 1905. Kelley, E. J., 1905, 1909. Clinic. 1906. Ascher's Enamel. Kelley, J. A., 1905. Kelley, Nathan, 1905. 1913. Obituary, p. 301. Kelly, E. H., 1911. Kelly, F. H., 1909. Kelly, J. J., 1909. Kelly, J. L,., 1908. Clinic. 1911. Removable Bridges. D332, p. 302. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 198 Kelsey, A. M., 1870. Kennedy, A. E., 1873. Kennedy, D. A., 1906. Kennedy, G. L,., 1905. Clinics. 1908. Bridge Abutment on a Cuspid. D332, p. 263. 1913. Painless Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Novocaine and Adrenalin. D611, p. 255. Kennedy, J, H., 1905. Kennedy, J. M., 1908. Kennerly, J. H., 1897, Corresponding Member. Clinic. 1898. Cataphoresis. 615.84, p. 187. Kennicott, J. A., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1867. Program Com. Discussions. 1866. D602, p. 13, 14; D22, p. 16; D24, p. IS, 191. 1S67. 615.781, p. 23; D22, p. 26; D24, p. 28; D65, p. 29; D67, p. 30, 31. 1872. D2, p. 60; D07, p. 72; D142, p. 96. Kennicott, J. H., 1881. Kenny, A. F„ 1910. Kent, C. W., 1911. Kenward, E. D., 1905. Kenyon, E. F., 1909. Keppler, C. W., 1907. Kepler, H. C, 1907. Kerch, Kent, 1905, 1907. Kerf oot, G. O., 1905. Kern, E. !■„ 1905. Clinic. 1912. A Coping with Countersunk Band Either Swaged or Cast. D331, p. 295. Kerr, Bryant, 1905, 1909. Kern, E. L,., 1886. Kerr, R. A. Discussion. 1911. D072, p. 184. Kerrigan, Jos. J., 1907. Kershaw, Bert, 1905. Kester, P. J., 1882. Administration. Ass't. Secretary. Ass't. Secretary. Executive Com. Clinic Com. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. D61, p. 146. D602, p. 140. D62, D61, p. 154. D24, D61, p. 135. D2, p. 50. D2, p. 187. 615.84, p. 211, 215. D04, p. 25. D073, p. 96. Clinic. 1898. Separating Varnish. D31, p. 195. Kibler, O. L,. 1904. Kilbourne, E. H., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1867. Program Com. 1868. Executive Com. 1869. President. Papers. 1868. Treatment of Sixth Tear Molars. D61a, p. 35; Disc, p. 36. • 1869. Report of Special Com. on Six Year Molars. D61a, p. 268. 1871. Diseases of the Antrum. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1895. 1899. 1886. 1887. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1895. 1897. 1898. 1899. 199 Kilbourne, E. H. — Continued. Discussions. 1866. D602, p. 13; D22, p. 16; D24, p. 17; D3, p. 20. 1869. D61. Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 276, 277; D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 304, 305; 615.781, Mo. Dental Jnl., p. 344. 1871 D3, p. 71; D8, p. 90; D6, p. 104; D65, p. 123 1872. D3, p. 27, 30, 33; D2, p. 61. 1873. D24, p. 78; D22, p. 104; D331, p. 127. 1874. D07, p. 33, 36; 612.31, p. 57. 1874. D24, p. 77; D22, p. 87, 92; D072, p. 106. 1875. D22, p. 37; D22, p. 49, 52; D07, p. 73. 1876. D07, p. 45, 47; D2, p. 66, 67; D22, p. 73; D325, p. 96. " 1877. D22, p. 50, 51. Kilbourne, J. D., 1866. Kile, A. M., 1909. Kimball, R. H., 1885, 1898, 1905. D221, p. 174. Discussion. 1898. D222, p. 45. Clinic. 1899. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 123. 1900. Two Compound Proximal Gold Fillings. Kimmell, Nathan, 1913. Kinder, W. J., 1905. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 299. Kindt, H., 1910. Clinic. 1912. Rapid Method of Filling- Simple Occlusal Cavity with Longproll Gold. D221, p. 298. King-, A. C, 1905. Kins, E. F., 1882. Kin;--, Mary E., 1910. King, Elbert W., 1911. Kinii, R. E., 1913. King-, W. L., 1905, 1913. Kingsley, A. C, 1910. Kingsley, Geo. P. Administration. 1869. Vice-President. 1870. Publication Com. 1871. Treasurer. 1872. Treasurer. Discussion. 1870. D22, p. 57; D221, p. 74. 1871. D221a. p. 64. 1873. D3, p. 159. Kintzer, I.. 1911. Kirby, B. L,., 1907. Administration. 1912. Local Com. Kirk. P. S., 1905. Kitchen, C. A., 1865 Charter Member. 1872 Honorary Member. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 304; Portrait, p. 305. Administration. 1872. Executive Com. 1875. Treasurer. 1876. Treasurer. 1877. Treasurer. 1878. Treasurer.. Executive Com., Publication Com. 1879. Vice-President. 1880. President. 1883. Executive Com. Papers. 1874. Dental Students. D07. p. 27; Disc, d. 31. 1876. Celluloid. D325, p. 90: Disc, p. 96. 18S0. President's Address. D04, p. 19. 1881. What Must Be the Preparation for the Successful Practice of Dentistvv in the Future? D07. p. 127; Disc, p. 131. 1889. A Quarter Centurv of Operative Dentistry. D2. D09. p. 95; Disc. p. 101. Unitv and' Fraternity in the Illinois State Dental Society. Toast. D06, p. 160. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 200 Kitchen, C. A. — Continued. Discussions. 1S69. D61, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1. p, 278; D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 306; D65, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329. 1870. D242, p. 36; D22, p. 54; D221, p. 74; D81, p. 88. 1871. D22, p. 53; D3, p. 71; D8, p. 88. 1872. D8, p. 42. 1872. D07, p. 72. 1573. D3, p. 157;D22, p. 103. 1574. D61, p. 72; D22, p. 86. 1875. D22, p. 52; D3, p. 123. 1876. D601, p. 37; D07, p. 48. 1877. D04, p. 28; D3, p. 43; D24, p. 99. 1879. D07, p. 47, 48;D2, p. 77;D07, p. 88. 1881. D24, D65, p. 47. 1884. D06, p. 168. 1886. D07, p. 136. 1887. D4, p. 37. 1892. D22, p. 48; D21a, p. 109. 1893. D21, 615.781, p. 97. Clinic. 1885. Tin and Gold Filling-. D22c, p. 131. Kittoe, P. F\, 1905. KJollerstrom, Wilhelin, 1905. Klein, Carl, Jr., 1905. Klicke, G. K., 1907. K n n ii p, C. W., 1906, 1911. Knapp, G. G., 1905. Knap in I., 1875. Discussions. 1875. D22, p. 46, 50; D07, p. 74. Kuapp, L. A., 1905, 1910. Clinic. 1913. Hand Piece Preservation. D21, p. 263. Knights, K. B., 1911. Knoche, K. G., 1910. Knoll, T. F., 1905. Knowles, Sidney, 1901. Knowles, S. J. Paper. 1911. The Present Status of the Gold Inlay. D231, p. 241; Disc, p. 244. Clinics. 1902. Porcelain Inlay (Wassail's Method.) D232. p. 167. 1903. Porcelain Inlaw D232, p. 13, Supplement. Koch, C. R. E., 1867. Administration. 1873. Secretary. 1874. Secretary. 1875. Secretary. 1876. Secretary. 1877. Publication Com. 1878. President. 1879. Publication Com. 1.885. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1896. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1897. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1898. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1905. Com. on Necrology. 1906. Com. on Necrology. 1906. . Com. on Necrology. Com. on Legislation. 1907. Com. on Legislation. 190S. Com .on Legislation. 1909. Com. on Legislation. 1910. Com. on Legislation. 1911. Com. on Legislation. 1912. Public Service Commission. 1912. Com. on Legislation. 1913. Com. on Legislation. 1914. Com. on Legislation. Papers. 1871. Dental Caries. D61, p. 14; Disc, p. 27, 31. 1873. Abrasion and Erosion. D613, D614, p. 37; Disc, p. 62. Fpr index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 201 Koch, C. It. E. — Continued. 1876. Electicism in Dental Practice. DOT, p. 39; Disc, p. 43. 187S. President's Address. D04, p. 14; Disc, p. 24. 1880. Treatment of Teeth with Dead Pulps. D24, D65, p. 40; Disc, p. 44. 1554. Illinois State Dental Societv. What Has It Accomplished? DOC p. 156; Disc, p. 168. 1555. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 131 Disc, p.. 140. 18S6. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 161 Disc, p. 165. 1887. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 154 18S9. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D06, p. 77 Report of Com. on History of the Society. D09, p. 77. 1894. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 143. 1895. A Commentary on the Illinois Statutes of 1881 Regulating the Practice of Dentistry. D81, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. 1904. The Advantage of Organization. D06, p. 50; Disc, p. 55. 1907. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 243. 1908. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 254. 1909. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 48. 1910. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 53. 1911. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 59. 1912. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 65. 1913. Report of Com. on Legislation. D81, p. 76. Discussions. 1877. D3, p. 38, 41; D22, p. 49. 1886. D04, p. 63; 615.778, p. 86; D073, p. 167. 1887. D24, p. 63, 6S, 72. 18S8. D2. p. 138. 1889. D22, p. Ill; 615.778, p. 122. 1892. D81, p. 71. 1894. D07, p. 52; D222, p. 86, 87. 1896. D04, p. 18; D64, p. 133. 1905. D073, p. 32. 1906. D09, p. 85; D82, p. 140. 1907. D04, p. 21; D07, p. 46. 1908. D09, p. 63. 1910. D04, p. 21; D072, p. 210. 1911. D04, p. 39; D072, p. 194. 1912. D04, p. 30; D07, p. 201. 1913. D89, p. 145. Kolar, F. J., 1905. Kolar, O. J., 1909. Kolm, F. F., 1905. Konantz, 1869. Kopperl, G. H., 1904. Administration. 1911. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1913. Board of Censors. Discussions. 1911. D072, p. 196. 1912. D33, p. 129. 1906. D232, p. 285. 1907. D232, p. 232. 1908. D223, p. 259. 1913. D223. p. 258. Kraft, L.. H., 1905, 1909. Kramm, E., 1905, 1910. Kramni, Wm„ 1913. Krape, W. W., 1876. Discussions. 1SS0. D22, p. 75. Kraus, Maurice, 1895. Krause, J. L.., 1912. Krebs, W. A., 1907. Kreis, E. H., 1910. Kremer, F. B. Clinic. 1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 105. Krog, Robert W., 1906. Krombas, A. J., 1912. Krupp, P. C, 1911. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 1871. 1873. 1880. 1881. 1882. 1885. 1891. 1893. 202 Kuderling, C. R., 1905. Kuester, VVm., 1906. K nh ii, C. F., 1911. Kulp, W. O., 1871. Honorary Member. 1S95. Obituary. Portrait, p. 237. Kulp, Wm. O. Paper. 1873. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 154; Disc, p. 156. Discussions. D61, p. 28, 29, 30; D 21b, p. 38; D712, p. 57; D221a, p. 65; 612.31, p. 79; D8, p. 90. D07, p. 169; D61, p. 191; D24, p. 73; Dl, p. 96; D22, p. 102, 104; D601, D61, p. 143. D24, D65, p. 48; 615.775, p. 62; 612.31, p. 112, 113. D5, p. 57. D2, p. 81; D22, p. 81. D2, p. 98. D3, p. 124, 126. D601, p. 38, 41; D33, p. 79; D09, p. 120; D221, p. 177. Clinic. 1890. Polishing Strips. D21, p. 164. Kuns, D. J., 1905. Kuttler, F. G., 1909. Kutyn, Michael. Kuyper, C. A. 1911. Kyner, A. D., 1904. Administration. 1911. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. 1912. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. Paper. 1909. Pulp Mummification, Its Desirability, Experience and Sequelae. D242, p. 167; Disc, p. 181. Discussions. 1910. The Filling of Root Canals. D243, p. 116. A System of Classifying Dental Literature and Its Application in Society "Work and Daily Practice. D073, p. 246. 1911. The Problem of the Construction of Good Dentures. D32, p. 233, 238. Clinic. 1911. Gum Sandarac Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 293. Kyle, A. M., 1905. Kyle, W. E„ 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 203 Lacharite, II. C, 1906. Ladwieh, Louis, 1905. Clinics. 1906. All Porcelain Shell Crown. D331, p. 279. 1907. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 228. LaDue, J. 11.. 1910. Lager, V. E., 1913. Laign, 10. A., 1906. Lakin, S. W., 1895. Clinic. 1895. Bridge Work. D332, p. 183. 1897. Restoration of the Incisal Third of the Crown of a Left Upper Central Incisor. D221, p. 203. 1899. Golding Filling. D221, p. 117. Lamb, W. T., 1906. Lambert, A., 1905. Lambert, E., 1890, 1905. Administration. 1892. Local Com. Lambert, Elmer E., 1905. Lambert, Nella, 1905. Lambert, N. M., 1900. Lamoreaux, J. 31., 1895, 1905. Lancaster, H. A., 1912. Lancaster, H. N„ 1905. 1909. Obituary, p. 63. Land, W. H., 1905. Lander, F. C, 1904. Lane, F. A., 1898. Discussions. 190S. D06, p. 88; D3. Dla., p. 241. Lane, Wni. J., 1883. Landon, L. O., 1913. Lane, A. L., 1909. Lange, F. C, 1908. Lange, Olof, 1906. Langstead, R. I).. 1912. Lanter, D. 10. . 1912. Laon, Gottfrid, 1901. Lark, A. HI., 1913. Lark, G. M., 1905. Larkin, Wm., 1906. Larkin, W. F., 1906. Larson, J. A., 1909. Larseneur, T. L., 1906. Larson, L. A., 1909. Lasbury, Vincent, 1906. Clinic. 1912. A System of Making Gold Crowns and Bridges. (Cast Cusps.) Lasker, Herman, 1911. Lassagne, Edmund J., 1906. Laswell, J. L., 1906, 1909. LaTouche, A. C, 1905. Lattan, L. F., 1889. Laughlin, F. D., 1868. Lawrance, E. P., 1905. Lawrance, P. I., 1899. Lawrence, C. R., 1902. Paper. 1907. Dental Research Work. D07, p. 163; Disc, p. 170. Disc. Discussion. 1908. D06, p. 72. Clinic. 1908. How I Teach My Patients Dentistry. D072, p. 271. Lawrence, I. G., 1909. Lawrence, R. N., 1879. Administration. 1884. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1897. Executive Council. 1900. President. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 204 Lawrence, R. N. — Continued. 1906. Com. on Legislation. 1907. Com. on Legislation. 1905. Com. on Legisaltion. Papers. 1889. The State Board of Dental Examiners. D82, p. 162. 1900. President's Address. Discussions. 1879. D07, p. 48. 18S8. D2, p. 150. 1894. D07, p. 48. 1897. D64, p. 40; D22a, p. 93; 615.84, p. 214; D09, p. 275. 1898. D04, p. 27; D7, p. 151. 1899. D33, p. 80. 1900. D64, p. 56. 1904. D331, p. 126. 1906. D09, p. 83; D602, p. 63. Clinics. 1897. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 201. 1898. Tempering Instruments. D21, p. 187. 1902. The Use of a Flexible Rubber as a Lining for Lower Dentures. D321, p. 169. 1903. Flexible Rubber Lining for Lower Dentures. D321, p. 3, Sup. 1908. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D641, p. 263. Lawyer, H. E., 1910. Layman, S. H., 1913. Lazear, \V. W„ 1901, 1905 Lazier, H A., 1909, 1911. Leach, A. D., 1912. Leach, J. D., 1909. Leake, C. W., 1894. Clinic. 1894. Gold Filling. D221, p. 154. Leathers, Thomas H.. 1907. LeCron, D. O. M., 1892. Clinics. 1892. Demonstration of a Method of Attaching Porcelain Facings. D33, p. 148. 1895. Porcelain Crowns. D331, p. 185. 1905. The Fusion of Porcelain. D232, p. 219. LeCron, S. L., 1891. Administration. 1892. Local Com. 1894. Local Com. Lederle, J. P., 1905. Lee, A. B., 1908. Lee, H. C, 1905. Lee, H. W., 1910. Lee, W. H„ 1906. LePevre, C. H., 1910. LeFebre, R. D., 1911. Leggett, John, 1901, 1905. 1913. Obituary, p. 301. Leg-void, G. P., 1911. Leib, E. H., 1905. Leibrock, J. P., 1909. Leigh, J. P., 1905. Administration. 1914. Executive Council. Keininger, M., 1909. Lemon, W. M., 1908. Lence, Wm. H., 1907. Leonard, P. A., 1911. Leonard, J. P., 1905. Clinic. 1911. The Tompkin's All Porcelain Crown Recommended for Anterior Teeth. D331, p. 303. Lerche, T. L, 1912. Leseman, Philip IS.. 1906. Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 205 Lesenian, P. B. 1909. A Simple Method of Making- a Band Matrix Without Soldering. D22b, p. 242. Lesenian, S. J., 1906. Lettermen, W. G., 1906. Leunig, I. A., 1912. Leutscher, G. B., 1910. Levett, M. 91., 1888. Levin, S. A., 1909. Levy, David A., 1906. Levy, 91. B., 1909. Lewis, C. W., 1888. 1891. Obituary, p. 184. Lewis, Geo. G., 1865, Charter Member. Discussion. 1866. D602, p. 6. Lewis, H. N„ 1865, Charter Member. 1885. Obituary, p. 26. Administration. 1S66. Executive Com. 1867. President. 1868. Executive Com. 1869. Executive Com. Discussions. 1868. D243, p. 38. 1S69. 615.781, p. 344. Lewis, R. I., 1910. Clinic. 1912. Diagnostic and Therapeutic Value of the X-Ray in Dentistry. D4a, p. 299. Libbertin, R. E., 1905. Lickley, J. J., 1897, 1910. Lieb, J. R., 1905. Liepart, G. H., 1905. Lietzman, 1908. I.iuv if «. R. C, 1905. Light, Wm., 1909. Liken, C. T„ 1905. Linacher, John A., 1905. Lind, C. L., 1908. Clinic. 1911. Technic in Use of Diatoric Teeth in Bridge "Work. D332, p. 293. Linder, F. E„ 1905. Linderoth, H. W„ 1905. Lindholm, E., 1905. Lindley, 91. R., 1900, 1912. Lindstrom, Carl, 1905. Liniuger, C. S., 1905. Link, J. J., 1905. Link, W. J., 1912. Lionberger, J. 91., 1871. Lipton, G. C, 1910. Lischer, B. E., 1909. Clinic. 1906. Orthodontia; on Impacted Teeth, Theii D4, p. 282. Lob. Discussion. 1898 Lockart, W. T., 1905. Lockett, L. B., 1913. Lockie, Thomas, 1907. Loesener, Chas. 91., 1907. Logan, H. G., 1905. Clinic. 1895. Aluminum Plate. Logan, AV. H. G., 1899. gnosis and Treatment. D323, p. 1S4. Administration. 1908. Executive Council. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 206 Logan, W. H. G. — Continued. 1911. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. 1912. Public Service Commission Logan, W. H. G. 1912. Com. on Post Graduate Study Course. 1913. Public Service Com. 1914. President. Papers. 1908. General Consideration of Syphillis With Special Reference to Differential Diagnosis Between Syphilitic and Non-Syphilitic Lesions as Manifested in the Mouth. D661, p. 177; Disc, p. 191. 1912. Report of Public Service Commission. 1913. Report of Public Service Commission. 1913. Chronic Oral Infections Associated With Teeth; and Their Treat- ment. D64, D65, p. 106; Disc, p. 128. Discussions. 1903. 615.7815, p. 73, 75, 76. 1905. D76, p. 92. 1906. 615.781, p. 102, 104. 1907. D24, D63, p. 159. 1909. D07, p. 82. 1910. D65, D76, p. 198. 1911. D04, p. 25; 615.778, p. 107. 1912. D072, p. 284. Clinics. 1905. Pyorrhea. D64, p. 229. 1908. Case of Pyorrhea. D64, p. 259. 1911. Tooth Replantation or Root Amputation as Indicated in Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64. p. 286. Lombard, F. S., 1899. Long, Chas. J., 1912. Long, E. L., 1908. Long, J. E., 1909. Loomis, A. G., 1910. Lotts, E. M., 1907, 1912. Lotz, Harry F., 1905. Administration. 1910. Librarian. 1911. Librarian 1913. Public Service Com. 1914. Public Service Com. Lotz, H. F. 1910. A Svstem of Classifying Dental Literature and Its Application in Society Work and Daily Practice. D073, p. 245. Clinic. 1912. Free Dental School Inspection. D072, p. 296. Louderback, A. V., 1907. Discussions. 1912. D33, p. 130, 131; D89, p. 157. Clinic. 1912. A Time-Saving Polishing Disk. D21, p. 305. I o uric, L. S., 1905. Paper. 1907. Some Common Mistakes in Orthodontia. D4, p. 121; Disc, p. 126. Discussion. 1906. D602, p. 60. Clinic. 1906. Orthodontia Models. D4. p. 280. Lovcring, G. M„ 1905. Loventhal, Louis, 1909. Lovitt, C. O., 1904. 1910. Obituary, p. 48. Clinic. 1908. Veneer Gold Inlavs. D231, p. 272. Low, C. H., 1906. Lowry, F. M., 1897. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 207 Low, J. E., 1865, Charter Member, 1872. 1873. Care of Children's Teeth Between the Ages of Six and Fifteen. D602, p. 153. Prevention and Treatment of Decay on Proximal Surfaces of the Teeth. D61, p. 191. The Part Which Vital Action Plays in the History of Dental Caries. D61, p. 114. 1874. Dental Students. D07, p. 32. Record of Tests of Saliva. 612.31, p. 56. Etiology of Dental Caries. D61, p. 73. The Changes in the Shapes of Teeth That Are Necessary, or Proper, for the Treatment of Decay. D22, p. 86, 92. Low, R. J., 1909. Lowder, O. H., 1910. Lowe, Clarence, 1910. Lowry, F. M., 1910. Lowry, H. S. Discussions. 1897. D142, D24, p. 109; D2, p. 165. Clinic. 1897. Dies for Swaging Cusps for Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 202. Ludvvig, Alphonse, 1905. Ludwig, R. F., 1910. Clinic. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. Luenzmann, C. A., 1912. Luieberg, E. V., 1912. Lumpkin, I. A., 1886. Lumpkin, W. C, 1905. Lund, A. St., 1905. 1912. Obituary, p. 332. Lundy, L. T„ 1905. Clinic. 1912. Seamless Gold Crown. D331, p. 291. I. ui to ii, W. H., 1912. Luthringer, J. P., 1903. Administration. 1907. Board of Censors. 1909. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1910. Com. on Public Press. 1911. Local Com. 1912. Vice-President. 1913. Program Com. Paper. 1906. Our Strongest Weakness. D89, p. 175; Disc, p. 184. 1909. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 42. Discussions. 1910. D74, p. 131. 1912. D33, p. 125. Clinics. 1908. Richmond Bicuspid Crown. D331, p. 265. 1913. Enlarging Root Canals. D243, p. 262. Lyding, J. B., 1909. Lyding, J. D., 1909. Lyle, A. G„ 1909. Lynott, N. J., 1907. Lyons, C. J., 1909. Lyons, Geo. J., 1905. Lyons, Henry E., 1907. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 208 Mabee, O. P., 1902, 1905. Mabee, W. E., 1895, 1905. Clinic. 1903. Gold Filling- With Screw Post Retention. D221, p. 5, Supplement. NacArthur, Johu E., 1905. MacBoyle, R. E., 1907. MacDonald, D., 1910. Ms icDo ii a 1(1. H. E., 1905. 1908. Obituary, p. 249, 327. MacDonald, P. F., 1906. MacDowell, J. N., 1905. Paper. 1901. Orthodontia. D4, p. 47; Disc, p. 49. Discussion. 1901. D3a, p. 3.8. Clinic. 1900. Orthodontia. D4, p. 170. Mace, R. H„ 1884. Maefarlane, G. B., 1905. Clinic. 1909. Adjustment of Matrices and Separator for Amalgam Fillings. D222. p. 237. Mach, Adolph, 1905. Maeh, George, 1906. Macintosh, J. E„ 1905. Mackenzie, A. R., 1912. Mackinson, J. C, 1908. Madill, Geo. H., 1905. Maddock, W. T., 1912. Magarian, G. K„ 1905. Magee, C. J., 1907. Magill. L,. M., 1911. Administration. Magill, W. T„ 1871. 1873. Executive Com. 1881. Executive Com. 1882. Vice-President. 1883. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1S86. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1887. President. 1893. Local Com. Papers. 1887. President's Address. D04, p. 24. 1S88. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 78. 1891. Prosthetic Dentistry. D3, p. 118; Disc, p. 123. Discussions. 1875. D3, p. 120. 1878. D07, p. 61; D22, p. 61. 1885. 615.5, p. 128. 1887. 615.5, p. 81. 1893. D601, p. 41; D21, p. 168. 1894. D222, p. S6. • 1S95. D06. p. 28; D243, p. 49. 1897. D4, p. 185. Maginnis, E., 1905. Maginnis, F. N., 1905, 1907. Magitot, E., 1888, Corresponding Member. 1897. Obituary, p. 274. Magnisson, J. E., 1897. Magnire, J. K., 1897. Mahaffy, W. J., 1913. Maker, C. A., 1905. Mahle, A. A., 1906. Mahoney, Wm. D., 1907. Mannahan, L. A., 1911. Manosevitch, G. H., 1912. Manton, J. M., 1905. Manz, A. C, 1906. Margason, Nannie, 1906. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 209 Markle, A. M., 1898. Marks, W. C, 1906. >l arqu is. M. M., 1910. Marquis, R. L.., 1908. Marr, «. D., 1907. Marriner, J. F., 1872. 1904. Obituary. Portrait, p. 239. Administration. 1875 Executive Com. 1878. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1879. Executive Com. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethiis. 1880. Vice-President. 1881. President. 1885. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1887. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1888. Board of Examiners. 1890. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1893. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1894. Com. on Necrology. 1895. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Papers. 1874. Popular Education with Regard to the Subject of Dentistry. D072, p. 102, Disc. p. 105. 1877. Relative Merits of Certain Materials for Filling Teeth. D22, p. 44, Disc. p. 49. 1878. Are We Progressing? D07, p. 43, Disc. p. 55. 1881. President's Address. D04, p. 23, Disc. p. 131. 1883. Salivary Calculus and Its Removal. D641, p. 31, Disc. p. 36. 1886. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 172. 1888. Making and Tempering Dental Instruments. D21, p. 186, Disc. p. 191. 1889. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 74. 1892. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 133, Disc. p. 137. 1895. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 176, Disc. p. 181. Discussions. 1874. D22, p. 92. 1877. D3, p. 39. Marsh, Clark W., 1907. Marsh, J. S., 1865, 1867, 1905. Discussions. 1871. D3, p. 68. 1873. D61, p. 190. 1874. D07, p. 35. D22, p. 49. Marsh, John W., 1902. Administration. 1907. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussion. 1906. D072, p. 221. Clinic. 1906. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 284. Marshall, John S., 1883, 1905. Discussions. 1885. 615.5, p. 126, 127, 12S. 1887. D24, p. 61, 69. Martin, C. E., 1908. Martin, IV. J. S., 1913. Martin, W. C, 1881. Administration. 1885. Executive Com. Discussion. 1885. 615.5. p. 127. Martin, W. E., 1912. Martindale, K. J., 1905. Marxmiller, H. W., 1908. Mason, C. L.., 1907. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 210 Mason, George, 1900. Mason, G. N., 1906. Mason, L,. C, 1909. Mason, L,. L,., 1912. Massman, V. V., 1905. Mathias, J. C, 1908. Mathieu, W. J., 1905. Matter, Louis H., 1901, 1905. Matter, S. H., 1905. Matteson, A. E„ 1869. Administration. 1873. Executive Com. 1883. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Papers. 1875. Methods and Materials Most Conducive to Success in Filling Teeth. D22, p. 41, Disc. p. 46. 1883. Porcelain-Faced Metallic Crowns. D331, p. 133. 1 Illus. Discussions. 1869. D22, Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 304. 1871. D22, p. 55. 1875. D22, p. 46. 1879. D2, p. 77. 1880. D24, D65, p. 45; D22, p. 74. 1882. D3, p. 52; D331, p. 60. t->9 r> i ni 1885. D2, p. 101. D22a, p. 1 D332, p. 14o, lis. D21, p. 61, 64; D4, p. 152. D4. n. 92. 93. 5 Tllus • D D22a,' p. 112. D332, p. 146, 149 1890. 1891. 1892. 1894. 1895. D243, p. 56 1901. D4, p. 49. D232, p. 205, 208 D21, p. 61, 64; D4, p. 152. D4, p. 92, 93. 5 Illus.; D21, p. 144. D222, p. 92; D4, p. 118, 121. T1949 r. r.R 1909. Clinics. 1883. Porcelain Faced Gold Crown. D331, p. 152. 1890. Enameled Inlav. D232, p. 163. 1892. Orthodontia. Exhibition of a Torch. D4, p. 148. 1894. Gasoline Blast Furnace. D31, p. 156. 1895. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 183. 1905. Electric Furnace. D31, p. 229. 1913. Pyrometric Cones. D231, p. 262. Matteson, C. F., 1872. 1908. Obituary, p. 249, 328; Portrait, p. 329. Administration. 1885. Executive Com. 1887. Clinic Com. Paper. 1887. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 112. Discussion. 1883. D61, p. 64. Matteson, Murray, G., 1906. Matthews, J. H., 1895. Matthews, R., 1869. Administration. 1874. Librarian. Discussions. 1875. D22, p. 47, 51; D07, p. 78; D221, p. 83. Maturzynska, T. M., 1909. Mauerman, Hugo, 1912. Mauerman, H. C, 1909. MaWhinney, Elgin, 1899. Administration. 1905. Secretary. 1906. Secretary. 1907. President. 1909. Com. on Post-Graduate Study Course. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 211 MaWhinney, Elgin. — Continued. Papers. 1900. Antiseptics and Disinfectants. 615.778, p. 152, Disc. p. 142 1907. President's Address. D04, p. 9, Disc. p. 19. 1909. Report of Com. on Post Graduae Courses. D07, p. 6fi. Discussions. 1899. D073, p. 97. 1903. D32a, p. 59. 1905. D25, p. 67; D64, p. 67; 615, p. 168. Clinic. 1903. Materia Medica. 615, p. 6, Supplement. Maxon, L. J., 1908. Maxwell, G. H., 1908. Maydwell, B., 1905. Mayer, O., 1913. Maynard, C. H., 1909. Maypole, H. W., 1908. McCall, R. A., 1907. McCall, W. G., 1909. MeCallin, S. G., 11)05. Clinic. 1909. Treatment of Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 231. McCallum, J. T., 1913. McCandless, A. H., 1892, 1905. Administration. 1893. Local Com. 1894. Clinic Com. 1896. Assistant Clinics. Discussion. 1895. D8, p. 100. McCandless, A. W., 1892, 1905. Papers. 1895. Duties of Dentist to Patient — Duties of Patient to Dentist. D8 p. 87, Disc. p. 100. Report on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 181. 1902. Porcelain Work Incidents of Office Practice. D232, p. 181, Disc. p. 1S2. Discussions. 1895. D243, p. 52, 53; D33, p. 165. Clinics. 1892. Demonstrating- of a Method of Producing Porcelain Faced Bicus- pids on Extracted Roots with Gutta Percha Drawings, etc. D331, p. 148. 1896. Demonstrating Use of No. 60 Fellowship Foil. D221, p. 123. 1898. Preparation of Roots for Porcelain Crowns. D331, p. 188. 1901. Setting Crowns and Bridges with Gutta-Percha. D33, p. 136. McCandless, C. B., 1910. McCann, G. C, 1906. Administration. 1909. Local Com. 1910. Clinic Com. 1911. Vice-president. 1913. Executive Council. Paper. 1910. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 259. Discussion. 1913. D64, D65, p. 128. McCarthy, J. L,., 1905. McCarthy, W. J., 1910. McClenahan, P. C, 1909. McClevey, C. R., 1907. McClung, R. T., 1913. McClure, T. H., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 212 McClure, T. H. — Continued. Clinics. 1909. Replacing- an Incisor Immediately After Extraction. D332, p. 243. 1911. A Combination of Gold and Continuous Gum Partial Denture. D32, p. 304. McCorkle, E. J. H., 1912. McCormick, H. G., 1905, 1910. McCowen, E. P., 1907. 3IcCoy, Thomas H., 1870. Administration. 1883. Executive Com. 1888. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1870. D24, p. 23; D242, p. 35; D22, p. 49. McCreight, J. S., 1908. McCullouwh, J. M., 190fi. McCuinfoer, C. I., 1909. McDanicl, J. A., 1897. McDonald, A. J., Clinic. 1898. Engine Exhibit. D21, p. 187. MeGarvey, Discussion. 1873. D61, p. 112. McDonald, J. T., 1909. McDonald, Silas, 1913. McDonnell, E. J., 1905. McDonough, Martin L., 1897. McDoug-all, C. D., 1900, 1910. McDowell, Elmer N„ 1907. McDowell, J. N., 1900. McElroy, Joseph D., 1906. McEwen, D. W., 1909. McGill, C. B., 1912. McGuire, Eugene, 1905, 1909. Mcintosh, F. H., 1S84. Administration. 1888. Com: on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1891. Librarian. 1892. Librarian. 1893. Librarian. 1894. Librarian. 1900. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1903. Local Com. 1904. President. 1910. Com. on Necrology. Paper. 1904. President's Address. D04, p. 9, Disc. p. 14. Discussions. 1891. D24, p. 88, 96, 102. 1893. D601, p. 32. 42; D64, p. 68; D21, 615.7812 p. 102, 107. 1894. D222, p. 100. 1896. 617.21, p.- 69. 1897. D64, p. 47; D09, p. 276. 1900. D2, p. 90; D602, D61, p. 100; D3, p. 107; 615.778, p. 146. 1902. D09, p. 80. 1903. D602, p. 69. 1906. D602, p. 47. 1909. D24, p. 100. 1911. D8, p. 206. 1912. D33, p. 120. Clinics. 1895. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 186. 1899. Hatch Clamp and Ivory Matrix, D21, p. 105. ■ 1901. Building Up Broken Down Bicuspids and Molars Preparatorv to Receiving a Gold Crown. D331, p. 136. 1905. Wax Model for Inlay. D231, p. 264. 1911. Arsenical Paste Sealed into the Cavity for the Destruction of a Pulp, with Pellets of Cotton Saturated with Chloro Percha. D242, p. 304. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 213 Mcintosh, F. H. — Continued. 1912. A Crown, Using Ludwig's Anchor with Porcelain Cast on Same. D331, p. 291. McKay, N. B., 1911. McKee, Mary B., 1909. McKee, H. M„ 1905. McKee, W. A., 1906. Administration. 1910. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1914. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussion. 1906. 615.7815, p. 209. McKellops. H. J., 186S, Honorary Member. 1901. Obituary, p. 1ST. Discussions. 1868. D243, p. 37; D64, p. 39. 1880. D24, D65, p. 49; D22, p. 76; D14. D22, p. 102. 104. 1883. D641, p. 37, 39; D07, p. 94; D2, p. 97. 1885. D2, p. 99, 101, 104, 107. 1886. 615.778, p. 82; D22a, D243, p. 112; D6a, p. 198, 199. 1887. D4, p. 42, 43. 1S92. D04, p. 14; D2, p. 22; D33. p. 64; D4, p. 91, 92, 93; D21, p. 138. 1894. D61, p. 40, 41; D222, p. 101. McKenna. D. W., 1908. McKinney, G. B„ 1900, 1905. Discussion. 1901. D21, p. 132. McLain, D. B., 1905. McLaren, J. S., 1907. McLaughlin, J. E., 1905. McLaughlin, J. E., 1910. McLean, P. B., 1897. Administration. 1909. Local Com. McLemore, W. Y., 1899. MeManifsle. W. B., 1871. McMillan, Geo. A., 1S91', 1905. Administration. 1899. Librarian. Discussions. 1897. D04, p. 24. 1900. D64, p. 51. Clinics. 1892. Tin Filling. D225, p. 14S. 1894. Gold Filling. D221, p. 155. 1898. Bleaching. D26, p. 190. McMillan, H. W., 1897. Administration. 1906. Board of Censors. Paper. 1908. Superiority of Natural Teeth over Artificial Substitutes. Dla, D3, p. 231, Disc. p. 241. Discussions. 1903. D602, p. 69. 1906. 615.781, p. 96. 1907. D07, p. 40. 1909. D89, p. 166. Clinics. 1902. Some Convenient Things About an Office. D21, D31, p. 162. 1903. Mal-occlusion Resulting from Illtimed Extraction. D4, p. 4. Sup- plement. 1907. Diagnosis of Obscure Caries. D61, p. 224. 1908. Demonstrating the Superiority of Natural over Artificial Teeth, Using the Gnathodynamometer. D3, Dla, p. 273. McMillan, P. A., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 214 McMillen, J. D., 1897. Administration. 1909. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Paper. 1909. The Prophylactic Treatment for Poverty in Old Age. D89, p. 154, Disc. p. 161. Clinic. 1913. Method of Inserting- Sprue with Minimum Amount of Danger of Distorting Wax Form. D231, p. 258. McMullen, H. C, 1911. McRae, A., 1906. McRae, C. A. Clinic. 1910. Somnoform Anesthesia. 615.7815, p. 268. McVay, A. B., 1905. Discussion. 1907. D89, p. 6S. McWethy, W. C, 1001. Discussion. 1911. Symposium on Orthodontia. D4, p. 147. MeYVilliams, W. H., 1905. Mead, C. B., 1909. Meade, C. M., 1905. Administration. 1912. Com. on Necrology. Paper. 1912. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 328. Discussions. 1906. D04, p. 24; D602, p. 63; D89, p. 193; D072, p. 228. 1907. D04, p. 18; D8, p. 119, 120. 1909. D2. 1910. D072, p. 211. 1911. D04, p. 35. 1912. D072, p. 82; D5, p. 214, 218. Meade, Mary B. Discussion. 1912. D072, p. 82. Mears, Arthur J., 1905. Medsker, Ora L,., 1911. Meek, D. H., 1905. Meeks, D. II.. 1909. Meerhotf, C. E., 1905. Melaik, IV., 1905. Melde, M. T.. 1909. Mel linger. H. A., 1910. Mens, Charles F., 1905. Mens, C. F., 1909. Menkes, M. L,., 1901. Menges, Theodore, 1899. Merck, Herman G., 1907. Meerhoff, C. E., 1891. Merriman, Chas J., 1891. Merrill, F. B., 1905. Merz, F. R., 1905. Methven, H. F., 1905. Meyer, Geo. E., 1910. Administration. 1914. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Meyer, W. L,., 1906. Meyers, A. C, 1909. Meyers, F. C, 1908. Meyers, O. C, 1908. Michaelis, \V. F., 1905. Midkiff, A. I., 1905. Midkiff, C. D., 1910. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 215 Miles, G. S., 186S. Administration. Executive Com. Executive Com. President. Executive Com. 1871, 1874. 1S75. 1877. 1878. 1S7S. 1879. 1880. Legislative Com. Board of Censors. Com. on Legislation. Com. on Legislation. Executive Com. Com. on Legislation. 1881. Com. on Legislation. 1882. Com. on Legislation. Papers. 1874. Dental Legislation — Its Aim, How Accomplished. D81, p. 93. 1875. President's Address. D04, p. 21. 1876. The Duty of Practitioner to Patient in Filling Teeth. D07, p. 51, Disc. p. 63. 1878. Operative Instruments. D21, p. 77, Disc. p. 81. 1881. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 137. Discussions. 1870. D22, p. 55; D81, p. 88; 1874. D22, p. 91. 1875. D3, p. 123, 125. 1877. D04, p. 27, 29; D3, p. 40. 1879. D07, p. 86. 1882. D3. p. 52. Miles, Geo. 1893. Obituary, p. 232. Miller, Fred'k. G., 1905. Miller, F. H., 1909. Miller, F. L., 1905. Miller, F. L., 1909. Miller, G. A., 1898. Administration. 1913. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussion. 1910. D04, p. 28. Clinic. 1912. Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. D64, p. 289. Miller, Jesse, 1900, Non-Resident Member. Miller, John T., 1905. Miller, Louis, 1907. Miller, O. H., 1905. Clinic. Sup. 1903. Crown and Bridge Work. D331, p. 12. Miller, O. J., 1910. Miller, P. E., 1913. Miller, P. W„ 1905. Miller, Roy C, 1911. Miller, S. E., 1909. Miller, W. D., 1908. Obituary, p. 249, 326. Paper. 1908. Account of Dr. Miller's Work. p. 251. Mills, Geo. A., 1905. Discussion. 1913. D04, p. 32. Mills, G. F., 1913. Mills, W. H., 1872. Millyard, W. A., 1905. Milton, S. A., Clinic. 1890. A Hot Vapor Pain Obtunder. D611, p. 165. Mindlin, Albert, 1906, 1909. Minnis, H. L., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 216 Ylinnis, H. L.. — Continued. Administration. 1909. Local Com. Winer, Discussion. 1873. Dol. p. 189. Mitchell, C. D., 1912. Mitchell, W. G., 1910. Mitton, C. L., 1909. Moelmann, E. H., 1909. Moelmann, Ernest O., 1906. Mohan, J. F., 1906. Moll, B. C, 1907, 1912. Molt, F. P., 1905. Administration. 1913. Public Service Com. 1913. Public Service Com. Paper. 1912. Working Out the Problem of the School Dental Inspection. D072, p. 255, Disc. p. 271. 1913. D04, p. 25. Monfort, J. B. Clinic. 1S93. Gold Filling. D221, p. 165. Monson, Geo. S. Clinic. 1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 105. Montas., C. P., 1899. Montague, T. H., 1905. Monteith, E. B., 1907. Montgomery, Win. J., 1906. Moody, J. D.. 1882. 1910. Obituary, p. 4S. Administration. 18S9. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1891. Executive Council. Payers. 1886. Post-Graduate Study. D07, p. 121. Disc. p. 131. 1888. Some Main Points Touching the Conservative Treatment of Teeth Whose Pulps are Nearlv or Quite Exposed. D24, p. 152, Disc. p. 165. 1S91. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 70, Disc. p. 75. Discussions. 1886. D61, p. 145. 1888. D2, p. 147. 1889. D2, p. 146. 1891. D073, p. 79. Moody, Mrs. Kate C, 1882. Administration. 1890. "Vice-president. Papers. 1884. Reflex Pain. 612.8, p. 49, Disc. p. 54. 1889. Women in Dentistry. Toast. D07, p. 161. Moon, R. E., 1905. Moore, Ed. C, 1905. Moore, Geo. 1905. Moore, J. C. Y., 1905. Moore, T. G., 1907. Moore, V. A., 1910. Moore, W. D. N„ 1905. Moore, W. D. Hi. Discussion. 1911. D231, p. 165, 169. Clinic. 1911. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 304. Moore, W. E„ 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 217 IHoore, W. L., 1905, 1908. Moure, W. P., 1905. Moorehead, F. it.. 1905. Administration. 1912. Public Service Commission. 1912. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1914. Public Service Commission. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. Paper. 1912. Report of Com. on Closer Relations and Co-operation with the Illinois State Medical Society. D07. p. 70. Discussions. 1910. D64, D65, D76, p. 194. 1911. 615.778, p. 108. 1913. D64, D65, p. 134, 135. Clinics. 1910. Cleft Palate. D751, p. 259. 1912. Cleft Palate. D751, p. 287. Cvst. D783, p. 287. 1913. Removal of Fibrous Tumor. D782, p. 253. Hoorehead, W. W., 1895, 1905, 1910. Papers. 1896. Cataphoresis. 615.84, p. 99, Disc. p. 104. 1900. Some Thoughts on Prosthetic Dentistrv. D3, p. 102, 7 Illus. Disc, p. 105. Morange, R. Bf., 1909. Moreland, H. A., 1910. Moreland, H. A., 1913. Moreland, R. I., 1909. Morey, A. E., 1899. Morey, C. L,., 1905. Clinie. 1906. Baked Porcelain Crown Without Soldering- Pins to Facing. D331, p. 293. Morgan, E. R., 1905. Morrell, C. G., 1905. Morrical, I. C, 1909. Morris, F. E„ 1905. Morris, R. E., 1905, 1907. .Morris, R. J., 1905. Morrison, A. W., 1S69, Honorary Member. Morrison. D. H., 1905. Morrison, John H., 1882, Corres. Member. Discussions. 1890. D07, p. 90: D07, p. 94; D221, p. 160. Morrison, J. B., 1869, Honorary Member. Morrison, Jos. S., 1905. Morrison, P. H. Clinic 1894. Gold Filling. D221, p. 155. Morrison, T. D., 1909. Morrison, W. X., 1871, Honorary Member. 1S97. Obituary, p. 273. Papers. 1876. Transplanting Teeth. D73, p. 81. 1882. Metallic Crowns. D331, p. 55. 8 Illus. Disc, p. 60. 1S83. Best Methods of Correcting Irregularities. D4, p. 128. Disc, p. 131. 1887. Operative Dentistry as Applied to Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 130, Disc, p. 133. Discussions. 1869. D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 306. 1871. D61, p. 28; D3. p. 67, 68; D6. p. 104. 1872. D2, p. 59. 1873. Dl. p. 97. 1874. D07, p. 36; D22, p. 50; D22, p. 88. 1875. D22, p. 46, 49; D221. p. 83; D3, p. 120. 1877. D24, p. 97; D2, p. 111. 1881. D24, D65, p. 43, 47; D713, p 106; D22, p. 155. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 218 Morrison, W. HT. — Continued. 1882. D13, p. 41; D3, p. 50. 1883. D61, p. 66; D2, p. 96, 99; D21, p. 150. 1885. 612.8, p. 63; D24, p. 69, 71; D2, p. 100. 1887. D24, p. 72. 1888. D2, p. 140; D24, p. 173; D21, p. 196, 198. 1889. D22, p. Ill; D2, p. 151. 1891. D24, p. 99, 100. 1892 D22 p 49 1893! D601, p. 32; D21, 615.7812, p. 98; D73, p. 171. 1895. D243, p. 53. 1896. D331, p. 36. Clinics. 1888. Replantation. D73, p. 133. 1889. Gold and Platinum Filling-. D221, p. 144. 1893. Implantation. D73. p. 166. Morrow, E. A., 1905. Morrow, E. D., 1913. Morrow, W. J., 1898. Mobsman, C. S., 1905. Moss, Z. W., 1901. Motter, G., Jr., 1865, Charter Member. Mount, Janies J., 1905. Clinics. 1911. Gold Inlav Showing- Advantage of Amalgam Base Under It. D231, p. 296. 1912. Extension for Prevention in Cast Gold Inlay. D231, p. 289. Movius, W. G., 1906. Mowbray, R. C, 1869. Papers. 1869. Odontotripsis (Abrasion), D613, Mo. D. Jnl., 1, p. 279. 1871. Essential Principles in Filling- Teeth. D22, p. 45, Disc. p. 49. Discussions. 1869. D61, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 277, 279; D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol 1, p. 303, 304, 305; D65, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 319; D65. Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 328, 330. Mueller, C. W., 1910. Mueller, H. C, 1905. Mulford, T. T., 1909. Mullett, E. 15. Clinic. 1905. Mullet's Gas Furnace. D31, p. 222. Mullin, Wm., 1906. Clinics. 1908. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 273. 1911. Method of Handling the Wax Model in Inlay Work. D231, p. 293. Mundell. R. R., 1910. Munn, R. B., 1904. U in i ii, R. B., 1908. Munroe, Grafton, 1890. Administration. 1892. Local Com. 1894. Local Com. 1895. Librarian. 1896. Chairman Local Com. 1898. Librarian. Local Com. 1904. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Munroe, G. 1914. Com. on Necrology. Papers. 1893. Guardianship of the Teeth — Parental, Personal, Professional. D072, p. 138 ; Disc, p. 144. 1900. Calcification a Controlling Factor in the Treatment of the Teeth. D602, D61, p. 94: Disc, p. 97. 1906. Our Younger Patients. D602, p 40 ; Disc, p. 47. 1911. Regulating Teeth. D4, p. 121; Disc, p. 135. Discussions 1890. D602, p. 123. 1894. D222, p. 73; D21, p. 152. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 219 Munroe, G. — Continued. 1896. D331, p. 37 617.21, p. 69 1897. D04, p. 28; D64, p. 45. 1898. D04, p. 20. 1901. D4, p. 50. 1 902. D06, p. 34. 1903. D4, p. 33. 1907. D4, p. 126. 1910. D16, p. 153; D4, p. 153. 1911. D04, p. 34. 1912. D8, p. 146. Clinics. 1895. Demonstration of the Use of Sodium and Potassium in the Treat- ment of Putrid Pulp Canals. D243. p. 185. 1902. Taking Impressions for Crown and Bridgework. D33, p. 168. 1905. 1-1000 Platinum Instead of Clasp Metal. D32, p. 528. 1908. Two Orthodontia Cases. D4, p. 259. 1909. An Adjunct to the Rapid Filling of Large Molar Cavities. D22c, p. 239. 1912. The Excessive Abrasion and Destruction of Tooth Substance by Strong Bite was Restoied by Extensive Restorations bv means of Inlav Work. D613, p. 297. Murdoch, J. C, 1905, 1911. Administration. 1913. Local Com. Murdow, A. H., 1905. Murphy, C. J., 1908. Murphy, E. H., 1906. Murphy, J. D., 1875. Paper. 1882. Extracting Teeth — Indications for It and Best Methods. D72, p. 114. Discussions. 1882. D13, p. 41; D3, p. 53; D2, p. 81; D22, p. 81. 1886. 615.778, p. 83. Murphy, Hon. Mayor. Paper. 1873. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 25. Murphy, J. R., 1905. Murray, C. J. I., 1875. Murray, J. L,., 1906. Muzzy, D. B., 1905. Myers, L. A., 1913. Nannestad, S. H., 1911. Napper, Syl\-ia M., 1911. Naunian, A. G„ 1906. Nauman, H. F., 1902, 1905. Weal, C. N., 1905. Neatz, E., 1912. Neece, W. A., 1905. • Clinics. 1911. Contour Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 287. 1912. Contour Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 298. Neff, Will R., 1905. Administration. 1911. Com. on Necrology. Neidigh, S. R., 1905. Welch, H. G., 1906. Nelson, G. Arthur, 1911. Nelson, G. A. E., 1912. Nelson, John, 1905. Nelson, Nels, 1882. Discussions. 1885. 612.8, p. 63; D24, p. 74. 1888. D21, p. 199. 1890. D332, p. 146. Nelson, Wm., 1906. Nertney, Ed. G., 1911. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 220 Neuhort, F. A„ 1910. Administration. 1913. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussion. 1913. D231, p. 96. Clinic. 1913. Pilling Root Canals with the Improved Paraffin Compound For- mula, That of Dr. Herman Prinz. D243, p. 259. Nevius, Geo. \V., 1905, 1912. Nevius, I... W„ 1899. Clinic. 1900. The Use of Nitrous Oxid in Extracting. Teeth. D72, p. 172. Newell, Aiirsil B., 1905. Newkirk, Garrett, 1880, Non-resident Member,' 1889. Administration. Board of Examiners. Secretary. Com. on Publication. Secretary. Secretary. Secretary. Com. on Publication. President. Clinic Com. Local Com. Papers. Nervous Reflex Action. 612.8, p. 25 ; Disc, p. 32. Nervous Matter and Principles of Nervous Action. 612.8, p. 52, 3 Illus. ; Disc, p. 60. Antiseptic Dentistrv. D21a, p. 98: Disc, p. 106. Shock. 617.21, p. 55 ; Disc, p. 61. Vice-president. Com. on Publication. 1901. Preventive Dentistry. D61, p. 92; Disc, p. 98. Discussions D24, D65. p. 45, 52; D14, D22, p. 101, 103. D61, p. 162. D641. p. 36; D61, p. 64; 615.7815, p. 69; D07, p. 94. D24. p. 45. D3, p. 49; 612.8, p. 62, 63; D2, p. 99; D073, p. 140. D04, p. 65. D4, p. 38, 39; 615.711, p. 92; D2, p. 120; D602, p. 136. D2, p. 148, 149, 150; D21, p. 194. 615.775. p. 123. D602, p. 124, 125; D2, p. 142. D21, p. 65; D24, D61, p. 139, 140; D4, p. 153, 154, 157. D073. p. 132. 615.7812. p. 104; D072, p. 146; D21, p. 104; D64, p. 64. D04, p. 9; D4, p. 124. D04, p. 21; D06, p. 28; 612.31, p. 68; D2, p. 187. D04, p. 23 ; D07, p. 46, 52 ; D78, p. 90 ; D64, p. 132. D04, p. 25: D64, p. 45; D22a, p. 84; D142, D24, p. 116; D22a, D221, p. 142, 144; D4, p. 182. D04, p. 15, 27; D222, p. 45; D142, D24, p. 65; 615.778, p. 175. D073, p. 97. Clinics. Exhibition of a Set of Scalers. D641, p. 148. Sterilizer, D21a, p. 167. Forming and Tempering of Instruments. (Broken and Discarded Points.) D21, p. 126 : Disc, p. 135. Newlin, Allien R., 1905. Newlin, C, N„ 1910. Newsome, B., 1894. Newsome, B. Administration. 1897. Clinic Com. 1898. Executive Council. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 1885. 1888. 1889. 1890. 1891. 1893. 1894. 1897. 1899. 1880. 1885. 1892. 1896. 1S92. 1880. 1882. 1883. 1884. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1888. 1S89. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1893. 1894. 1895. 1896. 1897. 1898. 1899. 1892. 1S93. 1896. 221 Newsome, II. — Continued. Clinics. 1896. Upper Central Incisor Crown. D331, p. 126. 1907. Methods of Adjusting- the Parts of a Broken Vulcanite Plate, of Plaster xModels and Dislodged Abutments in Bridge Work to Their Proper Places and Retaining them There. D31, p. 231. Newton. H. C, 1905. keymark, D. E., 1912. leymark, J. L., 1910. Nicol, J. D., 1898. 1912. Obituary, p. 329. Administration. 1901. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1910. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1911. Local Com. Nicholas, A. J., 1905. Nichols, C. M., 1911. Nicola, J as. H., 1907. Nichols, Discussion. 1867. D65, p. 29.' Niece, O. R., 1908. Nielson, J. P., 1905. Noble, S. B., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1867. Program Com. Executive Com. Discussions. 1S66. D3, p. 20; D602, Nord«reu, R. G., 1910. Norman, S. C, 1909. Normojle, D. J., 1909. North, (iustavus. p. 6. 1897. 1905. North, G 1907. Clinics. Partial Lower Vulcanite Dentures. D321, p. 202. Temperaments. D12, p. 227. Replacing Porcelain Facings Without Removing Bridge or Crown. D33. p. 22 7. Norton, J. P., 1905. Norton. J. W., 1905. Norwood, Benj. I., 1906. Nourie, E. J., 1909. Noyes, E., 1872. Administration. 1879. Secretary. 18S0. Secretary. 1881. Secretary. 1882. Secretary. 1883. Secretary. 1884. President. 1886. Executive Com. 1888. Com. on Publication. 1889. Com. on Publication. 1890. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1893. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1894. Com. on Publication. 1895. Com. on Publication. 1896. Executive Council. Com. on Publication. 1S97. Com. on Publication. 1898. Com. on Publication. 1901. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1902. Com. on Publication. Board of Examiners. 1905. Editor of Transactions. Com. on Necrologv. 1906. Editor of Transactions. Board of Censors. Com. on Necrology. 1907. Editor of Transactions. 1908. Editor of Transactions. For index aud key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 222 Noyes, E. — Continued. 1909. Editor of Transactions. 1910. Editor of Transactions. 1911. Editor of Transactions. 1912. Editor of Transactions. 1913. Com. on Publication. Editor of Transactions. Papers. 1874. The Changes in the Shapes of Teeth that are Necessary or Proper for the Treatment of Decay. D22, p. 80 ; Disc, p. 85. 1876. Some Thoughts Respecting the Theory and Ethics of Professional Fees. D89, p. 75. 1878. Why Do Operations Pail? D22, p. 49; Disc, p. 55. 1880. Filling Teeth — Some Special Points to be Observed. D22, p. 64 ; Disc, p. 74. 1884. President's Address. D04, p. 27. 1886. The Retention of the Pulpless Teeth in the Jaws. D24, p. 150 ; Disc, p. 157. 1891. The Preparation of Teeth for Filling. D22a, p. 102; Disc, p. 108. 1892. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 126 ; Disc, p. 130. 1900. Improvements in Operative Dentistry During Recent Years and the Betterments to be Expected in the Future. D2, p. 72 ; Disc, p. 78. 1904. Gold Fillings. D221, p. 143; Disc, p. 149. 1905. History of the Illinois State Dental Society. D06, p. 230. Discussions. 1876. D07, p. 45, 46; D07, D22, p. 64; D22. p. 74. 1881. D22, p. 151. 1882. D07, p. 131. 1884. D24, p. 46. 1885. D3, p. 50; D2, p. 104; 615.5, p. 129; D073, p. 142. 1886. D61, p. 149; D073, p. 165. 1887. D4, p. 41; D24, p. 65; D2. p. 113, 129; D602, p. 137. 1888. D073, p. 70, 72; D2, p. 137; D24, p. 175. 1889. D22, p. 104, 111; D2, p. 147. 1890. D332, p. 149. 1891. D21, p. 64; D24, D61, p. 141. 1892. D2, p. 25; D22, p. 82; D141, p. 124. 1893. D22a, p. 22; D243, p. 53. 1894. D61, p. 37 ; D07, p. 55 ; D222, p. 84, 86, 87, 94, 101 ; D073, p. 144. 1895. D243, p. 55, 57; D8, p. 104. 1896. D07, p. 46. 1897. D04, p. 22; D06, p. 69; D22a, p. «5; D22a, D221, p. 142, 143; D2, p. 162; D4, p. 186; 615.84, p. 211; D09, p. 277. 1898. D04. p. 14; D222, p. 36; D142, D24, p. 65, 66. 1899. D073, p. 94. 1900. D2, p. 28, 29; D602, D61, p. 100; 615.778, p. 146. 1901. D04, p. 18; D32, p. 63; 615.778, p. 72; D22, p. 104; D21, p. 132. 1902. D06, p. 32; D8, p. 47, 48, 49; D09, p. 80; D07, p. 86, 88; D22b, D221, p. 120; D61a, p. 128; D2, p. 175. 1903. D04, p. 18; D073, p. 44; D232. p. 84. 1904. D04, p. 18. 1905. D04, p. 27; D89, p. 193. 1906. D04, p. 20; D82, p. 132. 1907. D07, p. 50; D89, p. 71; D8, p. 116, 119; D06, D09, p. 209; D72, p. 223 1908. D04, p. 15; D09, p. 59; D06, p. 75. 1909. D32, p. 131; D242, p. 181, 189; D2, p. 227, 229. 1910. D073, p. 39; D16, D4, p. 155; D601, p. 167; D072, p. 209. 1912. D04, p. 29; D6a, p. 166; D07, p. 199; D5, p. 214, 218; D222, p. 243. 1913. D231, p. 101; D89, p. 155; D25, p. 195; D611, p. 244. Clinics. 1890. Gold Fillings. D221, p. 161. 1894. Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 154. 1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 117. 1902. Root Canal Filling. D243, p. 165. 1904. Gold Filling. D221, p. 27. 1907. Gold Foil Filling. D221, p. 232. Noyes, F. B., 1895. 1904. Executive Com. 1908. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1909. Executive Council. 1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1911. Com on Public Dental Education. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 223 IVoyes, P. B. — Continued. Papers. 1S99. The Structure of the Enamel with Reference to Cleavage and the Lines and Angles of Cavity Margins. D141, D22a, p. 29, 30 Illus. Disc, p. 60. 1908. A Presentation of Some Conditions of Caries of the Enamel. D61, p. 19S; 3S Illus.; Disc, p. 226. 1910. The Index of Personality. D16, D4, p. 133, 12 IIus.; Disc, p. 149. Discussions. 1901. D13, p. 45; 612.31, p. 80, p 82; D6a, p. 90; D22, p. 106. 1902. D031, p. 24; D8, p. 49. 1903. D073, p. 45; D602, p. 69. 1904. D223, p. 100. 1905. D223, p. 152. 1906. D14, p. 269. 1907. D4, p. 127, 135; D07, p. ISO; D22c, p. 200. 1909. D07, p. 140. 1910. D223. p. 67. 1911. D4, p. 135. Clinics. 1898. Amalgam. D222, p. 194. 1902. Test of Amalgams for .Shrinkage or Expansion. D222, p. 167. 1907. Cavities for Gold Inlays. D22c, p. 236. \oyes, F. C, 1905, 1910, 1912. JVydegger, Carl, 1907. XTluns, O. C, 1905. •',;.• in a n. J. E., 1894. Papers. 1898. The Ceramic Art in Dentistry. D232, D33, p. 117, 2 Illus.; Disc, p. 139. 1900. A Gold Crown with Carved Solid Cusps. D331, p. 59. 1902. Conditions and Circumstances Modifving Extension for Preven- tion. D22a, p. 89 ; 12 Illus. ; Disc, p. 111. Discussions. 1897. D22a, p. 87, 92; D142, D24, p. 115; D22a, D221, p. 141. 1898. D7, p. 153. 1899. D33, p. 83. 1902. D8, p. 49. 1904. D232, D31, p. 110, 114; D221, p. 150. 1905. D25, p. 64, 69; D332, p. 207, 212, 213. Clinics. 1898. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 190. 1899. Porcelain Bridge. D332, p. 112. 1900. Carving Gold Cusps. D33, p. 171. 1901. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 140. 1902. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 169. 1905. Construction of a Hollow Gold Inlay. D231, p. 229. Oake, A. J., 1892. Ocasek, Win.., 1906. Olfil, R. H., 1905. Oa.le, Clifford C, 1906, 1911. O'Hara, G. R., 1905. 1907. Obituarv, p. 239, 300. Ohlwein, John G., 1905. Olafson, Olaf, 1907. Olcott, H. L,., 1905. Oldfteld, E. L., 1901. Olmstead, A. T„ 1885, 1905, 1911. Discussion. 1907. D89, p. 67. Clinics. 1912. Bridge and Crown Anchorage. D33, p. 305. 1913. Small Gold Fillings Along the Gingival Border of Labial and Buccal Surfaces. D221, p. 256. Olson, Aaron M., 1905. Olson, Mayor Andrew. 1905. Address of Welcome, p. 9. Olson, Fred A. H., 1906. Olson, M. W., 1905. Paper. 1907. Extraction of Teeth. D72, p. 217; Disc, p. 221. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 224 Olson, M. W. — Continued. Clinic. 1912. Gold Filling. D221, p. 2SS. Olwin, F. B., 1910. Administration. 1913. Com. on Publication. Omsberg, Chas. S., 1907. O'Neill, A. D., 1905. Onthauk, J. J., 1911. Opheim, M. L., 1901, 1909. Opits, Herman H., 1906. Ormsbee, \V. W., 1S65. Charter Member. Administration. 1879. Librarian. 1881. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 298. Orr, H. jV., 1905. Discussion. 1909. D232, p. 202. Clinics. 1906. The Technique of Implanting a Silver Root, Showing Case in the Mouth. D73, p. 278. • 1907. A Method of Obtaining an Accurate Model in Melotte's Metal. D23, p. 230. 1908. Showing Construction on Detail of Cast Bridge, Using Diatoric Teeth. D332, p. 267. Orr. Clark, 1905. Orth, John, 1905. Orth, P. Ii., 1905. Osher, J. C, 1905. Osten, R. C. V., 1913. Otteson, I., Clinic. 1901. Swedger, D322, p. 140. Ottofy, Louis, 1881. Administration. 1886. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1887. Assistant Secretary. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. 1891. Clinic Com. 1892. Secretary. Com. on Publication. 1893. Secretary. 1894. Secretary. Com. on Publicity. 1895. Secretary. 1896. Secretary. 1897. Secretary. Papers. 1883. The Incipiency of Dental Caries. D61, p. 57; Disc, p. 64. 1885. Dental Spiritualism. 615.851, p. 74 ; Disc, p. 83. 1888. Operative Dentistry. D2, p. 102 ; Disc, p. 110. 1889. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 61 ; Disc, p. 72. 1891. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 178 ; Disc, p. 183. 1895. A Review of the Illinois State Dental Society for a Quarter of a Century. D06, p. 25 ; Disc, p. 27. 1902. Present Status of Dentistry in the Phillipine Islands. D041, p. 131. Discussion. 1882. D3, p. 50; D64, p. 110. 1883. 615.7815, p. 69. 1885. D2, p. 106; 617.22, p. 118; D073, p. 140, 141. 1886. D04, p. 64; 615.778, p. 75, 85; D22a, D243, p. 108, 112; D61, p. 145. 1887. D24, p. 62; D602, p. 129, 141. 1888. D073, p. 76; D2, p. 139, 144. 1889. 615.775, p. 122. 1890. D073, p. 71; D61a, p. 130, 131. 1891. D073, p. 75. 1893. D73, p. 173. 1895. D243, p. 59; 612.31, p. 69, 70; D81, p. 147. 1S97. D04, p. 21, 26; D06, p. 65, 67. 1898. D142, p. 65. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 225 Ottoby, Louis. — Continued. Clinic. 1887. Implantation. D73, p. 112. 1889. Exhibition of Patient with Tooth Implanted in 1S87. D73, p. 145. 1896. Case of Implantation in 18S7. D73, p. 128. Outten. L. T. E., 1905, 1912. Overholzer, D. L,., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1S66. Program Com. Discussion. 1866. D24, p. 9. Overholzer, W. A., 1897, 1905. Overmeyer, W. H., 1907. Owen, F 31., 1911. Paden, C. M., 1906. Paae, C. S., 1912. Page. J. C, 1905. Paine, F. A., 1899. Paine, Frank A., 1906. Paine, R. M„ 1899. Pallock, Jno., 1865, Charter Member. Palmer, Byron L., 1889. Discussion. 1891. D221a, p. 179. Clinic. 1900. Palmer Plastic Swager and Moulding Flask. D322. p. 173. Palmer, D. G., 1872. Palmer, Edgar. Clinic. 1891. Administration of Sulphuric Ether. 615.7813, p. 179. Palmer, G. F., 1905. Palmer, J. L,., 1905, 1912. Palmer, J. V., 1899. Pank, W. L., 1909. Parcell, E. L,., 1910. Park, 1867, Honorary Member. Park, Edgar, 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1865. Secretary. 1S66. D602, p. 6 ; D221, p. 8. Discussions. 1866. Secretary. 1867. D67, p. 30. 1869. D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 306, 307. Park, E., 1893. Obituary, p. 230. Park, W. S., 1905. Parker, Chas. H., 1905. Parker, E..D., 1905. Parker, F. D., 1907. Parker, F. W., 1902. Parker, F. W., 1903. The Uses of Black's Knives and Files. D221, p. 2, Supplement. 1904. Matrix. D22b, p. 27. 1906. The Removal and Repair of Shell Crowns. D331, p. 288. 1907. Solid Gold Inlay Without Investment, Showing Patient and Model. D231, p. 233. 1905. Cavity Preparation for Gold Inlay. D231, p. 270. Parker, R. W., 1902. Clinic. 1903. Threaded Matrix for the Insertion of, Amalgam Fillings. D22b, p. 3; Supplement. 1904. Cavity Preparation. D22a, p. 31. 1908. Saving Children's Teeth by the Use of Oxyphosphate of Copper Cement. D223, D602, p. 261. Parkes, J. J. Paper. 1881. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 7. Parkhurst, J. I., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 226 Parks, Pearl, 1905. Parr, A. C, 1906. Parsons, G. H., 1905. Partridge, Ben. S., 1907. Pashley, R. R., 1907. 1912. Obituary, p. 331. Paterson, J. D., 1909. Patrick, John J. R., 1881. 1895. Obituary, Portrait, p. 239. Administration. 1883. Vice President. Papers, 1882 Regulating Teeth. D4, p 1C3, Illus. Disc, p. 167. High Civilization Not the Cause of Tooth Decay. D61, p. 133 ; 1 Illus. ; Disc, p. 160. 1883. Closure of the Jaws. D715, p. 100, 4 Illus. Removal of a Tumor from the Antrum High-Morianum. D78, p. 115, 3 Illus. 1884. Irregularities in Human Teeth; Or, Dental Teratology. D4, 127, 17 Illus. 1885. Errors in Practice Not Always Disadvantageous. D24, p. 64; Disc, p. 69. 1888. Dental Morphology and the Etiology of Irregularities. D4, 83 ; 5 Illus. ; Disc, p. 91. 1888. A Decture on the Rationale of Constructing and Attaching Artificial Crowns to Natural Roots of Teeth. D331, p. 202, 2 Illus. 1889. The First Period in the History of Dentistry. D09, p. 130. 1S90. The Second Period in the History of Dentistry. D09, p. 99. 1893. The Effect of Eruptive Diseases on the Teeth. D601, p. 25 ; Disc, p. 31. Discussions. 1883. D641, p. 38, 40; D61, p. 64, 65, 66; D2, p. 97. 1884. D24, p. 43; 612.8, p. 58. 1885. D3, p. 44; 612.8, p. 62; 612.851, p. 83. 1888. D073, p. 74. 1889. D073, p. 72; D22, p. 107, 109; 615.775, p. 121; D14, p. 126; D2, p. 151. 1890. D073, p. 66, 78; D07 p. 92. 1891. D21, p. 65, 69. 1892. D33, p. 61, 64; D4. p. 89, 91: D21, p. 142, 143. 1893. D22a, p. 20, 22. Clinic. 1SSS. Gold Crown. D331, p. 132. Patrous, H. E., 1913. Patten, J. F., 1902. Patten, M. H., 1872. Administration. 1884. Executive Com. 1885. Vice President. Paper. 1879. What is Progression in Dentistry. D07, p. 40 ; Disc, 45. Discussions. 1874. D07, p. 36. 1876. D325, p. 97. 1880. 612.8, p. 39. Patterson, A. B., 1906. Clinic. 1913. Many Uses for the Gillmore Attachment. D32, p. 262. Patterson, C. A., 1905. Patterson, C. M., 1909. Patterson, F. J., 1896, 1905. Patterson, J. D„ Discussions. 1901. D22c, p. 56. Payan, Z. J., 1909. Payne, E. I., 1913. Peacock, Jesse, 1908. Pearce, J. H., 1910. Clinic. 1912. Some Practical Hints in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 307. Pearce, R. M., 1891. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 227 Pearce, R. M. — Continued. Administration. 1893. Local Com. 1910. Com. on Publication. Discussions. 1897. D22a, D221. p. 140. 1904. D89, p. 155; Disc, p. 158. 1906. D602, p. 52. 1912. D33, p. 122. Pearce, T. R., 1913. Peck, A. H., 1891. Administration. 1895. Chairman Executive Com. 1897. Executive Council. 1898. Secretary. 1899. Secretary. 1900. Secretary. 1901. Secretary. 1902. Secretary. 1903. President. 1904. Executive Council. 1906. Com. on Organization. Papers. 1894. Etiology of Dental Caries. D61, p. 25 : Disc, p. 33. Report of the Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 154 ; Disc, p. 157. 1897. Results of Experiments in Bacteriologv (Antiseptics). 615.778 D6a, p. 189. 1S9S. The Essential Oils and Some Other Agents, Their Antiseptic Value, Also Their Irritating or Non-irritating Properties. 615.778, p. 154 ; Disc, p. 169. 1900. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64. p. 36 ; Disc, p. 45. 1901. Antiseptic Germicide and Disinfectant. 615.778, p. 65 ; Disc, p. 70. 1903. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 17. 1910. A Good Set of Teeth One of the Most Important Attributes of Man. D601, p. 156 ; Disc, p. 163. Discussions. 1895. D2, p. 187. 1897. D22a, p. 8S; D142, D24, p. 106, 107, 113; D2, p. 167; D4, p. 187; 615.84, p. 208, 210. 1899. D63, p. 23. 1909. D07, p. 145. Clinic. 1896. A Porcelain Faced Bicuspid Crown. D331, p. 124. 1908. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 270. 1909. Platinum and Gold Filling. D221, p. 238. Peck, J. W., 1881. Peck, Sheldon, 1907. Peck, Prof. Discussions. 1873. Dl, p. 94, 96. Pederson, C. X., 1912. Peebles, II. E. 1871. Obituary, p. 107. Peitsch, Henry C, 1906. Peisch, H. C. Administration. 1912. Board of Censors. Pellett, F. M., 1905. Pence, H. C, 1905, 1909 Pence, W. D., 1908. Pendleton, Elbert C, 1911. Pennock, O. A., 1904. Penny, A. D., 1888. Percival, F. R., 1908. Perisho, V. P., 1905. Administration. 1913. Com. to Co-operate With State Medical Society. Clinic. 1911. Technique in the Treatment of Both Vital and Putrescent Pulps That Will Prevent Pain After the Patient Leaves the Office. D241, p. 294. Perry, E. J., 1875. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 228 Perry, E. J. — Continued. Papers. 1906. Roach's Mouldable Porcelain. D232, p. 156; Disc, p. 167. Discussions. 1899. D04. p. 16; D33, p. 81. 1901. D3a, p. 31. 1906. D232, p. 174. Clinic. 1892 Demonstration of a Method of Articulating Crowns with Models, Etc. D331, p. 14S. Perry, Geo. B., 1899, 1905. Perry, John, 1905. Peters, C. F., 1897. Peters, E. H., 1S97. Peters, W . A., 1905. Peterson, ('. .1., Payers. 1895. Crown and Bridge Work (Not Published in Transactions.) D33, Disc, p. 165. Peterson, C. \V„ 1907. Peterson, D. A., 1909. Peterson, O. A., 1912. Peterson, O. I*., 1909. 1912. Obituary, p. 328. Peterson, P. IS. C, 1905. Pettit, J. W. Papers. 1875. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 17. 1909. The Possibilities of Closer Co-operation Between the Dental and Medical Professions. D07. p. 102; Disc, p. 107. Peyton, Emmet, 1905, 1909. Piatt", K. A., 1905. Pt'eit'er, Josephine, 1894. Clinic. 1S95. Gold Crown. D331, p. 1S4. 1898. Frosting Aluminum Plates. D32. p. 194. 1901. Filling Root-Canal. D243, p. 137. Phelps, W. S. Clinic 1910. Amalgam Filling. D222, p. 269. Pinter, L,. H., 1909. Phillips, Albert E., 1906. Phillips, B. L., 1910. Phillips, D. L„ 1905, 1912. Papers. 1904. Cervical Outline Preservation and Crowns. D331, p. 117, 4 Illus. ; Disc, p. 126. Clinic. 1905. Crowns, Bridges, Retention of Gingival Harmony. D33, p. 221. 1907. Anterior Bridge, Concealed Attachments Two-Tooth Effect in Three 1 Quarter Space. D332, p. 235. Phillips, Frank E., 1910. Phillips. H. E., 1905. Phillips, H. J., 1909. Phillips, L.. T., 1883, 1909. Phillips, \V. J. 1905. Phelps, J. R., 1882. Phelps. W. S., 1905. Pickard, Edward C, 1907. Pierce, A, J., 1912. Pinkerton. B. K„ 1909. Pinney, H. B. 1905. Piper, O. H., 1906. Pituer, H. YV., 1906. Pitwood, E., 1883. Pitt, H. N., 1905. Pitt, W. A., 1905. Pitts, G. VV., 1905. Plaee, Eugene, 1891. Place, E. H., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. '229 iMankerton. II. A., 1905. Plattfl, l.. .v., 1909. Hummer, J. H. 1900. Plnmmer, P. H.. 1906. IMutsehow, Otto. 1005. Poessel. H. K. E., 1005. I'oindex i 1 79 120; D2, p. 176. 1898. 615.778, p. 172. 1900. D64, p. 56; D3, p. 107; D713, p. 118. 1901. ™° - 1AO 1902. 1903. 1905. 1907. 1909. 1910. 1888. Use of Cocaine. 615.7816, p. 131, 132. 1897. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 204. 1898. Rubber Dam. D21b, p. 186. 1900. Two Large Amalgam Fillings. D222, p. 174. 1901. Gold Filling. D221, p. 140. 1902. Removal of Pulp bv Pressure Anesthesia. D242, p. 164. 1905. Root Filling. D243, p. 229. 1907. Study of Amalgam. D222, p. 230. Pruyn, Walter N., 1912. Pnckett, Harry C, 1905. Puffer, Geo. R., 1907. Pullen, L,. G„ 1905. Pumpelly, B. I., 1909. Pureell, W. M., 1902, 1905. Purdy, A. G., 1905. Puterbaugh, P. G., 1911. Pye, A. C 1912. Pyper, P. A., 1898. Administration. 1911. Board of Censors. Papers. 1912. Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 110; Disc, p. 120. Discussions. 1909. D32, p. 127. 1913. D3, p. 217. Clinics. 1900. Contour Filling, Platinum and Gold. D221, p. 170. 1903. Gold Filling. D221, p. 12. 1905. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 225. 1912. Esthetics in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 300. Quick, A. F„ 1908. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 233 Kaedel, E. H., 1907. Raflety, O. J., 1904. Rafferty, G. A., 1905. Rainey, A. H., 1905. 1910. Obituary, p. 50. Raleigh, Robert E„ 1906. Rand, E. G., 1905. Randall, Frederick, 1905. Rankine, C. M., 1905. Ha seh. C. A., 1908. nnihl.un. R. S., 1872, Honorary Member. Rawlins, L,. A., 1909. Hayburn, J. R., 1896. Administration. 1897. Librarian. 1902. Executive Council. Clinic. 1900. Gold Filling. D221, p. 171. Rea, Owen L., 1906. Rea, V. H., 1905, 1909. Read, C. E., 1912. Read, J. I).. 1905. Read, M. O., 1902. Read, Olive M., 1907. Reader, J .C, 1905^ Clinic. 1906. Astral Cement. D223, p. 282. Reagin, T. B., 1909. Ream, F. K„ 1906. Clinics. 1906. Use of Dental Engine in Removal of Impacted Lower Third Molars. D74, p. 287. 1909. Dental Radiograph. D4a, p. 287. 1911. Extraction of Teeth. D72, p. 297. Reber, A, S., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. 1865. Com. on By-Laws. Discussion. 1867. D65, p. 29. Reber, W. F., 1905. Reece, J. S., 1905. Administration. 1912. Com. on Publication. Discussion. 1910. D072, p. 210. Clinic. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. Reed, Forrest D., 1905. Reed, Frank, 1905. Reed, J. J., 1896. Administration. 1901. Local Com. Paper. 1901. Cement Anchorage for Fillings. D22c, p. 51; Disc, p. 55. Discussion. 1901. 612.31, p. 82. Clinics. 1890. Exhibition of a Gasoline Blow Pipe. D31, p. 165. 1902. Cement Anchorage for Gold Filling. D28c, p. 163. Reed, L. A., 1899. Reed, Thos. W. 1897. Obituary, p. 274. Reed, W. H., 1905. Reese, C. N., 1898. Reese, George \V., 1906. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 234 Reeves, W. T„ 1899, 1905. Discussions. 1903. D232, p. 82, 86. 1907. D231, D221, p. 92. 1908 D 22, p. 174, 175; D223, D224, p. 174, 175; D222, p. 174, 175; D221, p. 174, 175; D232, p. 174, 175. 1910. D231, p. 221. Clinics. 1895. Exhibition With Models of Porcelain Inlay Work. D232, p. 186. 1901. Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 136. 1902. Porcelain Inlays, D232, p. 163 1903. Porcelain Inlays. D232, p. 2. Sup. 1903. Rehnstrom, J. E., 1905. Reiber, F. J., 1906. Reid, J. D., 1898. Discussion. 1913. D89, p. 152. Reid, James G., 1882. Administration. 1885. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1890. Clinic Com. 1897. Executive Com. 1901. President. 1902. Executive Council. 1905. Com. on Publication. 1909. Executive Council. Papers. 1886. Oral Chemistry. D61, p. 139; Disc, p. 143. 1890. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 160; Disc, p. 166. 1901. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc, p. 15. Discussions. 1882. D22, p. 85; D2, p. 85. 1883. D. 2. n. 98. 1883. D. 2, p. 9„. 1885. D2, p. 106. 1887. D3, p. 42; 615.5, p. 81, 82; D602, p. 140, 141, 142 1888. D2, p. 136- 1889 1891 1S92 1895 1896 1897 JJZ, p. 13b. 615.775, p. 120, 124. D24, p. 85; D22a, p. 110, 111. D21a, p. 106; D21, p. 138. D243, p. 53; D073, p. 175; D2, p. 187. D04, p. 22; D331, p. 35. D04, p. 27; D64, p. 44, 45; D06, p. 66, 69; D22a, p. 90; D24, D142, p. 105; D4, p. 186; 615.84, p. 212. 1898. D04, p. 22, 23; D222, p. 54; D24, D142, p. 63. 1899. D073, p. 94, 95. 1900. D2, p. 26, 28. 35. 1902. D04, p. 12; D22a, p. 114; D3, p. 180. 1903. D232, p. 83. 1904. D04, p. 19; D231, p. 79. 1905. D04, p. 27. 1906. D82, p. 151; D232, p. 167, 169 1907. D04, p. 22. 1908. D04, p. 22. D04, p. 17; D06, p. 88, 88; D22, p. 169; D223, D224, p. 169; D222, p. 169; D221, p. 169; D232, p. 169. D04, p. 28. 1910. D04, p. 28. 1912. D222, p. 252 1913. D231, p. 98 Clinics. 1888. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 132. 1908. Models for Inlay Work. D331, p. 271. Reid, J. H., 1897. Reid, Thomas, 1905. Reinders, F. \V., 1906. Reischauer, E. F., 1910. Reh, Geo. J., 1905. Renfrow, B. L,., 1906, 1910, 1912. Rennie, A. L,., 1912. Reynolds, F. E., 1905. Rice, Frederick F., 1906. Rice, H. C, 1909. Rice, J. O., 1908. Rice, L. B., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 235 Rice, S. T., 1894. Rich, Albert, 1911. Rich, H. W., 1900, 1905. Richards, Frank, 1905. Richards, F. A., 1905. Richards, M. T., 1909, 1912. Richards, W. P., 1871, 1886. Administration. 1880. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1888. Clinic Com. Papers. 1875. Treatment of the Mouth Preparatory to Filling-. D22, p. 84. 1881. Dental Hvgiene. D5, p. 51; Disc, p. 56. 1888. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 131. Discussions. 1871. D3, p. 71. 1875. D22, p. 40. 1879. D07, p. 87. 1881. 612.31, p. 168. 1888. D2, p. 136. Clinic. 1887. Gold Filling-. D221, p. 113. Richardson, A., 1905. Richardson, A. A., 1910. Richardson, F. M., 1905. Clinic. 1905. Extractions With Nitrous Oxide Gas Anesthesia. 615.781, p. 224. Richardson, G. R., 1905. Richardson, R. C, 1905. Richardson, Ulysses M., 1906. Richey, W. S., 1870. Discussions. 1871. D8, p. 88. 1873. D24, p. 72. Rideout, J. L,., 1903. Administration. 1907. Board of Censors. 1909. Local Com. Kitiii*. R. M., 1905. Riley, D. H„ 1906. Riley, H. T., 1906. Rimmerman, V. H., 1904. Rink, H. T., 1909. Rink, L. C, 1905. Rising, C. R., 1865, Charter Member, 1872. Administration. 1866. Executive Com. Discussion. 1872. D3, p. 30, 32. Risinger, H. R., 1905. Ritchey, Jesse M. Discussion. 1890. D602, p. 123. Ritchie, S. W., 1907. Rittenhouse, F. M., 1905. Ritter, J. W., 1904. Administration. 1906. Com. on Legislation. 1908. Com. on Legislation. 1906. Paper. Somnofrome; Its Use and a Few Personal Experiences With It. 615.7815, p. 200; Disc, p. 207. Discussions. 1907. D72, p. 222. 1908. D06, p. 74, 78. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 236 Rivers, C. W., 1S6S. Administration. 1869. Executive Com. Discussions. 1868. D243. p. 37. 1S69. D61, Mo. D. Jnl.. Vol. 1, p. 279: D22, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 306, 307; D65, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329: 615.781, Mo. D. Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 344. Rivers, G. W., 1S74, Honorary Member Roach, F. E., 1899. Administration. 1909. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1910. Executive Council. Roach, F. E. Paper. 1909.. A Simple Method of Changing the Colors and Modifying the Shades of Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 115; Disc, p. 120. Discussion. 1904. D331, p. 167. 1906. D232, p. 172, 174. 1907. D231, D221, p. 94. 1909. D24, p. 100. Clinics. 1900. Removable Facing of His Own Design. D33, p. 170. 1901. Practical Application of the Fellowship Replaceable Facing. D33, p. 135. 1905. A New Fusible Cement. D232, p. 219. 1906. Mouldable Porcelain. D232, p. 280. 1907. Pontoon Bridgework. D332, p. 236. 1908. Cast Base Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 270. Robhius, E. M., 1882. Administration. 1S87. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. IS 91. flora, on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1893. Executive Council. 1899. Board of Examiners. 1911. Board of Censors. Discussions. 1883. D4, p. 132. 1905. D06, p. 113. 1908. D06, p. 88, 89. 1911. D04, D8, p. SG; D32, p. 237, 239. Clinics. 1893. Aluminum Foil Filling. D22, p. 165. 1896. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 124 ; Disc, p. 129. 1906. Combination of Gold and Tin Foils. D22c, p. 285. Robbins, Joseph, M. D. Paper. 1SS9. The Relation of Practitioners of Medicine to Practitioners of Dentistry. Toast. D07, p. 160. Robbins, W. C, 1905. Robbins, W. S., 1909. Roberts, B. J., 1906. Roberts, J. S., 1905. Roberts, Norman J., 1886. Paper. 1SS7. Regulating Appliances. D4, p. 29, 3 Illus. ; Disc, p. 34. Roberts, Ruius J., 1907. Robeson, Mary G., 1905, 1912. Robertson, D. P., 1905. Robinson, C. R., 1906. Robinson, Earl C, 1906. Robinson, E. G., 1892. Robinson, Frank H., 1906. Roeke, Alfred E., 1906. Rodenhauser, H. C, 1903, 1905. Rodosy, A., 1908. Roe, Frank C, 1906. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 237 Roe, P. A. Clinic. 1899. Gold Crown. D331, p. 106. Roe, Frank E., 1911. Rogers, A. W., 18S9, 1S99. Rogers, Diago, 1913. Rogers, Rev. Euclid B. Paper. 1900. Address of Welcome. D04. p. 179. Rogers, R„ 1901, 1905. Rohland, C. B., 1S74. 1911. Obituary. Portrait. P. 331. Administration. 1SS6. Treasurer. 1857. Vice-President. 1858. President. 1894. Board of Censors. 1895. Board of Examiners. 1S97. Board of Examiners. 1901. Executive Council. 1905. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Com. on Necrology. 1906. Com. on Necrology. Com. on Legislation. 1908. Com. on Necrology. Papers. 1877. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 31 ; Disc, p. 38. 1S83. Office Hygiene. G13 p. 41 ; Disc, p. 5fi. 18SS. President's Address. D04, p. -47. 1S93. Conservatism in Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 72 ; Disc, p. 7S 1895. A Simple Method of Keeping Daily Records. DS9, p. 31; 2 Illus. ; Disc, p. 38. 1905. A Few Observations on Oral Prophylaxis. D25, p. 41 ; Disc, p. 56. 190S. The Cements and Gutta-Percha as Pilling Materials. D223, D224, p. 132 ; Disc, p. 1C0. Report of Com. on Necrology. D09, p. 249. 1909. A Sermon on the Lack of Ambition Along Intellectual Li-ies in the Profession. D07, d. 70 ; Disc, d. 79. 1911. A Few Random Thoughts. D8, D04, p. 70; Disc, p. SO. Discussions. 1877. D22, p. 52. 1885. 612. S, p. 63 : D24. p. 1886. 615.778, p. 81. 1888. D073, p. 69. 1890. D602, p. 123. , D64, p. 131, 132. 1897. D04, p. 24; D22a, p. 79, 83, 84; D09, p. 275. 1898. D33, D232, p. 139. 1900. D04, p. 14; D64, p. 45; D3, p. 111. 1902. D61a, p. 127; D232, p. 182. 1903. D04, p. 18. 5; D89, p. 186. 22; D09, p. 76; D232, p. 249, 25' i • nno r> OQQ 32, p. 169. 14 ; D232, p. 203, 208 ; 1)232, p. 2f ~ Clinic. 1903. The Advantages of Vulcanite Gutta-Percha as a Base Plate Upon Which the Wax Articulation Is Taken in th« Making of Rubber Dentures. D321, d. 11. Supplement. Roll weil. I cr. H. H., 1905. Rood, A. B., 1909. Rood, Hon. E. H. Paper. 1S80. Address of Welcome. D04. p. 5. Root, M. A., 1905. Rork, C. L,., 1905. Rose, F. M., 1913. Rose, W. E., 1906. 1909. Obituary. P. 63. Roslyn, J. P., 1910. Ross, A. T., 1909. For index and key to classification nam hers, see pink appendix. 238 Ross, B. C, 1908. Ross, D. W., 1909, 1912. Ross, F. R. 1891. Ross, F. R. ' Clinic. 1893. Removal of Pulp. D242. p. 165. Ross, J. Harry, 1905, 1910. Rossman, Ceylon, 1906. Roth, W. A., 1907. Rowdybush, R. F., 1909. Clinic. 1910. Steele Removable Facing. D332, p. 266. Rone, Chas. E., 1910. Rowland. Discussion. 1888. D24, p. 176, 177. Rownsvilld, C. F., 1905. Royce, E. A., 1886. Administration. 1893. Clinic Com. 1894. Clinic Com. 1903. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Paper. 1893. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 165. Discussions. 1893. D221, p. 178. Clinics. 1909. D32, p. 120. 1889. Gold Filling. D221, p. 144. 1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 122. 1901. Tooth Shades. D32, p. 137. Ruckenbrod, W. G., 1907. Ruddick, \V. B., 1910. Rue, A. W., 1897, 1905. Ruff, G. O., 1910. Kunyan, R. S., 1907. Russell, Frank L,., 1907. Russell, G. W., 1908. Russell, W. R., 1905. Ryan, F. J., 1905. Discussions. 1910. D072, p. 211. 1912. D222, p. 247. Clinic. 1912. Amalgam Pitfalls. D222, p. 303. Ryan, W. V., 1908. Rybstat, W. L,., 1906, 1909. 1912. Obituary. P. 331. Ryder, F. J., 1909. Ryder, J. F., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 239 Sackett, H. R., 1899. Safford, Narg. L.., 1905. St. John, I. C. Clinic. 1899. Gold Filling. D221. p. 119. Sale, Frank O., 1903. Clinic. 1910. Instantaneous Investment for the Tacking of Backings and Posts to Facings. D33, p. 267. Salomon, Godfrey S., 1885. Discussions. 1885. D3, p. 49. 1886. D243, A22a, p. 109. Salter, Geo. B., 1866, 1871. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 297. Sanborn. Discussions. 1873. D17, p. 87 ; D61, p. 113. Sandberg, F. E., 1909. Sandblom, John \.. 1905. Sargent, A. I., 1905. Sauer, Raymond J., 1907. Sauer, R. J., 1908. Saucerman, J. M., 1901, 1905. Saville, Gup P., 1903. Saville, J. P., 1905. Sawtill, F. H., 1883. Sawyer, C. B., 1887. Administration. 1891. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1901. Executive Council. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1903. Board of Examiners. 1906. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Clinics. 1897. Filling with Dr. G. V. Black's Modified Alloy. D222, p. 205. 1898. Gold Crown. D331, p. 190. 1902. Gold Filling in Labio-Cervical Cavity, Using Clamp of Own Design. D221, p. 164. 1904. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 31. 1907. Spence Metal. D322, p. 230. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 262. 1913. Supernumerary in Upper Incisor. D13, p. 264. Sawyer, C. K., 1868. Sawyer, Charles K. 1894. Obituary, p. 207. Scanland, R. M., 1905. Schadle, A. C, 1871. Schaefer, A. F., 1912. Schaeffer, J. E., 1912. Schaeper, J. E., 1909. Clinic. 1909. Anatomical Arrangement of Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 235. Schaer, Charles, 1910. Schermerhorn, W. W., 1898. Schlegel, H., 1913. Schloesser, C. D., 1912. Schmeckebier, W. F., 1909. Schmitz, BE. L., 1907. Schmuck, E. A., 1909. Clinic. 1912. Prophylaxis as a Necessary Factor in General Practice. D25, p. 290. Paper. Schneider, A. E., 1905. Discussions. 1909. D232, p. 207. Clinic. 1909. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 232. 1911. Jacket Crowns. D331, p. 305. 1912. The Only Two Prophylactic Crowns in Dentistry Today. D331, p. 294. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 240 Schnell, T. W., 1912. Sehoch, A. C, 1902. Schoen, John, 1905. Schoenbrod, M. S., 1909. Schoiield, H. S., 1905. Schoonmaker, J. €., 1906. Schoondermark, S., 1905. Schrock, Berton, 1901. S«>h ii«' rni 11 it, C. S., 1905. Schuhmann, H. H„ 1S92. 1905. Paper. 1896. Earlv Diagnosis, and in Brief, the Treatment of Tumors of the Jaw. D7S, p. 72 ; Disc, p. 82. Discussion. 1895. D243, p. 58. Schultz, Louis, 1906. Schuyler, Colfax, 1905. Schwartz, E. H., 1905. Schwartz, G. \V„ 1898. Discussions. 189S. D232, D33, p. 140. Clinic. 1898. Porcelain Crown, D331, p. 186. 1903. Davis Banded Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 5, Supplement. 1904. Teeth Separation. D22, p. 27. 1905. Removable Bridge. D332, p. 226. 1911. Attachments for Removable Dentures. D32, p. 305. 1912. Bicuspid Jacket Crown, Porcelain or Platinum Jacket. D331, p. 290. Schwartz, J. G., 1905. Schwartz, G. C, 1908. Sch wi ml, J. A., 1905. Schwind, J. A., 1912 Schwind, W. E., 1905. Schofield, H. S., 1872. Scott, B. P., 1905. 1910. Obituary, p. 51. Scott, D. P., 1905. Scott, James, 1909. Scott, J. T., 1903. Seal, H. B., 1911. Search, J. T., 1902. Searl, C. L., 1907. Searles, Chas. S., 1904. Sears, H. E., 1909. Seawriffht, E. W., 1912. Sedwick, H. L,., 1909. Seeglitz, O. E., 1905. Seeley, Boy M., City Attornev. 1906. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 9. Seifert, O. H., 1905, 190S. Selby, T. J„ 1910. Sellery, Ira Benson, 1905. Discussion. 1905. D32a, p. 174. Senesac, J. B., 1909, 1912. SemielV. A. C, 1906. Severns, E. C„ 1905. Shade, W. P., 1912. Slim! tile. C. D., 1910. Shafer, Charles, 1905. S hater. C. H., 1888. Shaffer, L,. H„ 1913. Shaffer, W. H., 1907. shallenheriier, W. C, 1909. Shannon, P. H., 1909, 1909. Shannon, B. B.. 1905. Shannon, T. A., 1905. Shapinsky, J. T„ 1909. Sharnsan, P. J., 1906. Sharp, B. B., 1905. Sharp, J. W., 1905. Sharp, Boyal, W., 1903. Sharp, B. W., 1905. Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 241 Sharp, S. J., 1905, 1909. Sharpe, Willnrd, P., 1905. Shattuck. 1S73. D24, p. 73. Shaw, Clifford W., 1911. Shaw, W. 31., 1905. Administration. 190S. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1909. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. Clinic. 1912. Helpful Hints on. Porcelain Davis Crown. D331, p. 306. Shay, Amanda, 1912. Shay, Wm. 31., 1906. Shedd, John YV., 1905. Shedd, J. W., 1897. Clinic. 1S99. Gold Filling. D221, p. 107. Sheeby, Wm. J., 1906. Sheeran, 3i. J., 1909. Sheet?., N., 1875. Sheets, R. 31., 1912. Shelp, H. \V., 1905. Shephard, A. J., 1910. Sheppard, I. N., 1905. Sherard, B. H., 1912. Sherer, YV. H., 1909. Sherman, L. A., 1905. Sherman, O. 31., 1909. Sherril, C. L.., 1908. Sherwood, C. H., 1905. Sherwood, 31. \V., 1865, Charter Member. Administration. . 1866. Program. Com. 1867. Treasurer. Discussion. 1S66. D602, p. 6. 7; D61a, p. 7, 8 ; D221. p. S; D24, p. 10; D3, p. 10V 2 - D61. d. 12 : D602. d. 14 ; D24. p. IS. 1S72. D3, p. 2S; D8, p. 42; D2, p. 60; D07, p. 72: DS, p. 90; DS. p. 93. Shibley, Alfred H., 1S67, 1S73. Shryock. 1598. President's Address, p. 23. Clinics. 1S94. Exhibition of Gold Crowns. D331, p. 156. 1599. Removable Facing for Crown and Bridge Work and Applying the Countersunk Nut in Orthodontia. D33, p. 105. 1901. Seamless Gold Crown. D331, p. 13S. S luil or. I, T. E., 1910. Shurtz, W. A., 1906. Shurtz, VV. A., 1909. Shnttleworth, Thos., 190S. Sill, E. J., 1909. Discussion. 1891. D24, p. 95. Silliman, H. II.. 1890. 1893. Obituary, p. 229. Clinic. 1891. Specimens Showing the Calcification of Teeth at Birth. D14, p. ISO. Silvas, Chas. L., 1905. siK.-riiiin, <;. P., 1907. Silvers, Harry T., 1905. Simmons, E. L., 1909. Simmons, H. 1... 1905. Simmons, W. H., 1899. Sims, S. C, 1905. Administration. 190S. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1910. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. Discussion. 1912. D07, p. 198. Clinic. 1909. Method of Making a Cast Gold Crown._ D331, p. 240. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 242 Sims, Stella, 1905. Simpkins, A. B., 1909. Simpkins, A. B., 1912. Simpson, P. H., 1908. Sitherwood, G. D., 1880. Administration. 1882. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1887. Board of Examiners. 1903. Local Com. 1905. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1906. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1907. Com. to Co-operate with State Medical Society. 1909. Com. on Necrology. Papers. 1894. Swaged Aluminum Plates. D322, p. 61 ; 6 Illus. ; Disc, p. 73. 1901. Microbiology and Office Clinic. D6a, p. 84 ; Disc, p. 90. Discussions. 1880. D24, D65, p. 51. 1881. D5, p. 59, 66. 1882. D3, p. 51, 53; D64, p. Ill; D07, p. 133; D65, p. 181; D641, p. 38. 1883. D61, p. 65, 66; 615.7815, p. 69; D2, p. 98. 1884. D24, p. 45. 1885. D3, p. 50; D2, p. 106. 1886. D22a, D243, p. 107, 118; D06, p. 135. 1887. D4, p. 42; D24, p. 65, 69; 615.5, p. 78; D2, p. 119. 1888. D073, p. 73.; D2, p. 138, 146, 150; D24, p. 175. 1889. D22, p. 110; 615.775, p. 122. 1890. D07, p. S8 ; D602, p. 125; D2, p. 143; D2, p. 166. 1891. D22a, p. 113; D2, p. 183. 1892. D2, p. 26 ; T>22, p. 51 ; D22, p. 65 ; D21, p. 137, 143, 144. 1893. D243, p. 55 ; D64, p. 68 ; 615.7812 ; D21, p. 95, 105. 1894. D222, p. 103; D4, p. 122; D2, p. 137. 1895. D243, p. 48, 58; D222, p. 80; D8, p. 105; D81, p. 151. 1S96. D04, p. 24; D331, p. 33, 35; D22c, p. 130; D64, p. 133, 134. 1897. D24, D142, p. 115 ; D2, p. 164, 165 ; D4, p. 1S4, 186. 1898. . D04, p. 22. 1899 D073 D 97 1900! D2, p. 29, 34; D64, p. 52; D2, p. 84; D2, p. 90; D3, p. 108. 1901. D04, p. 17; D21, p. 132. 1902. D06, p. 34; D8, p. 47; D07, p. 88; D2, p. 175; D3, p. 179, 180. 1904. D04, p. 20; D31, D232, p. Ill; D221, p. 153. 1905. D223, p. 154 ; D89, p. 190. 1906. 615.7815, p. 210, 211. 1907. D09, D06, p. 210. 1908. D06, p. 78. 1909. D073, p. 40; D32, p. 128. 1910. D223. P. 66; D601. p. 168. 1911. D04, DS, p. 85; D4, p. 143. 1912. D072, p. 80, 81; D33, p. 129; D8, p. 148; D07, p. 203. 1913. D231, p. 101; DS9, p. 162; D611, p. 246. Clinics. 1883. Treatment of Chronic Alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 152. 1898. Orthodontia. D4, p. 190. 1899. Bridge Work. D332, p. 117. 1902. Treating and Wiring Loose Teeth. D64, p. 168. 1904. Regulating Bands. D4, p. 32. 1906. A Permanent Mechanical Fixture for Holding Loose Teeth. D64, p. 285. 1910. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 266. 1911. Gold Filling. D221, p. 287. 1912. Making Amalgam Dies, Reproducing Cavity for Gold or Porcelain Inlays. D23, p. 296. Skalstad, Carl A., 1904. Skidmore, L.. W., 1891. 1906. Obituary, p. 353. Portrait, p. 355. Administration. 1897. Executive Council. 1905. Local Com. 1906. Vice-President. Papers. 1897. Anchoring Large Contour Fillings in Incisors. D221, p. 134 ; 6 Illus. ; Disc, p. 137. 1899. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 104. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 243 Skidmore, Ii. W. — Continued. Discussion. 1894. D222, p. 96 ; D04, p. 25. Clinics. 1895. Gold and Tin Filling. D22c, p. 184. 1898. Natural Teeth as Guide in Setting Up Artificial Teeth. D32, p. 189. Clinics. Skidmore, W. G., 1901, Corresponding Member. Paper. 1904. Letter from W. G. Skidmore. Skinner, E. P., 1905. Skinner, P. H., 1901. 1901. D22, p. 102. 1902. D22a, p. 114; D2, p. 175. 1903. D602, p. 69; 615.7815, p. 75; D232, p. 86. 1909. D232, p. 207. Clinics. 1902. The Preparation of Sensitive Cavities, Using Nitrous Oxid with Hurd's Inhaler. 615.7811, D221, p. 168. 1903. Nitrous Oxide Gas. 615.7811, p. 12, Supplement. 1904. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 27. 1907. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 236. 1909. Pyorrhea and Prophylaxis. D64, p. 238. SIn.U-. S. M., 1866. Discussion. 1866. Treatment of Deciduous Teeth. D602, p. 13. Slagle, C. E., 1905. Slonaker, J. W., 1899. 1905. Obituary, p. 281. Clinic. 1901. Nitrous Oxid Gas. 615.7811, p. 139. Sluss, P. L,., 1910. Sluss, F. L,., 1912 Slyfield, G. H., 1887. Clinic. 1891. Gold Filling. D221, p. 179. Smalley, D. A.. 1910. Sniedberg, E. <>.. 1905. Smith, A. C, 1901. Smith, A. C, 1905. Smith, A. G., 1896, 1905. Administration. 1897. Local Com. 1911. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Papers. 1S97. How Shall We Best Insert a Gold Filling. D221, p. 121 ; 9 Illus. 1911. Report of Com. on Dental Science and Literature. D073, p. 43. 1897. D04, p. 19 ; D4, p. 185. 1908. D231, p. 161 ; D232, p. 161 ; D221, p. 161 ; D222, p.' 161 ; D222, p. 161. 1910. D223, p. 65. 1911. D04, p. 32. 1912. D07, p. 195. Clinics. 1896. Replacing a Missing Second Bicuspid. D332, p. 125; Disc, p. 134. 1908. Casting Gold Cope for Detached Post Crowns. D331, p. 263. Smith, A. H., 1905. Smith, A. P., 1905. Smith, B. A., 1908. Smith, B. ML, 1905. Clinics. 1906. A System of Bridge Work That Has Never Been Patented. D332, p. 290. 1908. Method of Replacing Bicuspid with a Bridge Without Devitalizing or Using an Inlay in the Cuspids. D332, p. 267. 1912. Casting Copper and Tin for Large Restoration Instead of Amalgam. D23, p. 296. Smith, C. C, 1872. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 244 Smith, C. C, 1905. Smith, C. E., 1905. Discussions. 1878. D07, p. 58. Smith, Clias. F., 1898. Smith, C. G., 1905. Smith, C. L,., 1901, 1905. Smith, C. M„ 1908. Administration. 1913. Local Com. 1914. Public Service Com. Smith, C. S., 186S, 1887. Administration. IS 70. Publication Com. Com. on Legislation. 1870. Secretary. 1871. Secretary. 1872. Secretary. 1574. President. 1575. Executive Com. 1876. Executive Com. Legislative Com. 1878. Com. on Legislation. Papers. 186S. Treatment of Sixth Year Molars D61a, p. 36. 1869. Alveolo-Dental Periostitis — Its Causes, Pathology, Diagnosis and Therapeutics. D65, p. 308 ; Disc, p. 319. 1870. Arsenious Acid; When and How to I'se It. D242, p. 23; Disc, p. 35. 1871. Alveolar Abscess. D65, p. 123. 1873. The Elevation of the Dental Profession. D07, p. 160 ; Disc, p. 169. 1574. President's Address. D04, p. 19. 1575. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 19. 1876. Cold-ground Attrition Flour. 612.3, p. 81. 1878. Is Dentistry a Specialty of Medicine? D07, p. 88; Disc, p. 97. Cellu- loid. D3"25, p. 99. Discussions. 186S. D243, p. 37. 1869. D65 Mo. Dental Jnl., Vol. 1, p. 329. 1870. D24, p. 20; D242, p. 37; D221, p. 75; DS1, p. 105. 1871. D21b, 3S ; D3, p. 68. 1873. Dl, p. 93, 94; D61, p. 110; D22, p. 88. 1875. D22, p. 51 ; D07, p. 77 ; D3, p. 117. 1876. D07, D22, p. 69. 1890. D602, p. 123. Smith, D. D. Paper. 1913. Oral Prophylaxis. Its Place and Its Importance in Dental Practice. D25, p. 165 ; Disc, p. 1S3. Smith, Daniel H., 1905. Smith, D. H., 1912. Smith, E. H., 1907. Smith, F. G., 1913. Smith, F. L,., 1S99. Smith, Geo. C, 1912. Smith, Geo. E., 1897. Smith George H., 1906. Smith, Gilman T„ 1865, Charter Member, 1885. Administration. 1S66. Executive Com. 1867. Secretary. Discussion. 1867. 615.781, p. 25. 1903. D34, p. 52. Smith, G. V., 1909. Smith, G. W., 1900. Smith, H. J., 1867, 1883. Administration. 1868. Program Com. 1869. Secretary. Smith, H. O., 1906. Smith, H. S., 1913. ■ For index and key to classification numhers, see pink appendix. 245 Smith, John C. Clinic. 1903. Electric Furnace and Other Dental Appliances. D31, p. 8, Sup. Smith, Joanna, 1S75. > Paper. 1876. The Treatment of Teeth Containing Dead Pulp. D24, p. 98 ; Disc, p. 106. Discussions. 1S76. D601, p. 39; D325, p. 97; D24, p. 106. Smith, J. D., 1903, 1906. Smith, J. H. TS92. Obituary, p. 194. Smith, J. P., 1905. Administration. _ 1911'. Clinic Com. 1913. Public Service Com. Smith, J. Walter. Smith, .1. W., 1865, Charter Member. Smith, J. W., 1905. 1912. Smith. M. E„ 1905. Smith, M. W., 1905. Smith, N. J., 1905. Smith, Norton V., 1911. Smith, O. It.. 1901. Smith, Olin H., 1881, 1905. Smith, O. R., 1905. 1912. Obituary, 332. Smith, Potter, 1905. Smith, P. L.., 1905. Smith, P. L.., 1909. Smith, P. T. Discussion. 1873. D24, p. 73 ; D61, p. 116 ; D22, D07, p. 67. Smith, R. A., 1905. Smith, R. E., 1907. Smith, T. H., 1891. Smith, T. T., 1904. Smith, W. H., 18S5. Smith, W. C, 1902. Smith, W. C, 1905. Smith, YV. T., 1871. Smyser, J. H., 1S9S. Discussion. 1899. D04, p. 15. Snell, Issacher, 1872. Snodgrass, I-;. G., 1905. Snow, J. M., 1905. Snowden, L,. R., 1902. Administration. 1909. Board of Censors. 1912. Com. on Public Press. 1913. Com. on Public Press. Clinics. 1905. Some Things to be Done with a Casting Machine. D231, p. 267. 1912. Restoration of Dower First Molar with Amalgam. D221, p. 289. Snyder, C Ii. Administration. 1907. Program Com. 1910. Board of Censors. 1913. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussion. 1913. D231, p. 94. Clinics. 1906. Method of Anchoring Bridge for Restoration of Dower Incisor Dost Through Absorption. D332, p. 281. 190S. Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 260. Snyder, Harry C, 1906. Snyder, S. C, 1886. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 246 Soeder, F. A., 1911. Sohm, A. H., 1905. Soules, G. W., 1905. Southwell, Chas. C. Papers. 1895. Compressed Air in Dentistry. D31, p. 81 ; Disc, p. 85. 1910. The Compressed Air Test for Adaptation. Condensing Gold. The Powe Methods. D221, p. 248. Clinics. 1910. Competitive Gold Filling Clinic in Bovine Teeth. D221, p. 261. Gold Filling. D221, p. 261. Sowle, Chas. J., 1901, 1905. Administration. 1903. Executive Com. 1908. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Discussions. 1902. D2, p. 174; D22b, 130; D232, p. 182; D32a, p. 59. Clinics. 1902. Gold Filling, Using Matrix and Separate Rubber. D 221, p. 162. 1905. Gold Filling. D221, p. 229. SpaUing, C. W. 1896. Obituary, p. 188. Papers. Suggestions Relative to the Cause of Rapid Dental Decay. D61, p. 155 ; Disc, p. 167. Inflammation. 617.22, p. 108 ; Disc, p. 115. Discussion. 615.781, p. 104, 105 ; D2, p. 106, 107, 108, 109. D24, D65, p. 51: 615.775, p. 62; D14, D22, p. 102; 612.31, p. 110, 112, 113. D5, p. 63; D222, p. 123, 124, 125, 127; D07, p. 131, 136; 612.31, p. 168, 169. D24, p. 44. D3, p. 49, 50; 612.8, p. 61; D24, p. 74; D2, p. 107. Spangler, H. P., 1909. Spans, L,. P., 1910. Spears, George W., 1903, 1910. Speer, A. R., 1905. , Spera, P. S., 1912. Sperling, I. D., 1902, 1905. Sperry, J. W., 1905. Spires, L,. E., 1905. Spitz, O. I., 1905. Sprague, T. H., 1909. Springer E. S., 1911. Sprinkle, J. 31., 1893. Spurrier, Jennie, 1905. Spurrier, Jennie S., 1898. Staehle, P. J., 1905. Stafford, P. H„ 1896. Clinic. 1898. Gutta-Percha Cusp. D33, p. 193. Staley, H. Reid, 1894. Discussion. 1894. D322, p. 75. Clinic. 1895. Cements in Retaining Gold and Amalgam Fillings. D22c, p. 186. Staley, H. R., 1913. Stander, W. A., 1913. Stannard, J. B., 1908. Stapleton, C. L,., 1903, Stapleton, C. L,., 1911. Starbuck, A. W. Clinics. J™£- Swaging Cope for Davis Crown. D331, p. 229. 1907. Porcelain Inlay. D232, p 227 Starks, J. W., 1873. Starr, S. P., 1913. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 1881. 1885. 1879. 1880. 1881. 1884. 1885. 247 Steel, E. H., 1905, 1910. Steele, J. A., 1905. Steele, Robert, 1906. Steele. Discussions. 1893. D073, p. 160. Steft'ens, W. R., 1909. Stein, Alexander, 1906. Stein, Samuel, 1911. Steinbauer, Charles F., 1905. Stephens, A. G., 1905. Stephens, C. E., 1903. Stephens, Earl, 1907. Stephens, F. W. Discussion. 1877. D2, p. 107. Stephens, J. M., 1905. Stephens, J. W., 1876, 1905. Stephens, W. H., 1912. Stephenson, W. A., 1906. Sterne, M. L.., 1905. Stevens, B. O. Clinic. 1890. Root Filling. D243, p. 160. Stevens, B. L,., 1903. Stevens, B. L,., 1910. Stevens, E., 1870. Stevens, P. G., 1908. Stevens, R. J., 1908. Stevens, W. A., 1865, Charter Member, 1876. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 303. Portrait, p. 302. Administration. 1890. Treasurer. 1891. Treasurer. 1892. Treasurer. 1893. Treasurer. 1894. Treasurer. 1895. Treasurer. 1896. Treasurer. Papers. 1882. The Mechanics of Dentistry. D3, p. 41 ; Disc, p. 49. 1896. President's Address. D4, p. 9 ; Disc, p. 14. Discussions. 1876. D24, p. 107. 1877. D2, p. 106, 107, 113. 1878. D07, p. 60 ; D22, p. 60. 1882. D3, p. 49, 51. 1882. D641, p. 40. 1883. D61, p. 66; D713, p. 12S. 1885. D3, p. 48. 615.778, p. 78, 82, 83. D22a, p. 113, 117. D4, p. 40 ; 615.5, p. 84 ; D78, p. D24, p. 169, 179; D21, p. 195. D06. d. 159. 1886. UZZsl, p. 113, 117. 18S7. D4, p. 40; 615.5, p. 84; D78, p. 107; D2, p. 117, 123, 125, 126. 1888. D24, p. ■" 1889. D06, p. 1890. 1891. 1892. 1893. 1894. 1895. 1897. 1898. 1900. 1901. 1903. Clinics. 1893. Gold Filling. D221, p. 167. Stevenson, G. A., 1906. Stevenson, Harry A., 1902. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 248 Stewart, E. H., 1S72. 1880. Discussion. TS77. Relative Merits of Certain Materials for Teeth. D22, p. 50. Clinic. 1905 Post Inlay Attachment for Anterior Bridge. D332, p. 217. Stewart, F. A., 1906. 1909. Stewart, Frank A., 1910. Stewart, L,. K„ 1S97. Clinics. 1X99. Gold Crowns. D331, p. 115. 1900. Continuous Gum Case. D324, p. 171. 1901 Long Bites in Continuous Gum Work. D324, p. 138. 1908. Gold Inlay from Cement Model. D231, p. 267. 1911. Retaining Appliance for Loose Teeth. D64, p. 295. Stewart, M. E„ 1910. Stewart, K. W., 1905. Stewart, Paul E„ 1909. Stimson, Henry S., 1907. Stiver, D. S.. 1905. Stocker, A. D„ 1908. Administration. 1911. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1912. Librarian. Stockton, L. L., 1907. Stoddert, T. E., 1906, 1909. Stoetzer, E„ 1909. Stokes, H. C„ 1905. Stokes, J. F„ 1905. Stone, A. J*., 1905. Stone, E. C, 1866. 1911. Obituary, p. 330. Portrait, p. 329. Administration. 1871. Librarian. • Executive Com. 1876. Executive Com. 1877. Vice-President. 1879. Treasurer. 1880. Treasurer. 1881. Treasurer. 1882. Treasurer. 1883. President. 1893. Executive Council. 1895. Local Com. Paper. 18S3. President's Address. D04, p. 28. Stordock, P. G., 1906. Clinic. 1913. Bridge Abutment. D332, p. 259. Stott, H. W., 1905. Clinics. 1910. Gold Inlav. D231, p. 269. 1911. Gold Inlay, p. 287. 1912. Some Practical Points in Casting M. O. D. Inlays, p. 231, p. 306. Stott, Joseph. Clinic. 1893. Steel and Brass Die Plates. U322, p. 166. Stott, Joseph, 1909. Stout. R. L,., 1913. Stover, F. G., 1893. Stowell, C. F. B., 1909. Stowell, W. <;., 18S9. Discussion. 1889. D2, p. 150. Strange, Algry F., 1902, 1905. Strange, E. B., 1906. Clinic. Cms. Demonstrated Use of Ideal Base Plate and a Correct Method of Taking the Bite. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 249 Stiiruiss, S. M., 1S69. 1SS0. Obituary, p. 17:'.. Administration. 1S73. Treasurer. 1874. Treasurer. 1878. Vice-President. IS 79. President. 1882. Executive Com. Paper. 1879. President's Address. D04. p. 16. Discussions. 1870. D22, p. 47; D22, p. 57; DS1. p. S9 ; D3. p. 9S. 1871. D61. p. 30; D221a, p: 64; D3. p. 71; D65, p. 126. 1872. D3, p. 29 ; D07, p. 71. 1874. D07, p. 35; D22, p. 86. 1875. D22, p. 38; D22. p. 53; D3, p. 124. 1876. D22, p. 74; D601, p. 37. 1877. D04, p. 27, 30; D22, p. 52; 612.31, p. 63; D2, i>. 111. 1878. D04, p. 24 ; D07, p. 56. 1879. D07, p. 85. 1880. 612.8, p. 35; D24, p. 49; D65, p. 49; 615.313, p. 64; D22, p. 74. . 1882. D3, p. 49 ; D4, p. 16S. 1883. 613, p. 56 ; D07, p. 95. 1SS5. D073, p. 141. 1S86. D04, p. 65. 1887. D24, p. 62. Strauss. O. A., 1908. Street, C. A., 1909. Strong, L. W., 1905. Administration. 1911. Com. on Publication. Stryeker, F., 1872. Stryker, F„ 1905. Stryker, H. M., 1901. 1906, 1912. Study, C. A., 1905. Stutenroth, C. W., 1881, 1SS4, Correspondinsr Member. Sudduth, Will X., 1881. Papers. 1853. Dento-Embrvonal Histology. D16. p. 70; Disc, p. 77. 1854. Dento-Embryonal Histology. D16. p. 110; 12 Illus. ; Disc, p. 127. Discussions. 1S88. D24, D65, p. 45; D16. p. 77. Sullivan, W. X., 1910. Summerfield, O. E., 1905. Summers, C. A., 1910. Sundberg-, Isaac, 1909. Sunderland, D. I-:.. 1883. Sunderland, J. H., 1908. Sunder ma a. W. E., 1912. Swain, E. D., 1867. 1904. Obituary, p. 233. Portrait, p. 236. Administration. 1872. Executive Com. 1875. Vice-President. 1876. President. 1877. Secretary. 1878. Secretary. 1880. Publication Com. 1881. Publication Com. 1882. Publication Com. Com. on Legislation. 1883. Board of Examiners. Com. on Publication. 1884. Com. on Publication. 1886. Board of Examiners. 1890. Board of Examiners. 1893. Board of Examiners. IS 95. Board of Examiners. 1896. Treasurer. Board of Examiners. 1897. Treasurer. 1898. Treasurer. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 250 Swain, E. D. — Continued. 1899. Treasurer. 1904. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Papers. 1868. Treatment of Sixth Year Molars. D61a, p. 36. 1872. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 18 ; Disc, p. 27. 1873. Pivot Teeth. D331, p. 118 ; Disc, p. 127. 1875. How Far Are We Justified in Anticipating Proximate Decay? D22, p. 31 ; Disc, p. 37. 1876. President's Address. D04, p. 23. 1877. The Tooth Pulp and Its Treatment. D24, p. 66; Disc, p. 86. 1879. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 70 ; Disc, p. 74. 1882. Dental Education. D07. p. 120 ; Disc, p. 128. 1889. "Our Semi-Centennial — The N^;t Twenty-Five Years of the Illinois State Dental Society, The Experience of the Past a Prophecy of the Future. D06, p. 162. Discussions. 1871. D61, p. 30; D3, p. 67, 71. 1872. D3, p. 27, 29, 33. i q 7 q T~)i -Q 93 1874.' D07, p. 34; D22, p. 48, 50; D61, p. 71. 1875. D22, p. 48; D3, p. 117, 125. 1876. D325, p. 96. 1877. D3, p. 43 ; D24, p. 96. 1C70 nf!7 t-> A.Z ■ r>9d n KA 1886. D61, p. 148. 1888. D2, p. 139; D3, p. 180. 1889. D2, p. 146. 1892. D22, p. 80; D4, p. 93; D21a, p. 112; D21, p. 139. 1894. D222, p. 82, 83, 86, 87. 1895. D222, p. 76. 1896. D04, p. 26. Clinics. 1888. Gold Filling. D221, p. 132. 1890. Arrangement of Teeth of Artificial Denture. D32, p. 162. Swain, E. G., 1906. Swain, P. M., 1901. Swain, O. D., 1905. Swain, O. D., 1912. Swartz, F. H., 1905. Clinics. 1909. Gold Inlay. D231, p. 240. 1910. Gold Filling. D221, p. 264. Swartz, M. W., 1892. Swasey, J. A., 1882. 1897. Obituary, p. 271. Administration. 1885. Com. on Dental Art and Mechanism. Papers. 1885. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 143. 1887. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 152. Discussions. 1882. D65, p. 181. 1888. D21, p. 200. Swatek, E. P., 1909. Sweeney, J. P., 1909. Sweetland, P. A., 1904. Swierczek, A., 1905. Swift, Ralph, 1912. Swinehart, P. M„ 1909. Switzer, A. P., 1905. Sylvester, A. H., 18S8, Corresponding Member. Por index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 251 Taeker, H. R., 1912. Taft, D. E., 1905, 1912. Taft, J., 1874, Honorary Member. Paper. 1S93. History of the Progress of Dentistry in the West. D09, p. 112; Disc, p. 119. Discussions. 1S74. 612.31, p. 58. 1881. D5, p. 61; D222, p. 125; DOT, p. 135; D24, p. 77, 78. 1882. D07, p. 128 ; D61, p. 160, 161. 1884. 617.22, p. 89; D07, p. 101. Tassart, W. H., 1880. Administration. 1884. Assistant Secretary. 1885. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. 1886. Executive Com. 1S91. Executive Council. 1892. President. 1906. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Papers. 1S84. Chemistry. D3S, p. 146 ; Disc, p. 153. 1892. President's Address. D04, p. 9 ; Disc, p. 11. 1894. Advantages, Disadvantages and Peculiarities of Inlays. D23, p. 60 ; Disc, p. 78. 1911. The Scientific Casting of Gold. D231, p. 151; Disc, p. 163. Discussions. 1885. D2, p. 96, 103. 1888. D24, p. 177; D21, p. 198, 199. 1889. 615.775, p. 122. 1892. D2, p. 22 ; D21, p. 145. 1893. D33, p. 78. 1895. D31, p. 85; D33, p. 165, 166. 1896. D331, p. 34, 35; D21, p. 128. 1897. D221, D22a, p. 143. 1900. D331, p. 62. 1903. D232, p. 80. 1904. D232, D31, p. 112, 114. 1905. D332, p. 205. 1906. D232, p. 246, 24"9. 1908. D073, p. 38; D22, p. 170; D232, p. 170; D221, p. 170; D222, p. 170; D224, D223, p. 170. Clinics. 1891. Exhibition of Two Cases of Bridge Work. D332, p. 178, 179. Dem- onstration of a Method of Facing Emery Paper on Wheels and Files. D31, p. 180. 1894. Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 154. 1895. Porcelain Bridge Work and Exhibition of an Electric Furnace. D332, p. 185. 1S96. An Accurate Process for Fitting Bands to Badly Decayed Roots. D331, p. 123. 1897. Application of Rubber Dam. D21b, p. 202. 1899. A Process for Drying Root Canals. D243, p. 115. 1901. Something About Inlays. D23, p. 135. 1904. Matrix Burnishing. D231, p. 28. 1907. Cast Gold Inlay. D231, p. 234. Talbot, E. S., 1875. Administration. 1882. Executive Com. 1883. Treasurer. 1898. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Paper. 1876. Dental College Education. D07, p. 83; Disc, p. 89. 1881. The Chemistry and Physiological Action of Mercurv as Used in Amal- gam Fillings. D222, p. 112 ; Disc, p. 123. Discussions. 1875. D3, p. 121, 125. 1876. D07, p. 49; D325, p. 97, 98. 1877. D3, p. 39 ; D22, p. 49 ; D24, p. 87. 1878. D67, p. 42 ; D22, p. 66 ; D21, p. 82. 1879. 615.716, p. 40 ; D07, p. 46 ; D24, p. 59 ; D2, p. 77 ; D07, p. 88. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 2fS2 Talbot, E. S. — Continued. 1550. 612. S, p. 33, 3S; D24, p. 4S, 49; 615.775, p. 62, 63; D22, D14, p. 100, 103. 1551. D24, D65. p. 46; D22, p. 150, 152. 1S82. D13, p. 41: D331, p. 62; D64, p. 112; D4, p. 167. 1553. D641, p. 38, 40; D01, p. 65. 1554. D38, p. 153. 1886. 615.778, p. 7S ; D073, p. 166, 167. 1887. D4, p. 34. 1904. D331, p. 126. Tawney, P. L,., 1913. Taylor, C. R., 1880. 1906. Obituarv, n. 354. Portrait, p. 356. 1907. Obituary, p. 239, 2 97. Administration. 1884. Executive Com. 1S91. Board of Examiners. 1895. Clinic Com. 1896. Vice-President. 1897. President. 1901. Executive Com. Papers. 18S2. Quinine — Its Uses in Dentistry. 615.75, p. 169 ; Disc, p. 181. 1SS6. Preparation of Pulp Canals, and of Cavities for Filling. D243, D22a, p. 90 ; Disc, p. 9 7. 1895. The Human Tongue. 612.31, p. 63; Disc, p. 68. Report of Super- visor of Clinics. D2, p. 182 ; Disc, p. 1S6. 1S97. President's Address. D04, p. 9 : Disc, p. 16. 1902. Good Fellowship. D06, p. 27 ; Disc' p. 32. 1906. The Duties and Obligations of the Members of State Boards of Dental Examine'rs. DS2, p. 127; Disc, p. 132. Discussions. 18S0. D24, D65, p. 52; 615.775, p. 64. 1881. D5. p. 59. 66; D141. p. 110, 111; D22, p. 151, D5, p. 59, lie : 1)141. p. HO. Ill; D22, p. 151, 152. D13,. p. 40; D3, p. 53; D65, p. 182. D641, p. 37, 39, 40; Dill, p 64; 1)2, 98, 99. D3, p. 49; 612.8, p. 62; D2, p. 107: 615 5, p. 128; D073. p. 141. 615.778, p. 80, S5; D243, D22a, p. 118; D61, p. 143, 144, 14S; D24, p. 159; D073. p. 170. 1SSS. D4. p. 98; D2, p. 115; D222, p. 134; D2, p. 134, 136, 142, 150; D3, p. 1S3. 0072. n. 79: T)07. n. 96- 1)61 r> IRS- F>fi1 n fKS 1SS2 1SS3. 1SS5. 1SS6. D073, 132 Clinics. 1900. Casts Showing the Mai-Formation and Occlusion in Consequence of Premature Extraction of the Deciduous Molars. D4. p. 174. 1904. Treating Sensitive Teeth. D64, p. 32. Taylor, E. E„ 1908. Taylor, D. W., 19 OS. Taylor, G. E., 1905. Taylor, John A., 1910. Taylor, J. B., 1905. Taylor, J. T., 1905. Taylor, Walter C, 1906. Teasdale, E. R„ 1913. Teeliugr, M. A., 1910. Tees, Ambler. Paper. 1SS3. Atmospheric Pressure in Its Relation to Artificial Dentures. D32, p. 136 ; Disc, p. 140. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 253 Teinmeiiiau, F. It.. 1899. Templeton, C. A., 1909. I 'empl Hon, .1. G. Taper. 1897. Practical Things in Dental Practice. D2, p. 154; Disc. p. IG2. Discussions. 1881. D5, p. 58; D222, p. 124, 125; D22, p. 153. 154. 1886. 615.778. p. 84; D6a, p. 204. 1891. D242. p. 98; D22a, p. 113; D61, p. 140; D24, p. 140. 1897. D64, p. 47; D22a, p. S8 ; D142, p. 113; D24, p. 113. Tenney, L,. S., 1901. Administration. 1903. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Paper. 1908. Cohesive Gold. D221, p. 155 ; Disc, p.' 160. Discussions. 1902. D243, p. 54; D22b, p. 120; D221, p. 120. Clinic. 1902. Gold and Platinum Restoration, Using- Engine Mallet. D221, p. 164. Terry, C. S., 1905. Teskey, E. L,., 1905. Tharp, H. J., 1909. Administration- 1914. Com. on Necrology. Discussion. 1912. D072, p. 275. Clinic. 1912. Post for Lateral Incisor Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 295. Thayer, C. A., 1S72. Thayer, C. H., 1885. Thexton, Richard E., 1906. Thill, H. R., 1905. Thomas, C. C, 1905. Thomas, C. R., 1911. Thomas, E. S., 1905. Thomas, Geo. A., 1897, 1905. Clinics. 1897. Continuous Gum Denture. D324, p. 205. 1898. Platinum Band Fitted for Porcelain Crown, Using Pure Gold for Solder D331, p. 188. 1S99. Continuous Gum. D324, p. 123. Thomas, L. E„ 1905, 190S, 1912. Thomas, W. A., 1905. Thomas, Wm. E., 1911. Thompson, Alton H. Paper. 1891. The Architecture of the Upper First Molar. D12. p. 160. Thompson, (has. B., 1906. Thompson, C. ST., 1894. Administration. 1907. Clinic Com. 1911. Executive Council. Papers. 1904. Cavity Preparation for Inlays. D23, p. 64 ; 22 Illus. ; Disc, p. 7S. 1907. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 225. 1910. Experiences with Cast Metal. D231, p. 213; Disc, p. 221. Discussions. 1904. D232. D31, p. 106; D221, p. 153; D232, p. 253; D3, p. 112. Clinics. 1S94. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 156. 1900. Porcelain Inlav. D232, p. 172. 1903. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 1, Supplement. 1904. Gold Inlays. D231, p. 32. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 254 Thompson, E. C, 1905. Thompson, Edna M., 1905. Thompson, Florence E., 1896, 1905. Thompson, G. H., 1905, 1907, 1912. Thompson, G. P., 1909. Thompson, G. W., 1894. Thompson, J. C, 1909. Thompson, J. F., 1865, Charter Member, 1872, 1883. Thompson, YVm., 1909. Thorelius, P, W., 1905. Thorp, H. J., 1909. Thrush, W. A., 1913. Thurston, F. A., 1909. Tibbetts, Chas. J., 1882. Tichy, Joseph, 1904. Clinics. 1886. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Paper. 18S3. Compound Fracture of the Inferior Maxillary. D713, p. 125 ; Disc, p. 127. Discussions. 1883. D641, p. 40. 1889. D22, p. 110. 1896. D78, p. 87. Tibbetts, Z. H., 1908. Tibbits, G. F., 1909. Administration. 1909. Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Potassium. D243, p. 242. 1911. Treatment of Putrescent Pulp Canal with Sodium and Pottasium. D243, p. 288. I ic m it mi. L. W., 1912. Tilden, M. C, 1906. Administration. 1913. Board of Censors. Clinic. 1910. Cement Model from Which a Cast Base for Replaceable Porcelain Crown is Obtained. D331, p. 269. Tillotson, C. H., 1905. Administration. 1908. Com. of Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1910. Board of Censors. Timerman, E. C, 1886, 1896, Non-resident member. Timmis, J. F., 1908. Tobey, R. E., 1910. Tobey, W. W., 1889. Clinic. 1895. Two Gold Fillings. D221, p. 185. Todd, R. H., 1911. Tomes, Chas. S., 1888. Tomlin, F. B., 1900, 1906, 1911. Tompkins, E. G., 1905. Tormey, Jas., 1910. Torrence, L. B., 1905. Administration. 1911. Com. on Necrology. 1912. Executive Council. Discussions. 1906. D06, p. 123; D072, p. 230. 1907. D231, D221, p. 95; D24, D63, p. 160. 1911. D04, D8, p. 80. 1912. D04, p. 17. Clinics. 1906. A Simple Method of Jumping the Bite of One or More Teeth. D4, p. 293. 1911. Combination of Compressed Air and Water System. D32, p. 306. Torrey, W. G., 1905. Towar, H. S., 1872. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 255 rowar, H. S. — Continued. Discussions. 1910. D231, p. 223. 1911. D231, p. 244. Clinics. 1909. Obtaining Wax Model for Casting Gold Cope Where Root is Badly Broken Down. D33, p. 234. 1910. Method of Cavity Preparation for Abraded or Fractured Anterior Teeth. 1911. A Cast Splint for Lower Loosened Anterior Teeth. D64, p. 305. 1912. Gold Inlays with Model. D231. p. 293. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 256 Townsend, H. H., 1871. 1S95. Obituary, p. 23S. Portrait, p. 238. Administration. 1875. Executive Com. 1882. Librarian. 1883. Librarian. 1884. Vice-President. 1885. President. Papers. 1874. Thoroughness and Honesty in Dental Operations. DS, p. 40 ; Disc, p. 46. 1551. Treatment of Teetli with Dead or Dying Pulps ; Also, Treatment of Alveolar Abscess. D24, D65, p. 28; Disc. p. 41. 1555. President's Address. D04, p. 27. Discussions. 1S74. D07, p. 33: D22. p. 91, 92. 1875. D22, p. 40 : D22. p. 5::. 1S76. D07, p. 50; D3, p. 41; D24, p. NO; D2. p. 105. 10S. 187S. D07, p. 41, 42; D22. p. 61. 1879. D24, p. 64 ; D2-, p. 77. 1SS0. 612.8, p. 40; D22, p. 76; D22, D14, p. 101. 1881. D22, p. 150. 151. 1552. D2. p. 79. 1883. D641, p. 40. 1885. D24, p. 73; 617.22, p. 117. 1556. 615.778. p. 82: D243. D22a. p. 116; D61, p. 144. 1887. D24, p. 59 ; D2, p. 12S. 1SSS. D24, p. 172, 177. 1593. D21, p. 103: 615.7812, p. 103; D0J2, p. 147. 1594. D222, p. 104; D2, p. 132, 137. Tracy. F. XV., 1909. Traser, F. A., 1913. Treat. G. B.. 1909. 1910. Obituary, p. 4 9. Trent, H. G„ 1904. Clinic. 1913. Porcelain Inlay. Trickey. F. S.. 1901. 1905. Trinkliaus, J. L,., 1905, 1913. Tristram, G. T., 1908. Trompen, C. \\, 1892, 1909. Trude, M. W., 1905. Truesdalc, D. >I., 1905. Triiesilell, W. H., 1ST, 7. Truesdell, T. N., 1S65. Charter Member. Administration. 1866. Librarian. Truitt. T. W., 1910. Tscliudy, T. H., 190S. Tucker, W. E., 1900. Tull, R. E.. 1906. Tuller, R. B., 1S92, 1904. 1905. Discussions. 1903. D232, p. 86. Clinic. 1902. Instrument for Compression of Cocain. D242, p. 169. Tuminell, A. M.. 1905. Tunison, B. M., 1905. Turman, W. R., 1906, 1909. Turner, G. W., 1909. Turner, J. G., 1904. Clinic. 190S. Demonstrating Manipulation in Cavity Filling of Artificial Enamel. D223, p. 269. Turner, T. E., 1912. Tvreedle, W. II., 1905. Tym, W. B., 1907. Administration. 1913. Clinic Com/ For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 257 TTglow, S. J., 1905. invested, O. M., 1905. Underwood, C. J., 1905. Upp, Chas. W., 1906. Uppendahl, F. K., 1910. Upson, G. D., 1905. Upson, I. F., 1905. Urban, Charles C, 1905. Urbanck, Joseph, 1912. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 258 Vaile, Edw. L., 1906. Van Alstine, E., 1906. Van Buskirk, E. J., 1909. Van Derwoort, B. M., 1902. Clinic. 190S. Gold Crown With Porcelain Cusp. D331, p. 263. Van Deusen, H. 31., 1905, 190S. Van Horn, 31. D., 1908. Administration. 1914. Com. to Co-operate With State Medical Society. Van Home, A., 1904. Van 3Iarter, J. G., 18SS, Corresponding- Member. Vann. Geo. H., 1911. Van Ornam, J. C, 1905, 1912. Van Sant, A. C, 1S65, Charter Member. Administration. 1S65. Chairman Meeting of Organization. 1866. President. Van Scoyoc, W. 31., 1903. Clinic. 1905. Vulcanizable Gutta Percha. D321, p. 227. Van Tuyl, H. I., 1905. Clinic. 1912. Compound Comminuted Multiple Fracture of Lower Jaw. D713, p. 290. Van Wormer, G. S., 1906. Vaughaii, H. A., 1902. Administration. 1911. Com. to Co-operate With State Medical Society. Vaughn, R. B., 1913. Vedder, N. D., 1905. Vedder. R. S„ 1905. Verbeck, S. H., 1881. 1885. Obituary, p. 26. Vercoe, Ernest, 1911. Vernon, T. G., 1909. Vernon, Jas. B. Clinic. 1901. Gold. D221, p. 140. Vernor, R. E., 1905. Visneron, E., 1899. Vinie, Ervin, 1909. Vinje, O., 1911. Vita, V. J., 1907. Volland, R. H. Clinic. 1905. Tooth Carving and Cavity Preparation. D22a, p. 218. \oso, Lewis P., 1905. Vsumpaur, John A., 1906. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 259 Waack, H. C, 1905. Wacbter, C. H„ 1905. Waddell, J. C, 1905. Administration. 1910. Com. on Dental Art and Invention. Paper. 1910. Report of Com. on Dental Art and Invention. D21, p. 41. Wade, Thos. B., 1903. Wadsworth, H. P., 1905. Wagner, J. L,., 1905. Wagner, R. H., 1905. Waid, A. J., 1889. Papers. 1S73. Unusual Cases in Practice. Caries. D61, p. 193. Unusual Cases in Practice : Upper Cuspids Only Permanent Teeth Erunted. D13. p. 193. Unusual Cases in Practice. Two Cases of Tumor of Lower Maxilla. D78, p. 193. Discussion. 1S73. D24, p. 76; D602, p. 126. AVait, G. F., 1904. Wait, 31. L,., 1905, 1909. Walbergr, B., 1905. Wales, 31. G., 1907. Walker, E. A., 1905, 1910. Walker, E. E., 1912. Walker, G. F., 1910. Walker, H. A., 1905, 1909. Walker, J., 1888, Corresponding- Member. Wall, Edward, 1905. Wall, Wm., 1911. Wallace, F. H., 1905. Wallace, J. F. Clinic. 1906. Gold Filling. D221, p. 275. Wallace, T. B. S., 1905. Wallace, W. S., 1905. Clinic. 1907. Gold Inlay for Fractured Incisor. D231, p. 229. Wallis, Robert, 1906. Walser, C. R., 1905. Walsh, William H., 1905, 1907. Walter, P. E., 1907. Waltz, A. S. Administration. 1880. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1883. Executive Com. 1890. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1892. Executive Council. 1895. Executive Council. 1898. Executive Council. 1899. Vice-president. 1902. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1909. Executive Council. Clinics. 1SS9. Gold Filling. D221, p. 144. 1896. Tin and Gold Filling. D22c, p. 126. 190S. Correct Root Filling. D243, p. 264. Use of Pinless Crowns in Place of Ordinary Plate Teeth. D32, p. 264. 1911. Root Filling; Gold and Tin Foil Points with Eucapercha Lubri- cant. D242, p. 307. Waltz, G. W., 1883. Waltz, J. F. F., 1902. Administration. 1910. Secretary. 1911. Secretary. 1912. Secretary. For index and key to classification nnmbers, see pink appendix. 260 Waltz, J. F. F. — Continued. 1913. President. 1914. Public Service Com. Papers. 1906 Concerning the Porcelain Inlay. D232, p. 234; Disc. p. 246. 190S' On the Abuse and Indications of Porcelain as Filling- Material. D232, p. 151; Disc. p. 160. 1909 Report of the Post Graduate Com. upon Gold and Porcelain In- lavs. D24, p. 87; Disc. p. 98. 1913. President's Address. D04, p. 9; Disc. p. 25. Discussion. 1909. D232, p. 209. Wambold, Chas.. 1901. Ward, M. L,., 1907. Ward, R. T., 1905. ■Ware, H. A., 1899. Wardner, (i. H., 1905. Warner, Claude B., 1899, 1907. Administration. 1908. Board of Censors. 1910. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1911. Com. on Public Dental Education. Com. on Public Press. 1912. Public Service Com. Com. on Public Press. 1913. Com. on Public Press. 1914. Com. on Dental Science and Literature. Papers. 1910. The Press as an Aid in Extending the Dental Field. D072, p. 201. 1911. Report of the Public Press Com. 1912. Report of the Com. on the Public Press. Discussions. 1905. 615. p. 169. 1911. D04. p. 30. 1912. D072. p. 80; D07, p. 200. 1913. D04, p. 30. Clinics. 1903. Pressure Anaesthesia. D242, p. 10. Supplement. 1906. Plastic Impression Rubber. D321, p. 292. 1908. The Asbestos Disk as Pulp Protection. D24, p. 270. Warner, C. E., 1911. 1912. Obituary, p. 32S. Warner, C. H., 1909. Warner, E. R., 18S2. Administration. 1893. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1894. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Warnock, J. C, 1905. Warren, G. E., 1895. Administration. 1903. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1905. Executive Council. Warner, E. R., 1899. Clinic. 1899. Pressure Anaesthesia. D242, p. 107. Warren, G. E., 1895. 1911. Obituary, p. 328. Discussions. 1902. D3, p. 179. 1906. D602, p. 62; D89, p. 198. Clinic. 1895. Gold and Platinum Filling. D221, p. 1S5. Wassail, J. W„ 1882. 1910. Obituary, p. 49. Administration. 18S4. Secretary. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 261 Wassail, J. W. — Continued. 1885. Secretary. 1886. Secretary. 1887. Secretary. 1889. Executive Com. Com. on Publication. Paper. 1897. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 31; Disc. p. 36. Discussions. 1886. D073, p. 168; D6a, p. 189. 1S88. D073, p. 73; D2, p. 110, 115; D24, p. 169; D21, p. 199. 1889. D2, p. 145. 1890. D073, p. 71; D332, p. 145. 1891. D21, p. 62, 64. 1895. D33, p. 167; D243, p. 169. 1896. D331, p. 33; 615.84, p. 107. 1897. D04, p. 27; D142, p. 107; D24; D142, p. 107. Clinic. 1S96. Apparatus for Compressed Air at the Operating Chair. D21, p. 123; Disc. p. 128. 1S9S. Bridge Attachments to Teeth with Living- Pulps. D332, p. 189. 1899. Pyorrhea Alveolaris. D64, p. 123. AVatkins, H. AV., 1908. AVatling", Professor. Discussions. 1899. D073. p. 94; D04, p. 16. "Watson, A., 1896. AVatson, A. L,., 1905. Watson, Jas., 1905, 1912. Watt, George. 1S93. Obituary, p. 231. Watt, J. F., 1903, 1905. AVatt, V. AV., 1910. Watters, J. T., 1909. Clinic. 1912. Ascher's Artificial Enamel Filling. D223, p. 291. Watts, E. D., 1910. Watts, H. F., 1909. Watts, J. B., 1900. Administration. . 1908. Local Com. Watts, W. H., 1909. Wayland, E. A., 1907. Weakley, G. B., 1905, 1910. Weart, E. R., 1903. Clinic. 1911. Porcelain Crown Using Detached Post. D331, p. 295. Weart, P. C, 1901. Weather wax, 1902. Clinic. 1904. Porcelain Crown. Weaver, H. T., 1906. Webb, G. D., 1896, 1905. Webb, M. A., 1910. Webber, F. P. Clinic. 1893. Preparation of Cavities in Porcelain Contours for Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 166. Webber, S. T. B.. 1906. AVedelstaedt, E. K. Clinic. 1899. Gold Filling. D221, p. 107. Wedge, C. A., 1905. AVeeks, T. E. 1892. The Enamel at the Gingival Line, with Lantern Exhibit. D141, p. 116, 10 Illus; Disc. p. 121. AVehrheim, J. L.., 1909. For index and key to classification numbers, see itink appendix. 262 Weir, Robert A., 1907. Weiss, A. G., 1907. Welch, J. D., 19 OS. Welch, Jas. R., 1910. Administration. 1911. Local Com. Clinic. 1912. Treatment of Apical Pericementitis by Opening into the Apical Space Through the Outer Wall of the Alveolus. D65, p. 296. Welch, P. H., 1902, 1905. Weld, F. A., 1901. Paper. 1903. Narcotile as a General Anaesthetic. 615.7S15, p. 71; Disc, p. 73. Clinic. 1903. Narcotile. 615.7815, p. 4. Sup. Well itia ii. H. W., 1896. Welsh, Dudley R., 1905. Welsh, J. E„ 1905. Wemshenker, L.. T., 1910. Wendel, P. J., 1905. Clinics. 1905. Gold Bridge. D332, p. 226. 1908. Exhibited Sanitary Bridge for Lower Jaw. D332, p. 265. Werden, Ii. A., 1905. Werner, E. H., 1905, 1909. Wescott, Geo. W., 1905. Wesner, C. M., 1905. West, Benjamin J., 1906. West, Clyde C, 1906. West, C. H., 1892. Discussion. 1894. D222, p. 104. Clinics. 1899. Amalgam Filling. D222. p. 107. 1906. Method of Placing Moss Fiber Gold in the Bodv of Filling. D221, p. 277. 1908. Vulcanizable Gutta Percha in Plate Work. D321, p. 266. 1910. Local Injection for Extraction. 615.7816, p. 268. West, G. N„ 1905. Administration. 1912. Board of Censors. Clinic. 1911. A Convenient Emergency Outfit. D21, p. 308. West, Herbert G., 1911. West, J. E., 1899. West, W. H., 1905. Wettengel, H. M., 1909. Wetterer, A. C, 1907. Wetterer, H., 1905. Whalen, W. F., 1900. Administration. 1904. Local Com. 1905. Vice-President. 1906. Clinic Com. 1908. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1909. Com. on Public Dental Education. 1910. Com. on Public Dental Education. Papers. 1906. Report of Supervisor of Clinics. D2, p. 274. 1913. Some Observations Bearing Upon the Business Side of Dentistry. D89, p. 138; Disc, p. 145. Discussions. 1910. D64, D65, D76, p. 193. 1912. Papers on Crown and Bridge Work. D33, p. 123. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 263 Whalen, W. F. — Continued. Clinic. 1910. Porcelain Bicuspid Crown With Reenforced Root and Lingual Cusp. D331, p. 265. Wheeler, G. W., 1910. Wheeler, Thos. B., 1SS2. "Whipple, Henry L,., 1896. 1907. Local Com. 1905. Vice-President. 1911. Executive Council. 1913. Secretary. 1914. Secretary. Discussions. 1904. D04, p. 20; D072, p. 227. 1910. D223, p. 64. 1912. D04, p. 17. Clinics. 1906. Small Approximal Cavity in an Incisor. D22a, p. 276. 1908. Showing- Steps in Construction of Cast Gold Inlays. D231, p. 271. 1912. Cast Inlay. D231, p. 289. Whitheck, F. A., 1905. White, P. E. Paper. 1S73. Care of Children's Teeth Between the Ages of Six and Fifteen. D602, p. 145; Disc, p. 153. Discussion. 1S73. D61, p. 117. Whitefield, G. W., 1899, 1905. Discussion. 1905. D332, p. 211. Clinic. 1905. Hints in the Prevention and Treatment of So-Called Pyorrhea. D64, p. 216. Whitington, A. H., 1913. Whitley, C. M., 1912. Whitmore, C. C, 1905. Whitmore, S. J., 1910. Whitmore, Y. E„ 1905. Whitside, M., 1905. Whittenberg, I. M., 1906, 1909. Whitt, Lewis L.., 1906. Wick, W. W., 1907. Wikoff, B. D., 1888. Administration. 1894. Clinic Com. 1900. Clinic Com. Clinics. 18S9. Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 141. 1897. Porcelain Faced Crown Without Heating Facing. D331, p. 205. 1901. Bridge Work. D332, p. 136. Wikoff, C. H., 1905, 1909. Wilber, C. O., 1909. Wilcox, G. E., 1913. Wilcox, R. P., 1905. Wilcox, W. L,., 1905. Wilhelmi, S. F., 1901. Wilkes, A. M., 1902. Clinic. 1913. A Short Accurate Method of Adapting a Porcelain Crown. D331, p. 264. Wilkie, C. M., IS 72. Wilkinson, E. D., 1905, 1909. Willard, E. S., 1905. Willard, F. W., 1905. Administration. 190S. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 264 Willett, R. C, 1905. Clinics. 1906 The Anchoring of Porcelain Bridges With Gold and Platinum Inlays. D332, p. 290. 1909. Strengthening- Inlay Abutment for Bridge Work. D332, p. 240. 1911. Orthodontia, Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. D4, p. 307. 1912. Orthodontia Pertaining to Early Diagnosis and Treatment. D4, p. 302. William, C. W., 1905. Williams, A. G. Administration. 1910. Local Com. Williams, A. J., 1905. Williams, D. S. R. E.. 1907. Williams, Geo. T., 1911. Williams, G. W., 1905. Williams, J. R., 1905, 1912. Williams, L. 31., 1897. Williams, O. X., 1905. Willia, A. S., 1894. Williston, Res. M. L,. 1876. Address of Welcome. Willman, A. C, 1905. Clinic. 1913. A Few Conveniences. D21, p. 259. Willman, J. E., 1905. Willmore, Chas. M., 1912. Willson, O., Honorary Charter Member, 1S81. Administration. 1S67. Vice-President. 1870. Executive Com. 1872. President. 1873. Executive Com. 1S76. Librarian. Papers. 1867. Anaesthesia. 615.781, p. 23; Disc. p. 24. 1868. Receding of the Gums in Persons of Middle Age — Cause and Treatment. 1869. Anaesthetics in Dentistrv. 615.781, p. 331; Disc, p. 340. 1871. Abnormal Secretion. 612.31, p. 72; Disc, p. 79 1S72. President's Address. D04, p. 6. 1873. Response to Address of Welcome. D04, p. 28. 1875. Mechanical Dentistry. D3, p. 108; Disc, p. 117. Discussions. 1S66. D60.2, p. 6, 7; D602. p. 7; D61a, p. 7; D221, p. 8; D24, p. 9; D602, p. 11; D22, p. 15. 1869. D65, p. 330. 1871. D221a, d. 65; D3, p. 68. 1572. D3, p. 32; D07, p. 72; D8, p. 90. 1873. D24, p. 70; D22, p. 102. 1875. D22, p. 39. Wilson, E. E., 1905. Wilson, E. P., 1S66. Discussions. 1866. D61a, p. 8; D221, p. 8. Wilson, E. G., 1905. Wilson, Geo. W., 1909. Wilson, I. P., 18 71, Honorary Member. 1871. Stomatitis Materna. D66, p. 10; Disc, p. 44. 1573. Anatomy and Histology of the Teeth, and the Influence of Certain Agents Upon the Dental Tissues. Dl, p. 89; Disc, p. 93. 1901. Anomalous Cases of Malformed Teeth, With Suggestions as to Possible Cause. D13, p. 40; Disc, p. 43. Discussions. 1871. D6, p. 103. 1873. D24, p. 74; D61, D601, p. 143. 1885. D3, p. 52. 1S93. D601, p. 32, 36; D243, p. 55. Clinic. 1SS7. Gold Pilling. D221, p. 112. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 265 Wilson, J. D., 1903. Administration. 1909. Local Com. Discussions. 1908. D06, p. 83. 1912. D07, p. 196; D5, p. 218. Clinic. 1904. Gold Dummy. D332, p. 28. 1906. Grinding- Teeth, Using Dr. Wilsons Combination Guard and Sponge Holder. D31, p. 276. Wilson, J. T., 1906. Wilson, Orville, W., 1897, 1905. Wilson, S. A., 1905. Wilson, S. C, 1869. Administration. 1870. Executive Com. 1S71. Executive Com. 1871. Vice-President. Discussions. • 1870. D24, p. 19; D22, p. 47; D22, p. 56, 57; DS1, p. 88, 104; D3, p. 9S. 1871. D3, p. 71. 1872. D2, p. 60; D07, p. 72. 1S75. D3, p. 117, 119. Wiltz, O. P., 1906. Administration. 1913. Local Com. Wilson, W. L.., 1912. Wilson, Wilber R., 1906. Winaus, P. H., 1905. Winder, C. J., 1910. "Windhorst, M. R. Clinic. 1S9S. Gold Filling. D221, p. 1S7. Winger, W. B„ 1905. Winger, W. H., 1911. Winters, J. C, 1905. 1907. Winters, 31. E., 1910. Clinic. 1911. Short Method of Getting Perfect Occlusion for Gold Crown. D331, p. 306. Winslow, G. W., 1908. AViswall, W. J., 1905. Woelk, E. A., 1905. Woelk, Robert D., 1906. Wollenberger, S., 1905. Clinic. 1912. Restoration With De Trey Synthetic Cement, Giving a Practical Demonstration of the Automaton. D223, p. 298. Woodbridge, F. F., 1866. Woodburn, H. L.., 1873. Woodburn, W. W., 1S7S. Wolf, F. W«, 1905, 1912. Wolf, H. M., 1S95, 1905. Wolf, R. H., 1910. Wolfe, Leroy, 1912. Wolfe, L,. H., 1906. Wonderly, Thos. G„ 18 SI. Wood, B. G„ 1905, 1910. Wood, G. I.., 1905. Wood, L. E., 1902. Woodruff, E. N. 1904. Address of Welcome. D04, p. 173. Woods, F. R., 1911. Woodward, O. H., 1913. Woodward, W. B., 1878. Administration. 1SS2. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1884. Librarian. 1886. Vice-President. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 266 Woodward, W. B. — Continued. Discussion. 18S5. 615.5, p. 12S. Woodworth, D. L., 1912. Woolley, E. M., 1909. Woolley, J. H., 1887. Discussion. 1887. D2, p. 122. 1891. D21, p. 69. 1892. D04, p. 12; D4, p. 93. 1S94. D322, p. 74: D222, p. 91; D2, p. 135, 136. 1902. D61a, p. 127. Clinic. 1899. Combination of Oxyphosphate and Noncohesive Gold as a Tempo- rary Filling. D22c, p. 124. Wonderly, Thomas G. Administration. 1888. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. 1889. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Worcester, H. W., 1905. Worth ing-ton, C. A., 1910. Worthington, S. L,., 1908. Worrell, K. G., 1905. Worsley, W. J., 1905. Wright, Clarence H., 1905. Wright, C. G., 1909. Wright, J. A., 190S. Wright, J. S., 1902. Administration. 1910. Board of Censors. Discussion. 1909. D89, p. 165. Clinic. 1903. Vulcanizable Gutta Percha. D321, p. 4. Sup. Wurtz, E. D., 1905. Wybraniec, P. F., 1909. Wycotf, E., 1905. Wylde, D. Z., 1909. AVylie, C. H., 1905. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. 267 York, E, Lawley. Papers. 1S97. The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentine. D142, p. 94; Disc, p. 99. The Diffusibility of Coagulants in Dentine. D24, p. 94: Disc, p. 99. 1S9S. Why Coagulants' Diffuse Through Dentine. D142, D24, p. 57; Disc, p. 61. Discussions. 1898. 615.778, p. 172. Young, C. W., 1909. Young, Gerhart H., 1906. Young-, J. H., 1S65, Charter Member. Young, M. D., 1903, 1905. Young-, W. B., 1902, 1905, 1910. 1909. Com. on Infraction of Code of Ethics. Clinics. 1907. Porcelain Jacket Crown. D331, p. 228. 1908. Oxyphosphate of Copper as Filling Material for Temporary Teeth. D223, p. 269. Administration. York, E. Lawley, 1897, 1899, Non-Resident Member. Yorker, Prank V., 1892. Yule, M. A., 1909. For index and key to classification numbers, sec pink appendix. 268 Zeialer, Horace A., 1905. Zeigler, L. F., 1909. Zeller, George A. Discussion. 1911. D072, p. 194. Zielinski, Jacob B., 1905. Zimonth, A. J., 1910. Zinu, F. H., 1899, 1905. Zipperman, Soloiuou W., 1906. Zolini, N. J., 1912. Zork, H. H., 1907. For index and key to classification numbers, see pink appendix. APPENDIX. How to Use this Classification and Index. If you wish to find what has been published on a particular subject, look for the subject in the alphabetical index, beginning on page 16 of this Appendix. You will there find the classification number of the subject. Turn to that number in the Classified Index, Part II, of this book, and you will find : i. List of Papers and Discussions. 2. List of Clinics. Both arranged in chronological order. If you wish to find the record of an individual member, look- in the Personal Index, Part III, of this book, and you will find : i. Name, followed by year in which the member joined the Society. (Several have joined two or three times.) 2. Administration. List of official positions held, and com- mittee appointments. 3. Titles of papers read before the Society, with year and page. 4. Discussions. Classification number of each paper discussed, with year and page. 5. Clinics, with year and page. Each group arranged in chronological order. If you wish to find the record of an individual member, in one particular subject, look in the alphabetical index, beginning on page 16 of this Appendix, for the classification number of the par- ticular subject. Then turn to the Personal Index, Part III, and by glancing over the classification numbers for each paper, discussion, or clinic, you will find the member's record for the subject. If you wish to use this index frequently, read the article in the following pages, and by a brief study of the classification on page n, you will notice that there is a very natural grouping of related sub- jects, which makes them easy to remember. I THE PLAN OF THIS INDEX. The Dewey Decimal Classification and Index Applied to Dental Literature. ARTHUR'D. BLACK, A. M., M. D., D. D. S., CHICAGO. This is the first publication of a classified index of dental litera- ' ture on the Dewey System (excepting one twenty-four page booklet of the Proceedings of the First District Dental Society of the State of New York, prepared by the writer in 1909), and it is hoped that it marks the beginning of a new period in the attitude of the members of the dental profession toward our literature. We are confident that a study of this plan and its application to our proceedings will serve to prove its practicability and be an incentive to our members to preserve the proceedings of the Society, as well as our journals, and to refer to them frequently in connection with the preparation and discussion of papers. The most important feature of the index is that it groups all articles on each subject together, regardless of the wording of the titles, and it is therefore possible to find all that has been written on a given subject without reviewing a con- siderable portion of the entire index. It is also hoped that the publication of this index by the Illinois State Dental Society will be of material aid in establishing it as the standard plan of the future in the indexing of dental literature. In order that a full understanding of the plan may be had, an ex- planation of the Dewey System, and its adaptation to dental litera- ture, is presented herewith. A considerable portion of this is taken from a paper read before the Institute of Dental Pedagogics and published in the Dental Era, September, 1909. It is the purpose of this paper to present a simple plan by which our literature may be so classified and indexed as to make it easily accessible; and give those, who may be so inclined, the opportunity to know more of the ' accomplishments of those who have gone before, as a basis for the work of the future. The fact that most of our literature has been published in the form of Society proceedings and monthly journals, and comparatively little has been crystallized into books, makes the task of the man who would care- fully review a subjeel especially difficult; in fact, it lias been quite impossible to find comprehensive lists of writings on particular subjects. Most dentists have not preserved their journals and Society proceedings for the reason that their contents arc lost within a short time on account of their inaccessibility. While several of our journals publish excellent indexes each year, these multiply so rapidly, in eases where one subscribes to a number of journals, as to make them of little value to the man who would look up the literature of a given subject. The plan here presented is the application to dental literature of the Dewey Decimal Classification and Index, and it is necessary Id explain briefly the Dewey System in order that this application of it may be clearly understood. This system was worked out by Mclvil Dewey, for a number of years secretary of the University of the State of New York and director of the New York State Li- brary at Albany. His first Classification was published in 1876, and revisions have since appeared at intervals of a few years. In brief, it is a system of classifying and indexing libraries, large or small, and is equally applicable to pamphlets, articles in journals, etc.; in fact, to anything that it is desirable to index. It is used in thou- sands of public and other libraries throughout the world, and is be- ing adopted by a constantly increasing number. It is a system in which each subject upon which a book or article may be written is represented by a number, and all books or writings upon a given subject are classified by its particular number, without regard to the wording of the title. The arrangement of the numbers is such that related subjects are grouped, as will be noticed in what follows. It is especially the plan of applying the numbers to the subjects that has proven extremely practical. The entire field of knowledge is first divided into ten main [classes as follows : I 2 3 4 5 Philosophy. Religion. Sociology. Philology. Natural Science 6 Useful Arts. 7 Fine Arts. 8 Literature. 9 10 History. General Works. Each of these classes is similarly divided into ten divisions, and each division into ten sections. Thus the sixth class, Useful Arts, which is numbered 600, has for its divisions the following: 600. Useful Arts. 610. Medicine. 620. Engineering. 630. Agriculture. 640. Domestic Economy. 650. Communication. Commerce. 660. Chemical Technology. 670. Manufactures. 680. Mechanic Trades. 690. Building. Medicine, the first division of Useful Arts, is similarly sub- divided, as follows: 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 Medicine. Anatomy and Histology. Physiology. Hygiene, Gymnastics, Training. Public Health. Materia Medica. Therapeutics. Pathology. Diseases. Treatment. Surgery. Diseases of Women and Children. Comparative Medicine. Veterinary. Each other division of Useful Arts is similarly divided, making one hundred sections of this class. It will be noticed that each subject is represented by three figures, and that the figure 6, repre- senting Useful Arts, is the first figure in each of the ten divisions and in all of the hundred sections; also that the second figure 1, in the number 610, Medicine, occupies that position in the ten sub- divisions of medicine. Thus one soon learns that all numbers with 6 in the first position represent subjects included in the Useful Arts, that all numbers with 6 in the first position and 1 in the second represent subjects included in medicine, and the numbers in the third position represent the further subdivisions. Therefore, almost before we realize it, we recognize 6 1 1 as standing for Anatomy, 612 for Physiology, 613 for Hygiene, etc. »In the same way all subjects in Engineering are represented by a 6 in the first position and a 2 in the second; Agriculture by a 6 in the first position and a 3 in the second* and so on. We thus have a thousand divisions of the field of knowledge ; each of the ten main classes being divided into ten divisions, and each division into ten sections. - 4 The application is as follows: the title- of each book in a library is entered on a card, with the name of the author, and other desirable information, and the number of the subject to which it belongs is placed both on the book and on the card. The 1 • are arranged on the shelves in numerciaJ order, as arc the cards in the card cabinet, and as all of the books on each subjed and their respective cards have the same number, it follows that all of the books of a library so classified are arranged in groups on the shelves according to their subjects, and the cards have a corre- sponding arrangement in the cabinet. The cards of each particular group in the cabinet are separated from the others by colored guide cards, which project above the subject cards, and bear the number and subject of the cards of each group. For example : i neral work on surgery would be numbered 617 and all would be together on the shelves. The card for each would also be numbered and all would be together in the index. A very important feature of the classification is the m< of subdividing the one thousand sections. Every section number necessarily consists of three figures, after which a decimal point is placed, and each section may be divided into ten subsections, by numbers occupying the first decimal position. For example: 611, Anatomy, and 612, Physiology, are each divided into ten sub- divisions as follows : 611. Anatomy. Histology. .1 Circulatory system. .2 Respiratory system. .3 Digestive system. .4 Glandular and Lymphatic system. .5 Genito-Urinary system. .7 Motor and Integumentary system. .8 Nervous system. .9 Reginal anatomy. 612. Physiology. .1 Blood and circulation. .2 Respiration. .3 Digestion. Absorption. Nutrition. .4 Secretion. Excretion. .5 Animal Heat. .6 Reproduction. Development. .7 Function of Motor and Vocal Apparatus and Skin. .8 Nervous Functions. It is readily seen that further subdivisions may be made by 5 adding another decimal figure, as under Anatomy, the third sub- division, 6 1 1. 3, Digestive System, is divided as follows: 611. Anatomy. Histology. .1 Circulatory system. .2 Respiratory system. .3 Digestive system. .31 Mouth. Tongue. Teeth. .32 Pharynx. Esophagus. .33 Stomach. .34 Intestine. .35 Rectum. .36 Liver. Gall Bladder. .37 Pancreas. .38 Peritoneum. Omentum. Mesentary. .4 Glandular and Lymphatic System. Additional subdivisions may be made by adding more figures. Thus the subject of Anatomy may be divided into thousands of headings, yet in each the number 611 represents Anatomy, the first figures after the decimal point represent the main anatomical divisions, etc., every figure having a meaning which is a real in- dication of the location of its subject in the field of knowledge. It will be understood that any subject may be systematically sub- divided for the classification of articles on specific topics and these may be catalogued by cards the same as previously mentioned for books. The book published by Dewey consists of two parts. The first is the list of subjects arranged in their numerical order. This in- cludes not only all of the thousand main sections, but all of the subdivisions to as many decimal places as each has been worked out, making a volume of considerable size. The second part is an index to this classification. This consists of subjects arranged alphabetically, with the classification number printed after each. To know what books a library contains on a given subject, it is necessary for one to consult the index, where the subject is found in its alphabetical position, and thus find its classification number. Then by turning to the number in the tables, the subject and all related subjects will be found, and by consulting the card catalogue behind the guide card of the same number, will be found the cards for every book on the subject, and the books themselves will be found in a corresponding position on the shelves. THE CLASSIFICATION OF DENTISTRY. About fifteen years ago, the writer became impressed with the idea that it would be necessary for us to have a systematic plan of 6 classifying dental literature. The multiplication and accumulation of journals was so rapid that all but the most important articles were lost almost as soon as the journals were laid aside. Our journals soon became almost worthless for lack of some satisfactory plan of finding articles on particular subjects when desired. This situation prompted the writer to make a classification of dental literature on the plan of the Dewey system, and to catalogue a considerable number of articles in our journals. Dewey's book gives the following subdivisions of Surgery: 617. Surgery. .1 Injuries. .2 Results of Injuries. .3 Orthopedic Surgery. Deformities. .4 Surgical Operations. .5 Reginal Surgery. .6 Dentistry. Diseases of the Teeth. .7 Ophthalmic Surgery. Diseases of the Eye. .8 Diseases of the Ear. .9 Operative Surgery. Dentistry is the sixth subdivision and is therefore represented by the number 617.6. A few subdivisions of dentistry were given in Dewey's book, but these could not be used on account of their unfitness. Dr. F. B. Noyes and the writer made out the list of the main subdivisions on which the subsequent work was based. Changes and additions were made as the work progressed, until the classification here presented was decided upon. In order to simplify the plan by bringing practically all dental subjects into one group, it will be noticed that dental anatomy, oral hygiene, dental pathology, etc., are given special places under the main heading for dentistry, instead of placing dental anatomy in its proper position under the general subject of anatomy (611.), oral hygiene under the general heading of personal hygiene (613.), and dental pathology under the general heading for pathology (616.), etc. The plan is undoubtedly more convenient as applied to strictly dental libraries, but is not as satisfactory for a general library in which a dental library is in- cluded. It will be noticed in what follows that the writer has substituted a letter for Dewey's number for dentistry, which would permit of the use of this classification in its present form without any confusion, even though it should seem best not to change it to correspond to Dewey's ideas. The following are the main divisions of the writer's special classification for dentistrv : 6i7-6 Dentistry. 617.61 Dental Anatomy, Histology and Physiology. • 617.62 Operative Dentistry. 617.63 Prosthetic Dentistry. 617.64 Orthopedic Dentistry. 617.65 Oral Hygiene. 617.66 Dental Pathology. 617.67 Oral Surgery. 617.68 Dental Jurisprudence, Ethics and Economics. It will be observed that the number 617.6, representing dentistry, is repeated in each of these, with a figure added to indicate the sub- divisions of dentistry. The number 617.6 would necessarily be repeated in each of the further subdivisions, which would increase the number of figures sufficiently to make the numbers too large for convenient use. In order to avoid the constant repetition of the 617.6 and shorten the numbers, the letter D has been substituted for the 617.6. D, therefore, represents dentistry and we have the subdivisions of dentistry numbered as follows : D Dentistry. Di Dental Anatomy, Histology and Physiology. D2 Operative Dentistry. D3 Prosthetic Dentistry. D4 Orthopedic Dentistry. D5 Oral Hygiene. D6 Dental Pathology. D7 Oral Surge^. D8 Dental Jurisprudence and Ethics. The subdivisions of each of these subjects, so far as they have been worked out, are presented in the accompanying tables, which are, I believe, quite as complete as they can be made at the present time. It will be noticed that the subdivisions of the main heading for dentistry are all of a general character, and include all articles that can not be classified under one of the other headings. No divisions of orthodontia have been made for the reason that the literature to date has not suggested a plan that would be satis- factory. For the present, therefore, all articles on this subject are marked D4. When proper subdivisions can be arranged, it will only be necessary to place the subdivision numbers after the D4. The main headings in the classification will be found sufficient for books, while the subdivisions are necessary for the cataloguing of journal articles or the various chapters or subjects presented in books. For example, general works, such as Harris' Principles and Practice of Dentistry or the American System of Dentistry would be classified under D, the main heading for dentistry, al- 8 though separate cards may be written indexing each article or chapter, and the cards for these would be numbered in accordance with the subjects. A book on Operative Dentistry would be clas~ sified under D2, while a chapter on -cavity preparation would be placed under D22a, on filling with gold D221, pulp treatment D24, etc. Subdivisions have been or may be made so that any single subject or item may have its particular number under its proper heading; these subdivisions may be made again and again without in any way affecting the more important divisions containing fewer numerals. The following plan of classifying and making the index of the proceedings of this Society has been followed. Each volume was worked through twice; the first time to classify the papers, clinics, etc., the second to write the cards. In classifying the papers, the number of the subject under which the paper belonged was marked opposite the title (or two or more numbers if it was thought desirable to classify it under more than one heading), and the number of illustrations the article contained, if any, also the page on which the discussion began. After all of the volumes had been so marked, the cards were written. For each article, one card was written with the author's name at the top and placed in the author cata- logue; and another with the title at the top and the classification number in the upper left corner, and placed in the subject catalogue. Of course, if more than one number had been set opposite a title a corresponding number of cards were written with the title at the top. On each of these cards was also written the year, page, number of illustrations, page on which discussion is printed, etc. For the subject index, the discussion of a paper was indexed with the paper, by giving the page on which the discussion begins; for the author index a separate card was written for each discussion, so that a complete list of all articles discussed by each member of the Society will be found under his name. Two cards were written for each clinic, one for the subject index, one for the personal index. The personal cards were arranged alphabetically, thus bringing all of the writings, discussions and clinics of each man together. The subject cards were arranged in numerical order; thus bringing all of the cards for each subject together. The following tables constitute the complete classification for dental literature, as it has been worked out to date. It will be readily recognized that further subdivisions may be made at any time, as may be desired. Only a slight use of this plan will serve to make one so familiar with it that the various subjects will be 9 found with ease. For example, if one desired to find what had been published in our proceedings on gold fillings, he would naturally look at the main division of operative dentistry, D2, and under that for filling D22, which he would find further subdivided into the various filling materials. In a similar way, one might easily find almost any subdivision. It is not necessary, however, that one should be familiar with the classification, as an index to it has been prepared and is pub- lished immediately following it. This index has all dental topics arranged alphabetically, with the classification number after each. By consulting this index, the number for gold fillings is found to be D221. By turning to this number a list of all papers, discussions and clinics on this subject, which have been recorded in the pro- ceedings of our Society, will be found. In the personal index, the committee has included more than the record of papers, discussions and clinics. The endeavor has been made to include in this the name of every dentist who has been a member of this Society from the time of its organization to date, also of all non-members who have taken part in its activities. The personal index includes, therefore, for each individual, the year in which he joined the Society, offices to which elected, committee appointments, papers read, discussions participated in, and clinics given. 10 CLASSIFICATION FOR DENTAL LITERATURE. On the Plan of the Dewey Decimal Classification.* Slightly modified by notations and a few omissions in adapting to the Proceedings of the Illinois State Dental Society. Note. — In this classification the letter "D" is substituted for the number "617.6" which is the number for Dentistry in the Dewey Classification. D Dentistry. Do 1 Philosophies. 02 Compends. 03 Dictionaries, cyclopedias. 031 Nomenclature. 04 Essays, addresses. Presidents' Annual Address, Addresses of Welcome, Responses to Address of Welcome. 041 Correspondence. 05 Periodicals. 06 Societies. Organization, etc. 07 Education, professional. Research. Relations of Dentistry to Medicine. (Dental examining boards, see D82.) 071 Methods of teaching. Technics. 072 Popular Education. Dentistry in public schools and state institutions. 073 Literature. Reports of Committee on Dental Science and Literature. 08 Libraries, collections, museums, exhibits. 09 Histories. Necrology. Di Dental Anatomy; Histology and Physiology. 1 a Force of Mastication. {Articulation and Occlusion of the Teeth, occluding frames, etc, see D3a.) 10 1 Comparative dental anatomy. 102 Dental paleontology. Ancient races of man. 1 1 Deciduous teeth. Absorption of roots of deciduous teeth. *Copyrighted, 1909, by Arthur D. Black. 11 12 Permanent teeth. Temperaments in relation to the teeth. 13 Anomalies, of both dentition and form. Supernumerary- teeth. Temporary teeth retained. Missing teeth. Enamel drops. 14 Tooth tissues. Preparation of specimens. 141 Enamel. 142 Dentin. 143 Cementum. 144 Pulp. 15 Supporting tissues. Peridental membrane, periosteum, gingivae and gum tissue. Bone of jaw. 16 Dental embryology. 17 Dentition. Diseases in connection with dentition and treatment. D2 Operative Dentistry. General articles covering both operative and prosthetic dentistry. Reports of Clinic Committee 2 1 Instruments and appliances. Reports of Committee on Dental Art and Invention. (Instruments applicable to a particular procedure, classified with subject.) 21a Sterilization of instruments. Asepsis. 21b Control of flow of saliva. Rubber dam, clasps, etc. 22 Filling teeth. Filling materials. Filing. Separation. 22a Preparation of cavities. 22b Matrices (see D23 for inlays). 22c Combination fillings. Cavity linings. 221 Gold. Platinum gold. 221a Mallets, pluggers, etc. 222 Amalgam. 223 Cement. Silicate cements. 224 Gutta-percha. 225 Tin. 23 Inlays. General articles on porcelain. (Porcelain ovens, etc., see D31.) 231 Gold. 232 Porcelain. 24 Pulp treatment. (Diseases of pulp, see D63. Electricity in pulp treatment, cataphoresis, see 615.84. Deciduous teeth, see D602.) 241 Capping pulps. 242 Destruction and removal of pulps. 243 Root filling. Root canals. 12 25 Prophylactic treatment of caries. Cleaning teeth. 26 Bleaching teeth. Discolorations. (Electricity for bleaching, see 615.84.) D3 Prosthetic Dentistry. (General articles covering both operative and prosthetic dentistry, see D2. Reports of Clinic Committee, see D2.) 3a Articulation and occlusion of the teeth, oc- cluding frames, etc. 'Force of mastication, see Dia.) 31 Tools, appliances, materials. Electric and other ovens. (Tools, etc., applicable to a particular procedure, classified with subject. Reports of Committee on Dental Art and Invention, see D21.) 32 Artificial dentures. (Temperaments in relation to the teeth, see D12.) 32a Plaster of Paris. Impressions, bites. 321 Vulcanized. 322 Swaged. Dies. 323 Fusible metal. 324 Porcelain. (General articles on porcelain, see D23.) 325 Celluloid. 33 Crowns and bridges. 331 Crowns. 332 Bridges. 34 Obturators and similar appliances. 38 Dental chemistry. 39 Dental metallurgy. D4 Orthopedic Dentistry. Facial expression in relation to the teeth. (Extraction of children's teeth, see D602. First peimanent mclars, see D6ia.) D5 Oral Hygiene. D6 Dental Pathology and Treatment. Diagnosis. (Dental Materia Medica, see 615.) 6a Dental Bacteriology. (Articles applying to Bacteriology of a particular subject, classified with subject.) 6b Dental Radiography. 601 Systemic conditions and the teeth. Pregnancy. Effects of drugs on the teeth. Tobacco, see also 613.84. (Diseases in connection with dentition, see D17. Foods and diet in relation to the teeth, see 612.3. Conditions of saliva in relation to the teeth, see 612. 311. Gouty and uric acid diathesis, etc., see D64.) 602 Deciduous teeth. (Absorption of roots of deciduous teeth, see Di 1. Diseases in connection with dentition, see D17O 13 6 1 Diseases of enamel and dentin. Caries. (Filling teeth, filing teeth, separation of teeth, inlays and mechanical procedures in treatment ot caries, see D22 and D23. Effects of foods, including sugars, on the teeth, see 613.2. Con- ditions of saliva in relation to caries, see 612. 311.) 61a First permanent molars. 611 Sensitive dentin. {Electricity in treatment, see 615.84.) 612 Secondary dentin. Pulp nodules. 613 Abrasion. 614 Erosion. (Conditions of saliva in relation to erosion, see 6 12. 3 1 1.) 615 Atrophy. Hypoplasia. 62 Diseases of Cementum. 621 E xcemen to sis . 622 Absorptions. (Absorptions of roots of deciduous teeth, see Dn ) 63 Diseases of dental pulp. (Treatment, see D24. Pulp nodules, see D612.) 64 Diseases of peridental membrane. Gouty and uric acid diathesis, etc. (Replantation for cure of diseases of peridental membrane, see D73. Salivation, see 615.927.) 641 Calculus, deposits, stains, removal of same. (Calculi and diseases of salivary glands and ducts, see 616.31.) 65 Alveolar Abscess. (Replantation for cure of abscess, see D73.) 66 Diseases of soft tissues of the mouth. (Hemorrhage, see D721.) 661 Systemic diseases manifested in the mouth. Syphilis. (Systemic conditions and the teeth, see D601. Gouty and uric acid diathesis, etc., see D64.) 67 Dental and facial neuralgia and reflected pain. (Facial paralysis, see 616.842. Surgical treatment of same, see D77.) 671 Affections of eye and ear in relation to the teeth. D7 Oral Surgery. 71 The maxillae. Reports of accident cases involving injuries of the face and laws. 711 Necrosis. 712 Caries. (Articles on both necrosis and caries, see D711.) 713 Fractures. 714 Dislocations. 715 Fixations. Trismus, ankylosis, arthritis, etc. (Fixations on account of impacted third molars, see D74.) 14 72 Extraction. (Electricity in extraction, see 615.84. Anaesthetics, see 615.781.) 721 Hemorrhage following extraction. Hemorrhage from soft tissues of mouth. (See also 617.41 arrest of hemorrhage.) 73 Replantation, transplantation, implantation. 74 Unerupted and Malposcd teeth. Third molars. (Orthopedic treatment, see D4.) 75 Plastic operations. 751 Cleft palate and hare-lip. (Obturators, artificial vela, etc., see D34.) 76 Sinuses of face, diseases and treatment. 77 Surgical treatment of dental and facial neuralgia. {Pathology and medical treatment, see D67.) 78 Tumors of mouth and face. Ranula, cysts, epulis. 781 Malignant. 782 Benign. 783 Cysts. Odontomes. 784 Aneurisms. Naevi. 785 Ranula. D8 Dental Jurisprudence, Ethics and Economics. 81 State laws, laws of foreign countries. Reports of Legislative Committee. 82 State examining boards. S3 Litigations. 84 Army and Navy dentists. 85 Dental protective associations. S9 Dental economics. 891 Dental notation. 15 INDEX TO CLASSIFICATION. The following alphabetical index covers practically the entire field of den- tistry. For each subject there is given its classification number. By referring to the number in the classified index, Part II of this book, all of the papers and clinics on the desired subject will be found, and related subjects will be found near by. In the personal records of members. Part III of this book, the classification number will be found after the title of each paper and clinic. For the discussions, the classification number of each paper discussed is given. By reviewing the classification tables on page II of this Appendix, one will easily become so familiar with the plan of classification that it will not often be necessary to consult the alphabetical index. INDEX. Abrasion of the teeth D613 Abscess, alveolar D65 with living pulp ' D64 Absorption of roots of deciduous teeth Dn of roots of permanent teeth 1 )<>_>_? Actinomycosis D66 Addresses D04 Advertising, dental ethics D8 Air chambers. Artificial dentures ■... D32 Aluminum plate-, fusible metal D323 swaged D3-'2 Alveolar abscess D65 Alveolar process, maxillary b Matrices, for fillings D22b for inlays D23 Maxillary bones, anatomy, histology and physiology D15 diseases of \)- 1 Maxillary sinus, diseases of D76 Mechanical dentistry D3 Medicine and dentistry, relations of D07 Metallic dentures. Fusible metal D323 Swaged D322 Metallurgy, dental D39 Micro-organisms, dental D6a of dental caries D61 Microscopy, dental Dr4 general 578 Missing teeth. Anomalies Dr3 Mouth washes. Oral hygiene D5 Mucous membrane of mouth, diseases D66 Mummification of pulps D242 Museums, dental D08 Naevi, of oral region D784 Nasmyth's membrane IM41 Navy dentists D84 Necrosis of maxillary bones D71 1 Neoplasms of dental region D78 Nervous conditions of dental origin D67 Neuralgia, dental and facial D67 surgical treatment D77 from excementosis D621 from pulp nodules D612 Nitrous oxide 615.781 Noma D66 Nomenclature, dental D031 Non-conductors. Pulp treatment D24 Non-cohesive gold. Filling materials D221 Non-malignant tumors, of oral region D782 Notation, dental D891 Obtundents for sensitive dentin D611 Obturators D34 Occluding frames D3a Occlusion. Prosthetic dentistry D3a Orthodontia D4 Odontoblasts D144 Odontomes D783 Oils, essential, antiseptics 615.778 Operations, plastic. Oral surgery D75 Oral hygiene D5 Oral surgery D7 Orthopedic dentistry • D4 Ossified pulps. Secondary dentin D612 Osteomyelitis, maxillary D71 1 Paleontology, dental D102 Paralysis, of dental origin D67 Patents, dental DS 21 Pathology, dental Do Pericementitis I )64 Peridental membrane, diseases D64 histology and physiology 1)152 Periodicals, dental D05 Periosteum, dental, histology and physiology D153 Permanent teeth, anatomy D62 Personal hygiene 613. Philosophies, dental Doi Phosphorus uecn >sis D~ 1 1 Physiology, dental 1 ) 1 Plantations of teeth D73 Plaster of paris D329 Plastic filling materials D22 Platinum. Metallurgy, dental D39 Platinum gold D221 Pluggers D22 1 a Polyps, of oral region, D782 Popular dental education D072 Porcelain, general articles I )_> ^ bridges I >332 crow ns I >33i Inlays D23 ovens D31 plates D324 Pregnancy, effects of, Oil teeth • D603 operations on the teeth, during D603 Preparation of cavitu S D22a Preparation of specimens of teeth for study 1) 14 President's addresses D04 Prophylactic treatment of dental caries D25 Prosthetic appliances to replace lost tissues other than teeth, obturators D34 Pn isthetic dentistry 1 ),} Protective associations, dental D85 Public schools, dentistry in D072 Pulps, capping D24t destruction of 1 )242 digestion of D242 diseases 1 )&$ exposed in deciduous teeth D602 histology and physiology D144 mummification D242 Pulp nodules, secondary dentin * D6l2 treatment D24 with arsenic D242 with cataphoresis 615.84 with cocain ' ] )242 with electricity 615.84 Pus 617.22 Putrescent pulps D24 Pyorrhea alveolaris D64 Radiographv D6b Ranula . . ." D785 Recording of operations, dental D891 Reflected pains, to and from the teeth D67 Regulation of the teeth D4 Removable bridges D332 Removal of deposits from the teeth D641 Replantation D73 Resection of roots, in treatment of alveolar abscess D65 Richmond crowns D331 22 Roentgen rays, in dentistry D6b Root canal filling D243 Rubber dam D_>ib Rubber dentures I )^2 1 Saliva, control of flow of D21I) physiology, chemistry of 612.31 pumps D2ib studies of : 612.31 Salivary calculus. Deposits on the teeth D641 Sarcoma, of oral region D781 Schools, dental D07 Secondary dentin D612 Sensitive dentin D61 1 Separation of teeth, for filling D22 treatment of caries D22 Silver. Metallurgy, dental D39 Silver nitrate, escharotics 615.775 Sinuses of the face D66 Sixth-year molars D6ia Soft tissues of the mouth, diseases D66 Soldering, metallurgy, dental D39 swaged plates D322 regulating appliances D4 Specimens of teeth, preparation of, for study D14 Splints, fractures D713 Stains of enamel and dentin. Bleaching D616 Deposits D641 Staphyloraphy D75 1 State dental laws D81 Sterilizing dental instruments D2ia Stomatitis D66 Strength of the bite Dia Styptics, dental hemorrhage D721 Sugars, effects of, on the teeth 613.2 Supernumerary teeth. Anomalies D13 Supporting tissues of the teeth, histology and physiology D15 Surgery, oral D7 Surgical anatomy of oral region D7 Swaged dentures D322 Syphilis, manifestations in the mouth D661 necrosis of oral region D711 Systemic conditions and the teeth D603 Systemic diseases manifested in the mouth D661 Teaching of dentistry. Methods D071 Teeth, affections of, in relation to eye and ear D671 and systemic conditions D603 in relation to facial expression D4 Teething. Dentition D6ot Temperaments in relation to teeth D12 Temporary teeth D 1 1 Tetanus of muscles of mastication D715 Therapeutics and materia medica 615. Third dentition. Anomalies D13 Third molars, and pathological conditions caused by D74 Tic-douloureux D67 surgical treatment D/7 Tin. Filling materials D225 Tin and gold. Combination fillings D22C Tongue, diseases D66 Tools. Prosthetic appliances D31 23 Tooth brushes. Oral hygiene D5 powders, oral hygiene D5 tissues, histology and physiology D14 Transplantation D73 Trismus of muscles of mastication D/T5 Tumors, of dental origin D78 Unerupted teeth. Pathological conditions caused by D74 Uric acid and gouty diathesis, in relation to diseases of the peridental* membrane D64 Vacuum chamber. Artificial dentures D32 Vulcanized dentures D321 injurious effects of D321 Vulcanizers D321 Warping of metallic dentures, in soldering D322 Wedging the teeth for separation D22 Wiring the teeth. Fractures ^7^3 Wisdom teeth D74 X-rays in dentistry D6b 5866 5109 24